A First Greek Reader

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized
by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.
https://books.google.com
II
■κ
ι
'
Ι Μεκ§
•■<JoiS. /.
JqoiS. f /3
>
tom&ott fwss Btxm
FIRST GREEK READER
RUSHBROOKE
Hontion
HENRY FROWDE
OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE
7 PATERNOSTER ROW
A
FIRST GREEK READER
W. G. RUSHBROOKE, M. L.
Formerly Fellow oj St John's College, Cambridge
Senior Classical Master at the City of London School
Second Edition.
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
M DCCC LXXXIII
[All rights reserved]
,-
PREFACE.
The object of this little book is to familiarize a pupil, as

quickly as possible, with such idioms of the Greek language
as are most common, and yet, if unexplained, most likely to
prove stumbling-blocks in his path.
In order to secure that end, no sentences which do not
illustrate some special Greek idiom have been introduced
in the first hundred and twenty-five pages; and "all points,
which it seemed unnecessary to explain to an English boy
possessed of some knowledge of another language beside his
own, have been omitted.
In the case of the Verb, for instance, no separate mention
is made of the Active and Passive Voices, or of the Indicative
and Imperative Moods. For it has been assumed, at the
outset, that, as few boys begin Greek in England before
they have made some acquaintance with the laws of English
and Latin Grammar, to linger long upon such constructions
as are common in our own language or Latin would be mere
waste of time.
The first Exercises, or lists of Examples, will not be found
to make any heavy demands upon the reader's knowledge of
Greek Accidence. By degrees, however, the Examples be
come more difficult; but their increasing difficulty will, it
is hoped, be fully met by the completeness of the Glossary.
For the sake of beginners, the Glossary contains not only
the present tense of every verb used in the course of the
book, but nearly all the augmented and reduplicated tenses
as well, each under its own initial letters.
After a pupil has mastered the idioms contained in the
VI PREFACE.
earlier parts of the book, it should be possible for him to

proceed to the ' Miscellaneous Extracts ' and read them, by
the aid of the Glossary, with tolerable ease.
It need scarcely be stated that, unless by an oversight, no
usage foreign to Attic Greek has been admitted; and no
poetical words or constructions have been inserted without
an accompanying statement of their nature.
In compiling the Glossary, I have made great use of that
at the end of the Rev. Prof. Mayor's ' First Greek Reader,'
and in my search for Examples to be inserted among the
' Miscellaneous Extracts,' I have been guided, mainly by the
list of authorities quoted in Professor Mayor's preface. Many
of the instances of idioms in the earlier part are taken from
the Grammars of Rost, Madvig, Donaldson, and Jelf. I
cannot conclude without acknowledging the material help
which I have received from Mr. R. R. D. Adams, of the
Inner Temple, in revising the proofsheets; nor without
owning my great obligation to the Rev. Dr. Abbott, Head
Master of the City of London School, and to Mr. J. S. Reid,
Fellow and Lecturer of Christ's College, Cambridge, to whose
frequent and valuable aid whatever is good in this book is
due.
City of London School, Cheafside,

February, 1878.
PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.
A Second Edition having been called for, the oppor

tunity has been taken of revising the book throughout, and
of remedying some of its defects and supplying a few of
its omissions.
Very great assistance has been rendered in the work of

revision by the laborious care and kindness of Mr. H. C.
Ridges, B.A., of Trinity College, Cambridge, who has gone
through the whole of the book with a pupil, and to whom the
Editor's best thanks are hereby most cordially rendered.
City of London School, Thames Embankment,

February, 1883.
CONTENTS.
PART I.
SIMPLE SENTENCES.
PAGE
I- §§ i-3 • • Subject and Predicate . 1
II. §§4-11 . Article with Noun 2
Adjective Predicate (§ 4) . 2
Article shows Subject (§5 5-7) 3
Adjective Predicate in Accusative (§§ 8-11) 5
III. §§ 12-20 . Article with Adjective . 7
Adjective Attribute (§§ 12, 13) 7
Adjectival Phrases (§§ 14-17) . 8
Ellipse (§§ 18-20) 10
IV. § 21 . . . Article as Possessive Pronoun '3
V. § 22 . . . Article to denote a Class 14
VI. §§ 23, 24 . Article with Numbers . 1?
VII. § 25 . . . Adjective translateable as Adverb 16
VIII. § 26 . . . Concord. Neuter Plurals '7
IX. §§ 27-32 . Suspensive Conjunctions 18
X. §5 33-49 . Pronouns 21
Personal and Possessive (§§ 33-35) 21
Demonstrative (§§ 36-38) ^3
Relative (§§ 39-43) . 24
Other Pronominals (§§ 44-49) 26
XI. §§ 50-55 . Accusative Case . 28
XII. §§ 56-70 . Genitive Case ^l
Genitive of Ablation (§§ 58-61) 33
Genitive of Connexion (§§ 62-70) 3?
CONTENTS.
PAGE
XIII. §§ 71-79 Dative Case . 39
Dative for Locative (§ 72) . 39
Dative Proper (§§ 73-75) . 40
Dative for Instrumental (§§ 76-79) 42
XIV. §§ 80-122 Prepositions
With a single Case (§§ 81-90)
With two Cases (§§ 91-98)
With three Cases (§§ 99-121)
Prepositional Phrases (§ 122)
XV. §§ 123-135 Tenses ....
Aorist distinguished from other Tenses ( § § 1 5-130)
Aorist Frequentative (§ 131)
Aorist translated by Pluperfect (§ 132)
Aorist translated by Present (§ 133) .
Certain exceptional Tenses (§§ 134, 135)
XVI. §§ 136-138 The Middle Voice
XVII. §§ 139-151 The Participle . 74
With Article (§ 140) . 74
Without Article (§§ 141-143) 75
With Transitive Verbs (§144) 77
Attracted (§ 145) 78
With Intransitive Verbs (§ 145 a) 79
Distinguished from Infin. after same Verb ( § § 146, 7) 80
Genitive Absolute (§§ 148, 149) .
Accusative Absolute (§§ 150, 151)
XVIII. §§ 152-154 Verbal Adjective
XIX. §§ 155-179 The Infinitive .
As a Noun (§§ 156-160) .
Its Subject (§§ 161, 162) .
Accusative with Infinitive (§§ 163-172) .
Future Infinitive (5 § 173, 174) .
Subject not repeated (§§ 175, 176)
Subject attracted (§ 177) .
Infinitive of Purpose (§§ 178, 179)
XX. §§ 180-186 Subjunctive and Optative
CONTENTS. XI
PART II.
COMPOUND SENTENCES.
PACE
XXI. §§ 187, 188 Final Sentences 102
XXII || 189-203 Conditional Sentences I°5
Of Future Time (§§ 193-198) . 106
Of Past Time (|| 199-201) IO9
Ellipse of One Clause (|| 202, 203) . 112
XXIII. §| 204-209 Temporal Sentences 114
XXIV. §§ 210-214 Reported Speech Il8
Oratio Recta (§§ 210, 211 and 162-170) Il8
Oratio Obliqua (§| 212-214) 119
XXV. || 215-227 The Negatives . 121
Miscellaneous Extracts. Hints for Translation 127

Glossary 163
/.■A
FIRST GREEK READER.
PART I.
SIMPLE SENTENCES.
I.
Subject and Predicate.
1. In every statement * are two parts—
(i) The Predicate,
(a) The Subject.
The Predicate consists of the stating word or
words.
The Subject is the word that answers to the
question ' Who?' or ' What?' before the Predicate.
In the former of the two statements, ' He comes,'
and ' He is coming' the single word ' comes ' is the
Predicate ; in the latter the two words ' is coming',
taken together, form the complete Predicate. To
both questions ' Who comes?' and ' Who is com
ing?' the word 'He' is the answer; 'He' there
fore, is the Subject of both the statements.
1 It is of course possible for every statement to be turned into
a command or a question. Thus, in the statement ' Thou art,' in
the command ' Be thou,' and in the question 'Art thou?' the Subject
and Predicate do not really undergo any change.
B
2 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [il.
2. In the Teutonic languages, as well as in Latin

and Greek, every tense-form of the finite verb con
sisted originally of two parts, the verb and the
personal pronoun. So long as this fact was not
forgotten, and the personal endings were preserved
in a recognizable form, so long was it possible
for a single word to form a complete statement.
Hence, \4yo-pev, dici-mus ('we say'), IXeyoi' ('/
said'), dixeram ('I had said'), are each of them
felt to include a Subject as well as a Predicate,
and used accordingly.
In English, however, the personal endings gra
dually died off from the verb-stem, and it has now
become necessary, where there is no noun-subject,
to use the personal pronoun over again, if a sen
tence is to be distinctly understood.
3. When a statement contains any word that
answers to the question 'whom?' or 'what?' after
the Predicate, that word is called the Object.
II.
Article with Noun.
(i.) Adjective Predicate.
4. There is a want of completeness in such a sen
tence as 6 Ttals iarlv, ' the boy is ... ' It is clear
that 6 ireus, 'the boy,' is the Subject spoken of;
but what is said about him ? ' The boy is '—what ?
This instance shows that earlv is not a complete
Predicate. Hence, in 6 irots i<n\v &ya8bs, ' the boy
II.] ARTICLE WITH NOUN. 3
is good,' we call the two words ZvtIv ayadbs, 'is

good,' the Predicate. It is very important to notice
that in all such sentences it is the Adjective that
constitutes the main part of the Predicate, while
itTTiv1 serves rather as a connecting link between
the Subject and the Predicate.
Examples.
to epyov ecrri Ka\ov.
at q/xepai etcrw lepal.
fieyai e<mv 6 \etov.
o Xewi ecTTi <ro<pos.
€v6eia e<TTiv !j 6S6s.
*1 fJL^Trjp cor! Ka\y.
OvtjTOi ea-Tiv 6 <pi\ocro<pos.
ot Xoyoi aXrjOets ei<rn>.
1\e<p acriv ol Qeol.
paoiov euTi to epyov.
(9/ ) t ?
qovg earTiv O OIVOS.
6 SoSXoS iiTTI TOirjTTji.
(li.) Article put with Subject to

DISTINGUISH IT FROM PREDICATE.
5. In all the above sentences ^<m and el<rl may
be omitted. Instead of 6 i.vr\p i<mv ayaObs, ' the
man is good/ we might have 4 dt^p dyo86s. This,
1 It may be well to state here that if ioriv is written with the

acute accent on the first syllable, it is a complete Predicate, and
means, ' is,' ' exists,' etc. Thus 0e&s ion, ' there is a God.'
B 2,
4 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [n.
though brief, is not confusing : for in such sen

tences the Article goes with the Subject1 and so
distinguishes it from the Predicate.
Thus, in the sentence 8ou\os 6 iroiTjTifc, 'the
poet is a slave,' it is only the position of the
Article that stamps ttoitjt^s as the Subject.
6. If the Article is not used in such sentences,

the Subject and Predicate cannot be distinguished.
Thus, the words /AaO^naTti iroO^fiaTa are quite am
biguous, and may mean either ' learning is suffer
ing' or 'suffering is learning.'
7. The order is no guide. It does not matter

whether Predicate or Subject stands first, so long
as the Article is with the Subject1. Thus f) pwjrr/p
KaXrj and nahri fj jowjr?jp are equally good Greek for
' the mother is beautiful.'
In Greek, as in Latin, verbs signifying 'to be,' 'to be
called,' 'to be thought,' 'to be made,' have the same case
after them as before them.
Examples.
ol vavrai £evoi.
affXios 6 \J/-eiKrrJ7?.
k\eTTTt]S 6 Kwc\to\f'.
fiatcpat ai KeXevdoi.
QvrjTOL ol avQpaywoi.
afj.qya.vos n av/j.<popa.
1 The Article always stands before the word it goes with. One
could no more say in Greek ayffponros & than in English ' man the.'
II.] ARTICLE WITH NOUN. 5
fieyaXri j} Apre/ii?.
0 irvpyos ao-(pa\rjs ecrnv.
to vSoop oTvos ylyvercu.
aOdvaros f/ "^vy/i icdi avwXeOpos.
01 iraiSes avSpes ylyvovrai.
(iii.) Predicative Adjective in Oblique

Cases.
8. All the Adjectives, so far, have been in the
Nominative, and no sentence has involved more
than one Predicate.
But in such a sentence as tous X<5yous <|»£u8€is
X^yet, 'he says his words false,' two distinct Pre
dications or statements are made :—
(i) Aeyei \6yovs—'he speaks words;'—an alto
gether unimportant statement.
(2) 01 \6yoi t|/eu8«s (lo-lv, 'those words (the
words which he speaks) are false:' im
portant.
So too fieydXr)!' tjjv mecjxxXrjv «?x« involves—
(1) KeQaXTjv tyei, ' he has a head : ' unim
portant.
(%) f) Ke<j)akr} fieydXrj ko-riv, 'that head is large:'
important.
9. Further, in a sentence like jj^ya to obcrvov
exovo-iv 01 vavTai both the Predicates are important,
though in different degrees :—
(1) bCurvov Ix01"7'" °' "ovrat, 'the sailors have a
net.'
(2) ji^ya «oti to obcrvov, ' the net is large.'
6 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [n.
10. It is equally easy to show that for the

Genitive and Dative Cases also this rule holds
good :—Where a Noun has the Article, an Adjec
tive agreeing with that Noun, if not immediately
preceded by the Article, becomes a Predicate.
11. Exactly similar is the French 'II a les yeux

beaux.' Such sentences as these may always be
translated into English by inserting a relative clause
to hold the less important Predicate :—
' The words (that) he speaks are false.'
' The net (that) the sailors have is large.'
This method is, however, sometimes cumbrous, and
it is occasionally neater to turn such sentences by
the use of the Possessive :—as
' His words are false.'
' The net of the sailors is large,' etc.
Where the verbal predicate is unimportant, we frequently ignore
it and indicate the important adjectival predicate by emphasis only,
' He has a large head,' etc.
Examples.
tovs ScpOaX/iovi KciKovs eêtc.
ttoXXoi/? eôfiev tov<; evepyeTas.
aoiKa t<x epya j3ov\euei 6 Tupavvos.
lu^ypas t?9 xoXewy apôvcriv.
(paiSpov to irpotTtoirov eyei rj Koptj.
t*aicpav rrjv elaoSov e%ei rb <rjrq\aiov.
iriKpas Trjs eXevOepia? yeverecrOe.
SvcTKoXa) TrelOovTCLi tw SecrKorrj ot §ov\oi.
III.] ARTICLE WITH ADJECTIVE.
■ ocyv tov ireXeKvv eêt 6 vKoTOfXOf,

SnrXrjv tivovcti rhv SiKrjv ol TlpiaftlSai.
TXew? TOii Oeocs evô/ieOa.
ecrOXrjs d/iapravei Ttjs yvvaiKO? 6 "AS/xtjroi.
III.
Article with Adjective.
(i.) Attributive Adjective.
12. There are three ways in which Article1,
Adjective, and Noun may be arranged, when the
Adjective is not a Predicate, but merely an Attri
bute of the Noun.
(i) Article Adjective Noun—
6 dyaGos ayOpwiros,
(a) Article Noun Article Adjective— 'the good
6 afOpcdiro; 6 dyaGos, man.'
(3) Noun Article Adjective—
dVOpuiras 6 dyaGos,
Of these (1) 6 ayaObs Hvdpcoiios is the ordinary un-

emphatic form ; the other two do not materially
differ from one another ; but in both of them more
emphasis is thrown upon the Adjective from its
unusual position. The meaning in (2) and (3) is
rather ' the man—I mean the good man.'
Observe, that all these three modes of expression
1 When an Attributive Adjective goes with a Noun, and there is
no Article, it does not matter in what order the Noun and Adjective
come. Thus dya$ol dv$pamoi and avOpoimi dyaSol, like viri boni and
boni viri in Latin, are identical in meaning.
8 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [ill.
are alike in having the Adjective immediately pre

ceded by the Article.
Rule.—An Adjective immediately preceded by
the Article is an Attribute and not a Predicate.
13. But from §§ 5 and 7 we see that 6 avdpuiros
ayadbs and ayaObs 6 avdpamos both mean ' the man
is good.' Hence—
RULE. —An Adjective not preceded by the Arti
cle, if in agreement with a Noun that has the
Article, is a Predicate (see § 7)-
Examples.
to fieya SevSpov TrXelw ataav iroiei.
6 YjOfcrouy are(pavos ecrriv ev Trj oiKia.
7ratSes 01 ayaOaii tov iraTepa wCpeXovaiv.
ra fiaicpa. t«'y_>; oiKOoofnovcriv 01 A.6>]vaioi.
Trjv Xa/j.Trpav (reXr/vrjv Qav/xaXpvaiv 01 TraiSeg.
Tifiwjuev Travres tov apyovTCf tjj tov deov Tifia;
ex tov fueyaXov Xifiivos eK-TrXeovatv 01 ^vpaKocrioi.
Ta? vavf t<xj fxaicpas ev tw vewaoiKW eupiVKO/xev.
tov aSiKOv Tvpavvov iravTes1 01 iroXiTai jjlktovctiv.
01 ecrdXol apôvres ovk aSiKOvuiv Tovg ttoXitcls.
(ii.) Adjectival Phrases.

14. All that comes between the Article and its
Noun is of the nature of an Attributive Adjective,
and simply qualifies the Noun.
Thus tA -rijs tt<5\£<iis tAt| may be rendered 'the
1 jras, like our ' aW,' may (a) precede the Article, or (6) follow the
Noun. When it (c) follows the Article, it means ' the whole!
III.] ARTICLE WITH ADJECTIVE. 9
magistrates of the city,' ' the city magistrates,' or

'the civic magistrates.' And it is clear that, as
these phrases mean precisely the same thing, ttjs
iroXeus has the same adjectival force in the first as
' civic ' has in the last of them.
15. So, too, in ot \lv tt} inSXei] ac8p«s, the words
lv -rjj iroXci are adjectival, limiting the meaning of ol
avbpts to ' the men who-are-in-the-city.'
The last instance gives the key by which all such
sentences may be translated. It is always possible,
and often necessary, to turn them by a relative clause.
Thus to. rrji woAews TtXr)1 may be rendered 'the
magistrates who belong to the city.'
In German this employment of huge compound Adjectives
is constant, in English it is occasional : we say, for instance,
' the never-to-be-forgotten day.'
16. Adverbs of time and place are very fre
quently found in this adjectival position. Thus 01
vvv avdpatTsoi, 'the now men,' 'the men of the present
day,' and ot ivBdie orpariwrai, 'the here soldiers,'
' the soldiers in this position.'
17. Observe that these Adjectival phrases, like
the simple Attributive Adjective (see § 12), are
sometimes placed after the Noun, with the Article
repeated before them ; as yevvala ia-rlv rj Te\vr\ tj tou
iroiTjToC, 'Noble is the art—(I mean) the (art) of the
poet.' roils TroiTjra? Tois irdXai 0avix.6£oy.tv, ' We ad
mire the poets of olden time.'
1 Observe that this sentence might be written rh t(\ti ti}s mkeas,
but the order given above is more common.
lO SIMPLE SENTENCES. [ill.
Examples.
KaXov e<7Ti to Tys aperrjs dOXov.
TraiX\ol eicrtv ol ev ry ^velpcp /3apj3apot.
ol ev Ty otKia ircuSes Ttjv Qvpav exXeiov.
6 Tupavvos 6 iravaOXios Xt/xw a.ir-eQvri<ricev.
iCTopia /ecu Oewpia to tov Qeov epya fiavQavo/xev.
TtfV TOV TTOl>]TOV OIKMXV eCTwCoV Ol TToXefltOl.
6 tov SecnrOTOv ScpOaXfibi avâvei Trjv airovoriv
TWV OOllXwV.
to. T?y 7ro'Xewf irpaynara ol aTpaTyyoi Ka/cai?
eirpaTTOv.
ol a-TpaTtjyoi twv /3ap/3apa>v ttjv avio iroXiv kcit-
eXa/m/3avov.
ol <TTpaTrjyiKo\ voniCpfievoi avSpes ev voXe/Aw
eêraXovrai.
(iii.) Omission of words meaning 'Man,'

'Woman,' 'Thing.'
18. The words ai^panros, 'man,' yu"*I> 'woman,'
irp&YjAa, ' thing,' are often left out with the Article
and Adjective, and almost always with the Article
and Participle :—as
ol iron)pol, ' the bad (men).'
ot KoXufiPwires, ' the diving (men),' ' those who dive,'
' the divers.'
ot TauTa Yp<£\|»aiTes, or ol ypi\}/avTes ravra, ' the
people who wrote these (things).'
m.J ARTICLE WITH ADJECTIVE. II
So too at vuv, ot irdXoi, etc., 'the women of to-day,'

' the men of long ago,' etc.
19. The neuter of the Adjective is often found

with the Article to express a corresponding Noun.
Thus:—to d\t]tes, 'the true,'=7j ak^deia, 'truth;'
to ieaX6i', 'the beautiful,' = t6 koIAAos, 'beauty;' t6
'E\Xt)i'iK6i'=ot "EXkrjves, 'the people of Hellas;'
t6 PopPapiK6i'=oi fiapfiapoi (as we say Christendom,
heathendom).
Examples.
ol Ovijtoi iroXXa TroQovaiv.
oi avoijTOt Toi/y ao(povs fii&ovariv.
at vvv TauTO. TrpaTTOvcriv.
ol ev Trj vtji Sia-cpOelpovTai.
iretpw/meOa irdvTef to aXtjdes e^-evpetv.
irav to avfjifxaîKov av-e<TTr](rev 6 a-TpaT/jyoi.
to Trjs iroXew$ o! nXovatoi irpaTroveriv.
ra Seivorara iroxrypvaiv ol alyjiaXwroi.
ol avotjroi tovs arocpou? ireipaaovcri Sioacriceiv.
ol ev rrj -jroXei Sevpo Trpe<r(3eis Trifx^fovaiv.
MtVcu? to Xr/iTTiKov KaQ-fipei e/c Trj? daXaaar^.
ol vtto Trjs voarov aTroOavovres Si<r/j.upioi rjarav.
Tovt to irovripa irpaTTOvrag ireipa 6 Kpirrjs KwXveiv.
ol Tqv aperrjv aa-KOvvTes Oav/xajôvrai.
KeXevaei o arrpaTtiyos Travras tovs ev Trj iroXet
12 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [m.
(iv.) Omission of words meaning 'Son,'

'Daughter,' 'Road,' etc.
20. The words ul6s, ' son,' Buyd-r^p, ' daughter,'
oTkos, 'house,' 686s, 'road,' yrj, 'land,' fiotpa and
jilpos, ' part/ xpfyaTa, ' property,' are often left out
when they may be easily supplied from the con
text.
ZuKpdTrjs 6 Iu<f>poeio-Kou (utos), 'Socrates the (son)
of Sophroniscus.'
ttji' eir' 'AQr\vS>v (oSw) iropsuorrai, 'they are pro
ceeding along the road to Athens.'
So in Latin, ' Ventum erat ad Vestae,' ' We came to Vesta's
(temple) ;' and in English, 'We saw St. Paul's? 'He went to
his mother's.'
Examples.
ArifioaQevt^ 6 Aij/j.oa6evovs Xeyei raSe.
ev t^ aXXorpia Tpoiralov crTqcrovaiv.
ttjv TaîaTtiv tjicovo-iv ol Kqpvices.
rrjv oiKaSe TropevovTCti ol £evoi.
iraa-a tj- oiKovp.evtj /jLeart] yeyove wpoSorobv ;
Ti'f owe 'Avriyovjjv, rqv rod OISittoSo? QavfiaXei ;
oia Trji aWorplas iropevovrai ol a-rpaTiarrai.
rr;v KXvraifivqarrpas dvarai eirelpa ' Ayafie/Mvcov.
irapeariv 'JLpfttjs 6 Ma/a? tjJs "ArXavros.
Ttjv iepav e'y Ae\(pov$ ol Trpecrfiei? Tropeua-ovrai.
Trjv iroWrjV rtjs 'E\Aa'ooj rifivova-iv ol ftapfiapoi.
rqv rwv ra Ttjs 7roXea>y TrpaTTovrwv aperrjv davfxaTw.
IT.] ARTICLE EQUIVALENT TO POSS. PRONOUN. 13
IV.
Article equivalent to Possessive Pronoun.
21. The article in such a sentence as 80s touto
tiJ priTp! is often to be translated by the Possessive
Pronoun, ' Give these (things) to your mother: ' for,
except to mark an emphasis, Possessive Pronouns
are but little used in Greek.
So regularly in French:—e.g. 'J'ai mal a la tete,' d\ya> rr\v
K((j>a\r\v : and sometimes in English, e. g. ' I have a pain in the
head,' ' my head aches.'
In 6 £fios BoOAoy ko.1 6 tov &be\<pov, ' my slave
and my brother's (slave),' the t^bs is inserted for
the sake of the antithesis, but there is no need of
e/wv with toS abeXcpov.
Examples.
tw a$eX(p<p ravra oeoaiKa.
ot iratSeg rrjv /nrjrepa (ptXovtriv.
Ttjp Qvywrepa airo-Treiroficpev o o-TpaTr/yos.
if Ttjv yijvTijv varpwav KaT-epÔfiai.
irapeoriv 6 veaviar 6 yap irarrjp acrdevfc ecniv.
aQXiai at 6\SeX(par q yap fiqTrjp riOvijKev.
7rpoSeSwKacriv 01 evros Trjv iroXiv tois iroXefitoif.
eK Ttjs oiKiag 6 oe<rir6Tr}s aw tocs SovXotg eXyXvOev.
air-ecrTaXica tovs iraiSas' ovk airo-o-TeXeig Ta?
MTepas ;
iriirovQa SeivoraTa, «S iraiSe? ovk w(peXq<reTe tov
Traripa ;
14 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [v.
V.
Generic use of the Article.
22. 6 yipw may mean either (i) 'the old man
yonder,' where the Article points to some particular
old man ; or (2) ' the man (be he who he may) who
is old ;' that is, 'any old man.'
In this latter case we have what is meant by the
generic (genus, ' a class ') use of the Article ; that is,
a Noun, which in itself would denote an individual,
denotes a class when preceded by the Article.
In t6k y^potra 8eT aiSewrGai, and every similar case,
it is best perhaps to translate by the Plural, thus :—
' One ought to reverence x old men.'
Sometimes we use the Article in English in the
same way, as, ' the good man will do so and so.'
Examples.
tov rvpavvov iravrei fiia-ova-iv.
6 /3ouy ecrTt %wov ■xptjo-ifiwraTOv.
o^vdv/ULOS tj a(pr]£ irecpvice.
6 KaXoi teal ayaOos to. K<x\a Siwicet.
/j.eTa(3a\\ei to -)(jpS)\xa tj Kt-^Xt],
KciXous Toi/y o(f>6a\fi.ovs evet 6 aeTO?.
6 crocpbs ttjv voXiv fieXrlova ireipa iroietv.
1 If it be observed that in English we say also ' One ought to

reverence an old man,' it must not be inferred that 6, ij, t& may be
translated by an indefinite Article.
VI.] ARTICLE WITH NUMERICAL EXPRESSIONS. 15
Set rbv (TTpanwrriv rov apyovTa <po/3eta6ai.

80s ravra tw fiov\ofj.evw \afij3aveiv.
6 avorjros t»7 yatrrpi aei SovXevei.
. neyaXais Tali Ty/ilais Set tov acre/85 Ko\a<£eiv.
VI.
Article with Numerical Expressions.
23. The Article is generally put with fractions
in Greek and with numerical expressions considered
as fractions. Thus :—
oi fidpfiapoi tA 8uo fiipi\ rfjs vrj<rov lypvaiv, ' the
barbarians hold two-thirds of the island.'
rjcrav eôl irevre bovXoi, 8>v 01 T^rrapes TtOvrjKcun, ' I had
five slaves 1 and four of them are dead.'
In these cases it is contrary to the English idiom
to retain the Article in translation.
24. Mark the difference between SXXoi—alii,
'others/ and ot SXX01— ceteri, 'the rest'; and
between iroXXol— multi, ' many,' and ot iroXXol—
plerique, 'most people.'
Examples.
to %/J.to-v Ttji jSacrtXetay Swarw T<p viw.
at eKKalSeKa raiv vewu eri ix&vovgiv.
Ttjs rpiTiji fiotpas (3acri\ev$ iarTiv 6 TIo\vKpari]i.
eKaTov vrjes irapei&iv at Se einoaiv aTro-ire7r\evKa<riv.
1 See § 39, Pronouns, p. 34.

l6 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [vil.
twi/ TroKtTobv tous eâKoalovs Set e/c Ttjs iroXeoos

eêpêcrOai.
to §vo fxepr/ Ttjs yns Taii Qvyarpaai SiSwicev 6
fiacrtXeus.
twv 'xiXicov (TTpaTiwrwv 01 evevrjKOVTa etcireipeu-
yacrtv.
ra owoeica ean ots e£, Tpi<f reTrapa, eâ/cjy ovo,
Terpaicis rpla.
to reraprov fiepos av eyei^, ol Se aXXoi ra Tpla
fieprj.
ol ttoXXoi QaviAaXpvcri rov /3a<rtAe'a, ol Se aXXoi
fiiaovaiv.
VII.
Adjectives translateable as Adverbs.
25. Adjectives in Greek, as well as in Latin,
must in many cases be translated by Adverbs or
by Adverbial expressions. Thus :—
oKuf iitoCri<ra— invitus feci, ' I did it unwillingly.'
X0i£os avfjei, ' he went away yesterday ; ' indis
tinguishable from the commoner \0h airrjei.
Thus in Latin poetry, ' Saxosusque sonans Hypanis,' and in
poetical prose, ' Citus irrupit.'
Examples.
eKOvreg dfiapraveTe.
yjpovwi qicovaiv ol TraiSes.
fAeyas pel 6 iroTafiog.
a(p6ovos eppei »J irriyq.
ao-fxevos rov iratSa eSlSaâ.
Till.] CONCORD. 17
TerapTaios acpiKTCu 6 lepevs.

ctKovres cnrepxecrOe.
aicwv, ov% eKwv, Ttjv dvyarepa eQvaev,
vcrTaTO? ijKei 6 apywv.
irpaiTOi * eypw^ra Ttjv envo-ToXjJv.
aafxevoi inr' i/xou SiSdaKepQe.
a/cow îSacrKerai veavia.13 6 apyos.
inr efiov aKovros oi yepovres iSiSd&KOVTO.
" VIII.
Concord.
Exception in the case of Neuter Plurals.
26. In English, as well as in Latin, it is a law that
the Verb should agree with its subject in Number ;
but there is an exception to this law in Greek.
Neuter things are looked on as possessing no
individuality2. Hence a number of them can be
put together by the mind, and regarded as a single
class rather than as a collection of individuals. There
fore a Verb in the Singular is used with a neuter
Noun in the Plural, except where the notion of
individuality is preserved.
1 -npuiTov (ypmf/a would be ' First I wrote, then I did something else,'
or ' I wrote before doing anything else.' irparros eypmj/a is like ' primus
scripsi,' ' I was the first to write', or ' I wrote before any one else.'
2 Hence no neuter Noun in Greek or in Latin has the termination
s of the Nominative Case. In genus, yivos, the s is not the nominative
suffix, but part of the stem, and when, in declension, it comes between
two vowels, it regularly passes to r in Latin, while in Greek it drops
out altogether and contraction ensues. Contrast avBco-fopos with
olxo-tp6pos.
C
18 simple sentences. [ix.
Examples.
kcucovs Kaica SiWKei.

Tct TeKva Sevpo fiaoiXpvaiv.
to. Telyji crwtêi ttiv troXiv.
TroXXa ecrri Ta Kaica tov TroXe/uov.
Ta rwv kcucwv Swpa ovk i'êi ovtjcriv.
to fieipaKia elg SiSaaricaXov (poiTwcriv.
Ta tjJj iroXeoos Teiyri uryvpa eivai e<paivero.
ravra iraXaj iylyvero, /rat 7ra\tv yevycreTai.
to wo tov /3ao-tXea>? eiprj[n.iva ecrri yêvSrj.
Toiaxha viro tov icypvicos eKiyero.
'Opcpet KiQaplXpvTi i<p-eiTrero to. SevSpa.
IX.
Suspensive Conjunctions.
27. In the English sentence, 'A is good, but B
is better,' a hasty hearer may receive the impression
that the principal purpose of the sentence is to
assert that A is good. The Greeks avoid this
danger by wording the sentence as follows :—
A y*v is good, B 8e is better.
apyvpos pkv KaXbs, x/>vo"os Be koXAiW, ' silver is good,
but gold is better.'
Here the use of pcv is to cause the hearer to
suspend his judgment until the whole sentence is
complete.
U.J SUSPENSIVE CONJUNCTIONS. *9
28. These conjunctions may be translated by
(,Uv) (M)
(0 ' on the one hand,' ' on the other hand,'
' while,' ' whereas,' ' although,' '(yet),'
and in various other ways.
Thus : (i) ol jieV avbpts ifiuvav, al 8e yvvaiKes
2<pevyov, 'the men stayed certainly, but the women
were running away.'
(a) 01 peV elKOcnv im-(<pvyov, ol Si #AAoi aTT-edavov,
' though twenty escaped, (yet) the rest 1 were slain.'
29. Even when, in translating, we do not insert
English words exactly corresponding to /xev and oe,
the suspensive force of these conjunctions must be
borne in mind. Thus, ol fiee..., ol Se..., mean
' some . . . , others . . .'
ol (i€c itipeiaiv, ol 8« ofyovTcu, 'some are here, but
others are-gone.'
30. Similarly te—koi (Latin que—et), 'both—
and,' ' not only—but also,' are used with the same
suspensive force as fikv and bi. Thus :—vvv re koi
itaAcu = 'both now and long ago.'
31. Other suspensive conjunctions are—
, either ., or
eire ..., eiT« , whether . ., or
OUTE . . . , OUTE , neither . ., nor
OU . . . , OUOE , not ., nor even .
ou |x6Voy . . . , &XXd xal , not only . . , but also .
oux on . . . , dXXa Kal , not only . . , but also .
1 ivoBvijOiia is used as the Passive of diroirrdi a.
30 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [iX.
32. Observe (t)that while oSre = nec, 'nor,' ofiSe

is rather ne... quidem, ' not even : '
(a) that fiiv and 8e and t« stand after the first
emphatic word in their several clauses, and there
fore are generally found in the second place :
(3) that koI always stands first in its clause when
it means ' and ' : in any other position it means
' even,' ' also,' ' indeed,' ' really,' ' too,' etc., like the
Latin ' etiam.' 6 xpijoros kju row iicyovois <j)VT€V(ret,
' good men will plant even for posterity.' For this
use of Koi, compare the Latin et in ' timeo Danaos
ET dona ferentes,' i I fear the Greeks EVEN when
they bring gifts!
Examples.
ttoAAoJ (*ev 01 afppovei, iravpoi Se oi (ppovifiol eicriv.

Tovi Te lintel's koi tov$ oirXiTas air-iire/i'T'ev 6
errpaTriyoi.
6 fiev 7TjOO? fioppav rpeTrerai, 6 Se Trpog votov.
ev fxev tois Xoyois <ro(pbs ei, ev Se tois epyois ov
<ro<f>6s.
ov fiovov 01 (TTpariwrai, aXXa k<xi o arpaTqyos e/xa-
■êaaro.
fifieli fiev irevea-repoi yeyevrjfieBa, v/xeli Se irXov-
(riwrepoi.
tov$ re Xvkovs Ktxi rovi Xeovras iravras air-eKTeivov.
eyw re /cat arv tov$ ra rrjs 7ro\ecoy ev TrpaTTOvra?
QavfiaCpfnev.
X.] PRONOUNS. 21
6 fiev crTpaTiwTijs fiovXerai a.TroSt]fxetv, f\ Se yvvt] ov

/3ovXerat.
tovs fiev e/iaa-Tiyaxri Te kcu cnr-eKTeive, touj Se
yXevQepwcrev.
01 fiev qvSpairoSlo-Qricrav, ol Se iroXXol air-e6avov.
tov fiev Xvkov Si-icpvyes, tov Se XeovTa ov vucqcreis.
1 tov ircuSa ^ tov SovXov 'A.6qvaCe airo-GTeiXov.
eym Vpao-vs out ei/ii, ovTe, coy y efioi ooicei, yevrj-
crofiai.
ov fiovov Oeaaaadai robf fiaô/ievovs fiovXofiai, aXXa
Kai avrof fiayecrQai.
oi CTpaTiwrai ovkbti avr-eiôv tois /3ap/3apot$, ovSe
o aTpaTrjyos Trap-etceXevcraTO avrovs.
X.
Pronouns.
(i.) Personal and Possessive.
33. The Greeks, as a rule, do not use the Per
sonal Pronouns with the Tenses of the Verb ; they
usually say Xeyoo, Xiyofiev, and not eya> X^ya>, fj/ieis
Xeyo/iev. The fact is that eya>, funis are not gener
ally necessary, because, as we saw before (§ a),
Xeyu>, Xeyonev really contain already each of them
a Personal Pronoun. When the Personal Pronouns
are used, there is always strong emphasis or con
trast. Thus :—iyi> Xeym, ' / (not some one else)
say,' etc. ; *y& fiev aireifii, cn> 8i fieve, ' I am going
away, do you remain.'
2,2 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [x.
34. When a Personal Pronoun stands first in its

clause, it is emphatic, as o-e litaiaev1, '(it was) you
he struck/
35. The Possessive Pronouns also are rarely used
except to mark an emphasis. In a former section
(§ 21) it was shown that the Article frequently sup
plies their place. Thus :—Toils obovras aky&, ' my
teeth are aching ; ' but 8« o-e, -naripa 8vra, /cat tovs
ifious iratSas ohretpew, 'you ought, as a father, to
have pity for my children too.'
When the Possessive Pronouns are employed,
they are usually, as in the last example, inserted
between the Article and the Noun. In such cases
the Article is left untranslated.
Examples.
eytv fiev SiSdo-icw, v/ueii Se irafiêre.
SiSoiKas apa Kal ov, axrirep ol aXkoi.
crv Tt\v <rr\v yvvaiKa ravTa iroietv KeXevcrov.
W|ttyo) k<xi eyw Swpa Trj vvfiCprj.
out eyw v/xat, ou9 vfxeis Tr\v fitjTep av6i$ etV-
oyetrde.
jj/weiy [lev TavTa eXiyofiev, eKeivoi Se ialywv.
t*]v fiev efxt]v Ouyarepa 7roXXot (ptkovaiv, Trjv Se arrjv
fxicrovcriv.
KaWloov e&Tiv q i/j.t] wrr/p t/ iracrai at evOaSe
yvvaiices.
1 tircuffo and iv&.ra(a are used in Attic prose as the Aorists of
rinrra. Scarcely any forms of tvittoi are used by the Attic prose-
writers except the Present and Imperfect and a Future rmrrqaoi.
X.] PRONOUNS. 23
ifxeis fjLev eare /J. oiKetv ivOaSe, iydo Se v/jliv %apiv

eicrofiai.
01 ifioi SovXoi eXevOepoi (rq/xepov yevtjo-ovrai.
e(3ovX6/jajv <re Si8d<riceiv av tf ovk iOiXeig 8i§d(TKe<r6cu.
irXela> <rii e?Xr]<pas 17 SiSwKas, ical iyw iraa-i tois
"EWrjcri SrfXdo<ro) <re KXewTtiv.
(ii.) Demonstrative Pronouns.

36. Observe that, as a rule,
88e means ' this person here by me,'
oijtos „ ' that person there by you,'
cKefros „ ' that third person yonder?
outos, then, stands midway between 58e and ekcicc-s
—[here, there, yonder] : and while 58e is always this
and Iksii'os always that, outos is that when contrasted
with 58«, this when contrasted with eVeiyc-s.
37. When a Demonstrative Pronoun has a Noun

in agreement with it, that Noun must be preceded
by the Article1. Thus, we find S8e 6 oIkos and
6 oIkos 58e for 'this house,' but never 6 obe oIkos.
When a Demonstrative Pronoun has a Noun in
apposition to it, or connected with it as a predicate,
the Article is not employed. Thus :—avrrj iarlv
avbpbs apery, ' this is a man's virtue ; ' but ravrriv ti\v
aptrrip l\et, ' he has this virtue.'
38. touto and xoiauTa usually refer to what has

gone before, -niSe and tokISe to what is coming.
1 The same rule applies to a/upa, inarfpos, &/i<p6Tepos. In all these
cases the Article is untranslateable in English.
24 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [x.
Thus :—TauTa (lirev 6 K?jpv£, ' that was what the

herald said ; ' but erne T<£8e, ' he spoke as follows!
Examples.
avrt] ti SSbs 'A-Otvalê (pepei.
ouToy 6 7roit]Trif 'AOrjvaios ecrnv.
-rdSe ra Karrjyop^fJLara "êuSrj iuriv.
eKetvrj fj Kivr/cru fieyi(TT>] tjv.
tovtwv tw vtiawv rj fiecrrj eari fieyiarij.
avrrj i} Koprj ravTa \eyei, evavria Se at aWai.
Toiavra fiev ol a\\oi cnr-qyyeWov, eydo Se TOiaSe
a7r-a'yyeXXco.
'AOfJfaê ixev oSe KaT-epyecrdau eOiXei, outoj Se en
airo§>]fJLeiv.
eiceivos 6 <£>l\c7nro$ toi$ ,A.6^valoti (pt\o$ eivcu
qOeXqirev.
(iii.) Relative Pronouns.
39. Relative Pronouns can often, in translating,
be conveniently turned into English by a conjunc
tion such as ' and,' ' but,' ' for,' etc., followed by the
Demonstrative or Personal Pronoun.
Thus :—toiclvto. p,ev r) yvvr) ekeytv, tj 6 a-Tparriybs
aneKpivaro rdbe, 'such indeed were the things the
woman kept saying, but the general answered her
thus.'
40. There is a great difference in English
between the meaning of ' I have what I see,'
and 'I see what I have;' a difference, however,
which is entirely due to the order of the words, for
X.] PRONOUNS. Z$
the words themselves are the same in both cases.

Precisely the same difference exists in Latin be
tween ' Habeo quae video ' and ' Video quae habeo ; '
and in Greek between Ix<«> * 6pw and 6pu a 2xu-
The principle of arrangement which is exemplified
in these sentences, and which runs through the
Aryan languages, may be briefly expressed thus :
the Relative word must be taken with the "Verb
that follows next.
41. The above sentences illustrate another idiom
which, though occurring in English and Latin, is
so much more common in Greek, and causes so
many seeming irregularities as to call for special
notice : it is the omission of the antecedent.
A Relative Pronoun, as its name denotes, relates
to some Noun or Pronoun, which, therefore, in
sense at all events, is antecedent to it.
Had the instances just given been written out in
full, they would have become—
(i) 'I have the things that I see,'
(2) Habeo ea quae video, and
(3) ex<o TOUTO & 6p&.
So far the three languages run on parallel lines ;
but neither English nor Latin can offer anything
precisely similar to what happens in Greek when
the antecedent, if inserted, should be a Genitive or
Dative Case. For the Relative is then attracted
into the Case of the lost Antecedent ; and so, in
stead of Ae'ye \ki\h\v tou'tw a Maracrou, ' say nothing
of those things which you know,' we meet with
\iyt jxT]8ef &v frriVraaai, which has the same meaning.
36 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [x.
42. Frequently, also, if the Antecedent imply a

Noun that is not easily supplied from the context,
that Noun is inserted in the Relative clause after the
attracted Relative ; so that, instead of xpupai tovtols
rots /3i/3\fois h ex*"} ' I use those books which I
have,' we find xp^f"" °*s «x<" PiPXiois.
43. Notice the Greek idiom in oISo <rk 8<ms et, ' I
know (you) who you are ; ' ouk di^Koas t&v 'AxiXXia,
on 6if 'AXeldcSpou fariQavev, ' have you not heard of
Achilles, that he (i.e. have you not heard that
Achilles) was slain by Paris ? '
(iv.) Other Pronominal Words.

44. au-rds is often a puzzle to beginners. But
there is no great difficulty about it. When pre
ceded by the Article it means ' the same ; ' in any
other position it means ' self!
Thus :—6 au-r&s A^p is ' the same man' but au-ros
6 &vi\p and 6 dv^jp au-rc-s mean ' the man himself1!
45. The oblique cases 2 of outos are used, when
alone, for the obsolete 3rd Personal Pronoun ; but
with a Personal Pronoun they become reflexive.
Thus:—bi.a<t>6eiptt.s avrbv, 'you are ruining him;'
but (Tf-avrbv (or aavrbv) foacpOeCptis, ' you are ruining
yourself.'
1 In Shakespeare the word 'self similarly has two distinct usages:
(1) before a noun, in the sense of 'same,' ' this self metal;' and (2) in
'himself,' etc., as we use it.
' That is, all Cases except the Nominative are so used. The
Nominative, when apparently standing alone, really combines with
the Personal Pronoun in the verb (see § 2).
X.] PRONOUNS. 37
46. Note the phrases, Tpii-os, WTapros outos, etc.,

' himself the third, fourth,' etc., that is, ' with two or
three others;' and avrois avbpdcri, hoij\ots, etc., 'men
and all,' ' slaves and all/ etc. : e. g. MiAndSjjs o^ko/tos
outos arparriybs aTrebdxdri, ' Miltiades was appointed
general with nine colleagues.' r\ vavs outois deopdo-ii'
airwAeTo, ' the ship was lost with all her crew.'
47. Care must be taken to distinguish —
(i) f) avTT) (68os), 'the same (way),' from afcr) f\
(68oy), • this (way).'
(a) tovtov, ravrrjs, tovtov, etc., from toutou, con
tracted from tov avrov, etc.
(3) avrov, avTi\s, avTov, etc. from outou, etc., con
tracted from 4-outoO, etc.
48. The Indefinite Pronoun tis, 'a,' 'a certain one]
is distinguishable from the Interrogative tis ; ' who? '
(1) because it can never stand first in its clause:
(2) because it has no accent of its own.
elire tis, = ' some one said;' t(s eiwe; = 'who
said?'
49. The Greeks are fond of asking two questions
at once by combining an Interrogative Pronoun
with an Interrogative Adverb, so that, for instance,
tis it66tv «t; is a regular way of asking 'Who are
you? and where have you come from?'
Examples.
a e^w, ravra crot 01000/J.1.
Tis ei, co £eve, kcu iroQev rjiceis ',
fxiav vavv avrols avSpaai Ka.T-i\afiov.
28 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xi.
to avra avQrj ifiail eoWef, a irapa <rov eiXycpet.

Sskcltos avroi 6 ScokjOcit^? o-TpaTtjybs ypiOrj.
evpv e%et to hetwitov ovros 6 avrjp.
avros 6 avt]p, ov <rv etSes, ravra fioi eSooKev.
irepi-eyevero ovtocti iravToov wv el-ê iro\eft.ia)V.
yvvq rif opviv et)(ev, rj ■^putrovv wov oa-ij/xepai eTucrev.
ol /j.ev KpiTai Tavra elirov, avros Se 6 jSaovAeuj
atr-eKplvaro raSe.
to t/js Z(piyyos aiviyfia t)v rode li eari to avro
reTpa-KOvv kou SI-kovv ko.1 Tp'nrovv ', '
ot/Y_ opa? to 'A.6>]vaiwv SiKauT^pta, ws iroWaKts
ovSev aSiKovvras air-eKTeivav ]
ovtoi (lev ovv ol irevijTes aWyXovs <a(pe\ovv, ol Se
irXovcrioi aet e/SXairrov.
ovSev tovtwv iyw hrlorafiai' el Se tj? ravra eirt-
aTarai, avrov1 epuyrare.
top AalSaXov ovk a/ci/Koay, on qvayKaXero MtVw
Sov\ eveiv ',
XI.
The Accusative Case.
50. The Accusative Case denotes primarily
' motion to,' and is therefore easily distinguished
from the Dative and Genitive, which have come
to include the notions of 'rest at' and 'motion
from'' respectively.
(i) Hence we have the Accusative of the Object
to which the action of Transitive Verbs passes over.
1 ' Ask him.' When airr&s stands first in a clause, it is emphatic.
XI.] THE ACCUSATIVE CASE. 2g
Thus :—tvtttc* <re, ' I strike you,' i. e. a blow passes

over from me to you.
51. (2) Probably because ' motion to ' an object
implies space traversed, there is the Accusative of
Space Traversed. Thus not only have we (in poetry)
ijkw ifySe tV yaiav, ' I have come to this land,' but
also iJKw rpia oriiSio, ' I have come three furlongs.'
52. (3) By a very ordinary1 metaphor, this usage
is transferred from space to time, so that we find
also the Accusative of Duration.
Thus :—Tou-nfiK t$|h kiSkto kv tt) woA.61 têivav, ' dur
ing that night they abode in the city.'
53. (4) By an equally easy transition, we find
the Accusative of the Extent over which the action
of any Verb prevails.
Thus :—&\yS> tV Ke<f>a\$)i', ' I ache as-to-my-head/
(see § 2t), 'I have a headache ;' koKoi d<ri rh. SjijioTa,
'they are beautiful as-to-their eyes,' 'they have
beautiful eyes.'
This is sometimes called the Accusative of
Reference or the Accusative of Nearer Definition.
The Neuter Accusative of a Pronoun is frequently
employed in this way to denote the extent or
compass of an action.
Thus : —crjuKpii' ti diropu, ' I am at a loss in one
little (matter).'
54. (5) Double Accusative. This Accusative of
reference or extent can be used also with Verbs
1 As a matter of fact, in all languages, the words which are used
in reference to time, originally referred to space. Take as instances
ubi, before, interval, point.
3<D SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xi.
that have an Accusative of the object, as peydXa

pXdiTTci -n]v ir6\iv, ' he injures the city greatly.'
And it is also found when these Verbs are in the
Passive, as :—
fieydXa epxdj3i] ^ ir6Xis, ' the city was greatly
injured.'
Thus also &rtrp/ir<o aoi Tr\v &pxhv> ' I entrust the
government to you,' becomes in the Passive imri-
Tpap.(iai tV ApxV> 'I have been entrusted with the
government.'
55. (6) Another usage of the Accusative in Greek

is what is called the Cognate (or kindred) Accusative.
' I laughed a laugh,' ' he blew a blast,' etc., are
instances of the Cognate Accusative in English.
Besides these, many Verbs, which are what we
should call Intransitive, and therefore incapable of
taking an Accusative of the Object, are nevertheless
in Greek commonly followed by an Accusative of
some Noun relating to or expressing the same
notion as the Verb, or a notion kindred to it.
Thus, TJSofiai t&s peyioras TjSoi'cts, ' I experience
the greatest pleasures,' is so translated, not be
cause rjboixai means ' I experience,' but because the
idiom, as it stands, does not admit of a literal
rendering, and the easiest method of turning it into
English is to make the Accusative the direct object
to some Verb of general meaning instead of an
indirect object to the special Verb given.
So too euTuxoOo-i t& <xut& euTuxt]pa, ' they expe
rience the same good fortune ; ' iwfyuye ti\v $uyV
XII.] THE GENITIVE CASE. 31
toi5t»|i', ' he shared in this flight ; ' Tpls iritt^vev

'oXupiria, 'he was thrice victor in the Olympic
(contests).5
Examples.
7roAAa Kai1 oeiva avrovs ^SiKâare.
fivplot %crav to Tr\rj6os 01 Tlepirai.
ra aura vfiiv valpo/iev.
wpicaxra rovs (TTpaTtdoras toi> opicov.
ev aroi tovto ov% ofioXoyw.
fieya ■vf/'et/(JeTat 6 Trpea-ftevrys.
Aapeiog JZvpov <ra.Tpairr\v ivrolticrev.
vXeov tj TpiaKovTa (TTaSia cnr-eêi r\ ttoKis.
eyw fiev tijv tcecpaXtjv, av Se ra yovara aXyeig.
Set tov voKirtiv virep t?j irarplSoi kivSwov KivSvveveiv.
irpwTovi eavrovi oi TrpoSorai irwXovaiv.
eK€i efievov eirra f//j.epas Kai eirra vvicrat.
■)(a\€Tri]v SovXelav SovXevovaiv 01 ^fierepoi aoeX(j>oi.
irpovotav avdpanrovs ^povoi SiSdaKei.
TOv'OXv/jLTria viK^cravra TravTes 01 "EXXijves Tifiaxriv.
XII.
The Genitive Case.
56. The Genitive Case, % yew/c7/ tttZo-is, was
originally the Case that denoted the yevos, genus,
or class, of any object.
1 Kai between iro\bs or /te-yas and another adjective is not trans
lated in English : 71-oAAa nal Sara jj/*as ijSixrjaav, ' they nfiicted on
us many shameful wrongs.'
33 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xil.
The word Genitive, * Genitivus casus,' is a mistranslation of the

Greek name r) 7truer) rrrwais. Ftvticr) means ' pertaining to a class,'
'generic' That the original use of the Genitive was Adjectival
may be seen from the identity of the suffix in Adjectives like 817/10-
oxo-s with that of the Genitive in Nouns of the o stem, Sij/io-ffio,
Srjfioio, 87)1*00, b^jxov.
Very many of its usages are still clearly trace

able to this idea. But there are others that cannot
be so traced, owing to the fact that far more work
has been thrown upon the Genitive Case than it
originally had to perform.
We know from a comparison of the Latin and
Sanskrit, and from evidence in the Greek language
itself which will be found in books devoted to phi
lology, that there were in ancient times eight Cases
in all, comprising a Locative and an Instrumental
Case besides the six we find in Latin. The Loca
tive Case was that employed to denote position at,
an idea which, as we shall see (§ 71), now belongs
to the so-called Dative. The Instrumental Case
indicated the instrument or means by which an
action was performed ; and as it was needful to
express the idea of instrumentality or agency after
the old form once used to express it had dropped
into disuse, the Latins employed the Ablative to do
the work of the old Instrumental as well as its own
proper work, while in Greek most of the work of
the old Instrumental was thrown upon the so-called
Dative.
57. But in Greek the Ablative Case, that is, the
Case originally employed to denote motion from, also
XII.] THE GENITIVE CASE. 3$
fell out of common use ; and so it was that the

Genitive Case, the primary duty of which was to
indicate the genus of an object—the connexion
of one thing with another—came, as has been said
(§ 5°)> to embrace the idea of motion from.
Hence the uses of the Greek Genitive may be
conveniently summed up under two heads :—
A. the Genitive of Ablation (i. e. the old Ablative).
B. the Genitive of Connexion (i.e. the old Genitive).
A. Genitive of Ablation.
58. (1) Literal Ablation. The primary idea is
that of motion from a starting-point. Hence we
have such phrases as yy\% l^njs A+iynai, 'from a
foreign land have I come/
It is to be noted, however, that this Genitive of
motion from is usually defined in prose by some
preposition such as diro or it
59. (2) Metaphorical Ablation. The idea of
actual movement from an actual starting-point was
easily transferred to a metaphorical source or Origin.
Hence there are the Genitives which denote—
(i.) the Cause.
(ii.) the Maker, and (hence) Owner.
(iii.) the Material.
(iv.) the Source of Perception.
Thus (i.) (fl\5> o-e tt}s dyoias, ' I envy you because
of your simplicity.'
D
34 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xiL
(ii.) cpyov npoJirAous, 'a work made by Praxi

teles,' 6 tou PaaiX&s ktjwos, ' the garden belonging to
the king.'
(iii.) vo\aa\i.a. dpyupiou, ' a coin made of silver.'
It is probable that—
60. (iv.) the Genitive of Perception is due to
the idea that every perception came from the thing
perceived. Thus we find—
aKovco aov, ' I hear you.'
alvdavonai tivos, ' I perceive some one.'
61. The Genitive is not however always found
after Verbs of Perception. Many such Verbs take
an Accusative ; thus the person or thing perceived
is regarded as being acted upon by the subject
to the Verb, rather than as causing, or being the
source of, the perception.
Examples.
yadofiriv tov dopvfiov.
oXpviTi TriTTqs at TrevKal.
'A-vajâyopas ecpvyev aaefiela?-
ck Ttjs vXtji ol Xeovrei e£-tj\6ov.
ol £evoi fiicrOov T?y (pvXaicrjs Seôvrai.
evSaifiovi^w ere tiJ? eirruY/'a?.
\ldov ecrrpw/mevr] ia-r'iv fj 686$.
wj tjKovae tov ayyeXov, e^-ew\ayij.
ei/6vfjLOvfj.e6a Tas iv tcuj /uaâjy fyfucpopas.
01 o^foov yevara/jievoi ryv //.Slav cnroTTTvovcriv.
ap' ov aiBeaOe tov Me/mvova, tov Ttjs Ea> vlov )
iP i^dpwv tTTaueti iyyiyvovTCit, etc qe o-Tacrewv (povoi.
SftwcpaToi/? aKOveiv 01 A.6t]vaioi ocrrjfiepai iSvvavTO.

' irodev )jiceL$, & iroirira ; ' e/c Tijy loerrecpavov . 7ro-
Aew? .TrapeifJ-i.
B. Genitive of Connexion.
62. The usages which follow are those which
originally belonged to the Genitive Case. And
with reference to these alone the old name of ywucrj
would be better turned by generic, i.e. that which
indicates the yivos, genus, or ' class,' to which any
thing belongs.
63. (i.) The Generic1 or Adjectival Genitive
defines or specializes some word, which by itself
would be more or less vague, by adding a reference,
to a special genus or class. .
Thus the vague ayi\-q, ' a herd,' may be special
ized by adding fio&v : and ir\rj8o$, ' a multitude,'
by adding &,vdpa-a(ov. Then
ayi\r) (io5>v is ' a herd of oxen.'
wAt/0os AvOpia-nuv, ' a multitude of men.'
All words which imply 'ftillness' or 'want'
take a Generic Genitive of a Noun denoting the
thing of which they are full Or empty. Thus ;—
TtXrjpr}? <TTevay\idv ovbe ociKpu'ue kcvos, ' full of groans,
nor void of tears.'
ev-lit\r)<rav ayyos oTkou, 'they filled a jar with wine.'
&pev K&Tpou, 'without (the) spur.'
64. (ii.) The distinction between the Subjective
and Objective Genitive really follows from the
1 Or this may be regarded as originally a Genitive of Material.
D 2
3<5 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xil.
meaning of the Generic Genitive. Take any word

denoting a transitive action, such as At/o-iy, 're
leasing,' or ex^Pa> 'hatred.' Clearly to conceive
of Awis or lx^Pa it >s necessary to conceive—
(r) somessubject that ' releases ' or ' hates/
(2) some object that is ' released ' or ' hated,'
some object with regard to which the action is
specialized. >
If with any such transitive Noun there be found a
Genitive case, it will be a question which the con
text alone can solve whether that Genitive represents
the subject or the object of the action.
Thus, 6 <|>o0os tSk ■jroXepiwi' may mean either
(1) 'the fear which the enemy feels for us'—Sub~
jective Genitive, a genitive of origin (§ 59) ; or
{%) 'the fear which we feel for the enemy'—Objec
tive Genitive, Genitive of the sphere to which the
action of d>o'/3os is limited.
65. (iii.) Partitive Genitive. The ideas of part
and whole are so closely connected that it is not
possible to think of a part without also thinking of
the whole x. Hence—
01 bvo auTw, ' two of them.'
do's jj.01 toO uSotos, ' give me (some) of the water.'
It must not be supposed that toC vbaros is the direct object
of the Verb. Some word denoting 'part ' is probably to be
understood.
Here possibly belongs the curious Genitive after Verbs de
noting physical or imaginary contact, Oiyydva a-ov, ' I touch you.'
1 Or it is possible to look on the part as cut out of or proceeding
from the whole. Upon this view, the Partitive Genitive would
require to be classed with the Genitive of Ablation.
66. (iv.) Genitive of Necessary Relationship.

This is seen in such phrases as 6 tou Sou'Xou bea-
wottjs, 'the servant's master;' 6 toD rhvov Ttarrtp,
' the father of the son ; ' for the notion of t4kvov is
necessarily connected with that of 77077)0, and the
notion of SoCAoy is involved in that of Seo-TroVris.
67. (v.) Genitive of Price and Value. The idea .
of 'price' or 'value,' is necessarily connected with
that of ' buying ' or ' selling ' anything. Hence we
find '■price' or l value' put in the Genitive.
TaXdiTou \-np\A\L-r\v ttjv ohCav, 'I bought the house
•for a talent.'
iroo-ou Tijuarai 6 ari<f>avos ; ' how much is the
xrown worth?'
68. (vi.) Genitive of Comparison. When A is
said to be greater or less than B it is clear that
the notion of B is necessarily connected with that
of A. Hence we have the Genitive of Com
parison as:—
fieilav earlv 6 vlbs tou mxTposj 'the boy is taller
than his father.'
69. To this class belong all Genitives after Verbs
expressing superiority or the reverse. Verbs of ruling
take a Genitive possibly because they 1 imply supe
riority :—ij3aa-(X.tve ti)s Idu.ou, 'he was king of Samos.'
70. (vii.) Genitives of Place are not common in
prose except in certain adverbial forms. Genitives
of Time are very common. Both usages are hard
to explain.
1 Or because there is an idea of necessary connexion involved.
38 SIMPLE SENTENCES.- [xil.
ttou * y&p tcrnfv ; ' why, where are we? '

outou * Ipevov, ' there they stayed.'
8ls too Itous, ' twice in the year.'
rauTTis rfjs Tj|j.epas Karrj\0ov, ' I came back that day.'
70 (a). The Genitive also follows Verbs of

aiming, strivingfor, etc. : Tofcvav o-kottov, ' to shoot
at a mark ;' rvyyavuv, afxaprAvnv, ((pUcrdai, twos,
' to get,' ' to miss,' ' to long for.'
The Genitive Absolute will be found on page 82.
Examples.
TTAeiaTOV afyov to vocop.
ou yjpri to aiKatov tj-rrairOai tov (pQovov.
erepov to rjov tov ayauov.
SoXwr twv eiTTa ao(pi(TTuiv iicXyOti.
VTayoves SSaTOi KoiXalvovtri Trerpas.
Trjv fifi'iaeiav tj}? yw STefxov 01 TroXefiloi.
iravrwv 0€cnr6êiv a^coi 6 Tvpavvo?.
.■ Xoywv 6 prrroip etarrla tov? <tvv6vt<xs.
6 ft-ev veu>Tep6<; i<TTiv e/j.ov, eyu Se tov aSeXcfwv.
Kal depovi Kai êz/uawo? Tavra eirolovv.
Set ere Taireivtjv eivcu, kou yvwvai 1v el yqs.
dvp-e t^? riiAepa? 'Adifvate evopevonrjv.
TtjvSe TrjV oiKiav trivre TaXavTwv wveiarOai edeXco.
elicoeriv erusv ovoeiroTe air-eS^f/.tjcra.
1 irov and airov, although called Adverbs of place, are really

Genitives of (rros) and out^s respectively.
2 The Genitive of Time with a negative may be translated by
'for.'
XIII.] THE DATIVE CASE. 39
XIII.
The Dative Case.
71- The original suffix of the Dative Singular
was ai ; that of the Locative was i. Owing to the
inevitable confusion arising from the existence of
forms so similar, the Dative form almost entirely l
dropped out in Greek, and its functions were trans
ferred to the Locative.
Now we have already seen (§ 56) that when the
Old Instrumental Case was lost, most of its work
was thrown upon the so-called Dative. Here, then,
we have one case doing the work of three cases :
in other words, the Dative {which is a Locative in
form) performs the various functions of—
(A) the Locative ;
(B) the Dative ;
(C) the Instrumental.
A. Dative for Locative.

Dative of Place and Time.
72. Originally a Locative, the Greek Dative
denotes, first, position at a place ; afterwards, by
the inevitable process by which all words referring
to space are extended so as to embrace the notion
of time, it denotes the time at which a thing occurs.
Observe, that the Preposition lv is almost in-
1 The only real Datives preserved in Attic Greek belong to Nouns
of the a- and o- stems, where xwpq, o?«<f>, etc., have the form as well
as the signification of the Dative, and may be contrasted with xÂ""
( = xaiia + 1) and 0U01 ( = oiieo + 1), the almost unique Locatives from
a- and 0- stem nouns.
40 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xill.
variably used in Prose with the Dative of Place,

and frequently with the Dative of Time. Thus :—
iv Trj XiKcXia mow; 01 Kvukaynes, 'the Cyclopes
used to live in Sicily.'
T»j vou)i.i)via iopTTjn rjyov, ' they used to hold a
festival on the first day of the month.'
Names of towns, etc., are often used adverbially without
the Preposition, as Mapa8S>pt ijiaxiio-aro, ' he fought at Mara
thon.' Cf. Rotnae, Carthagine, etc., in Latin.
B. Dative Proper.
(i.) Dative of the Remoter Object.
73. The proper function of the Dative, is to
express (a) the person to whom a thing is given.
From this it is used generally to express (b) the
remoter object of an action, the person with refer
ence to whom,—for whose advantage or disad
vantage,— a statement is made. Hence it is used
especially (c) with Intransitive Verbs and phrases
which imply a relation. Thus :—
(a) bihutp.i aoi ttjv Ovyarepa, ' I give you my
daughter.'
xmioytTo tu iraiSiu row alKovpov, ' he promised
the cat to the child.'
(b) eort (ioi p.€yaXr} oIkCcl, ' I have a big house.'
vrjfs ov% vTidpôvfriv 'A6t]raioi,s, 'the Athenians
have no ships belonging to them.'
(c) Trokip-elv1 -rots n^paais, 'to be at war with
(i.e. against) the Persians/
1 Notice that wo\ffiijaat Tofr Tlipaais would be rather ' to make
war upon the Persians;' and iroKiftrjaai oirv rots Hipaats would be
' to make war in conjunction with the Persians'
cvX<ev8ai tois Beois, ' to pray to the gods.'

ixrj d/Lu'A.ei tois kokois, 'do not associate with the
bad.'
74. Carefully notice the phrases PouXoiaû jjioi
eort, yCyverai n, etc., Lat. mihifit volenti. Here the
Dative is a Dative of Interest, the difficulty of the
sentences lying in the fact that the participle con
tains the chief predicate. Thus :—
fjboixivm ijloi tovto yiyverai is equivalent to the two
sentences (1) tovto yCyverai pot, and (2) /cat ^fSojuai.
(ii.) Ethic Dative.

75. To this Dative of the Remoter Object, some
times called the Dative of Interest, or Dative of
Reference, belongs the apparently superfluous
Emotional or Ethic Dative, as it is called. This is
a Dative of the Personal Pronoun, loosely sub
joined to a sentence to indicate the interest which
the person speaking or spoken to takes in what is
being said. Thus :—
aX\d ijlol io-Qie, ' but, pray, go on eating.'
kyta o-oi kcivo? ei/ui, ' see, I am that man.'
So in Shakespeare, 'Knock me on this door;' and in Latin,
Quid mihi Celsus agitf ' What is my Celsus doing?'
Examples.
avayict] (ioi a-mevai.
eoiKev 6 irai$ tw iraTpl.
t!j 110-Tepaia oiicaSe air-eTrXevarav.
Tavra Ae\<pois exptjcrev AttoXAcoiv
42 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xill.
VTr-earêro tov fturdov tois crTpaTicorats.

tm deep ofnoiovvTcti iravTes ol ayaOoi.
Trj avrjj r)fxepa air-edavev 6 ftao-tXevs.
irodev al SiafioXal croi aurai yeyovao~iv I
TavTy Trj vvkti irXrjpris eyevero r) (reXr/vrj.
(pOovos fieyiarrov kolkov tois (pdovepois.
ev to vvv yjpovw ov% Ikovcos ol yepovTes Ti/twvTai.
aacpaXeiav irapej(ov<Ti tois tcoXitolis ol vopot.
ev eKeivw tu> Kaipw ol TpiaKOvra eTupavvevov.
oiave'fiovo-i ctitov tois ttoXitciis ol ap-ôvres.
inrripereiv Trj TroXei Sei tovs ttoXitcis.
T(p Tr\r/6ei ov j3ovXo/j.evu> rjv 6 voXefios.
a fioi (paiverai /3eXTt<7Ta, Tavra irparTW.
voXXols *) yXwTTa irpoTpeêi rrjs Stavolas.
6 K.vpos ev A.vSla TrapdSeiirov ovtos K<XT-e(pvTev(rev.
ev tw tot€ ol A.aKeSaifi6viot tov ye'povTa erifiatv.
MapaOwvi Kai âXafiivi icai TlXaTaiaaiv eviicr/rav
tovs (iapfiapovs ol Adrjvaioi.
(5or)Qeiav tois ''A.6rjvaiois ol TIXaTatrjs fxovoi
eTre/n^l/av.
C. Dative for Instrumental.

(i.) Dative of the Instrument.
76. piipSu •njirreii', ' to beat with a stick.'
Ji<t>«i AiroOaKctf, ' to be1 slain by the sword.'
xpfi(iai aoi 4>iX<j>, ' I make use of you (i. e.
treat you) as a friend.' Latin, 'utor te
amico'
* See page 19, footnote.
This Dative of the Instrument is used, like the

Latin Ablative of the Instrument, to express, with
a Comparative, the measure of excess or defect.
Thus, iroXXu tXacra-av, iau(o>i>, etc., ' much less,'
' greater,' etc., really mean ' by much less/ ' greater,'
etc.
But the question 'By what instrument?' is really
equivalent to the question 'In what manner?'
Hence we get the—
(ii.) Dative of the Manner.

77. 0«* «l(rij\0ev, a-ifr), 8p(5(iu, etc., ' he entered by
force, in silence, at a run,' etc.
To this Dative of the Manner also probably
belongs what may be called the Dative of Equip
ment or Military Dative, seen in such phrases as—
iroXXu orpaTu, oXiycus faucrlv, ou neydXir] \eiP' AîKvelaOai,
' to arrive with a large army, a few ships, no great
force,' etc.
(iii.) Dative of Accompaniment.

78. <rbv ra dSeXcjxd fjX0of, 'I came with my
brother.'
Observe that the Preposition obv—Latin cum,
'together with'—is almost always found with this
Dative of Accompaniment, avrbs (see § 46) being
the only word with which it is regularly omitted.
auTois EjjiaTiois a.TTij3a\lfev eavrbv iv r<3 7Tora/sx(j5,
'he dipped himself, clothes and all, in the
stream.'
44 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xiV.
(iv.) Dative of the Living Agent. .

79. It is probable that in this usage the living
agent is looked upon rather as the Instrument.
This Dative is almost confined, in good prose, to
the Verbal Adjective (see § 153), and to the Perfect
and Pluperfect Tenses of Passive Verbs.
to. ^jioi tiiTTpayiiiva ifuv ipw, ' I will tell you the
things that have been done by me.'
Examples.
Upo/xtjOevi eSwKe toi? avOpwwois to irvp.
e/3a\\ov tov (povea \l6oi$.
\oyca fiev ev iroiel fin-as, epyw Se kcikws iroiei.
ayvoia fjuus tote ^/xapTavo/xev.
avroii roit owXoif ei\e TOi/y iTnreag.
vavcri icai Teyjo evuayOtja-av 01 ftapfiapot.
a efioi ireirpaicTat, iravra SiKaia ia-Tiv.
SiaKoulais vavcr'iv q\6ev 6 fiacriXevs.
iravTi TpoTrti) eireipwvTO airocpvyeiv.
akrjQrj earn Travd a ™ KrjpvKi a-K-r/yyeXTai.
tov uTpaTtjyov ai/Tw "nrirw ycpavtcrev.
icpavyy 7ro\Aj? eir-yeGav ol iroXefxtoi.
<poj3ov/j.e6a /j.rj f//j.d$ at/Vat? tcus Tptqpecri KaTaSva-fj.
XIV.
Prepositions.
80. The ambiguity which might have arisen
from the variety of meanings exhibited by the
XIV.] PREPOSITIONS. 45
cases, is in a great measure avoided by the use

of a class of words called Prepositions \
To take a single instance, toG uSa-ros may mean
'of,1 'from/ 'on,' 'some of,' 'than,' or 'by means
of the water ; ' but if £k, ' out of/ be put before it,
Ik tou fiSa-ros can mean nothing but ' out of the water.'
It is therefore more accurate to say that Preposi
tions define the particular meaning belonging to a
case, than to say that they govern that case or
endow it with a new meaning. The general mean
ing is always fixed by the nature of the case itself.
' It is the case which borrows the aid of the
Preposition, not the Preposition which requires
that of the case ' (Farrar). And of course no case
will borrow the aid of any preposition the root
idea of which is contradictory to its own 2.
Hence there are some Prepositions which are
used with one case, but are never found in the
company of any other.
For instance, Prepositions which denote
(i) motionfrom, are only found with the Genitive ;
(2) rest at, are only found with the Dative ;
(3) motion to, are only found with the Accusative.
1 npo0io(is—praeverbia—so called because in composition with

verbs or nouns they always stand before the verb or noun.
At an early date most of these words were Adverbs ; at a still
earlier date all Adverbs were recognisable as compounds, or as
case-forms of inflected stems.
J Just as, in English, we could not attach the preposition 'at,'
which indicates 'rest' to the word 'homewards,' which denotes
'motion' For the ideas of motion and rest are mutually contra
dictory.
46 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xiv.
81-90. Prepositions that stand with one case.

81-85. With the Genitive only—dird, 1% («k),
&VTI, irpo, aVeu, aTep.
81. Airo—Lat. ab, ' away from.'
Literally—(a) of space ; (b) of time ;
(a) a<p' Xtiimv &KKe<r6ai, ' to leap from one's car.'
(b) atio rrjabe ttjs vvktos, 'from this night:' &(j>
ov, 'since.'
Metaphorically—
(c) of any origin, descent, or cause ; aito twos
apXeaOcu, KoXeiadai, 'to begin with, to be
called after, some one.'
82. H (I*)—Lat. ex, (ec), e, ' out of.'
Literally—
(a) of space ; Ik ttjs iro'Aecos, 'out of the city.'
(b) of time ; i£ ov, ex quo, ' since.'
Metaphorically—
(c) of origin, material, cause, etc.; Ik to-ut^v,
' springing out of/ ' in consequence of
these things.'
The Genitive with ef and airb is the Genitive of
Ablation, literal or metaphorical (see §§ 58, 59).
Note that Ik often implies motion from the
interior, h-nb motion from the exterior. Thus a
besieging army would come cnrb ttjs nokem, but the
besieged « ttjs iroAetos. The same distinction holds
good between ab urbe and ex urbe.
anb and « are used for iv by attraction when there is an.
idea of motion implied or expressed : of ik t£>v nvpyiov <pv\aKts
fl<r8oi>TO} ' the watchmen on the. towers perceived it.' - '
XIV.] prepositions. 47
83. 4nv—Lat ante, ' opposite.'

Literally—
{a) of space; 'opposite,' a usage confined in
Attic prose to the compound Ivavrtov.
Metaphorically—
(b) instead of; &vrl yj>v<rov \a\Kos, ' brass in
stead of gold.'
(c) on account of; &v0' 5>v, ' wherefore.'
84. irpo—Lat. pro, prae—Eng. fore, ' in front of,'
' before/ ' instead.'
Literally—
(a) of space ; irpb dvpas, 'before the door.'
(b) of time ; itpb roCoe, ' before now.'
Metaphorically—
(c) mpb. ■naCbuiv ix&xcaOai, ' to fight in front of,
(i. e. in defence of) one's children : ' wp6
TavTwv rdbe alpovp.ai, ' I choose these before
those.'
No clear distinction can be drawn between ttpb
bovketas and avrl bov\eCas Odvarov kkecrdai, ' to choose
death instead of slavery.'
85. The rest of the prepositions that take the Genitive
only are never found in composition with verbs, and there is
little variety in their usage.
*** ) 'without.' **", > ,untiu,
Srep, \ /«XP', 1
ptTa£v, 'between.'
ivcua or €vex€v, ' for the sake of,' Lat. causa.
jtXijv (nXeov), ' except,' ' besides,' Lat. praeter.
The Genitive also accompanies the adverbial accusatives
SUriv, * like,' \apiv, ' on account of,' and the various adverbs of
place and time.
4$ SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XIV.
86-88. With the Dative only—tv,oiv.

86. £"—Lat. in with Abl.—' rest in.'
Literally—
(a) of space ; evrfjoliclq, 'in the house:' eviiy.lv,
among you.'
(b) of time ; ev r<3 Oepei, ' in the summer.'
Metaphorically—
(c) of manner ; ev rdxei, ' with speed : ' ev bok<p,
' craftily.'
87- When iv is found before a Genitive, a Dative
has been left out. Thus iv XuKparous stands for iv
StoKparovs alula, 'in Socrates' house.'
els \eipas Aa/3fii> n is ' to take into one's hands ;'
ev xeP<T' hafieiv tl is ' to take—and hold—m one's
hands.'
88. a&* {&>v)— Lat. cum, 'together with.'
Literally—
(a) ovv rots iraiolv rjXOov, ' I came with my boys.'
Metaphorically—
(b) ovv Taxei, ' with speed.'
Observe that the Dative stands also with the semi-
prepositions aya, 6fwv, and with the adverbs ef loov,
6fj.oim, etc
89-90. With the Accusative only—els ( = lv-$), &$.
89. «is (^s)— (Lat. in with Accus.), ' to,' ' into.'
Literally—
(a) of space ; els ttjv vijoov, 'to the island.'
(b) of time ; els to \oiitbv, 'for the future.'
Metaphorically—
{c) els bvvay.iv, ' up to my power ; ' els enarbv,
' up to a hundred.'
€i's like iv is used elliptically with a Genitive, as

in eis "AiSov1 (sc. bofwv), ' into (the house) of Hades.'
90. <£>s, ' to/ only before persons. is rbv ftatnkea

tkduv, ' to come into the king's presence.' Probably
this use of is (itself not properly a preposition) is
due to the omission of one of the prepositions «s,
iirl or Trpbs, which were frequently preceded by is.
Thus is avrbv may stand for is eIs, iirl or npbs avrov.
91-98. Prepositions that stand with two cases.

91-92. "With the Dative and Accusative —&v&.
91. Ayct (cp. ava>)—'«/,' 'up through' = ' over' with
a notion of completeness : compare ' to reckon up.'
i. With Dative, up-on, ' upon,' is only found in
Poetry :—evbei ava trK^Trrpu Aws deros, ' the eagle
sleeps upon the sceptre of Zeus/
92. ii. With Accusative—
Literally—
(a) ava poov, ' up stream/ adverso flumine.
(V) ava -natrav yfjv, ' over every land/
Metaphorically—
(c) ava rptis, ' by threes ; ' ava fxepos, ' by turns ; '
ava Xoyov, 'according to reckoning,' i.e.
' proportionally ' (analogous) ; ava crro/xa
i\eiv, ' to have in the mouth/ ' on the
tongue,' ' be always talking about/
1 For convenience sake the t is not written subscript beneath the

capital A.
E
50 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xiT.
93-98. With Genitive and Accusative only—

kcit&, 8ia, uire'p.
93. Kara (cp. k&tu>)—the opposite of ova—' down

wards,' 'down.'
i. With Genitive—' down from,' ' against.'
Literally—
(a) down from; Kara 'OAtJ/wiov I/St;, ' down from
Olympus he came.'
Metaphorically—
(J?) with reference to ; not always, but often in
the sense of hostility against^; Kara twos
\iyuv, 'to speak against one.'
94. ii. With Accusative—extension over, etc.
Literally—
(a) of space ; Kara poov, ' down stream,' secundo
flumine ; Kara yfjv, ' by land ;' Kara to orpa-
Tevixa ix4ya isivOos r/v, ' there was great
mourning throughout the army/
(V) of time ; Kara rbv avrbv yjiovov, ' about the
same time.'
Metaphorically—
(c) to, Kara v6(j.ov, ' things according to law ;' Kara
Tpeis, ' by threes.'
1 This is a common meaning of word in composition with Verbs.
Thus :—
Katcuppovftv, ' to think against, despise.'
mmiyopftv, ' to speak against, accuse.'
Karayi-jvuKjKHv, ' to decide against, condemn.'
When one of these Verbs, e. g. Karatppovtiv, governs an Accusative
it is because the force of the /card is no longer separately felt. Com
pare naTtnopKfty rivd, and ticos.
95. 8icL—' through '—[akin to bvo, two, between],

i. With Genitive—
Literally—
(a) ofplace, ' through and out of ;' bia rfjs voXem
pet 6 TtoTaixos, ' the river flows through the
city ;' bib. \eip&v exeiv, ' to have in hand.'
(b) of time,' throughout /' ovbels bia fiCov evTvxfjs
(cttiv, ' no man is fortunate throughout his
life.'
{c) of an interval of time; biix xpovov, 'after
an interval.'
M etaphorically—
(d) per, by means of; denoting the instrument
not the agent, because the action passes
to completion through the instrument ; hC
i/j.ov 7rdcrx«s, ' you suffer by means of me:*
bia tS>v d$6aktx£>v 6pS>p.ev, 'we see with
(through) our eyes.'
96. ii. With Accusative—' through and towards ;'
only used metaphorically in prose, 'for the sake
of,' ' on account of?
bia to aQhov eTTovqcra, ' I worked for the prize.'
8t' (pie eitadev, ' he suffered for my sake.'
Observe that with the Genitive bia denotes the
instrument; with the Accusative, the cause.
97. fr^p—Lat. super— Germ, iiber, ' up,' ' over.'
i. With Genitive—
Literally—
(a) (position) 'over'—super; vifep 0a\6.o-ar\s,
' overhanging the sea.'
E %
(b) Metaphorically—'on behalf of,' ' instead of.'

vnep njs wo'Aews Oavt'iv, ' to die for one's country.'
v-ntp ipov ZKt&v, ' he spoke instead of me.'
98. With Accusative—'over and beyond? ultra.
Literally—
(a) vnep rr\v 6&\a<r<rav, ' beyond the sea.'
Metaphorically—
(b) iirep hvvap.iv, ' above (one's) strength.'
99-121. Prepositions that stand with all the

cases—Trapa, irpos, lirl, fiird, pera, <ipj>i, irepi.
99. Whenever the root idea of a Preposition
is such as not to contradict the root idea of any of
the cases, then it is natural for that Preposition to
stand with any of the cases *.
100. irapct denotes proximity. The three ideas
of motion to, rest at, and motion from, which attach
respectively to the Accusative, Dative, and Genitive
Case (see §§ 50, 57, 71), may all be easily combined
with the idea of proximity, so as to result in the
three compound notions of—
to the side of,
at the side of,
and from the side of.
Hence we have :—
impel rbi> PacriXe'a Meat, to go into ] , ,. ,
irapa tu 8a<ri\ei Eirai, to be in f
I presence.
irapa tou |3a<n\ew9 ^Xdcir, to Come from '
1 See foot-note to § 80.
s Cp. the French ' Venir de chez quelqu'un.'
XIV.] . PREPOSITIONS. 53
The metaphorical meanings of the Genitive and

Dative with irapa. are easily traced :
irapd rwos katfivav, to take 1 from sQme Qne
irapd twos y.avOavuv, to learn J
■nap' aiiTois, Trap' kpo\, ' among them,' mejudice.
101. (i.) The uses of irapa with the Accusative

are much more varied and need much more care.
Akin to the use of irapa with an Accusative
after a Verb of motion is its use after a Verb of
Rest, when the idea of motion is implied rather
than expressed.
■nap' ip: to-Tao-o, ' (come and) stand by my side.'
102. (ii.) One thing may be put by1 the side of

another, either (a) for the sake of Comparison, or
(b) for the sake of Classification.
(a) avbpfios el irapa itavff ovtivovv, ' you are brave
in comparison with (alongside of) any one.'
(b) -rrap1 ovbtv o-e TiQiovp.ai, ' I esteem you as (lit.
by the side of, i. e. in the same class with)
nothing.'
103. (iii.) From -napa. with the Accusative, de
noting motion to the side of, comes irapa with the
Accusative denoting extent by the side of, just as
we found the Accusative of Extension arising from
that of Motion (see §§ 50, 51).
f) irapa OakarTav Mantbovla, ' Macedonia along the
sea coast.'
1 vap' iWijKa, ' side by side,' gives the English parallel.
104. (iv.) This notion of Extent in space is

naturally transferred to Duration in time.
•napa isavra rw fSLov, ' during all one's life.'
105. (v.) Again, movement continued along the
whole length of an object may end in movement
beyond it.
•napa tt\v Ba/3u\d»i'a •napUvax, ' to pass beyond
Babylon ' (to leave Babylon on one side).
106. (vi.) From this there is no difficulty in
passing to such metaphorical phrases as—
■napa tt)i> bvvap.iv, ' beyond one's power.'
107. (vii.) And when the context makes it clear
that it is a duty not to go beyond, but to keep along
side of, we translate by contrary to \
■napa. robs vop.ovs, ' contrary to the laws.'
napa to bUaiov, ' contrary to justice.'
108. (viii.) The road along which motion takes
place is sometimes conceived as contributing to
that motion. Thus napa answers to our colloquial
' all along of '=' through.'
napa <re yCyvcrai fj <rTr)pla, ' it is through you that
the deliverance comes.'
109. (ix.) From the notion of actual passing by
and so leaving on one side, [see (v.) above] comes
the metaphorical one of ' leaving on one side in
consideration} ' omitting to take account of' ' beside,'
' except.'
1 In this sense iropd is the exact opposite of Kara. Cp. mpcL S6(av,
•whence our paradox. l
xiv.] prepositions. 55
oi* eon irapix tout aWa, 'besides this, there is
nothing else.'
■nap 1 kv ypdn/xa apKos «, (a joke on a man named
Marcus, apKos being another form for the com
moner &pktos, 'a bear') 'you are a bear,
- Marcus, butfor one letter.'
■nap' tv Tt6Xaicrp.a ivdcqiTev, 'he won, except in a
single contest.'
irapa. tootovtov rjkde Kivhvvov, ' he came within such
a degree of peril,' ' he was in such peril.'
110. irp&s— akin to irpb—'in front of.'
. Trpos rfjs BomrCas XaAxts Keixai, ' Chalcis lies in
front as regards Boeotia,' i. e. ' 0^ Boeotia.'
• jrpos ra \ip.ivi eirra vrjts rjcrav, 'there were seven
ships at the harbour.'
■ Tipbs top \ip.iva amiitXeixrav, ' they sailed off to the
harbour.'
111. Especially note the meanings of
■n-pos toutw, ' in consequence of this.'
irp6s toutois, ' in addition to these things.'
irpos touto, ' with reference to this,' ' wherefore'
irp6s o-ou ttrai, ' to be on your side,' stare a te.
irpos Pao-iXâ o-irocScis iroieiaGai, ' to make a treaty
with the king.'
112. in\ denotes superposition.
i. "With Genitive ofplace-relationship (§ 70).
[a) ' upon ;' 2m ttjs2 KecpaXSis <popei to &\dos, ' he
carries the load on his head.'
1 Jac. Anthol. quoted by Liddell and Scott.
* Datives may stand thus with little or no difference of meaning.
01 im * t5>v -npayix&Tiav, ' those in charge of affairs.'

(b) proximity, as we say ' one evil follows upon
another ; ' (nr\aal Tiva eirt tov apxpvTos, ' to bring
a man before the magistrate.'
(c) approximation ; in' 'Adr)vG>v inopeuero, ' he was
on his way towards2 Athens.' [Cp. 'He
marched upon Athens.']
(d) ' in' or ' at,' (Genitive of Time)—
in ifiov, ' in my lifetime.'
em 1a>Kp6.rovs, ' in the lifetime of Socrates.'
in\ tG>v Kivbvvwv, ' at times of danger.'
113. ii. With Dative—(a) position, (b) purpose, etc.
(a) inl rals irvXais o2k«v, ' to dwell at the gates.'
inC rivi \iytiv, ' to speak over a man's grave.'
inl rovrois, ' after that,' ' thereupon.'
(V) inl ye\&>n, im kukiZ, 'for a joke/ 'for harm.'
{c) cause, xa(pew iirl tivi, ' to be glad at.'
(d) in such metaphorical phrases as—
inl Tourbe, ' on these conditions.'
to. i<p' rnj.lv, ' what is in our power,' or ' rests
on us.'
114. iii. With Accusative (a) of motion towards
(often with a view to superposition) —
inl Toiis nipoas Uvm, ' to go against the Persians.'
i<p' Xnnov avafiaivtiv, ' to mount on horseback.'
But icp' tnnov 8ic0/c«j>, ' to pursue on horseback.'
(b) time : iirl no\kas i]p.ipas, ' for many days.'
1 ot iirl rots irpdyfUUTiv appears not to differ in meaning.
' The Genitive appears that of aim, see page 38. A man may go
in' oUov, ' homewards,' without going in' oTkov, ' home.'
(c) purpose: iitl Tas raSs eTtfpwjrav, 'they sent for

the ships.'
115. ut° denotes subterposition, (Lat. sub) :—
i. With Genitive—(a) place, (b) agent, (c) cause,
(d) accompaniment.
(a) into tov apvewv eA.uo/irji', ' I disengaged myself
from under the ram.'
into rrjs bpvbs for?}, ' he stood under the oak/
(b) hit IfJiov (itpaxdrj, ' it was done by me.'
77 t;6Kls eoA<i) v(p' fjii&v, ' the city was taken by us.'
(c) vitb yrjpws curdeviis %v, ' he was weakfrom old age.'
{d) into \vpas qbtiv, ' to sing to the lyre.'
ii. With Dative—(a) position, (b) subordination.
(a) tC !x«s intb rep t/iOTio) ; ' what is under your coat ? '
(b) into vop.ois itvai, ' to be under the laws.'
v<f>' (avTy1 ■BouloOai, 'to bring into subjection.'
iii. With Accusative — (a) motion, (b) time, (c)
subordination.
(a) virb tt)v itokw itoptveo-Qai, ' to come up to the city.'
iub to o/oos €)j.(voi>, ' they stayed at the foot of
the hill.'
(b) wo vvKTa, ' towards night,' sub noctem.
(c) &yeiv into x«tpa twos, ' to bring into one's power.'
116. n«Tct— cp./xeVos, Germ. mit—' between,' 'with.'
i. With Genitive—'with.'
fx«ro t&v itaib&v, 'with the children,' =aiiv rots nato-iv.
ii. With Dative of position at—percl rotate, 'among these'
—a usage foreign to Attic prose.
1 So too with the Accusative.
117. iii. With Accusative—' after'—(a) time, (b)

purpose.
(a) p-era ravra, ' after that.'
(3) lireix\}ta. juera tovs lirirovs, ' I sent for the horses.'
118. The meanings of Afi<t>! and irepl, with the
different cases, are difficult to define ; dfi+l (akin
to Latin ambd) is said to mean 'on both sides/
irepl, ' all round.'
d|i<f>l, ' about,' is rarely founds except in poetry, with
any case but the Accusative, and even with the
Accusative rarely in Prose : —
01 a/Mpl "Awrov, ' Anytus and his associates.'
apjpl exarbv, ' about a hundred.'
ap.cpl Xirnovs hanavav, ' to spend on horses.'
119. T«pi, ' round,' ' about.'
i. "With Genitive—(a) the subject-matter.
rh -nepl ep.ov, ' my affairs,' (what concerns me).
to. irepl tov irokep.ov, ' the affairs of the war?
irepl ToijTuv ep.axeo-ap.eOa., ' we fought about that.'
(b) Of indefinite price after verbs of estimation ;
irepl iroWov, irXeCovos, oKlyov TroielcrOai, fiyeiaOai, etc.
' to set a high, higher, low, lower, etc. price
upon.'
120. ii. With Dative— (a) place, (b) cause.
{a) irepl t<3 £C<pei ire<re1v, ' to fall upon one's sword.'
irepl kvk\<o, ' in a circle.'
irepl1 rfj \e'P' oatcriktov e\eiv, ' to have a ring
on one's hand.'
1 Especially so of parts of the body, e. g. irtpl t§ /KâXj nipav,
n. tois arlpvois xlT"vas <popetv, 'to wear a tiara on the head," 'tunics
on the chest,' etc.
xiv.] prepositions. 59
(b) nepl <p6j3«>, x&pnari, &c, 'for fear/ 'for joy,'

etc.—-prae metu,
121. iil- With Accusative—(a) place, (F) time.
(a) irepl t?)d 2ue\tai> olnelv, ' to live round Sicily.'
(b) irepl tovtovs tovs \povovs, ' about those times.'
(c) number: irepl pvpiovs, 'about io,ooo.'
(d) 'concerning' — often very much like the
Genitive—
to. irepl ep.e, 'my affairs' (what concerns me).
ai irepl to a-&p.a yooval, 'bodily pleasures' (the
pleasures that appertain to the body).
122. Learn the following Prepositional phrases

by heart :—
Kara to clvto, ' eodem tempore.'
Kara ravTa, ' in the same way.'
ava iracrav fmepav, ' day by day.'
naff f)p.epav, ' day by day,' ' daily.'
Trap' fjp.epav (' day by day '), ' every other day.'
ixeff f]p.epav, 'in the day-time' ('after daybreak').
ol curb ttjs Sroas, ' the Stoics.'
&if ekirCbos, 'unexpectedly.'
airb <j>avepov, ' openly.'
•nap' eavru yeveadai, ' to come to oneself.'
els %v ipxeadai, ' to come to an agreement.'
ovk airb ctkohov Xeyeiv, ' to speak to the point.'
hC kpp.r\vem Xeyeiv, ' to speak by an interpreter.'
a<fi lirirov nayeo-Qai, ex equo, ' to fight on horseback.'
irap' e[wl, ' in my opinion,' meo judicio.
jieTa xeipas eyew, ' to have in hand.'
60 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XIV.
01 bia p.i<rov, ' the neutral party.'

xara tov vojxov, ' according to the law.'
01 Kara xBovbs, ' those below the earth.'
ol Kara xôva, ' those upon the earth.'
■napa \xiKpbv, ' within a little,' ' almost.'
itap oXiyas ^r/fpovs, ' by a small majority.'
vTib tt)v Ico, ' towards the morning.'
bib. (piXias Uvai rivl, ' to be friendly with.'
oV opyrjs ixHV Tlv<*> ' to be angry with.'
airb (TTopLaTos Xtyew, ' to speak from memory.'
e£ to-ov, ' equally ;' e<c 8efCas, ' on the right/
Xoyov eK Xoyov Xtyeiv, 'to make speech after speech.'
Kpip.6.(rai u Ik twos, ' to hang a thing to another.'
oi k.o.0' rjims, ' our contemporaries.'
KaXdaBai enC twos, ' to be named after some one.'
to, irpbs vyiuav, ' things conducive to health.'
bib, bacdrov iTovs, ' every tenth year.'
Kara yrjv ku.1 Kara OaXaTtav, 'by sea and land,
oi itepl UXdrmva, ' Plato and his associates.'
to. Trfpt rqv bUr/v, ' what pertains to the suit.'
■ncpl tiavrbs \ 7rou'icr9ai, I of paramount ) import-
itepl ovbtvbs > ' to reckon t of no / ance.'
p-era t&v vtKp&v Ktio-dai, 'to lie with the dead.'
iirl to -noXv, or, i>s c-nl to ttoXv, ' for the most part.'
e<p' iavrov, sud sponte {on one's own motion),
irap' kavrov, sud sponte.
in oIkov, ' homewards,' £77' oZkov, ' home.'
TTpbs Oe&v, in entreaties, ' by the gods ! ' vy or jua
tovs deoiis in affirmations and denials.
Trpbs <tov (0-p.ev, ' we are on your side.'
bib. Tavra, ' therefore/ bia rt ; ' wherefore ? '
XIV.] PREPOSITIONS, 6l
£<p' tubs, (Til bvoiv, rpi&v, ' one, two, three deep.'
Kaff eva, ' one at a time.'
cjti -nivre aaitibvv, ' five deep,' of soldiers in line.
■npbs ixrjrpbs, 'on the mother's side.'
irap' avra ra abiK-qp-aTa bUr]v oovvai, ' to be punished
immediately upon the offence.'
eiOv 'AOriv&v, ' straight towards Athens.'
fjL(B' vba>p ip\e<rdat, ' to go after water.'
airb tov lirov up.ikiw nvl, 'to associate with one
on equal terms.'
mar AX<rxy\ov, ' as Aeschylus says.'
eni bvoiv ayxvpaiv 6pp.tiv, as we say, ' to have two
strings to one's bow.'
Examples.
etc toutwv Tr6\e[i.ov aipou/ueOa.
ev tS dew earn to TeAoy.
Tit KaQ eavrov epei j
viro T>j <pr/yw KaOevSov 01 uey.
irapa <ro(f)od avSpbs ravra e/xaOov.
Trap oXiyov i$X6ev 6 SovXos dXwvai.
a/J.<p'i SeiTrvov trovovcriv ol SovXoi.
o iraTrip Sea ra TeKva iroWa. noÔei.
avv tw 8ew twv iroXefitwv Trepi-yevqaoneOa.
KaXbv avri SovXelas iroXefiov eXeirdai.
Trpos to/j aXXoty vrovois 17 voo~o$ 17/itay efiXa'yev.
Kara tov TlXaTwva 6 6p6o? epws eir aperrjv ayet.
Teraynevoi fiarav ol (TTpaTtwTat vtto MtX-naoov.
ev Tati vaviriv e<rnv y T»Jy 'EXXaJoy awTrjpia.
6% 8ΙΜΡΖΕ 8ΕΝΤΕΝ0Ε8. [XIV.
"Εφεσος άπ-ε-χει άπο Σάρδεων τριών ήμερων όδόν.

•προς θέων, βοήθει, ί? ζενε• άπόΧΧυμαι γαρ κακώς.
ύπο μαστιγών ετόζευον οί βάρβαροι.
δια της αγοράς εΐΧκον τον κΧεπτην.
κατά νουν €μοι πάντα ταΰτα γεγονεν.
6 ύπερ της κώμης γήΧοψος μέγας εστίν.
αι5τή οι εαυτην ή αρετή τον εγοντα όνίνησιν.
δίκην εδοσαν οι ψωρες ύπο τον βασιλέως.
η εν στενω ναυμαχία προς των 'ΈιΧΧήνων εστίν.
περ\ μεν ούν τούτων τοσαΰτα μοι ειρήσθω.
πάρα. μικρόν ε^-επεσεν εκ της πόΧεως ύπο των
τριάκοντα.
εαΧω ύπο των ποΧεμίων η πόΧις αύτοϊς τοις πο-
Χίταις.
άπο της άρχης δια τταντωι/ αχ/κ της τεΧευτης
δι-εζ-ηΧθεν 6 ρήτωρ.
προς μεν πατρός ην ΉρακΧείδης 6 Α,Χεζανδρος,
προς δε μητρός Αιακίδης ην.
τα? μεν των νέων προς τψ Χιμενι ωρμισαν, αϊ δε
αΧΧαι προς την νησον απ-επΧευσαν.
Αρμόδιος συν τω αδεΧώω μετά κινδύνων ηΧευθερω-
σαν την πατρίδα,
πάρα πάντα τον β'ιον την /κετα πόνων άρετην άντι
του άνευ πόνων πΧούτου ηρημαι.
S.V.] TENSES. 63
XV.
Verbs. Tenses.
123. An action must either take place in Past,
Present, or Future Time. And in each of these cases
it may not only be looked on simply as (1) Past,
Present, or Future action withoutfurther definition,
but it may be further defined, with reference to
duration, as (2) still continuing or as (3) already
completed.
12£. In English, by the use of auxiliaries, each
of these nine tenses can be distinctly expressed.
The following table will exhibit the way in which
English, Greek, and Latin represent these nine
tenses.
Past. Present. Future.
reference
with
Undefined dto
uration
/ loved I love / shall love
Undefined \ ktpiKqffa tpiXiw <t>iX-qo~<»
[Aorist] 1
amavi amo amabo
with
reto
ference Iwasloving I am loving I shall be loving
Continuous }
itpikow c/xAt'oj tpiXrjaaj
Defined duration [Imperfect] )
amabam amo amabo
1
/ had loved I have loved / shall have loved
Complete \
tTrapiXijKtiv v€(pi\ijKa \ire<pi\T]K(i)s taojiai]
[Perfect] |
amaveram | amavi amavero
Note (1) that there are three Past, three Present,

and three Future tenses ; but—
64 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xv.
(a) that in Greek, as in Latin, there is no dis

tinction between the expressions for the undefined
action and the action defined as continuous in either
Present or Future Time.
(3) that the names Aorist1, Imperfect, and Perfect
may each be applied to three tenses, although in
practice each of these names has come to be
confined to one.
(i.) aorist distinguished from imperfect,
Pluperfect, and Perfect.
125. (x) The Aorist or Indefinite Past Tense (see
table) indefinitely states that an action took place
in past time, without defining the action at all as to
its duration. Contrasted with the Imperfect, the
Aorist represents an action as instantaneous,
whereas
126. (a) The Imperfect (or Incomplete) Past
states that an action was going on at some moment
in the Past.
127. (3) The Perfect (or Complete Present)
states that an action is now completed, the results
continuing in the Present time. Hence many Per
fects are used as Presents ; for instance, I<m|Ka, ' I
have taken my stand,' ' I stand : ' tt^ko, ' I have
been bom/ 'I am2 naturally:' a+tyjAai, 'I have
1 Aorist (&, ' not' ; and dpiaros from upifav, ' to form a boundary,'
' to define') means ' indefinite.' Hence 6 ipi^tuv kvkKos, ' the circle
that bounds (our vision),' 'the horizon.'
* Compare our own usage ' He is born to wealth,' ' He is a born
idiot,' etc. ...
XV.] TENSES. 6$
arrived,' 'I am here:' k&cti||mi, 'I have acquired,' 'I

possess.'
128. (4) The Pluperfect (' plus-quam-perfectum,'
the more than complete Past) states that not only
is an action completed, but also that since its com
pletion an interval has elapsed.
129. Thus iylven 17 fîipa kcu 01 orpaTifircu &v-
ifiawov oi!ra>s yap ^k«k«Xeuk£i 6 oTpcmjyJs, 'The day
(1) dawned, and the soldiers (2) began to climb up ;
for the general (3) had so ordered.'
Again, ?Ypa<J>oi» "J*' t-nurToKriv may mean, ' I
began, tried, proceeded to write,' or ' I was writing
—the letter,' but «typa<|/a ir\v îuotoAtji; is simply ' I
wrote the letter.'
130. The process is emphasized by the Im

perfect; the simple action, which is often pre
sumably complete, by the Aorist.
Examples.
eflaSlôfnev /cat avrov KaT-eXafiofxev.

eTerei^cTTO rj iroXis vtto twv crTpartuiTwv.
6 kuwv ijZ-eSpa/xe koi Ka6-v\aKTei avrovf.
Toiavra fxev 7roXXa eXaXet 6 Kuoof j$ Se nvrijo
air-rj\6ev.
^wKparrji tov$ eavrt 1 aKovovrat ovk eirpaTTeTO
Xpfoara.
2ttWfjOaTJ7? ovSiva v^Trore fxiaOov Ttjs avvovaias
e^-evpaâro, ovoe yrqcraTO.
F
66 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XV.
ol EXkqves eiraiavi^pv Kai afia ra Sopara Ka&-elo~av.

evTavda ov% *ifnag eSeâvTO ol irdKefiioi, aXX e<peuyov.
inciSr; Se e^-tjTraTtjo-Oe v/uets vtto tov îXittttov, t'l
eyevero ;
ol fiei/ avrwv ey tov irorafiov evOvs eireaov, ol Se
aXXoi e<pevyov.
7ro\iiv fj.ev j^povov fiiropovv, eireira Se1 eiri tovs <pl-
Xoi>? eTpaTrofxrjv,
wg rj vavg Si-e<p9etpeTO, ea(paêv eavrov 6 Ti/moKparrji
Kai e^-eirecrev e? Ttjv OaXacrcrav.
•vf'tAot SwSeica av-iftaivov, wv 'A/U/xeay yyeiTO Kai
7TjOWTOy av-eftr].
eireiparo 6 /xu? tov aiXovpov airo-<pvyeiv,6oe cuXoupos
K(tT-e(payev avTOv.
twv evvea Mouo-coi' yyeiTO 6 AttoXXgw, a(f) ou Kai
Movo-fiyeris (uvofxaaro.
(ii.) Aorist Frequentative.

131. The Aorist is also used of a frequent occur
rence, where an inference is tacitly drawn from
the past in favour of the likelihood of the same
occurrence in the Future.
Thus : — 8»j)(0«s otto tov o<j)ea>s 6 irois ISticrc r6 £v\ov,
'the child, after being bitten by the snake, was
afraid, and is likely hereafter to be afraid, of the
piece of wood : ' or, as we say, ' The burnt child
dreads the fire.'
1 Observe that, with the orators, the Si that should follow plr
is regularly left out with ?«<to.
XV.] TENSES. 67
In the same way the Indefinite Past is used in

Latin, e. g. 'Non domus et fundus, non aeris acervus
et auri Aegroto domini deduxit corpore febres,' ' not
house nor land nor money can drive the fever from
their sick owner's frame.'
RULE.—The Frequentative Aorist may generally
be turned into English by the Present Tense.
It is, however, often possible, and sometimes,
with certain adverbs, necessary, to turn this Aorist
by the Perfect in English : e. g.—
TroMdias ij8t| tov bea"rroTj]v £$u\a.iev 6 Kvtov, ' the dog
has often before now saved his master's life.'
Examples.
7roXXo< ev iroKefiw oltt-wKovto.
6 Tvpavvos ouk icpiX^re tovs cro(povj.
7roWa eirearev irapa t>jv yvwfirjv.
iroWous 6 (pOovoi aOXlovg edqicev.
6 (pofios toi/j KpeiTTOvas iroXXcucis a<p-eiXero Trjv
ViKtlV.
6 fjLerd T179 "Yfipews "Epws 8t-e(p6eipe re iroXXovs koi

qSiKr/crev.
irpwrov fiev 6 rvpavvos iroXXa V7r-ea")(ero, eireira
Se iir-eXaSero.
7ro\\dicis rj&r\ effiev 6 eXe(pas recro-apas teal Seica
fierprirdi vScitos.
rds twv (pavXoov <rvi>ovcr!as SXtyos xpovos Si-iXvaev.
6 fiev cnrovSaios Tqv Taîv (puXarrei, 6 oe (pavXos
air-eXnrev.
F 2
68 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XV.
(iii.) AORIST TRANSLATED BY PLUPERFECT.

132. The Aorist is often to be translated by the
Pluperfect ; especially after eirel or eimfirj.
Thus for iirciSr) dvd\wo-« irdiTO Ta XPWaTa> ™Te &11
tovs (j>lkovs atr-(&\X.vev, ' when he had squandered all
his property, then, and not till then, he began to
lose his friends.'
So in Latin postquam takes the Aorist or Indefinite Past,
instead of the Pluperfect, except when the precise interval
which has elapsed is stated. Postquam veni, or, Decimo anno
postquam veneram.
(iv.) Aorist translated by Present.

133. No sooner has a remark been uttered than
the Greek, unlike the English mind, looks upon it as
belonging entirely to the Past. Hence, in referring
to it, while our question would be ' How say you?'
or 'What do you sayV the Greek would ask iris
£Iiras ;
In the same way, the enquiry in the sentence
' I am waiting for an answer ; why doyou not reply T
corresponds to the Greek ti ouk d-n-expiW ;
We see, then, that there are occasions when the
Indefinite Past in Greek must be turned in English
by the Indefinite Present.
This is especially the case with questions intro
duced by ti ouk ; and with many verbs that describe
an emotion ; as for instance—
air-fTtrwa, ' I am disgusted.'
HeT-tyvav, ' I repent.'
1 t6t( Ifj corresponds very nearly to the Latin ' turn demum.'
XV.] TENSES. 69
eye'Aaaa, ' I am forced to laugh,' ' I break into a

laugh/
eb&Kpv<ra, 'I am forced to cry,' 'I burst into tears.'
rja-0-qv direiAais, ' I like your threats.'
l7T-rjvt<ra irpovouxv rjv edov, ' I commend the prudence
you bestowed.'
134. The following words need to be separately

noticed :—
«fii (used in Attic prose as the Future of epx°Mat)>
'I will go/
■iJKa)1, ' I have come/ ( — adsum).
oXxppai \ ' I have gone,' ' I am off.'
Tubpeiiu, ' I am present/ ' I have come/
acpiyixai, ' I have arrived,' ' I am here.'
(pevyw, ' I am an exile/ ' I have been banished.'
t\a> with an Adverb is intransitive, and equivalent
in meaning to dpX with an Adjective. Thus avay-
(caitoy ^x.fi=avayKai6v eaTi = 'it is necessary.'
135. Notice also that the Active Verbs—

fori/jut, ' I make to stand ;'
(pvu>, ' I beget ; iyelpm, ' I awaken ;'
o\\vp.i, 'I destroy ;' ircCOu, 'I persuade;'
have the following tenses with an intransitive
meaning :
{formica and <foT?ji>, ' I stand,' and ' I stood.'
irtyvKa and tyvv, ' I am naturally.'
iypriyopa, ' I am awake.'
1 ff/MD is probably a Present formed from the reduplicated root of
fijju, just as SeiSw, tarf/Hai, etc., are formed from SiSia, tarrjKa, etc.
70 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XVI.
SkatXa, ' I am undone 1 ;' iti-noiOi. (rm), ' I trust V

A Present Tense with a phrase of duration is
translated by a Perfect.
bijo frr), TsiXai, juerco, ' I have waited two years,
a long time,' etc.
Examples.
oljferai 6 Tract;' r\ oe ^t]Tt\p oa/cpvei.
tjKOvcriv ol aSeXtpol cnro-cpvyovTes Tovg eÔpovs.
Sis ere ySri tcivto qptoTtjica' Tt ovk air-eicpivu) ;
T£ eVt ivOdSe etrTJjKdi ', oi (plXoi Travres oiyovtcu.
€i Tt? vfxwv evTropwrepog e(x.ov, •7r&>? ovk air-eicpti/aTO ',
o~o(p6s /neu ireipvKev 6 ''A.Qrfvouo's, 6 Se Botarrbs Tra^ys-
ol /J.ev ttoXXoi onr-oXaiXao-r 6 Se crTjOaTij'yof auTO?
SoXio i£-e<pvyev.
eirewri cnr-eQavev 6 Tupavvos, aic-eKTeivav tovs TraiSas
clvtov oi TroXirai.
€7rei§ri ol (TTpaTtiyol e£-e(i[f3acrav tovs avOpwirovg,
Si-iraTTOV airroyc e'yyi'c tu>v vewv.
oi-evelnx.avT0 tvjv hpyjiv 6 Zevg kou 6 YLocreiSwv kcu 6
UXovtwv, eTreiSr; Trapa. tov TraTpos 7rap-eXa(3ov.
XVI.
Middle Voice.
136. The Middle Voice2 stands halfway between
the Active Voice, which represents an act or state of
1 Notice that beside o\oi\a and ireirot$a there are' the Transitive
perfects 6\ii\fna and vineum.
a It is now well known that the Middle Voice in Greek is formed
by the reduplication of the personal endings; thus, that tvtttoimu=>
XVI.] MIDDLE VOICE. 71
the subject, and the^ Passive, which represents the

subject as himself acted upon. For the Middle
describes an act of the subject in some way affecting
himself. The particular way in which the subject
is affected by the act described may be expressed
by various devices in translation.
XovarOai, 'to wash oneself;' but fj pjrr/p \otfei rbv
■naiba, ' the mother is washing her child.'
a-ndxraadai, 'to push away from oneself.'
■napacrKeva&o-Oai, ' to prepare for oneself.'
air6.y£a(T0cu, ' to hang oneself.'
rtfarrojuai rrjv Ktcpa^rjV, ' I beat my own head.'
8t8d<7Ko/xat tov vlov, ' I get my son taught '
(docendum euro).
137. The following is a list of verbs which exhibit
striking differences of meaning between their Active
and Middle Voices. (This list should be learned
by heart.)
Active. Middle.
fupe'w (S), I take. alpovfuu, I choose.
enrodtdo/u, Reddo. wroStdo/jai, I sell.
Spxa, I initiate, I rule. apxpiicu, I begin.
yaji(a(S>), with ace, Duco -yapovjuai, with dat., Nuba
uxorem. viro.
ypdipa, I write. ypd<f>opai, I indict.
ftai>«'£a>, I lend. oWeifojuu, I borrow.
Btivai vofiovs, of a despot. devdai vo/xovs, of constitutional
legislation.
TvirTo-/ia-fu = ' hit-I-me ' = ' I hit myself.' In Latin the so-called
Passive is properly Middle also, being formed by the addition of the
Reflexive se to the several parts of the Active. And traces of the
Middle meaning are clearly seen in many words, such as feror,
vehor, accingor, etc.
1% SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xvi.
Active. Middle.
Bfivai ohiav, to mortgage a Beadai oldav, to take a house
house. on mortgage.
\av9avu>, I lie hid. Xavddpoftai, I forget.
Xoi8opea>(a>) Tiva, I abuse. \oi8opoviiaiTivi, I quarrel with.
XCo-m, to set free. Xva-aa-Om, to ransom.
p.i<rd6a>(5>), 1 let. fiurBovfiai, I hire.
naiio 1, 1 make to cease. iravofiat, I cease.
irti8a>, I persuade. nel8op.m, I obey.
ttoi€o)(S) \6yov, I compose a TroLovfiai. Xoyov, I deliver a
speech. speech.
voXe/ion ttoiS, I cause a war. 7rdXeîoi» 7ro(ot!/xat, I carry on
war.
<TK(mS), I look. o-Konovfuu, I consider.
o-rrcv8a>, I pour a libation. airiv8op.ai) I make a treaty.
ore'XXco, I send. otcXXo/mu, I set out.
ovpfiovXeia tiv\, I advise. tTvp.f3ovXfiop.ai. nvl, I ask ad
vice.
0o/3eo)(S), I frighten. (poPovpai, I fear.
cppdfa, I speak. tppd£opai, I think.
{to consult an
to give an oracle.
oracle,
.,{
»""'1tol«nd. to borrow.
138. The following list of Verbs whose Future
Middle is used in a Passive sense should also be
learned by heart :—
abiKrjaoiicu, I shall be wronged.
d7raAA.a£ofwu, I shall be freed from.
a\cScro/xai 2, I shall be caught.
1 It is a curious fact that in the Imperative of the Middle, while
the Aorist vavatu remained in use, the Present ration was replaced
by the Active irauf in an intransitive sense.
2 The Passive Sense is not confined in this Verb to the Future.
Not only is cUiovco/iai itself Passive in meaning, but even taXcoKa and
iakuv, in spite of their Active forms, are Passive also.
XVI.] MIDDLE VOICE. 73
SrjXwo-ofxat, I shall be shown.

ido-opai, I shall be permitted.
KaXoviiai, I shall be called.
Xô/xat, I shall be spoken of.
fii(Tr\aofxai, <TTvyr\<roy.ai, I shall be hated.
oveifaoviMai, I shall be reproached.
oTtprjo-oiJLai, I shall be deprived of.
Tijuô-oâi, I shall be honoured.
u>(p(\rj(To\i.ai} I shall be benefited.
Examples.
ivSva) o~e tov %iTa>va.
avros ev-eSvtraro tov îtwvo.
XovadfJLevoi air-riXdov ol iralSet.
KaT-eo-TpeyavTO irai/ras toii? iroXe/xlovs.
iraveraa-de XaXovvTes, w iralSes.
MeX>;TOf ÊtoicpaTt] acre/Seta? eypa^raro.
eTreidov ifie irei6e<r6at toFj 'Adtjvalois.
Tifirjcrovrai viro ttclvtwv 01 ayadoi ftacrtXeis.
ravra aKOiroifievoi eXvtravro tous 7ro\n-ay.
alpovvTai ol Tpiaic6o~ioi Qavarov clvti SovXelat.
<po/3ovfievos tou? Kvvas o Xaya>$ Toi/y jSarjoaôu?
e(f)6/3ei.
e"y<o fxev ap^co Tijy vtjo~ov rrjcrSe, orb Se Trjs qireipov
Tvpavveveis.
rerrapat tjnepas eairelcravro ol 'A.6tjvaioi icai ol
AaKeSaifiovioi.
air-eoioofiriv rrjv oiKiav t\v e6t]Ke, /cat ra yptjixaTa
avrw cnr-eSa)Ka.
74 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XVII.
eyai ixev aei irapd arou aSiKâo/iat, <rv Se yalptov

eacrei Tav-ra. iroieiv ;
TjOt'a TaXavTa Saveicra/xevos, rd Suo ru> dSe\<p(p
ioavetCov.
iravcraade dfiapravovrei kuc fxr\ irmQecrOe rots avo-
aitoTCLTOis dvSpdai.
XVII.
The Participle.
139. The Participles are more numerous and
more widely used in Greek than in Latin.
It is, indeed, owing to the existence of a com
plete system of active Past Participles in Greek,
that there is so great a divergence between Greek
and Latin idioms :—e. g. touto ironqo-as, and toutwc
Treiroit)(ieVo)i' must both be turned in Latin, if we use
a Participial construction at all, by • his factis.'
(i.) Participle with Article.
140. A Participle preceded by tke Article1 may

always be translated by a Noun or a Noun-phrase.
The Article or an equivalent for it must always
be retained in English. Thus :—
oi tiKovTovvra, ' the rich.'
ot KparriaavTis, ' the victors.'
ol eKdovrfs, ' those who came,' ' ii qui venerunt.'
roiis eXdovras, 'eos qui venerunt.'
1 See § 1 8, for the ellipse of 'man,' 'woman,' etc

XVII.] THE PARTICIPLE. - 75
(ii.) Participle without the Article.

141. The Participle when not preceded by the
A rticle may be translated in many different ways,
but never by the use of the Article.
Such Participles, <when in agreement with the subject, are
equivalent to (a) Adverb, (b) Adverbial Phrase, (c) Adverbial
Sentence, and are thus attached to the Verb in sense.
(a) yaipnnv ait-rjWaêv, 'he got off. scot-free.'
yek&v ecpri, ' he said laughingly] or (b) ' with
a smile.'
(6) \ri(6n€vot C&aiv, ' they live by plunder(ing).'
if) Xeyco /3ov\6jj.evos 8«i£cu, ' I speak because I wish
to show. . . .'
(d) (pepoov gicpos fjKBev, ' he came with a sword/
ayu>v x iwitov rjicei, ' he has come with a horse.'
Xpdp-evos TexvTj hUrjcra, ' I conquered by the use
of strategy'.'
\iya>v 2 raCra 6 KT}pv£ auj/ei, ' with these words
the herald went away.'
KaKa bpda-as /ca/ca ireCcrei, ' you will smart for
doing ill.'
142. Every such participle may also be turned

either (a) by a subordinate clause, or (b) by a
co-ordinate or parallel clause with a connecting
word.
1 Generally speaking, ayav is used of men and cattle, (plpeiv (as in

last sentence) of things. Thus &y*ii> «ai (pipav, Lat. agere etferre=*
' to sweep a country of all its plunder.'
8 See rule in § 13 on page 8.
76 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xVII.
Thus (a) ravra ftpdcras cnr-rj\d(v, ' when he had

done this, he came away.'
{b) fioXovret ev£avro tg> Ail, ' they came, and prayed
to Zeus.'
143. The ambiguity in such a sentence as <|>eu-

yon-ts dir-^0acoc, 'while they were fleeing'—or, ' though.
they were fleeing'—or, ' because they were fleeing—
they were slain,' is often removed by the use of
certain adverbs such as «u8is, fya, peTa£d, Koiirep,
Stc, and 6s. Thus :—
a\j.a (pcvyovres, ' while they were fleeing.'
(tatwep <p(vyovrts, ' though they were fleeing.'
are (pevyovrts, ' because they were fleeing.'
So too :—
|xtra£v Seiwouca, ' during her dinner.'
are wais hv, ' seeing that he is a boy.'
evdvs Ibwv, ' atf £fo moment of seeing,' <?f ' immedi
ately upon seeing.'
m aSiKri0els, 'on the ground of having been
injured.'
Examples.
cnr-KOfxev ra oirXa eôvres.
Toiis tcl ")(prnj.ara /cXeAâin-aj avrol KoXao-ere.
TifJLWVTes tovs reKovrai avTol TtfJirju Sej-eaOe.
ev y eTrolrjoras Tavra fioi S^Xdocras.
^cacra/xevoi i^-eirXevcrav ol vavrai.
6/J.tXowreg TOti irovripoli irovripoi avrot yevyo-ecrde.
Trapa twv v/xag aSiKrjadvTiov yfJieis SiKtju Xtjô/xeOa.
XVII.] THE PARTICIPLE. 77
Tavra evOvftovfievos, inr-eo"^piJitjv TraXiv irap-iarecrOai.

eirefi'yav Tay vav? TrXevcroufxevat1 e? tov \i/j.eva.
vacrjcravTes rcwy 7roXe/utou? Tpoiratov earr/crav. ■
a/ma Tropevo/j-evoi to "~)Q>ri rS>v aSe\(pS>v av-evpov.
oiafiavres tov iroTafubv av-efitjaav ettI to opos.
air-etpvyov oi K^pvKei av-ayyelXavTes ra ev-TeraX-
fieva.
e\a>v Ttjv iroKiv TOii flapfiapois 6 (TTpaTriybs irap-
eSwKev.
avTOis tois e£ ,A6t]vwv Trefj.(f>Oei(riv qfieis tov xpvarbv
a.Tro-8w<rofi€v.
KaTa-7r\ayevT€S Tp w/xcpopa evticy6*i<Tav ot aTpa-
• Tiuyrai.
6fjLi\ovvT£S Toii KaXoii teal ayaOoig a/meivoves oi
iralSef avTol eavrwv yeyevtjvTai.
Svoiv Seouo-as elicocri vavs oi iroXe/xtoi eXoWe? Tae
aXXay ev-eirprjcrav.
Ttjs avTrjs fy/nia? afyot ol auy-KpvTrrovTes tois d/xap-
Tavovcriv.
(iii.) Participle with Transitive Verbs.
144. A Participle is often attached to the direct

object of Verbs denoting perception, knowledge, or
experience, so as to modify or restrict their meaning.
Thus opw tov Ttalba rpe'xovra is exactly rendered
by ' I see the boy running.' But epafiov tovs Kpiras
1 The Future Participle often expresses purpose after verbs of going

and sending.
78 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xvil.
wapoVxas is ' I learned'—not 'the judges,' but— 'the-

judges-being-present,' i.e. 'I learned that the judges
were present V
Examples.
ol&a avQpaoTrov OvrjTov ovra.
wcovw avTOv XeyovTO?.
Ka.T-el8ov rrjv vavv airo-TrXeovcrav.
kwpusv Tovi (rTpariarrai aÔofievovt.
r/Kov<ra 7roTe SftMCjOaTou? Sia-Xeyo/xevov.
TOV KOlTrjV aSlKOV OVTCL jj&OoVTO 01 /cXeXTai.
aio"xpov e(rr\ irepiopav tous (plXovf aSiKOVfievovg.
ol"E\X^ves ovk ySecrav rov Hvpov TeOvrjKOTa.
opw tov iroXefiov vfxiv ttoXXwv KaKwv atTiov yeyevtj-
fievov.
(iv.) Attraction of Participial object to

Case of Subject with Transitive Verbs.
145. When the subject of the Verb and the
subject of the Participle are identical, the Participle
is attracted into the case of the subject. See also
§ 176 on the Infinitive.
Thus oiSa iy(>> eê Ovr\Tov ovra becomes 0180 Bnrj-ros
t>v, ' I know that I am a mortal.'
1 Such participial phrases are sometimes to be translated by an
abstract noun, as (pp6m(* 0 rt Turn awv kttjii&tcov dir-oAo^tiw piKKtis
XaKtnirraTa <pipuv, ' Consider which of your possessions you would
be most grieved at the loss of.'
(v.) Participle with Intransitive Verbs.

145 (a). These differences of idiom are note
worthy :—
Xatpo coi ekOovTi, ' I am glad you have come.'
ijaOr] t8a)i», ' he was glad at seeing it.'
bijkos (1 vocr&v, ' you are evidently ill.'
(pavepa fjv 6a.vovp.evri, ' it was clear she would die.'
axOonai aKovoav, ' I am sorry to hear it.'
iva.vo-a.To Tplywv, ' he ceased to run (or running).'
ixr) Kap.fjs twpytT&v, ' don't weary of doing good to '
eXaOov1 avrovs ikOwv, ' I came without their knowing.'
ikaOev kavrbv hpacras, ' he did it without knowing.'
ctvxov Trapovres, ' they happened to be here.'
ZQOrjv1 airbv ikOlitv, 'I got here before him.'
ra akka litiktiim kiyuiv, ' I refrain from telling the
rest'
avWa^tav e<pdao-e irplv Karairribav, ' he seized him
in time before he could jump down.'
biankoi tvvoiav excov itacriv vp.lv, ' I continue to
cherish kind feelings for you all.'
Examples.
IctQi apôfxevof inro rwv A-aKeSaifioviwv.
eirioranai Trjl o-v/x(popas cutjoj yeyevq/jLevof.
ovk eiravovTO ravra tovs TraiSas oioao'KOVTes.
ap 2 ovk aia"xyvov el$a>s Tavra ;
fir] KCtfiyf evepyeroov rovs irkr/ciov.
otj\oi i}o-av vtKrj6evres 01 ev tj? vo\ei.
1 mprjv avrovs \aS2iv, (pB&oas airbv r)\0ov, would have the same
meaning as the sentences in the text.
1 See footnote, p. 123.
8o SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xVII.
SrjXos ei e/mov Karacppovwv.

fierafieXei f*.oi ovtuh iroiticravTi*
KrjSofieOa fiaXicrra tovtov o rvyyavofiev (piXouvres.
alayyvoftai tous ev efie iroiqa-avras kokois Spacras.
ervôv KaOevoovTei ev Trj ayopa irevrqicovTa ottXitcu.
6 Kjoojcroy tov (povea tou iraiSoi eXavOave (36aricwv.
edpwv avrol fiev dftapTOVTes, eiceivovs Se avaiTiovs oWa?.
ewpwv ov KaTQpQovvre? icai tov? erTpaTiwrat a^Qo-
fievovf.
(vi.) Distinction between Participial and

Infinitival Construction with same Verb.
146. Not a few of the Verbs just enumerated
admit of being followed by an Infinitive as well
as by a participle. It is very important to notice
the difference of meaning produced when the Infini
tive is employed.
Thus, <t>aifo(iai &v, ' I manifestly am,' differs from
<J>aiKOfioi elvai, ' I appear to be,' just as videtur me
esse, differs in sense from videor esse.
olba ayaObs a>v, ' I know that I am good ; '
o!8a ayaObs eivai, ' I know how to be good.'
So tOO, fJLT) cucrxuVou ir&Tjs Sty, &\\' altrxivov rivd.
A8iKTj<rai, ' be not ashamed of being a-poor-man, but
be-ashamed to-wrong any-one.'
The participle, when in agreement with the
subject, always denotes something prior in thought
to the main verb. This will be seen if we trans
late the Participle with these verbs (according to
§ 142) by a separate clause. Thus 018a ayadbs a>v,
' I being good, know it,' becomes ' I am good, and

I know it.' It is clear that knowledge of a fact
cannot precede the fact itself.
147. owoiSa efiauTu and (ruyYiy^trKO) Ifmu-rw may

have the participle which follows them either in the
Nominative or Dative without change of meaning.
Thus—
avvoiba (fiavTM aSi/cos wv, and (ruvoiha enaww abUa>
Svti, both mean ■ I am conscious of being unjust.'
avyyiyvwcTKova-iv iavrois ?}8u?7icoVes or rjbiK'qKoa'U',
' they are conscious of having acted unjustly.'
Examples.
dp' ovv efi€ e\a0ev trocpos wv ;

ySeiv tovs iraiSas OvtjTOvs yevvqcra?.
e\a9ov e/uavrbv elt kivSvvov ireawv.
e(p6yv evepyerwv tov tov Trarpoi (piXov.
(palvei o~v ~Yevoei$ tov$ \oyov? \eyeiv.
Ta ovv efxoi (paivojxeva (palverai a\>]6rj ovra.
7ravTa Tiva al<Tyyv€<jQai Sei twv <ro<pwv Karacppo-
vrj&ai.
eKa/j-vov ol ' AOyvaioi aicovovTes tovs tov 'Apio~Teloov
eiraivovs.
(pavepoi eliriv oi fiapfiapoi virb twv ' Adtjvalwv KOTa-
TrXayevTe?.
avvoioa e/iavTW ovo otiovv trowos wv, e(ptj o Z.w-
KpaTtis-
1 See § 53.
G
8s SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XVII.
irporepov fiev icpalvero aoiicos eivaf vvv oe SiKaiog

(ov (paiverai.
StjXos et ovSev -rrapa tov arocpi&TOu tovSc olvt). ttoA-
Xwv yjitjfiaTwv fiadwv.
eXaOe tou$ AaKeSat/xovlovs 6 QefUCTTOicXrjs ra fxaicpa
Tet'îj oiKoSonrj&as.
(vii.) Genitive Absolute1.

148. When a Noun (dependent upon no other
word in the sentence) is found in the Genitive Case
with a Participle in agreement with it, it forms
a distinct conjunctional or dependent clause, and is
called a Genitive Absolute.
Thus TeXeu-rrjcrarros tou PaaxXeus, (\evdepoi eyivovro
oi 8eo7/.<3rai, ' when the king died (or, because of the
king having died) the prisoners were set (lit. became)
free/
toutw XexMrruK, ktti$i\v, ' when this had been
said, I went away.'
Note that the last sentence does not mean
'when that had been said by me, I went away.'
To express that, the Greeks would use the Active
Past Participle in agreement with the Subject,
ravra elnav, an4^r]v2.
It is always possible, and almost always best, to
translate a Genitive Absolute by a subordinate sen-
1 The origin of this construction is probably to be found in the

notion of cause so frequently seen in the Genitive,
3 Both Tovram XtxBevTOJv airiPrjv, and ravra \ôs dirtPijv, are
convertible in Latin into ' His dictis abii ' (see § 1 39) ; but then there
is no Active Past Participle in Latin, save with Deponent Verbs.
tence introduced by some Conjunction such as, ' as,'

' because,' ' when' etc.
From what has been already said, it will be seen
without much difficulty that the subject of the
Genitive Absolute cannot be the same as the Sub
ject or Object of the main verb.
Do not confuse {a) tov nadevbovros avbpbs,
(b) Kadevbovros tov avbpos.
Only the latter of these is a Genitive Absolute ;
in the former the Participle from its position (see
§ 14) has become a mere attributive Adjective, ' of
the sleeping man.'
149. With Verbs and phrases that denote an

opinion or a statement, a Genitive Absolute is
frequently preceded by a>s :—
cos fyioS to v/uv iovros, ovro) tt\v yvaty.t]v e\(re, ' make
yourselves sure that I am going with you.'
(viii.) The Accusative Absolute.
150. In the case of Impersonal Verbs or Phrases

what is called the Accusative Absolute is often found ;
or in other words, the Neuter of the Participle is
used in the Accusative with the following phrase
for its subject.
The words most usually found with this con
struction are, Hov, trapiV, fie-rdy, dSucoToc 8c, elpr|(ji.t'iw,
Soicouf, 8<S|ac, Ttaplypv .
irapof fyioi ravra iroietv, ovk eisoLt}o-a, ' though it was
in my power to do this, I did not do it.'
G %
84 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xvil.
151. When the Accusative Absolute Is found

with Personal Verbs, it is almost invariably accom
panied by «s or <3<nrep and denotes a belief or an
opinion, in opposition to a fact. Thus :—
<^\6[ir]v ava.y6\i.tvos, o>s top d8c\«f>6i' imb t&v Xr)<rrv
diro0oi^5iTo, ' I was off to sea at once, under the im
pression that my brother had been killed by the
pirates.'
Examples.
tovtwv ovtcos expvTtov, Sei fifj.as cnr-ievai.
eXevQepwdevTUiv w Seo-fiarrHbv, eâpri ' iro\ts.
evOvs $ia-\v6eioS>v twv anrovSwv, 01 TroXe/itoi Ttjv
rjixerepav eir-rjXBov.
aTO-davovTO? tov OTpaTriyov, eTrav<rafieOa ttoXc-
fiovvres.
tlprifiivov avroit icaT-e\6eiv, ov-trw rjKovcriv.
<»? twv iroKeniwv viKtjOevTwv, araKTOi eiropevofie6a.
luera^v ifiov KaOevSovTOS, aTr-e(f>vyov 01 oecrfxcoTai.
airo-TrXevaatTwv twv vewv, 01 ttoXitcii eSvvavTO toi?
Trpayfiaaiv tov vovv1 irpocr-eyeiv.
eia--e\66vTCov tuiv (3ap(3apwv, owe efiewav 01 yepovres.
€Kve<r6vT0i tov Tvpavvov, evSaifj-oveorepoi eyivovTO
01 TToXlTCLl.
e^bv avTOis cnro-<pvyeiv, fiivetv eiXovTO.
K?|0O9 av-e(5ri eiri Ta oprj, ovSevos kwXvovtos.
1 In this phrase, ' to pay attention to,' ■npoaix^v may be used

alone with the Dative, and tov vovv left out. Just so, we say ' to
show a man out,' for ' to show a man Me way out.'
XVIII.] VERBAL ADJECTIVE. 85
tcrra/JLevov tov fii]vos, Sexarij ?i> fifxepa.

air-eXnres tijv to^lv, as tov ir\r\criov ra Teray/j-eva
irpafcovra.
XVIII.
Verbal Adjective.
152. The Verbal Adjective (in -re'os, -ria, -t(ov)
is used in two ways :—
(i.) Impersonally, governing the same case as the
Verb from which it is derived: the subject, when
expressed, standing in the Dative \ Thus :—
o.(tktit(ov i<rrlv {wlv) rrjv d/;«rr)i>, ' the-necessity-of-
practising virtue is for us,5 i.e. ' we ought to practise
virtue.'
Examples.
eTri6v/j.rjTeov ecrTi Ttjs apertji.
eiriyeiprireov ecm t<S epya.
■7ro\eixt]Teov ecrri tois fiapfidpots— (ambiguous).
dcp-enreov ecrri tois Traicri rod olvov.
KoXacrreov ecrri tovs vfipierTas.
cpevKriov ecrri iracri rrjv dcrefteiav.
rovSe tov TroXifAov avTi-Xr/TTTeov ecrrtv,
tovs niXXovrns vfipiXeiv KaXvreov.
etc fj.ias ajKvpas ryv vavv ov% opuiareov.
•êifjLwvos ecrTi tovtov tov epyov apKTeov rûv.
1 Note the likeness here to the Latin gerundial usage. ' Pugnan-
dum est mihi,' 'the necessity-of fighting is for me,' i. e. ' I ought to
fight."
86 SIMPLE SENTENCES: [xiX.
ireipareov e<n\v qfj.iv SUtjv Xafietv irapa tov KXeTrrov.

w<pe\riTeot> ecrn tw /SacriXet iravTas TOVf a/>X°~
fievovs.
153. Verbal Adjectives, when used thus imper
sonally, are often found in the Neuter Plural, as :—
KoKavrea earl tovs K\«rras, ' (we) must punish the
thieves.'
154. (ii.) Personally,—like the Latin Gerundive,
—in agreement with its noun, the subject being
introduced as before.
Thus do-Kjjrea (iarlv) (i>niv) rj apery, ' virtue is to-be-
practised by you,' ' (you) ought to practise virtue/
(pevKTea t) avap%la' tois oe vo/xoi? ireio-Teov.
Ko\aa-Teoi eiaiv ot tov KpiTtjv vfipicravTes.
eâipereoi elo-lv ol ica/coi e/c Trjs arpaTiaf.
ovk aTrdXenrrea t) ev to o~fjuqv€i rjyefiwv.
Siwicrea >j <ra>cppo(rvvjj Train rois avSpelois.
emdvfirjTea ecrriv 17 cpiXia tusv ayaOwv.
XIX.
The Moods.
155. The various ways, manners, or modes in
which the action or state expressed by the Verb
may be regarded are called its Moods. When the
Indicative Mood is used, that action or state is
regarded as a fact ; when the Imperative is used,
it is regarded as a command ; when the Subjunctive
or Optative is used, it is regarded as a thought. .
XIX.] THE MOODS. 87
The Infinitive.
(i.) Infinitive as a Noun—its Declension.
156. Roughly speaking, the Infinitive or In
definite Mood is a Verbal x Noun which represents
the Verbal action in the most general way.
We have a parallel to this usage in English ; for
' I like to-walk ' is the same as ' I like walking ; '
and ' walking ' and ' to-walk ' are both Verbal
Nouns.
157. The Infinitive in Latin can be used as a
noun only in the Nominative or Accusative Case.
Thus : —
' Duke et decorum est pro patrid mori' ' Death in
defence of one's country is a sweet and glorious
thing ; ' and ' Scis vincere, Hannibal; victoria uti
(not vincere uti) nescis,' 'You understand winning
a victory, Hannibal, but not using one.'
158. But in Greek by the use of the Article the
Infinitive may be thrown into the Genitive or
Dative likewise. Thus :—
to keyeiv tov KaXeiv bicupepet, 'speaking differs from
chattering.'
tv t<5 o-axppovelv ^Sioros /3ioy, ' the pleasantest life
lies in moderation.'
avrb to' &.Tto-6vri<TKeiv 7roXAot QofJovvrai, 'many people
are afraid of mere dying.'
1 More accurately the Greek Infinitive is a case of a disused verbal
noun; just as the supines in um and « in Latin are the Accusative and
Ablative respectively of a verbal noun, the other cases of which
have generally fallen into disuse.
88 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XIX.
a-nihpajxov rod fxr) aX&vat, ' they ran away to avoid

being caught' (Gen. of aim, see § 70, p. 38).
159. A very common form of the Accusative-
Infinitive is what may be called the Infinitive of
Reference [vide Accusative of Reference § 53].
Thus we find beivbs /J.dxr]v and barbs paxec-dai used
indifferently for ' terrible—skilful —in fight.'
So bvvarbs, Ikclvos Xeyeiv, ' able, suitable to speak.'
160. But the Infinitive still retains its verbal
character so far as (1) to govern the usual case of
the Verb, as to tomvto. iroieiv, ' the doing of such
things ; ' and (a) to require an Adverb rather than
an Adjective to express an attribute. Thus 'good
speaking' is ro ev Xdyetv and never ro ayadbv Xiyeiv.
Note that in the Infinitive, as well as in all the other Moods, with
the single exception of the Indicative, the Aorist emphasizes the
verbal action itself, the Present the continuance of it. Hence the
Aorist is properly used of a single action in opposition to a series :
XoA-emSi' iffriv iâ-narav ai/Opajirovs, ddvvaTov rbv ®cdv &TtaTTj<rai, *It
is difficult to go on deceiving men, it is impossible to deceive God at
all.'
Examples.
avQpunrivov earn to (biXcov eiriOv/neiv.
iriOavwraTOi Xeyeiv %v 6 TlepacXrjs.
oi pqTopes eiciOaai Xeyeiv fiaXOaica ctKovcrai.
to top aSiKqo-ai>TU avraoiKeiv ovk eiraiverov.
evavTiov t<£ (ptXeiv ecrri to fito-etv.
ovy qou iroXXovs eÔpovs evetv.
afyoi qarav 6au/j.a<£ecr6ai 01 Tpia/coaioi.
ovSeh o-o(pos eyeveTO avev tou iroXXa TraQetv.
XIX.] THE MOODS. 89
avri tov fia-êcrdai ireldeadai eOiXei.

ko\ov to airo twv ev XeyovTwv fiavQaveiv.
oiKovofiov ayaQov eo~Tiv ev oiiceiv tov eavrov oikov.
âXeirov euTiv e^-evpeiv to T^y ^(piyyos alviy/xa.
ereiîadri tj 7roA«? tov fxrj iro\e[j.lov$ ecreXOeiv.
to aStKeiv tov aSiKeicrOai kcikiov i;/iieFy fiyov/xeQa-
OefiicTTOKkrjs iKavwraTOf qv /ecu yvwvai icai irp5£at.
ex tov TroXXa -jradelv, fj.e/xa6riKe toi/j TrXrjiriov
oiKTeipeiv.
(ii.) The Subject of the Infinitive. Its

case not affected by the declension
' of the Infinitive.
161. In order to avoid confusion with the subject

of the Finite Verb—which is always in the Nomina
tive Case—the subject of the Infinitive is, as in
Latin, thrown into the Accusative. Thus :—
al&xpov eort to iroX.mji' ttjv TtoKiv /3\&tit(i.i>1
'Turpe est civem civitati nocere,'
1 It is a shame for a citizen to injure his country.'
to davtiv Tiea {nrep r?}s TtaTpCbos ko\tj eon tvxV' ' It
is a glorious lot for a man to die on behalf of
his country.'
162. Observe that the subject of the Infinitive

undergoes no change of case, although the whole
phrase of which it forms a part is susceptible of
declension. Thus : —
(k tov ejjie ye\acrai, 'from my having laughed.'
ev t<3 irdn-os evbcunoveip, ' in the happiness of all.'
90 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xiX.
Examples \
to avQpdnrovs dfiapraveiv ovSev QavfiacrTOv.
eTridvfioiJ tov iravTas ayaOovg yevetrOat.
qcrdyv tu> tovs irXyeriov ttKovtov KTqo-acrOat.
6 virep tov Taira fit] yevetrdai aywv tcr^vpos ijv.
eviKÔrjfxev oia to tovs ^vftfjiaôvs cnroSpavai.
Sia, to tovs troXefilovs irapelvai ovkstc eSwr/Qrifxev
eêXOeiv.
oiKatov to tov rjTTW virb tov afielvovos apêaOat.
to aXXyXois (pOoveiv avafyov etrrtv r/fjt-wv.
eiridvfirjTeov ecrri tov iravTas eXevOepovs yevecrOat.
nrpos t» fitjSev irapa (rod Xafieiv, ovSev irapa tov
aoeXcbov etXtjcba.
Tis ov% rjSerai to tou? tjJ 7ro'Xet irpoOv/xws virripe-
Tovvras evrvveiv ;
irpos to Ta tov TroXe/xov raû irparTeaBai crvfitpepet
to eva tcvpiov eivai iravTwv.
(iii.) The Accusative with the Infinitive

after Verbs of saying and thinking.
163. The Accusative with the Infinitive is the
common construction after Verbs of saying and
thinking (verba declarandi et sentiendi).
164. In reporting what has been said by some
one else, it is possible—and, in the earliest times, it
was probably necessary —to repeat the exact words
1 The subjects of the'next six infinitives are put in black .type.

XIX.] THE MOODS. 91
of the speaker (Oratio Recta), either preceded or

followed by the statement that he spoke them.
165. But owing partly, perhaps, to the confusion
arising from the consequent presence of two Nomi
native subjects in such a sentence as o icfjpvf ayyt\-
X«i, 6 Rvpos a-no6vr\cTK€i, 'the herald announces "Cyrus
is dying,'" and partly, also, to the conception of the
words reported as being really the object to the
Verb of saying that introduces them, there arose
a mode of reporting speech in which the subject of
the reported statement was put in the Accusative,
as if it were itself the grammatical object of the
reporting Verb, while the Verb-predicate was
thrown into the corresponding tense of the Infini
tive. Thus the above sentence became 6 i«jpu£
dyy^XXei rhv Kupo>> diroOô-KEif (Oratio Obliqua).
Table of Direct and Reported Speech.

166. O. R. Words actually used—Present Tense.
'Cyrus is dying,' 6 Kvpos aito6vri<TKti.
O. O. Reported words —
6 Krjpv£t J > top Kupoe &iro0mljo'KCiK.
( ijyyeiKe J
The herald ( announces_ I (that) Cyrus \ is &*?■
( announced ) \ was dying.
167. O. R. Words actually used—Past Tense.
' Cyrus died,' 6 Kvpos wniQavtv.
O. O. Reported words—
6 icrjpv£< " Vt6c Kupof dirodapEii'.
( j]yyei\e )
02 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XIX.
The herald \ announ<*s I (that) c f died.

\ announced ; ( had died.
168. O. R. Words actually used—Future Tense.
' Cyrus will die,' 6 Kvpos cmoOaveiTai.
6 Kjjpv£\ >Tbv K.upoi' diroOakelo-Sai.
I MyvetAe J
The herald j annou*ces ) (that) c i
I announced J I would die.
169. The above are the three tenses of the In

finitive that are most commonly in use. With
some Verbs, however, there is a Perfect which can
be employed. Thus :—
O. R. Words actually used—Perfect.
' Cyrus is-dead,' 6 Kvpos ridvrjKev.
6 K.rjpv£<. " \ toc Kupoe TtOyrfrai.
i riyyeike )
The herald { announces I (that) Cyrus ( is deaf' J
I announced J (. was dead.
170. It will be found useful in any case of diffi
culty with what is called Oratio Obliqua, to turn
the reported clause into the words used by the
original speaker. This can be done by (l) turning
the Accusative subject of the Infinitive into the
Nominative, and (2) changing the Infinitive into
the corresponding tense of the Indicative.
171. Even a beginner's consciousness of idiom
will then prevent him from making further mis
XIX.] THE MOODS. 93
takes. Thus, if the sentence above, rj-yyeiXe top Kvpov

aTTodaveiadca, be turned in this way to -ijyyeikev on 1
6 Kvpos a-nodavelTai,, which is perfectly good Greek
for ' he announced " Cyrus will die," ' it would be
almost impossible for a mere beginner to avoid
changing so awkward a sentence into the more
idiomatic ' he announced that Cyrus would die.'
172. The same construction follows Verbs of
thinking, and the same explanation may be given
of it.
Examples.
eXeye tovs 'AOrjvalovs o-ocpov? eivai.
ofioXoyw crov to evptjfia eivai.
6/j.oXoyovcri tov larpov crwfxaTWV eivai ap)(0VTa.
tov KaXbv KayaOov avSpa evSai/xova eivai (pri/xi.
TreTreicrde apa, aSiKiav StKaioirvvtjs a/xeivov eivai ;
eXeyov oi AiyvirTioi tov? 'lovSaiov? ovov irpocrKvveiv.
Xeyovcri xr\v (J.ayr\v ivyypav yeyovevai icai iroXXov?
Tedvavai.
VTroXanfidvovcriv oi fiapfiapot Sia rrjs fipovTrjs rovg
deovs opyr/v crijuaivetv.
tov tok? iroXe/uLiovs aoiKti&avTa oiKaiov eivai oi
iraXai evofiiXpv.
1 This 5™, which came into regular use as a preface in reporting
the exact words that had been used (Oratio Recta), is merely
equivalent to the inverted commas below, and need not be translated
in any other way. In Sanskrit iti is similarly used as a sign of
quotation ; but iti follows, whereas on precedes, the quoted words.
Compare it with our 'that'1 in Oratio Obliqua, as shown in the
above Table, and with the que in French.
t/s ov \iyei f)ov etvai to e/c twv ttovwv avcnravkav

exeiv ;
Tlpwrayopas e\eye Travrcav ^ptj/iaTcov fiirpov eivat
avQpwirov.
' <Wet fioi tous Trovtjpovs acppovas elvai,' ecprj 6 Za>-
Kparqs. . .
(iv.) Future Infinitive after Verbs of

HOPE, EXPECTATION, OR PROMISE.
173. Verbs that denote hope, expectation, or

promise, are followed in Greek, as in Latin, by the
Future1 Infinitive. In English after the same class
of Verbs we either (i) use the Infinitive as a Noun
without in any way defining the time, or (2) we
turn by an object-clause, introduced by ' that' ac
cording to the method shown in the foregoing
table. Thus :—
e\wifw viKr)<Tciv, ' I hope to conquer,' or ' I hope
that I shall conquer'
Yl*k. Where the subject of the Infinitive is differ
ent from the subject of the main Verb, there is no
choice to the translator 2. Thus :—
iKitlfy <re viktjvuv, ' I hope that you will conquer.'
1 These Verbs are also, though less commonly, followed by the

Present, or the Aorist. piMai or iXirifa, ar/uv, a£av, and iyafttv,
' I am about,' or ' I hope, to bring.'
2 Unless, indeed, he choose to employ the somewhat cumbrous
' for,' as in ' 7 hopefor yon to conquer.'
xix.] the moods. 95
Examples.
e\7r/^ft) avrov Tndaviis ipeiv.
VTT-eo"XovTO (ioriQeiav fxoc %£eiv.
•KKTTevu) $ia-\v<reiv rr/v SiafioXyv.
eXirl^w irdvra /caXeoj cnro-/3y(Te<r6ai.
VTr-iaxyovficu xpvcrtjv eiKOva ava-dâeiv.
tov iroXefxov Si-evoov/j.e6a TrpoOvfioos dtcreiv.
eXe£;e tov avopa e\Trll£eiv ev e/xe iroiyaeiv.
oufnocrav y fir/v (3ori6y<reiv Toff "EXXijovi'.
01 'Adr/vaioi e(f>-levTO Trjs 2i/ceX/a? apêiv.
(v.) Subject of Infinitive not repeated

if identical with Object of preced
ing Verb.
175. If the object of the principal Verb and
the subject of the Infinitive are identical, it is not
necessary for the subject of the Infinitive to be
repeated. Thus :—
biofxai crov iKdtlv (and not 8eo/x<u aov ere e\0eiv), ' I
pray you to come.'
So too, 8ok€i ftoi imiivat, ' it-seems-good to-me
to go away.'
176. When the object of the principal Verb is
in the Dative, and sometimes when it is in the Geni
tive, any Noun, Adjective, or Participle attached
to the Infinitive as a Predicate, may be retained in
the Accusative. Otherwise, attraction to the case
of the object takes place. Thus :—
efeorf /not yeviaQai evbaCfiova (or evhaCjAovi), ' it is in

my power to become happy.'
thiovTo avrov us TrpodvixoraTov * tlvai, ' they begged
him to be as zealous as possible.'
Examples.
eKeXevaa tov KtjpvKa 7repi-/j.eivai fie.
01 vofjLoi ovk e'toov fifias aXXw? iroieiv.
Trdvreg alrovvrm tov 6eov TayaOa SiSovai.
■jrap-a.ivovfi.ev <roi irelQecrQai tois (5e\Tio<riv.
Ti <$>i\nnrov KwKvaei fiaSlQiv oiroi /SouXeTat ;
Siofiai u/nwv ryvyyvwfirjv fioi ey_eiv.
eSeqdrjaav rjftwv ol KoplvBioi <r<pl<Ti (3orj9q<reiv.
eêaTiv efio\ Tavra iroiovvra vyialvetv.
ttoWoi twv ooKOvvTtov ao<p3>v elvai ovk •e'luiv.
eêerTiv vfiiv oir\a \a/36vTa? fteT-e>(eiv tov kivSvvov.
ovk ev-Swcroftev irpofbacriv ovSevl KaKw <yevecrdai.
Seofxai vfj.wv KaTa-^rj(piTa<r6ai tovtov, evOv/ulov-
fievovs ocrot fioi 0 aycov eoriv.
(vi.) Subject of Infinitive attracted

when identical with subject of
preceding Verb.
177. If the subject of the principal Verb and the
subject of the Infinitive are identical, the subject is
either (1) altogether omitted with the Infinitive, as
ofioXoyw dSixeiK, ' I admit that I am wrong,' or
1 Sc. eStWro. When relative words stand with Superlatives, the
ellipse of such a word as bfoarai, Swards tl/u, is very common.
Thus arc Taxxrra tfipanfv, ' he ran as fast as he could.'
XIX.] THE MOODS. 97
(2) if repeated, it will stand in the same case as

the subject ' of the governing Verb, as 6(ioXoyw tyi»
&&4JMIK.
Thus K\eW ftyr/ out5s ttapeivcu, ' Cleon said that he

(himself) was there.' Dixit se adesse.
But KAeW t$i) omtqv iraprtvai, is ' Cleon said that
he (some one else) was there.' Dixit ilium adesse.
Examples.
voft-iXei 8ia-<pepeiv avrbg twv aXXwv.
iroXXoi oiovTou prjropes eivai, ovk ovres.
Nj/c/aj ovk e(pij avrbs, aXX' eKeivov VTpaTr/yeiv.
KeKpartjKe T(p irpoTepos irpos tov? iroXeftiov? tevai.
lipeyovro tov irpwTO? eKaaros yeve(r6ai.
hri-fieXov/iai tov KaXot Kai ayaOos eivai. *
6 KpiTris, Sia to SiKaiog eivai, inrb twv Kaicovpywv
efiitreiTO.
ecpa&av avroi aireicrao-Qai edeXetv, tow Se TroXefiiovc
ovk eOeXeiv.
(pao-Kei tov irarepa Saveltra'i eroi Tpla TaXairra Kai
ovk avros \a/3eiv.
bfioXoyw avros irapa iravra tov fitov nadijTtis eivai,
tovs Se aXXovs SiSao-KaXovs.
(vii.) Infinitive of Purpose.

178. The Greek Infinitive is like the English, and
1 This idiom should be noticed as a remarkable contrast to the

Latin usage. Such instances of it as occur in classic Latin are
direct imitations of the Greek : e.g. ' Sensit medios dtlapsus in
hostes,' for ' se delapsum esse.'
H
unlike that of classical Latin prose, in being used

to express a purpose \ In such cases, however, it is
generally accompanied by the word <3o-rc, ' so that,'
' so as.'
■navra Ttoieiv deXovcriv <3<rrc eKûyeic, 'they are willing
to do everything in order to (so as to) escape.'
It often happens that it is impossible to turn
<S<rre when it stands with the Infinitive 2 by any
special word in English.
179. Even without aio-re the Infinitive is used to
express a purpose (1) in poetry, as y.avd&veiv ijKoynv
{venimus ut discamus), 'we have come to learn;'
and (2) with Verbs meaning to appoint, give, take,
or sacrifice, when the Object of the leading Verb is
also the*Object or Subject of the dependent Infinitive.
■jtapiyja inavrbv KaUiv, ' I offer myself to burn.'
Examples.
Travra iroiovaiv uxrre Sikjjv /xr] StSovai.
iicei cricid t itrrl Kai iroa KaQ-iXecrdaL rj KaraKKiQrjvai.
ovk e%ofJiev apyvpiov ware ayopaXeiv ra eiriTqSeia.
wotra ft.01 yjprjfjLaTa Sovvat OeXeig, wore tov watSa
cnro-Xafieiv ;
ovToa ai/3ov Ttjv Sucaiocrvvqv wctts aXtjOecrTepovs elvai
TOvi croy? Xoyovf tj tow? twv aXXwv opicovs.
1 Purpose is expressed also by in, Zvon, tva with a subordinate

Verb. See § 187 sqq.
* With the Indicative Siart denotes a result merely; with the
Infinitive, a result which may or may not be purposed. These uses
of Start would all be turned in Latin by ut with the Subjunctive.
XX.] SUBJ. AND OPTATIVE IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. 99
01 ' A.drjvaioi Seicct tow veuiv irpovirenâv irXevcrat *

re /cat Ka.Ta-GK&'yaiTQai, « 01 iroXi/jiioi vap-ei<ri.
xoAAae e\Tri8as e^w apKOVvrws epeiv wirre /cat vfj.a$
Tavra yvwcrea-Oai.
ot/Ttoy acppoves eare ware avev ala-^wtis \oiSopei<r9ai
^tXtVira) ;
(iei<£6v ti KdKOv aufi-fiefitjKe t/J xo'Aet r\ wtrre (bepeiv
SvvacrOai.
ray aa-irlSas peifyvs e-ôwiv 01 avavSpot ^ ware
iroieiv r\ opav ti.
HelXwv ?jv 6 \160s rj ware ifie i^-aipe?p SvvcurOai e/c
TOV Telôvg.
ol vpoyovoi Trjv2e^ 'Apetov irayov fiovXijv eir-ea^nja-av
eiri-fte\ei<r6ai t/J? evKoafiias.
XX.
Subjunctive and Optative in Simple
Sentences.
180. There now remain only two of the five
Greek moods to be considered : for it has been
assumed that the Indicative and Imperative need no
separate explanation.
The Subjunctive and Optative are alike in re
garding the verbal action not as an independent
fact, but as a thought, that is, as relative to, or
dependent upon, an action of the mind. Hence,
1 More usually after Verbs of sending, -nXtvooviiivas rt «ai /cara-
nmf/afUrat.
3 See page 46, § 82, adfinem.
H a
IOO SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xx.
these two moods are in, reality only one, and it

would be less confusing to denote them by a single
181. It follows from the definition of the use of

these two moods that they will be found mostly in
dependent sentences. There are, however, certain
not uncommon usages of both Subjunctive and
Optative in what look like independent sentences
which may be noticed first.
182. (i.) Subjunctive of Exhortation.—Thus the
ist Person of the Subjunctive is used in exhorta
tion—
M Xa>ixev, ' let us not go.'
<t>epe2 877, rets naprvpias vy.lv ava-yva, 'come now,
let me read you the depositions.'
183. (ii.) Subjunctive of Prohibition.—In the 2nd
and 3rd Person the Aorist of the Subjunctive may
be used with j«j in prohibitions—
ixrj ravra womjo-jjs, ' do not do that.'
pri yivr)T<u, ' let it not be.'
184. (iii.) Subjunctive of Hesitation.—The Sub
junctive is also used in questions expressing doubt
or uncertainty—
ri bpS> ; H p.ri 8p£ ; ' what am I to do ? what not
to do?'
ir£s TroicSfxei' ; ' how are we to act? '
1 The name Conjunctive Mood is indeed used by some teachers to
denote the Greek Subjunctive and Optative taken together.
2 <pipt or ory« usually precedes the ist person of exhortation; 1$
always goes with the negation.
XX.] SUBJ. AND OPTATIVE IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. IOI
185. (iv.) Optative of Wishing.—The Optative

is used in simple sentences to denote a wish that
something may or may not happen now or in
Future time1: —
yivoio tvTv\i]i, ' may you be prosperous.'
ju) Tovroiv iyia elrjv, ' may I not be (one) of these.'
186. It is easily seen that in all the four cases
above the Verbs are really dependent upon some
thing unexpressed, as in (i.) ' I advise,' (ii.) ' I forbid,'
(iii.) ' I am at a loss,' (iv.) ' I could wish.'
Examples.
oXoivto iravTes 01 icaicovpyoi.
ft-h XoiSopt/dris Tois iroXe/xtoty.
Spa 8i£eo-6e was, % av-ioafiev ;
fir} /not a ftouXofiai, aXX' a o~vn<pepei, yivoiro.
e?0'j w Xwcrre, o~v toiovtos a>v (piXos i)iMv yivoio.
(pipe $rjt eiira> -irpos v/j.a$ TaXrjdtj, a>s eêi.
/SouAet oiiv Xiya) aoi to viro /3ao~iXeo)$ iv-TeraXfiiva ;
fitlSiiroTe aio"vvv6wfjiev tovs yovias aiSeiadai.
iravra iroioiev ol iroXtTai ware rqv iroXiv avâvetv.
rl ovv Xiyasfiev Trpot tov Trjs fiev aper>js Kara-(ppo-
vovvra, twv oe ^(pri/jiaTwv eirt-fieXov/jievov ;
Spa f/iri atcr^vvOwfiev tov Tiepawv fiao'iXia fiifiti-
aatrQai ;
1 The Optative, so called because it is used to express a wish, is
never used for wishes that refer to past time, and consequently no
longer admit of being realized. For such wishes the Past Indicative
is used with uSe, or else ui<pt\ov is used with the Infinitive.
PART II.
COMPOUND SENTENCES.
XXI.
Final Sentences.
187. The phrase Final Sentences (Latin finis, ' a
boundary,' the terminus ad quern, the object aimed
at) denotes Sentences of Purpose.
The Particles denoting purpose are <&s, Situs, wo.
(never S™1), all translatable by 'that,' 'in order
that,' in English, and by ut with the Subjunctive
in Latin.
188. The following Table will show that in Final
Sentences the Present Tense of the Latin Subjunc
tive corresponds to the Present and Aorist of the
Greek Subjunctive, while the Imperfect of the
Latin Subjunctive corresponds to the Present and
Aorist of the Greek Optative.
1 on never answers to the Latin ut. ' Ut,' ' in order that,' is re
presented in Greek by (i) <ii, Sirox, %va (see following table) ; or
(2) by wore with the Infinitive (see § 1 78) : ' ut," ' when,' is represented
in Greek by Zt«.
may- B
he
that (learn.
see that
might
he1 (Alearn.
>see
that
Observe
the
Past
Hbe oricum), and
Present,
when
instead
used
of
Tense
(Praesens
treated
isatas
may
a fby
Optative.
the
Thus
irtttra
ohntvOar
Mpxtrai
tva
pixoivro,
al(i.e.
he
'then
o<went
opgoes
away
wa—\eidor(pov Svais
and
with
S(or,
the
u&r)
and
used
be
band
the
in
tva.
of,
instead
asjuavoasmay
nias,
same
way
rctuijve,
1Table
§24). J
1Table
§24).
>
s•writing
be
Ihall
h'I
wave
rit en shall
{I
have l
Scdwriting
ut
/
risbwascebraemt J
writing
Iam sI
write
hall Scripseram
hwritten
/ ad
written
/
write Scripsi
/wrote-I
of
showing
TTable
Sthe
enqsuesn.ce
diseat>
ut
place,
that
from
away)
in
they
order
fight
might
with
safety.'
more
124.)
Table
(See
§ Scripsero
Scribo Scribo Scripsi Scribam Scribam
takes
tva
When
&v
the
it,
with
always
it
'whemeansrever.'
fiavQdyrf
Iva IVa
p.av6dvo<.
Xva
(J.a8i)
or or
}
I
YVWÎ
Complete Complete
cyc<•ypd<peiv
Complete
<■yeypa(pa ndefrinite Hypacpov
IZypatya CPast
<
ontinuous
Iypdtfxo
ndefrinite I
CPresent
ypdcpa
ontinuous nypdtya
Idefrinite
FUTURjJ
Continuous
7P°V"»
104 COMPOUND SENTENCES. [xxi.
Examples of Sequence of Tenses.

<po/3aSfiat firj 6 Trairiros airo-Qavri 1.
apêiv eir~eQvfi.ei owwc irXelw Xafifiavot 1.
ov Seos eerri ft-h ol vvfifia-ôi airo-tTTUKriv 1.
SeSoiKa fj.ii iiri-Xadwfieda Ttjs oiicaoe ooov.
eSeiaav ot*EXXi;i/es fiij ol TLepaai airo-cpvyoiev .
Sera TaXavxa efyov, eStaxa avrois oirwi <titov irp'i-
aivro.
tovto to a-KidSeiov iirep-efcw, Iva fti/ /SjOe'^jj viro tou
Ofifipov.
Kar-eicavcrav ra irXota ol "EXXiji/ey, Iva fii] ol Tleperai
$ia-(3aiev.
Tyv yhpvpav Ticreracpepvijs Sia-voetrat \vcrai Ttjs
wktos, w? ft.il Sia-fl/jre.
TiepSiKKas eirpaTTev oirw? iroXefios yevoiTO A.6tj-
valois XjOoy Tovg A.aKeSai/xovlovs.
T^r ye(pvpav eXvaev Iva cnro-Xr]<p6eiev ev fLeerw tou
•jrorafj-ov Kal tJ/j Siwpv)(o$.
eir-e/j.e\eiTO Kt/oos ottws firjirore avlSparroi ol o-rpa-
Tiurrai 67rt to apicrTOv Kal to Seiirvov £io~-loiev.
1 Note that in the Subjunctive and Optative Moods the distinc

tion between the Aorist and Present is that between an undefined
action, and an action of which the duration is emphasized. It follows
that, in many verbs, the Aorist of these moods is more commonly
used than the Present. See note on Infin. § 160. Hence, observe the
tense of awoff&vip and i.itoonmi (sentences i and 3) and contrast it
with that of \aii0&vot (sentence 2).
XXII.] CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 105
XXII.
Conditional Sentences.
189. (i.) A conditional sentence is made up of
two clauses, one of which contains an 'if either
expressed or implied.
Of the following three sentences :—
' If you come, I will go ; '
' If you were to come, I would go ; '
' Should you come, I would go ; *
the third is less obviously, but not less really, a
Conditional Sentence than either of the former
two : for a moment's thought shows us that it is
but a shorter way of writing the second sentence
over again.
190. The ' if ' clause (that is, the clause contain
ing the condition) is called the PROTASIS K
191. The main clause (that is, the clause con
taining the consequence) is called the APODOSIS 2.
192. A condition properly involves two alterna
tives : thus, to say, ' if you become king,' implies
not only the possibility of your becoming king, but
also of your not becoming king. In other words,
every may be implies a may not be. And all such
open conditions necessarily refer to Future time :
1 irp&raois (irporeiva), ' a stretching forth,' ' a putting before,' a
'proposal ' or ' offer.'
2 d-noSoats (drroSiSafu, reddo), a rendering or paying back of what
is due upon the fulfilment of the proposal made. It is worth notice
that the Latin word conditio (whence 'condition,' by a change of
spelling) means an offer or proposal.
I06 COMPOUND SENTENCES. [XXII.
for the Past and Present are unalterably fixed, and

do not admit of any alternatives.
I. Conditions of Future Time.
193. There are two ways in English by which
we express conditions with regard to Future time ;
e.g.:—
(i) ' If he sins, he will grieve.'
(a) ' If he were to sin, he would grieve.'
Of these the former regards the fulfilment of the
condition as QUITE PROBABLE, while the latter
regards it as ONLY POSSIBLE '.
In Greek, there are the same two ways of ex
pressing possible and therefore Future conditions,
as the following sections will show.
194. (i.) Conditions Probable.—Apodosis in the
Future Indicative.
The sentence,—
' If he sins, he will grieve,'
Sipeccabit, dolebit,
is rendered in Greek by either—
(a) el aiMaprrjo-eTai, oXyij<ret, or
(b) tav apApTri, aXyri<T€i.
195. It will be seen that, while the Apodosis is
similarly expressed in all three languages, the Eng
lish differs from Latin and Greek in putting the Pro
tasis into the Present instead of the Future tense.
1 That this is not an arbitrary distinction may be seen at once
from an example. ' I shall punish you, if you do it,' is much more
of a threat, and would be felt to assume the probability of dis
obedience much more strongly, than 'I should punish you, if yon
were to do it.'
That our language is here somewhat less accurate

than the Greek and Latin may be seen by con
trasting tovto irot^trco, el bwrjaofuu, and faciatn, si
potero, with our ' / will do it if I am able x\ for the
doing of the action in the Future is evidently
dependent not upon present ability, but upon
ability at some future time. In older English, the
Subjunctive, 'If he sin,' exactly answering to eav
aiidpiji, was the regular construction : but this Sub
junctive has nearly dropped out of use in modern
English.
196. Observe—
(1) that el2 never, eav always, takes the sub
junctive.
(a) that with el and eav the negative is not oi but
l*r), see § 217 d.
Rule for Translation.—Turn el with the
Future or eac with the Subjunctive into ' If with
the Present in English.
Examples.
« Tt <ryfi<ras, Swcrco tu> aSe\(pw.
eav av airo-8rifxri<Tr)i, ovk eyw fiovos cnro-Stjfiqcra).
ov -)(_aipu)v cnr-aWaêi, el tov Kptrr/v vfipieis.
1 It was probably owing in some measure to the fact that the
Indicative forms 'I be,' 'thou beest,' etc. (e.g. 'We be twelve
brethren '), were looked upon as vulgarisms for ' I am,' ' thou art,'
etc., that even the Subjunctive ' If I be ' gave way to the Indica
tive ' If I am.'
2 This statement will, of course, require modification for advanced
students.
To8 COMPOUND SENTENCES. [XXII.
eav tov £evov aSiKtjs, SUrjv Sweets Kara tov vo/jlov.

otog t earofj.ai Tavra iroirjirai, ei veipaaonai.
el <roi /HovXofAevq) eari, \iye fioi a avTO? evvoeig.
ei 6 KOirr]g efj.-/xevei rots vofiois, oiKtjv irapa tov
Kkeirrov Xyêrai.
oiat t* e&ovrai cnro-fpvyelv, el <rv to oe<Tf/.wrqpiov
av-olj-ets.
eav Tavra 8ia-(pv\d£ti<rQe, ovSels v/acov evrifioTepos
yevytrerai.
ei fit] KaTa-yvwarecrOe QavaTov tov cpovecas, avrol tovs
vofnovs irapa-firjcreirde.
197. (ii.) The nature of av.

In Latin and English the nature of the Con
ditional Sentence is indicated only by the 'if or
' si ' attached to the Protasis. But in Greek the
Apodosis also — except in the single case already
mentioned, where it is in the Simple Future — is
accompanied by the almost untranslateable par
ticle Of.
This particle ok always has a conditional force
and shows that the predicate with which it is
placed is only conceived under certain conditions
which are either expressed or implied.
198. (iii.) Conditions only Possible (see § 193).

Apodosis in the Optative. —With the addition
of ei, the Optative Mood expresses a possible con
dition. With the addition of ok, the Optative
expresses a possibility subject to that condition.
Thus ei tovto \4yois, apapTavois av, 'if you were

to say this,'—which is possible,—' you would be
wrong,' which, under the condition above, is
possible also.
Rule for Translation.—Turn ei with the
Optative by ' If' with' would, should, or were to etc.'
Examples.
yivovro av Tavra, el av 6e\oif.
el /meveiv SvvaivTO, /xevoiev av at yvvatKtf.
el /me eiri SeiTrvov KaXeaeiev, lawf av eXOot/mi.
ovk av, el ireipwfjujv, Svvalfiqv /uovos roaavra irpafyu.
el firj eya) ere ireiOoifit, ovk av tw aoe\(pa> irelOoio.
e-Tr-atvearai/jLi av tov avatcra, ei tovs apôfievovt w(pe-
\oitj.
rjSews av Tavra oiootrjv avrw, el av fioi TaXXa
SlSotqS.
el Tas fiaprvplas avayiyvwa-KoiTe, ovk av efiou koto-
yvoir/re.
el 01 iroXirai ero(pol ye'voivro, ovk av ovoeiroTe tw
Tvpavvw SovXevaaiev.
ovk av 01 SovXoi, el a7ra£ e\ev6eplas yevaaivro, tjj
SovXeia avOis ayairwev.
II. Past Time.—Impossible Conditions.

199. Apodosis in the Past Indicative.—The Past
is fixed and its events cannot in reality be made
dependent on any conditions. If then it is repre
IIO COMPOUND SENTENCES. [XXII.
sented as dependent on a condition, that condition

must be such as not to have been fulfilled, and
therefore such as not really to limit it.
In the sentence ' If he had sinned, I should have
grieved,' the meaning of the Protasis is ' If he had
sinned,—but he did not sin.'
In such sentences in Greek the Protasis has a
Past Tense of the Indicative : thus the Protasis
above is accurately rendered by d tjpapTei'.
But in this case the Apodosis could not be
represented by a mere Indicative ijXyoui' or rjXyjura.
For the mere Indicative would imply that the
speaker was sorry, which is not the fact. Con
sequently the particle &» is put with the Past Tense
of the Indicative to denote, not that '7 was sorry,'
but that ' under certain stated conditions—which did
not take place—/ was sorry',' i. e. ' / should have been
sorry'
Thus the whole sentence would become in Greek
ei TJjAapTOe, TJXytjtra &v or rjXyoui' Slv.
200. Here again 1 observe that the Aorist and

Imperfect denote respectively—
(1) an action without reference to duration, and
therefore presumably over and done with, and—
(a) an action of prolonged duration and therefore
possibly continuing to present time.
Hence—
ijXyT|<ra &v would mean ' I should have grieved.'
rJXyoui' &v would mean ' I should be grieving.'
1 See § 1 88, Examples and foot-note.

XXII.] CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. Ill
201. This rendering of tjKyouc &v is, however, so

cumbrous that ' I should grieve ' is often substituted
for it.
Then arises a difficulty ; for the Optative &\yolr\v
&y would also be turned by ' I should grieve.'
The ambiguity of the English can only be cleared
up by the Protasis, as may be seen from the two
following sentences :—
' If I had half a sovereign, I would give it you '
(ei e?xov> fbfoovv av).
' Should I have half a sovereign, I would give it
you ' (et lôi/xt, 8i8o6jj» av).
The former sentence could only produce dis-
appointment, the latter might give rise to hope.
The reason is that ' I would give ' in the first
sentence depends on the fulfilment of an impossible
condition, and is therefore itself impossible ; while,
in the second sentence, it is possible that I may
yet have the money, in which case bibofyv &v in
dicates the possibility of the gift yet occurring.
Rule for Translation.—Turn «t with the
Aorist Indicative by 'If' with a Pluperfect Indi
cative, el with the Imperfect by 'If' with an Im
perfect.
Examples.
« fie Tavra iroieiv oceXei/a-ay, qSews av eirolti<ra.
av-edavov av, el fir; v/j.ets e/3ot]6q(raTe.
qXyovv av, el eirolijcra a. ifiov Kar-tiyopeis.
el fir) vfieis ?A0eTe, eiropevofieQa av wj ($a<ri\ea.
ei irpoTepov av-eicpivw, ovk av aiidu <re ypwrtov.
112 COMPOUND SENTENCES. [XXIT.
ovk av evpov to alvtyfia, et fuj Oiolirovt a(p-iKero.

ovk av edtY,ft)»', ei fjoj irav to vdwp e^-eêa.
ovk av eiriov ovoe ecpayov av Toaravra, ei /irj <r(p6opa
€Treivtj(ra.
el raura i/moi vporepov eSwKas, SiirXacria av croi 01
(j>l\oi eSocrav.
ovk av e^-eiriaouev sk rrji iroXeo)?, « firj tovs ey(dpous
w(f>e\Ti<Tas.
Incomplete Conditional Sentences.

202. (i.) Omission of Protasis.—The Optative
with av is frequently found without any further
clause to define the condition under which the
statement is made. In such cases it is necessary
to bear in mind that there is a real condition
understood, the fulfilment of which is assumed,
although it is not fully expressed.
Thus with PovkoCurjv av, ' I could wish,' we may
supply such a Protasis as ' if things were to go on
as usual.'
So too, 8i8o6j? 6.v uoi ra xpriimra, ' you would—if
things should go on as usual, i. e. in all probability
—give me the money.' The Greek love of indi
rectness led to the use of this form—which, on
account of the assumed fulfilment of the suppressed
condition, is really equivalent to a milder Future,—
as a more delicate mode of command.
etirois av, 'you would be good enough, perhaps,
—unless anything unusual should occur—to tell
me.'
ovk av yevoio /ca/coy, 'you are not likely, should

things turn out as we expect, to become a coward.'
203. (ii.) Omission of Apodosis.—We haye a
way of expressing a wish in English by the use of
' if ' without any Apodosis, as when we say, ' If you
were only truthful ! ' 'If you would but do your
best ! ' ' Ah ! if he had but worked ! ' Sometimes
the 'if is omitted, and the inversion of the sen
tence indicates its meaning ; ' Had we but known
this beforehand ! ' In such cases, the Apodosis
' I should be glad,' ' you would be successful,' ' he
would have been successful,' etc., is very naturally
supplied in English, and no less naturally in the
Greek. Hence we find et with the Optative de
noting a possible wish, el with a Past Tense of the
Indicative denoting a wish which can no longer
be fulfilled. «t yap and elBc are used in this way
as well as el.
£i0£ <|>i\os ■fiii.lv yeWo, 'would that you might
become our friend ! '
elOe 4>i\os Tjfue lylvou, 'would that you had been
our friend ! '
Examples.
7ro>9 av vij.Iv 6/j.oia avri-oo'iriv ;
eid uxpeXov tyjv vrjarov aTro-Xnretv ;
etOe ucpavicrdelri -kolv to kcikov e£ avOpunroov.
ei yap yevoifxrjv, tekvov, avTi aov veKpos.
j)oe«9 av eywy epol/xriv rbv 6ebv, t/ ttots Xiyet ;
eiOe croi to'tc ovv-eyevofjLtjv, ore tb fiouXofxeva) Si-
eXeyov.
I
114 COMPOUND SENTENCES. [XXIII.
Spa iOeXrjrreiev av Yopyias tjulv §ia-\e-)(6>jvai ;

icrwi av ovv tj? eTri~Ti/j.^creie tu> Tavra ttoiovvti.
ovk -av vfieti Treicrdeirire to?? Ttj? yvvaiKO? Xoyois.
tis ovk av TreipwTO tov Tvpavvov e/c Ttji TroXew?
eK-/3a\eiv ;
XXIII.
Temporal Sentences.
204. A Temporal sentence, like a Conditional
sentence, consists of two clauses. The Dependent
clause is introduced by one of the Temporal
Particles, oTe, i-nel, îtciStj, <J>s, Iu>s, Trpiy, etc., and
serves to limit the action or state denoted by the
Principal clause to a particular time. Used with
these Particles —
(i) The Indicative denotes facts.
(2) The Subjunctive, with &v, denotes things
future or uncertain.
(3) The Optative, without &v, denotes some idea
in addition to that of time, as for instance, purpose
or frequency.
205. Observe—
(a) that, according to the table in § 187,
The Subjunctive can only stand after a Present,
Perfect or Future, i. e. after the Principal Tenses of
the Indicative.
The Optative can only stand after an Imperfect,
Aorist or Pluperfect, i. e. after the Historic Tenses
of the Indicative.
XXTTI.] TEMPORAL SENTENCES. 115
{b) the &v of the Subjunctive generally stands

next after the Temporal Particle, while with Stc
and eireiSJ) it coalesces, so as to form oW and
206. (i) Temporal Clause in the Indicative.

ccpvyov, St TJXeoK1 01 avwaxoi, ' they fled, when our
allies came.'
e'irei JjaOeVci Adpews, juer-ewe'/âro t& waiSe, ' Darius
when he was sick, sent for his two sons.'
£ttci8*i iTekeii-niM, 6 vlos avrov /3ao-iAet/y Kartarri,
'when he had died, his son became king.'
<is elSoK rjixas, dire'SpajLiov, ' when they saw us, they
ran off.'
ovupaaw fw«x°W, «>s erXr)^ ' I was troubled by
dreams, until I ventured,' etc.
TrPte rauTa iyiyero, evbai/jxav kvo(u^6jxr]v, ' before that
happened, I was counted happy.'
207. (s) Temporal Clause in the Subjunctive.
Stok h xpr) Toôr)?, tvbai[xovri<reis, 'when you do
your duty, you will be happy.'
i-neiUv airaira dnou'air)T6, /cpfcare, ' when you hear all,
judge.'
ovk fo-et/xi irpw &v p.01 tt)v b%bv Sei'frjs, ' I shall not
go till you show me the way.'
208. (3) Temporal Clause in the Optative.
virepuov (lxe") 6lr<5T ev aarru hux-rplfioi, ' he used to
have a 'garret, whenever he was staying in town.'
1 St' ?Aflw stands for 'ore §k6ov, never for on §\Sot>.
I a
Il6 COMPOUND SENTENCES. [XXIII.
Trepi-ep-evov etas &v-oi)(6eli] to bea-p.arripiov, ' they used

to wait about till the prison should be opened.'
ovk e/3ov\ovTO fidxe<r#ai, irplv ol o~up.p.a\oi irapa-y^-
i'ohto, ' till the allies should have come up/
209. Use of irplv, irplv av, and e<os &v.
Note that—
(a) irplv &v, which always takes the Subjunctive,
is never used unless a Negative, or some notion
equivalent to a Negative, precedes.
(b) irplv is only used with the Optative when there
is some further notion besides that of time to be
expressed.
(c) Trplv with the Infinitive is very common ; and
indeed may always be substituted for Trplv with the
Indicative or Optative.
Thus, in two of the sentences above, no change
of meaning that could be briefly expressed in
English would result if they were written—;
irplv ravra ytvia-Bai, evbaCpixav fvopLi(6fir]v.
ovk efiovKovTO payeaQai, Trplv rois crvp.p:axpvs Trapa-
yzvio-Qai.
(d) trplv benrvuv, 'before dining/ priusquam cenem.
Trplv henrvfjoai, ' before having dined,' priusquam
cenavero.
irplv btbenrvrjKhai, ' before having finished dinner,'
priusquam a cend surrexero.
(e) «os o>, with the Subjunctive, which generally,
like irplv b\v, means ' until,' is sometimes used in the
sense of ' as long as/ thus :—
o-Mirare ecos &v nadeubr), 'be still, so long as he
remains asleep.'
xxiii.] temporal sentences. 117
Examples.
fir; (TTevaZe, irpiv av fj.d6rjs.
# * J f /\ VIS (B
eeo? av eK-/j.au>]S, e% eAirioa.
fMaiv6fj.e6a iravres, oto.v Spyi^w/neOa.
ov iroirjcruy Tavra, nrpiv av KeXevarjS.
iireior] av~ewj(Qrj to Sea/nuiT^ptoi', elar-rjXQofxev.
ovk r/deXov Troirjcrai TavTa, irpiv KeXevcreias.
<o? ovk avTOvs eireiOev, aTr-eTr\ei.
TavTa eiroiovv, MeXj°£ vkotos eyeveTO.
or' evTvêig fiaXia-Ta, /ult] fieya (ppovei.
Tt oe eyeveTO, e7retdrj iravTe? eP-rjiraTijaQe ;
ttoXXoi TreldovTai, Trp\v eioevai to irporr-TaTTOîevov.
eireiSav a yj>rj 8ia-Trpaâ)/j.ai, 5jt,w dir-a^wv 1 u/xay eij
Tt/v 'TZiXXaSa.
ov xprj tov aSiKTiaavra cnr-eXOetv, irp)v av $<S Sikî/
eTreioav av fiouXri Sia-XeyecrOai, Tore 0-01 Sia-Xeô/j.ai.
eTreiorj av-oi)(6elr; to oea/j-WTripiov, ela-rj/xev irapa. tov
Z,U3KpaTtj.
ov irpoTepov eiravcraTO, irpiv eXoi Te icai irvowarete
ttjv iroXlv.
oTav airevori ti? avToy, ")(w deog crvv-airTerai-
/j.t]Siva (plXov ttoiov, wplv av e^-eTao-p?, irws Ke^prjTai
Toii TrpoTepov (piXois.
07TOT6 eV tw Trpiv j^jOoVft) Trap-elt], iravTa ra SeovTa
eTroiei.
1 Observe the Future Participle used of Purpose after a Verb of

motion, vide footnote to examples after § 1 78.
Il8 COMPOUND SENTENCES. [xXIV.
ewy av efi-irvew Kai oios t a), ov Travao/nat to #e&>

virripeTUiv.
(Tirovoai eaovrai /xeôic av (Sacrikel ra Trap v/jlwv
Si-ayye\9fj.
eav (palvw/nai o.Siku>v, ov yjpt/ fj? ivOevoe a7r-e\6eiv
\ A ft~ ft,
irpiv av ow oiKrjv.
ew? av o-wZrjrai to o-icd(f>o$, Tore yjpri iravTas irpo-
Ovfiovi elvai' eireiSav Se r\ OaXaTra vêp-ayri,
fx.aTaio's ij &irov8tj.
Jivpos Kara-Oedo/uLevos ra? Ta£«y, ov$ /nev "Soi evraicToos
Kai crianrrj tovras, Tives Te elev, i/pero, Kai eirei
ttvOoito, eTr-yvet" el Si rivas dopvfiovfjievovs
a'ltrOoiTO, to a"iTiov tovtov o~kottwv KaTao-{3ev-
vvvai t*]v rapa^v eireipaTq.
XXIV.
Reported Speech1.
I. Oratio Recta.
210. Before the exact words of a reported state
ment on 2 is sometimes inserted. In such a posi
tion otl is an untranslateable sign answering to our
inverted commas, thus: —
enre /xoi otl ' Trpiv to. TrcuSia eKOelv eya> Tiap-rjv.
He said to me, ' Before the children came, I was
there.'
1 See also 'Accusative with Infinitive,' §§ 162-170.
2 See Accusative with Infinitive, § 1 70, footnote.
XXIV.] REPORTED SPEECH. 119
211. Sometimes etpr], or 77 x 5' oy, or some other

part of the same verbs is inserted—like the Latin
inquam, ait, etc,—after the first word or two :
av 8', !(/>77, ov ravra iiroiriaas, ' But you/ said he,
' did not do this.'
II. Oratio Obliqua.

212. In Oratio Obliqua, i. e. in a report in which
the exact words of the speaker are not given, it is
very unusual to find the Accusative with the In
finitive construction2 kept up, as in Latin, through
an entire speech.
213. The Optative Mood, preceded by on or

cos, is perhaps the construction most commonly
employed in reporting the words of another.
The following sentences :—
(1) Nuias Trdpecm, ' Nicias is here.'
(2) eneiparo h-cpvycw, ' he tried to escape.'
(3) TTapa-bdcreL rrjv ttoXw, ' he will give up the city.'
(4) Ae'Aonre ra &Kpa, 'he has abandoned the
heights.'
(5) (\e\oLTrei ra ciKpa, ' he had abandoned the
heights.'
(6) 6 orparTjyos rjp.as eTtep.\j/ev, ' the general sent us,'
when reported by another speaker might become :—
(1) ftirov oil (or ws) Ni/aas irapeiTj.
(a) „ „ „ ireipipTo eK-<pvyeiv.
1 )J is looked on as an Imperfect of ?/« (Lat. aio), 'I say;' see

Glossary.
2 For Accusative with Infinitive, see §§ 162-170.
120 COMPOUND SENTENCES. [XXIV.
(3) tiitov <m (or its) ■napa-hdxroi ttjv ti6X.iv.

(4) „ „ „ \(Konro>s tlrj ra aKpa.
(5) „ „ „ Ke\omo>s £in ra aKpa.
(6) „ „ „ TTejxuVete o-<pixs 6 arparriyos.
Hence we see that each tense of the Optative in
Oratio Obliqua serves to express the corresponding
tense of the Indicative in Oratio Recta. The Im
perfect and Pluperfect, which have no 2 correspond
ing tense in the Optative, are expressed by the
Present and Perfect Optative respectively.
214. It often happens that, for the sake of

picturesqueness in narration, the somewhat heavy
Optative is dropped and the Indicative Mood
retained from the Oratio Recta.
Thus (\dpovi eir' fyavrbv inrtp vp\S>v tlhKvaa, ' I
brought enemies upon myself in your behalf/
might not only be turned by the Optative fXnio-ai,
but in the following way also—eXeytv £>s v-nep vp.5>v
exQpovs e^>' eavrbv ciXicutrci'.
Note that is and on are both found in Oratio Obliqua, but
that is differs from on in emphasizing the assertion rather
than the fact. The difference is illustrated by the use of
quod in Latin to express a reason. When the Subjunctive
instead of the Indicative is used with quod, as in ' Socrates
damnatus est quod iuvenes corrumperet,' the speaker empha
sizes the assertion of the reason, but refuses to guarantee its
truth.
1 If we speak of the Imperfect and Pluperfect of the Conjunc

tive Mood instead of the Present, Aorist and Perfect of the
Optative, we shall see better the likeness of the Greek idiom to the
Latin.
xxv.] the negatives. 131
Examples.
eXeyov on KeXevcrete a<pa<; 6 /3a(riXev$ ravra Trot>j(rai.
TToXvV yjiOVOV qTTOpOVV, TL 7T0T6 Xeyei 6 060? ;
eXeyev on r/ 6Sos ecrotro irpbs (3a<7iXea els Ba/3v-
Xwva.
eyvuxrav on ol fiapfiapoi VTro-Tre/A-ysaiev to avdpw-
TT0V.
Si-if3aXXov rov l&vpov irpos rov aSeXcpov, a>? eVj-

fiovXevoi aura.
rjKev ayyeXXcev Ti? wg q ttoXis Kar-elXrjTTTai.
eyvas 'AoY/oa/txo? oti 01 AOqvaiot ovoev ev-owcrovo-iv.
M\ yr tt t t ft \ i t i * t\ ft
eA.e£e /jloi on i) 0009 (pepoi e<? tt\v ttoXiv, ivwep
opwriv.
eXeyov 01 eTUTrjSeiol fioi, a>? eXTr'iXpv<Ti rrjv ttoXiv
efeiv fioi XaPtv ^7rei° tw eipijfievwv.
XXV.
The Negatives.
215. There are two Negative Particles in Greek,
ov and \xr\.
(1) RULE. —Ou is used in denying statements
of fact, |xfj in all other cases.
216. The use of ov is limited to principal sen
tences, except in the case of the Accusative with the
Infinitive after Verbs of declaring, thinking, etc. ; and
in this case it is probable that the dislike felt by
the Greeks for oblique narration, induced them to
iaa compound sentences. [xxv.
regard such Infinitives, as direct statements capable

of direct negation.
Thus oiovrai loiKparri ov deovs vojxi&iv, 'people think
(that) Socrates does not-believe-in gods ; ' but
aiaxpov eort jtwj Ta\r]6i] keycw, ' it is a shame not to
tell the truth.5
217. Hence it follows that \n\ always stands—

(a) with the Imperative or with the Subjunctive
used for an Imperative.
(b) with the Optative of wishing.
(c) with the Infinitive, subject to the limitation
above.
(d) with all conditional clauses, i.e. wJienever 'if
is expressed or implied.
(e) with Relatives denoting consequence or cause.
(/) with any notion oipurpose.
Thus—
ov iroAcjuei, ' he is not waging war.'
1X7] iroAe'/iet, ' do not wage war.'
jut) yivoLTo ravra, ' Heaven forbid ! '
ovk av yh'oiro ravra, ' this will never be.'
6 |U7j Tno-Ttvcov, ' si quis non credat,' a classification.
6 oi1 irio-Tivtav, ' is qui non credit,' a definition.
218. (2) A negative notion is strengthened in

Greek by the repetition of negative words, as it
once was in English, thus :—
ovk hi> oibeiroTe oibiv toiovtov bpacraiixi, ' I will never
consent to do anything of the sort.'
1 This construction is rare.

XXV.] THE NEGATIVES. 1 23
219. (3) Sometimes a word intended to negative

two distinct clauses is taken up again and repeated
by a special negative in each clause. Thus :—
IM)h\v (j>av\ov, ftf/re ■noifji, /xr/re eforr/?, ' neither say
nor do anything disgraceful.'
So, too, occasionally in Latin, Nemo unquatn, neque
foeta, neque orator, fuit, qui . . . ' There never was
either a poet or an orator, who, etc'
220. (4) But ov or jm) combined with a predicate
is often cancelled by a preceding negative :
ovbe ifxe <rv ovx op??, ' And you see me very well.'
/xt] ovv hw. Toiavra nh boTio hiK-qv, ' So don t let him
escape for any such reason.'
221. (5) ov unlike p.rj very often coalesces with a
word so as to form a single positive idea, thus : —
ov-(p-qfj.i, nego ; ov oripyta, ' I hate ;' owe €& = kcoAvco.
ovx ywra, ' most of all.'
222. (6) In questions ov : jot»; : : nonne : num.
ap x oil novels ; 'Won't you stop?' i.e. 'You will
stop, won't you?' [expecting the answer 'Yes'].
/w3i>2 pxi/ds; 'Will you stop?' i.e. 'You won't
stop, I suppose? ' [expecting the answer ' No '].
223. (7) After all verbs implying a negative
notion, which are followed by an Infinitive, an ap
parently superfluous jui; is constantly found with the
1 Note the rhyme on the interrogative particles :
Tj6rtpov, apa, fjxtiy and ^
Rarely need translated be.
Do not confuse Spa with apa, or § with t\.
* ftSiv is contracted for /«) ox/v.
124 COMPOUND SENTENCES. [XXV.
Infinitive. Such Verbs are those of doubting, hinder

ing, denying, shrinking from, etc.
apvovy.ai y.i] ravra eibivai, ' I deny the idea of
knowing this/ = ' I say that I do not know.'
O.TTMTT& avrbv firi itap-iaecrOai, 'I disbelieve the idea
of his coming,' = 'I don't believe he'll come.'
This fir) seems to make the speaker repudiate the very
suggestion of the verb, and was originally, perhaps, a stronger
form of denial. So we say, ' J can't bear the idea of coming'
224. (8) The curious double negative jxj) ov

before an Infinitive is often due to the insertion of
the apparently superfluous ixrj.
alcryyvr] rjv ttSot jut) ov <rv-<movba£eiv, ' they were all
ashamed of not joining in heartily/ i.e. of the idea of.
abvvara tjv /j.t; ov <xe 8ur/f hovvai, ' it was impossible
for you not to be punished,' i. e. the idea ofyour not.
225. (9) But \u) ov cannot always be so easily explained,
and the beginner will find plenty to do afterwards in mastering
the Greek negatives. It is difficult to see the origin of
oiSiv KtoKvei jit) ovk dXrjdes rival tovto, ' nothing prevents this
being true.' (Here and often iirj o£ = quominus, or quin.)
apvovpai pfi oix ouras eivtu, ' I deny that it is so.'
226. (10) ov ixr) with the Subjunctive is a very
strong negation. The force of the oi seems to con
sist in the denial not merely of the question of fact
itself, but even of the very suggestion of a fear of
the fact implied in \a\. Hence ov pX\ with the Sub
junctive is equivalent in meaning to ov (5e'os eort)
y.r\, a phrase which is not unfrequently found.
ov /u.77 ravra iron/OT) = ov 8eoy kcrri p.r\ ravra 7rotôT/ =
' there is no fear of his doing this.'
\
XXV.] THE NEGATIVES. 1 25
227. (u) ov ixri with the 2nd person of the

Future is a strong prohibition.
Literally ov j«j 7101770-619 ravra—' Will you not not
do this ? ' But ' will you not ' = ' Do.' Therefore ov
fir) itOLr/o-eis ravTa-=.' Do not do this.'
Examples.
ov Svvaftai fir) ovk avrbv eiraivelv.
a fir) 010a, ovoe oiofiai eioevai.
ovk ecpao-av avro\ irapa-yeveaQai to "SiWKparei.
ravra iroirireov ecrri, eire j3ovXei eire fir),
el fiev croi SoKei, irotqaov' el oe fit], eacrov.
ov% vir~io"^yovfiai euro? e? rr\v ttoXiv levai.
Travroog ovrco? e%et, eav re ov (pyre, eav re (ptjre.
oeofiat o~ov fir) -jrepi-opav ifie cnr-oXXvfievov.
t)v wore jQiovos, ore Oeol fiev tjarav, dvr/ra Se yevtf
> v
OVK r/v.
ofioXoyw ov Kara. MeXjjTOj/ etvat pr/rmp.

fir) ovrw Kara-(ppoveii rwv SiKaarwv wcrre roiaura
Xeyeiv ;
ovk av avros eXoio o-o<piav avri ttXovtov ;
rwv avo-Kreivavrwv rbv avSpa 01 fiev r]pvovvro fir)
avroveipe? yevecrOai, els oe wfioXoyrjKei.
ov fir) airarr)o-ris rbv Oeov' ov fir) ireipao-ei ej~-airarav
avrov ;
ov ovvaaai fir) ov KarayeXao-roi eTvai ravra Xeywi/.
ovk e^-rjv elr-eXdecv irapa rbv o-rparr/yov, ovore fir)
o-X<)Xafoi.
Miscellaneous Extracts.
Hints for Translation.

1 . In thinking out the meaning of a sentence, seek for
(a) Verb;
(6) Subject;
(c) Object.
2. The Subject is often a personal pronoun implied in the Verb.
3. If there is no finite verb to be seen, remember that iarl or ilai
is very often left out.
4. If the sentence seems to have nothing but nominatives, the
subject may be often detected by the presence of the article be
fore it.
5. An Infinitive is more likely to have its subject in the Accusa
tive than not.
6. Remember that one Greek Tense may represent two English
Tenses; it will be your business to make out from the context
which English Tense is represented.
7. Relative words are to be taken with the Verb that comes
next after them.
8. Do not think any Greek word unimportant, least of all the
particles. It often happens that the whole colouring of a passage
depends upon some little word that seems at first sight to be un
important.
9. The importance of the Article in translation is shown in many
of the preceding paragraphs.
10. Emphasis may often be secured by the use of the preliminary,
' It was,' etc. Thus ai i-nK-q^tv, ' It was you he struck.'
11. In translating long sentences, it is well to keep the order of
128 MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS.
your author's words as far as possible : for the order of his words
best shows the sequence of his thoughts.
12. Notice the accents and breathings with the utmost attention.
A knowledge of the Greek accents will save you from many a
blunder.
C(p1JfJL€p6s ilJTlV 6 o\(3os.

\v7TOl v6(TOVS TLKTOVtTlV.
tpdppaKop <j)6(3ov 6 Xoyos.
larpbs votrov 6 virvos.
TrdklTLKOV £ipOV 6 avdpOTTOS.
K(iKi) noXircu.
tovs (Tcxpoits Xpovos 7rcu5«;«.
7roXXa yrjpas Sifiucr/cei.
apurros larpbs r) (pvais.
6 epwv ipcurrrjs KaXeirai.
8£>pov tow N«'Xou rj Aiyimros.
mjyq i/pcpas 6 ijXws.
KaBulpti ttjv ^fvxfjv fj jratSei'a.
noXvfiadla vovv ov dtSdcrKet.
ovk dyadbv iroXvKoipavla.
al p.era0oXa\ X\mr)pov.
a&Xios 6 /3i'oy t5>v ddcav.
XaXcna ra KaXd.
nkovros uducos oil pxvet.
Tjjs irovr)plas fj piopia dS(X(prj.
TJrvxTJs e'iSaXov 6 Xoyos.
ijpia-v iravrbs 17 dp\j],
its dvrjp OUOVtff dvTjp.
TTMKiXa eoTi ra avdrj.
pf/ StmKwfiai ra alirxpd.
dvTi f/pipas vv£ iytvm.
rr)v akimeKa eXxu j£dm<T0tv.
apX*! Ti)s <TO<plas f) iraibcia.
ΜΙ80Ε£ΐΑΝΕ0υ& ΕΧΤΚΑΟΤ8. 129
πάντας βλάπτει 6 φόβος.

ανδρός νουν οίνος εδειξεν.
φάρμακον οργής ό χρόνος.
μη αισχύνου βοηθούμενος,
επεϊ κρατείς, άρετάς δίωκε.
καλή εστίν η αυγή της ημέρας.
άκουσα, ονχ εκοΰσα, ημαρτεν.
τάς διαβολάς λύει 6 χρόνος.
κοΧνός εστίν 6 των φίλων πλούτος.
μία χελιδων ουκ εαρ ποιεί.
εξεως γενεσις αί πράξεις,
ψυχή απασα αθάνατος εστίν.
πας τις τα. εαυτού αγάπα.
6 ψενστης ου πιστεύεται.
πας πλούτος νπείκει τ% άρεττ\.
η ευλάβεια σώζει πάντα.
ψυχής εϊκων ό λόγος (εστίν).
άπωτερω η γόνν κνήμη.
ζτ} άεϊ ή αλήθεια.
έργου σκιά οι λόγοι.
άφθονος ρεϊ ή κρήνη.
φθόνος καϊ έρως ενάντιοι εϊσίν.
οι απαίδευτοι την παιδείαν ψεγουσιν.
φΐλίαν έδωκε θεός άνθρώποις.
άδει ό κύκνος και θνησκει.
οί δούλοι ουκ εχουσιν ελευθέρων γνώμην.
ό άδικος ου λανθάνει τους θεούς.
ή άλώπηξ τον βοΰν ελαύνει,
η αρμονία του σώματος εστίν ή ύγίεια.
πολλά εστί τά γένη των θηρών,
αγκυραι βίου τ§ μητρί οί παίδες.
μεταβολάς πόνων ό σπουδαίος φιλεϊ,
ηδονή αισχρά νόσον και λύπην φέρει.
πνεουσιν Αρην οι στρατιωται.
κ
Ι30 ΜΙ8αΕΣΖΑΝΕ0ϋ8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
φιλει 6 χρηστός τον χρηστον αιδείσθαι.

ήστραψεν άπ' ουρανού και εβρόντησεν.
χάρις χάριν φύει κα\ ϊρις εριν.
νέοι φίλοι νίω οΐνω είσ\ν όμοιοι.
θνμον, ον γνώμην, έχει ο^λοί.
ει βωμοί είσιν, είσι και θεοί.
εφήμερος ή φιλία των πονηρών.
σημεία τον ήθους αί πράξεις.
πολλών ο'ι θνητοί εφίενται.
μόνον τά αισχρά, αίσχύνον.
ο'ι μϊν εθαύμαζον, οί δε ('βόων.
βασιλεύς εγίνετο δ πτωχός.
ΐικροις τοις ποσιν επορεύετο.
τερπνόν εστί τράπεζα πλήρης.
η} νουμηνία εθυον τψ θεω.
όνομα τω παιδί Άγάθων ην.
τι ταντ εδρασ' ό δείνα ;
τήν ουσίαν άπασαν χρεα κατ-ελιπεν.
μή μοι φθονήσης της σοφίας,
τοις δικαίοις σύμμαχος ό θεός.
ουδείς εστίν άπαντα σοφός.
ελπίζω πάντα καλώς εξειν.
εναντίον τω εγρηγορεναι το καθενδειν.
εμενον εν τΐ\ εαυτού τάξει έκαστος.
ε'ξ Αφρονος σώφρων γεγενησαι.
τους στρατηγούς ολίγους χρή ελεσθαι.
δια χρόνου άφϊγμαι Άθηναζε,
λαλίστατοι είσιν ο'ι χαίροντες.
ες "Αδου πάντες άπο-βήσονται.
χαλεποί συζην ην ό θερσίτης.
άλλοι άλλαις ήδοναΊς ήδονται.
αρχής εφίεται ό φιλότιμος.
λαβε τας μαρτυρίας κα\ αναγίγνωσκε.
τον ήττω λόγον κρείττω εποίει ό Ανυτος.
ΜΙΒΟΕΕΖΑΝΕΟυβ ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. 131
ου δοκείν άριστο!, αλλ' άριστο: είναι εθελει.

ό μικρό: τον γεννάίον γ§ γλώσση βλάπτει.
η Αικη πάντα τά των ανθρώπων (φορά.
Ηρόδοτο: πρώτο: τά Περσικά συν-εγραψεν.
ρφστον εστίν έτερα παραινέσαι.
τάχο: και οργή ευβουλία εναντία.
φόβω οί άδικοι και τά δίκαια πράττονσιν.
παντι τινι διάλε'γεσθαι (φίλα ό Σωκράτη:.
ή μεν αιρεσι: ανθρώπου Έργον, το δι τίΚο: θεοϋ.
βραχύ: μεν 6 πόλεμο:, ή δε δουλεία μακρά.
ούδεί: άνθρωπο: εοτι πάντα σοφό:.
οί σοφοί ου φθονούσι τοί: πλούσιοι:.
τι: ούχ ηδεται τ# των αγαθών ευτυχία ;
πρώτου: εαυτού: οί προδόται πωλοϋσιν.
έλπϊ: αρετή: ό θεά:, ού δείλια: πράφασι:.
οί φίλοι εχθροί ύπο των νοσούντων άκούουσιν.
δι: τοΰ μηνά: ε: την πόλιν έρχονται.
πολλά επεσεν παρά την γνώμην.
πόθεν ηκει: ; ποί βαίνει:; ποδαπο: ει;
ηδυ εστ» σύν τοί: φίλοι: πράττειν καλώ:.
ίόΊ: χρημασι κακώ: χρώνται οί πολλοί.
το ΐγ'εΰδο: ου δύνασαι άληθε: ποκίν.
ο Αλέξανδρο: εφασκεν είναι Δίόϊ υιό:,
χρη τά: των νέων ψνχά: εΐναι θερμά:,
τα περιττά χρήματα πράγματα παρέχει,
το ανόσιον οσίου παντο: εναντίον,
τα σα έργα τοί: λόγοι: ού συμφωνεί,
ούκ άσφάλεΐ: αί μεγάλοι εύτυχίαι.
6 δούλος τύραννο: κάτ-έστη.
δει τον πόσιν ττ} γυναικϊ άμύνειν.
φρονήσει οί "Ελληνε: τών άλλων δι-εφερον.
σύ μεν εΐλου ζην, εγώ δε άποθανείν.
τά δεινότατα πάθη επαθον οί δοίλοι.
άκροι: τοί: ποσί βαδίζουσιν αί γυναίκα.
Κ 2
132 ΜΙ80ΕΙΙΑΝΕ0Ό8 ΕΧΤΚΛ0Τ8.
πολλώ σοφώτατοι των Ελλήνων ήσαν ο'ι ' Αθηναίοι.

οι νυν άνθρωποι ονχ ηττονε: εισι των πάλαι.
μη εν τω κιβωτω εχε τα βιβλία, άλλα ίν τω στηθίΐ.
άνθρωπου ψυχή του θείου μετέχει.
τονί σοφοί: μάλλον η του: πλουσίου! σεβειν δει.
το μη τιμάν γέροντα! άνόσιόν εστίν.
αίδω κάί φόβον τοΐ: παισιν η φίσι: νέμει.
νόμων θέσει την πάλιν εσωζεν δ Αυκοΰργο:.
πολλά ΐν τω βίω εστίν, άνίλπιστα.
καθάπερ λαμπάδα τόι» βίον παραδίδομεν.
ο'ι πλουσιώτατοι των 'Αθηναίων τά: λειτουργία: ΰφισταντο.
η παιδεία τοΐί άνθρωποι: δεύτερο: ήλιος εστίν.
πολύ κρείττων 6 τη: ψυχή: η 6 τοϋ σώματο: ερω:.
τη: Τύχη: εϋδαίμονο: τυχοιτε.
οι εν τβ νηί άνδρε: δι-εφθάρησαν.
καλόν εστίν εν ποιε'ιν του: πλησίον.
τα μέλλοντα κρίνομεν τοΐί προγεγενημενοι:.
τά των κακών δώρα ονδεμίαν ονησιν φέρει.
κηρυκε:, ο'ι μεν άλλα, ο! δε άλλα, άπ-ηγγελλον.
το λέγειν τον λάλεΐν διαφέρει.
α'ι αεν ήδονάί καλαί είσιν, α'ι δε κακαι.
τά μεν άνθρωποι: ανωφελή εστί, τά δ' ωφέλιμα.
καλόν τύ) πατρίδι κινδυνευούση βοηθε'ιν.
τον στρατιωτην επεσθαι χρη τω ήγεμόνι.
κοινόν τι χάρα και λΰπη δάκρυα «στ»».
ράδιόν εστί το τοΐ: αγαθοί: επιτιμάν.
ο'ι τη: σοφία: επιθνμοϋντε: άξιοι είσιν επαινον.
νστατο: αποβαίνει εκ τη: νεω: 6 νανκληρο:.
οιδα οτί τούτο ουχ οντω: έχει.
τά αυτά εμοί καΐ το'ι: φίλοι: εστί λνπηρα.
ύ προ: τού: Ήε'ρσα: πόλεμο: την Ελλάδα μειζω εποιησεν.
των πολεμίων των φενγόντων πολλοί: άπ-εκτειναμεν.
φευγόντων των πολεμίων, ο'ι άλλοι έπ-εβοηθουν.
μηδεποτε άθΰμω: εχοιτε' βλαβερον γαρ το άθυμε'ιν.
ΜΙ8€ΕίίΑΝΕ0ϋ8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. 1 33
κατηγορημάτων τών ψευδών ό σοφός άνήρ ολιγωρεί.

Ταντάλου μετά θάνατον ή ζημία ην αεί πεινην και διψήν.
δια το ξένος είναι ουκ αδικήσει.
μεταδίδως αντω τον σίτον ονπερ έχεις.
κρατήρας οίνου επ-εστέψαντο οι δονλοι.
άθάνατον την μνήμην πολλοί θνητοί κατ-έλιπον.
ο μαθών τον μη μαθόντος πολν διαφέρει.
ό τα αληθή λίγων οντάς εστίν 6 τώ οντι ρητωρ.
χαίρω διαλεγόμενος τοΊς σφόδρα πρεσβνταις.
ήγον κα\ εφερον πάντα οι βάρβαροι,
ήδν πννθάνεσθαι τονς φίλους ευ πράττοντας.
ουκ οιδα πότερον ειπωμεν η σιγώμεν.
τον κέρδους άπεσχάμην, αισχρον νομίζων,
άξιον καί των προγόνων της αρετής μεμνήσθαι.
σν μεν τιμής, ημείς δέ ησυχίας επιθνμονμεν.
πας τις άμαρτων εαυτοί συνέγνω.
τίς ονκ αν τω αδελφω πτωχω των χρημάτων μεταδοίη \
τοις πάλαι ην ό λόγος οντος ' πείθει δώρα και θεούς.*
μεσάτης έστι δύο κακιων η αρετή, ως λέγει 6 Σταγειρίτης.
ον βονλενεσθαι ετι ώρα, αλλά πράττειν.
πολλά νπ* εχθρών κα\ άδικα παθών ούδένα άδικεϊ.
μη φοβώμεθα τονς πολεμίους, διπλάσιοι γαρ αυτών έσμέν.
δράμα εστίν 6 μεν βίος των ανθρώπων, ή δε σκηνή κόσμος.
ταΰτα ε'ίρηκα Ινα είδήτε δικαίως αντών κατεγνωκότες.
γέλως μή πολνς εστω} μηδέ επί πολλοί*•, μηδέ άνειμένος.
ονκ α\ν φιλίαν των χρημάτων πρίαιο.
μέγα το εν σνμφοραϊς φρονεϊν α δρΐ.
σμικροί χάριτες εν καιρώ μέγισταί εϊσι τοϊς λαμβάνονσιν.
πολλοί πολνμαθεις ον νουν εχουσιν.
κρεϊττον τοϊς άνοήτοις αρχεσθαι ή αρχειν.
οι οφθαλμοί τών ώτων ακριβέστεροι μάρτυρες.
κννες βαυζουσιν ον αν μή γιγνώσκωσιν.
μή εριζ* τοϊς γονεΰσι, καν δίκαια λέγης.
ον ή γη ξηρά) ή ΨυΧ*ϊ σοφωτάτη καί αρίστη.
134 ΜΙ80ΕίίΑΝΕ0ϋ8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
τοις Έλλησι φύλλων στέφανοι ήσαν ό\θλα των αγώνων*

πηγή κα\ ρίζα της φιλανθρωπίας ή παιδεία.
ου δανός εστί λέγειν, αλλ* αδύνατος σιγάν.
α τυγχάνω άκηκοως, ονδείς φθόνος λέγειν.
καλόν αδελφούς άλληλοις επικονρε'ιν.
πόνους του ζην ηδεως ηγεμόνας νομίζετε.
μών πεπεισθε άδικιαν δικαιοσύνης αμεινον είναι '}
δίά το μή πιστεύεσθαι πολλοί ψενσται εγενοντο.
ονδε\ς γράφειν δνναιτ αν άνευ τον άσκησαι.
ουκ εστί πρόφασις ουδενϊ κακά γενέσθαι.
άφίεσαν την δόκον χαλαραϊς ταϊς άλνσεσι.
χαλεπον το τον άδικηθεντα μηδέν τον άδικησαντα άνταδικεϊν.
τοντό εστί το άδικεϊν, το ζητεΐν των άλλων πλέον εχειν.
χαλεπον ούτω τι ποιείν ωστ€ μηδέν άμαρτεΧν.
6 δείνα τον δεΊνος τον δείνα είσ-ηγγειλεν.
η πόλις άντ\ τον πόλις είναι φρουρών κατ-εστη.
ονδε\ς ε'θελει τνράννον κατ οφθαλμούς κατηγορεϊν.
ούχ οΰτως ήδν το εχειν χρήματα ως άνιαρόν τό άποβάλλειν.
κατά Πλάτωνα ύπνοι κα\ κόποι μαθημασι πολε'μιοι.
οίος 6 τρόπος, τοιοντος και 6 λόγος.
μεγάλη ή αλήθεια, και νπερισχύει.
ηδύ εστί τόν σωθεντα μεμνησθαι πόνων.
ουκ εστί δ\ς ες τον αντόν ποταμόν εμ-βηναι.
μεμνησθε της εν Σαλαμϊνι προς τον Ιίερσην ναυμαχίας.
6 μεν πόλεμος ουκ άνευ κινδύνων, η δ* ειρήνη ονκ ακίνδυνος.
σοφόν εϋκαιρος σιγή και παντός λόγου κρείττων.
γενέσθαι τε και θανειν πεφύκαμεν,
ανθρώπους φοβούμενος ο ψεύστης θεού καταφρονεί.
των δυνατών καϊ οί φθόνοι και οι έρωτες δεινοί.
ου φοβερός 6 θάνατος" αλλά φοβερά τα περί τον θάνατον.
βασιλικόν εστίν ευ* μεν πράττειν, κακώς δε άκούειν.
πάσιν άνθρώποισι κοινόν εστί τό άμαρτάνειν.
ουκ εκ χρημάτων άρετη γίγνεται, αλλ* εξ αρετής χρήματα.
άνηρ σοφός τάς εν τώ βίω συμφοράς ραον ηνεγκεν η οί άλλοι.
ΜΙ80ΕίΣΑΝΕ0ϋ8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. 135
οι πλουσίοι τοις χρήμασιν του: κινδύνου: φεύγουσιν.

μέτριον μεν το τ<£ θεώ δουλεύειν, άμετρον δε το το'ι: άνθρωποι:.
δικαιοσύνη εστί τό μη αλλότριων έπιθνμειν.
μη μοι α βούλυμαι -γένοιτο, άλλ' α συμφέρει.
άΐδιον θανμα παρίσταται τοΐί συνετοΪΓ ή ζωή.
αίσχρόν εστίν ανθρωπον νπό τή: ηδονή: ήττασθαι.
ΜίΚτιάδη: την εν Μαραθωνι μάχην τον: βαρβάρου: ένίκησεν.
οι πονηροί δοκονσιν αλλ^λο»• εχθροί γάλλοι/ η φίλοι πεφυκέναι*
άνήρ άγαθο: αρ' ου πάσαν ήμέραν έορτήν ηγείται \
παντο: χρήματο: σκοπύν χρή την τελευτήν, οποί άποβήσεται.
αγαθόν έχοι: δαίμονα εν άπασι παραστάτην.
μή τα μαλάκα δίωκε, ίνα μη τα σκληρά εΰρτ}:.
ταΰτα δε» έξετάζειν α οί πολλοί ώ: φανερά ΰποτίθενται.
οστι: μωροί: χρήται μωρό: αυτό: κληθήσεται.
είσίν οί αγνοία οίδε τα δεινά δεδίασιν.
εορτή ουδέν άλλο εστίν ή το τα δέοντα πράττειν.
τα μαθήματα αποτρέπει του: νιου: πολλών αμαρτημάτων.
των νοσημάτων πολλαι θεραπε'ιαι τοϊ: Ιατροί: ευρηνται.
τα αγαθά τοϊ: μεν αγαθοί: αγαθά ε'στι, τοίί δε κακοί: κακά.
θαυμαστότερα έργα οι νίν ή οί πρότερον είργασμένοι είσίν.
ονδεί: ουδέποτε εαυτόν εκών βλάπτει.
ανεν τον γίγνεσθαι γενέσθαι αδύνατον.
πολύ ράον φυλάττειν ή κτήσασθαι πάντα πέφυκεν.
ουκ έστιν υνδενί τον βίον άλυπον φέρειν.
νδωρ ού μίγνυται έλαίω, ουδέ τα> ψευδεΐ το άπλοϋν.
τι: δύναται έτέρω δούναι ά μή αντό: έχει ;
μή ελπίζει: θεοϋ πληγήν ΰπερπηδήσειν ;
αί μεν ήδοναΧ θνητοί, α'ι δε άρεταί αθάνατοι είσίν.
καταδικάζειν χρή των άδίκω: κατηγοροΰντων.
ει τω παιδί έπιστευσα:, άμείνων αν έγένετο.
ούδεί: &ν ζωη, ει μή τρέφοιτο.
εάν τω τρανλίζοντι παροικηστ]:, αύτο: μαθήσει τραυλιζειν.
ει οϊοί τ* ήσαν απο-φυγείν, εν ίσσι οτι άπέφυγον άν.
ει ϊ/δειν έλίΰθερο: ων, άπήλθον άν.
136 ΜΙ80ΕΙίΑΝΕ0Ό8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
θήσω σε ελεύθερον, εϊ σοι βουλομένω εστίν.

εϊ πρότερον άπ-εκρίνω, ούκ άν αΖθίς σι ήρώτων.
καν μόνος τ)ΐ, φαΰλον μήτε λίξ^ϊ μήτε εργάστ)ς μηδέν.
επιστενόμην νπ αυτών* ον γαρ αν με πάλιν επεμπον προς υμάς.
δεινον αν ειη, ει, ουκ αδικών, άδικιαν οφλοις.
61 μη το φώς ειχομεν, όμοιοι αν ημεν τοις τυφλοϊς.
ή πόλις πάσα αν δι-εφθάρη, εΐ άνεμος έπ-εγένετο τη φλογί.
εάν τις Ιερόσυλων ληφθί}, έκτος των ορών της χώρας ε'κβληθήτω.
ουκ αν άξιος εΐης επαίνου δια τα. υπό δέους είργασμένα.
ήδέως αν, ει δυναίμην, φιλον χρημάτων πολλών πριαίμην αν.
ουκ αν των νήσων εκράτει, ει μη τι και ναυτικόν ειχεν.
ή πλησμονή βλαβερά μεν τώ σώματι, βλαβερά δε τή "ψυχή.
ει μη τούτο έγένετο, και εκείνο ουκ άν έγενετο.
εϊ τις εθέλων εποιτο, και χάριν εγωγε αν αύτω είδείην.
' ει ήσαν άνδρες αγαθοί, ουκ άν ποτέ ταύτα επασχον.
ού μή πάντα ένεκα σαυτού ποιήσας έξελεγχθήσει ;
!ας χαλεπόν εστίν ελεε'ιν άμα και φρονε'ιν.
αριθμός, εάν άφ-ελης τι ή προσθης, έτερος ευθύς γεγονεν.
το μεν σιγηθέν έξ-ειπεΐν ράδιον, το δε ρηθέν άνα-λαβείν αδύνατον.
ου μόνον 6 ποιων τι, αλλά και 6 μή ποιών τι πολλάκις άδικεϊ.
το τέρ σμήνει μή συμφέρον, ουδέ τη μελ'ιττη συμφέρει.
καλόν ην το Επίκτητου, ' Αηστής προαιρέσεως ού γίγνεται*
ούχ οιάν τ εστίν άνευ δικαιοσύνης αγαθόν πολιτην γενέσθαι.
τέλος των αγαθών το όμοιωθήναι τώ θεώ.
τον ϊδιώτην χρή εαυτόν παρεχειν ενπειθή τοις άρχουσιν.
μωρός εστίν όστις γελά ουκ είδώς δι ο εγελασεν.
ράδιον το βαδίζειν ΐππον παρίλκοντα.
χαλεπόν εστί τά τε ωφέλιμα και τά βλαβερά διαγιγνώσκειν .
μή οργιζώμεθα πριν αν αμφοτέρων άκούσωμεν.
τοιαύτα ποιητέον εστίν, εξ ων μηδέποτε νμίν μεταμελήσει.
έλοιμην άν το πάντας μάλλον ή το αυτός ενδαιμονεΐν.
άπήλθον οι κλέπται τον μή ταφανείς γενέσθαι.
οικιαι αι μέν πολλαί έπεπτώκεσαν, όλίγαι δε περι-ήσαν.
ομννμι τους θεούς ή μην εγώ πάντα σοι άποδώσειν.
ΜΙ80ΕΣΣΑΝΕ0ΪΤ8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. 137
Κύρος κατ-εγελασεν επί τω κρείττονι τον έρωτος φάσκοντι €ίναι.

οί μεν τους άκρους πόδας, οι δε τα ωτα άλγουσι.
αϊ όδυναι τοϊς νοσονσιν ισχυρότεροι της νυκτός είσιν.
επειδαν γνώσιν άπιστουμενοι, οι δούλοι ψεύσονται.
ουκ εστίν αρχειν μη δίδοντα μισβόν.
ό αληθής τα μη οντά ως ονκ οντά λέγει.
ονκ ελάχιστον εστί σοφίας μέρος τό εαυτόν γιγνώσκειν.
Αριστείδης, πτωχότατος ων, πάντων Αθηναίων εντιμότατος ην.
όρθον ουδέν όρθότερον, ονδε δικαίου ουδέν δικαιότερον.
άν-εξεται ό φίλος συν τοί,ς φΐλοις κακώς πράττων.
απαίδευτου έργον άλλου εγκαλε'ιν εφ' ο'ις αυτός πράττει κακώς,
ουδενός δτου ου κατ-εγελασεν ό Δημόκριτος,
ην ποτέ χρόνος ότε θεο\ μεν ήσαν, θνητά δε γένη ονκ ην.
τράπεζαν πολυτελή Τύχη παρατίθησιν, αυτάρκη δε Σωφροσύνη.
Νιόβη ζώσα λίθος εγενετο επι τω τύμβω των παίδων.
τω άποκρινομενω μετρον έστω η του ε'ρωτώντος βοΰλησις.
δοκεΐ τό φυλάξαι τάγαθά του κτήσασθαι χάλεπώτερον είναι.
πολλάκις ανδρείοι στρατιώται δια την άπειρίαν άπωλοντο.
ρόδίόν εστί τό αδελφοί» άδελφώ έπιτιμάν.
εγώ Αν ίκαλλυνόμην, εί ταΰτα ηπιστάμην.
αδύνατοι όρώμεν οντες περιγενεσθαι τών πολεμίων,
υπό φαυλότερων τιμώμενοι οι πολλοί άγαπώσιν.
παρέχον της Ασίας πάσης αρχειν, άλλο τι αίρήσεσθε ;
άρα μη αίσχυνθώμεν τον Περσών βασιλέα μιμησασθαι ;
τυγχάνει ουν ημών έκαστος ουκ αυτάρκης άλλα πολλών ενδεής.
Ιππίας τρία ετη τυραννευσας εξε'πεσεν της άρχης.
πολλάκις ήδη ό δοΰλος εξ-ηλεγχθη ψευδόμενος,
τι αν εκερδανας, εί πάσιν αυτόν κακόν όντα εδηλωσας ;
τών ανδρών οί μεν πλείστοι εξ-εφυγον, οί δε εζωγρηθησαν.
άν-εΐλεν ή Πυθία μηδενα σοφώτερον είναι τοί Σωκράτους,
ουκ αν ε'μον κατ-ε'γνως, εί άπαντα 7)δεις.
ο'ι μεν επί γένει, οί δε ε'πί πλοΰτω επαίρονται.
εί επείσθην τότε τοΐί τοΟ πατρός λόγοις, ονκ αν νΰν ηρρώστουν.
τους λόγους μακροτερους μηκυνοΰμεν, Ίνα σαφώς πάντα δη-
λώμεν.
138 ΜΙδΟΕΣΣΑΝΕΟυΐΙ ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
εν ταίίς ίοστεφάνοις Αθήναις πλείονς οί θεοί ή οί πολίται

ήσαν.
6 μεν φιλόσοφος την πονηρίαν, 6 δε όχλος την πενίαν αίσχράν
νόμιζα.
πάρα των προ-γεγενημένων μανθάνετε' αντη γαρ αρίστη διδα
σκαλία.
οΰκ αν εκών ΰπο σου τοιαύτα πάθοιμι, ίίπιρ ήδε'ως αν διά σε
επαθον.
*ί τκ ΰπερβάλλοι το μέτρον, τα έπιτερπίστατα άτερπέστατα
εΰθνς αν γένοιτο.
οΰκ αν οΰδενί ΰπ' ανάγκη! ε'με εΰεργετήσαντι χάριν είδέναι
(θίλοιμι.
οΰκ αν ήδεως διάγοιμι τόν βίον} όπου μη εξεστι τα άριστα λέγειν
ελευθέρως.
ην αίσθάνωμαι χάρων γιγνόμενος, πω: αν εγώ &ν ήδέως βίον
διάγοιμι ;
ει τις ψεύδεται, τι άλλο η ανθρώπους φοβούμενος θεοΰ κατα
φρονεί ;
ε'ι τα παρά τοις άλλοις κακά είδείης, οΰκ αν χαλεπώς φέροις α
νυν έχεις.
περί πολλοΰ ποιητέον μηδεμίαν πρόφασιν δοθήναι το'ις διαβάΚ-
λουσιι».
μηποτ' άσεβες μηδέν μηδέ άνάσιον μήτε ποιήσητε μήτε βον-
λευσητε.
πάρα Ύαρτησσίοις νεωτέρω πρεσβυτέρου καταμαρτυρεϊν ουκ
εξεστιν.
οι πιστοί φίλοι σκήπτρου βασιλεΰσιν άληθεστατον καί άσφα-
λέστατον.
τοις εις τον αυτόν ποταμόν εμβαίνουσιν έτερα και έτερα Ζδατα
επιρρε'ι.
οΰ τω πατρ\ καϊ τη μητρι μόνον γεγενήμεθα, άλλα και τη
πατρίδι.
το πράττειν του λέγειν ύστερον όν τι} τά£ίΐ, πρότερον τη δυνά
μει εστίν.
ΜΙ80ΕΣΕΑΝΕΟΤ78 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. 139
Ιΐϊ ουκ α\ν ελοιτο το πεπαιδενσθαι άντϊ τον απαίδευτος δια-

τελεΐν ;
τας μεν αρετάς ημών η πενία, τάς δε κακίας ό πλούτος εδή-
λωσεν.
οι μεν πάλαι ελεγον τους θεούς διά των ορνίθων τα συμφέροντα
σήμαιναν,
εώρων οί στρατηγοί ού κατορθοΰντες κα\ τους στρατιώτας
άχθομενους.
πολλοί τον πολνευκτον πλουτον κτησάμενοι, είτα δίά τούτον
άπ-ώλοντο.
ό μεν σκότος της νυκτός φαίνει τά άστρα, το δε φως τοΰ ηλίου
καλύπτει,
οί άνεμοι ουχ όρώνται, α δε ποιοΰσι φανερά ήμϊν εστ\, κα\
προσιόντων αυτών αίσθανόμεθα.
χαλεπόν εστίν εξενρεϊν τις σοφός εστί, κα\ τις δοκεΐ μεν, εστί
δ* ου.
τάς μεν αλλάς λύπας αναιρεί 6 λόγος, την δε μετάνοιαν αυτός
εργάζεται,
απαίδευτου εστί κροτεϊν όταν οί άλλοι πανωνται και σνρίττειν
ους ηδεως θεωροΰσιν οί άλλοι,
άδελφω ερίζοντε ούτω διακεϊσθον ώσπερ ει τω χείρε διακω-
λνοΐεν αλλ Γ/λ ω.
η της διανοίας οψις άρχεται οξύ βλεπειν, όταν η των ομμάτων
άτταμβλννεσθαι αρχηται.
επαιδεύθην ούτως υπο της εμης πατρίδος, ώστε τοις πρεσβντε-
ροις και οδών και θάκων κα\ λόγων υπείκειν.
τώ πρώτω ετει της ογδόης και εκατοστής *Ολνμπιάδος ό ΙίΚάτων
ετελεντησεν.
το μεν νικαν αυτόν εαυτόν πασών νικών πρώτη εστί και αρίστη,
το δε ήττάσσαι αίσχιστόν τε και κακιστον.
μίσει τους κολακεύοντας ώσπερ τους εξαπατώντας" αμφότεροι
γαρ πιστενθεντες τους πιστενσαντας δι-εφθειραν.
πλείστον γε δοκεϊ άνηρ επαίνου άζιος είναι, ος α\ν φθάντ} τους
πλησίον εΰ ποιών.
Ι40 ΜΙ80ΕΙ,ΙΑΝΕ0υ8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
ήδυ μεν θέρους ψνχεινην έχειν την οίκίαν, ήδυ δε χειμώνας

άλεεινήν.
αί άριστοι φνσεις μάλιστα παιδείας δέονται" τ6 γάρ άριστον
διαφθαρέν κάκιστον έγένετο.
τω τυραννώ ηδύ τούί μεν πονηρούς φίλους έχειν, τους δε
έσθλούς μισεί, μη ΰ-π αυτών θανγι.
6\ι•γω μεν στρατεύματι οΰ τολμήσει έφέπεσθαι, πολύν δ' έχων
στόλο» ου δυνήσεται ταχύ πορεύεσβαι.
τοΐ: καθεστωσιν ο'ι πλούσιοι ήδονται, και τους νεωτερίζοντας
σφόδρα /ιισοίσίχ.
πολλά μέν €*στι τα του πολέμου κακά, ένιότε δε έτι πλειω τά
της ειρήνης,
τάϊς μεν πόλεσι τά τείχη κόσμον κα\ ίσχύν φέρει, ταίς δε
ψυχαίς ή παιδεία.
λόγω μεν οι πολλοί έλευθερίαν έχουσιν, έργω δε αργία και
ήδοντ} δουλεύουσιν.
ουκ αν φβάνοις τά πάντα αποδιδόμενος κα\ τοις πένησι μετα-
δίδους.
ο'ι άνθρωποι ϋπό τοϋ ^λιου καταλαμπόμενοι τά χρώματα μελάν-
τερα έχουσιν.
ουδέν όρνεον άδει όταν πειντ}, η ριγυί, ή τίνα άλλην λύπην
λυπηται. ,
οι θράκες ωνοϋνται τάς γυναίκας παρά των γονέων χρημάτων
πολλών,
τον μεν φίλον δε"ι ενεργετείν όπως τ) μάλλον φίλος, τον δε
έχθρον όπως φίλος γένηται.
το'ις νέοιι ό μέτριος βίος άρετήν τε και άνδρείαν αυξάνει, άλλ' ό
πλούσιοι και αργός βίος αιτία νόσου καϊ κακίας,
αληθούς ηδονής ουδέποτε εκείνος έγευσατο, ος ουδέποτε ηδονής
άπετράπετο.
ει τι έχεις άντιλέγειν, άντιλεγε' ει δε μη, παύσαι ήδη πολλάκις
μοι λέγων τον αοτό; λόγυν.
ΥΕΚ8Ε ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. 141
νΕΚδΕ ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ5.
ΟύδίΐΕ επαινον ήδοναίς έκτήσατο.
πόνου μεταλλαχθε'ντος οί πόνοι γλυκιά,
τον ευτυχοΰντα κα\ φρονείν νομίζομεν.
τά πλείστα θνητοϊς των κακών αυθαίρετα,
οϋ τοις άθίμοις ή τίχη ξυλλαμβάνει.
κακόν το κείθειν, κού προς ανδρός ευγενονι.
οΰκ εστί τοίί μη δρώσι σύμμαχοι τύχη.
έλπϊς γαρ ή βοσκούσα του! πολλοϋϊ βροτών.
άπαν το χρηστόν γνησίαν έχει φύσιν.
ουκ αίσχρον ουδέν των αναγκαίων βροτοίς.
μετεστι τοις δουλοισι δεσποτών νόσου.
αιδώς γαρ οργής πλεϊον ωφελεί βροτους.
προς την ανάγκην οΰδ' "Αρης άνθίσταται.
ει σώμα δοΰλον, αλλ ό νους ελεύθερος,
άκων άμαρτων οϋ τις ανθρώπων κακός,
μάντις δ' άριστος οστυ εικάζει καλώς,
τις εστί δοϋλοί τοΰ θανεϊν αφροντις ων ;
εν τοΊς κακοΐς δει τους φίλους ευεργετειν.
6 μηδέν ειδως ουδέν έξαμαρτάνει.
χε)ρ χείρα Μτττίΐ, δάκτυλος τε δάκτυλοι».
ει θεοί τι δρώσιν αίσχρον, ουκ είσϊν θεοί.
ανδρός δικαίου καρπός οΰκ άπόλλυται.
ανδρός χαρακτηρ εκ λόγου γνωρίζεται,
ά μη προσήκει, μήτ άκουε, μήθ' όρα.
ου παντός ανδρός εις Κόρινθον εσθ' δ πλους.
διπλούν δρώσιν οί μαθόντες γράμματα,
δ μηδέν αδικών ουδενδς δεϊται νόμου,
κακοίς ομιλών αϋτδς εκβήσει κακός,
σύμβουλος ουδείς εστί βελτίων χρόνου,
κρεϊττον σιωπάν η λαλεϊν ά μή πρέπει,
γνώμαι πλέον κρατοΰσιν η σθένος χερών,
βελτιόν εστί σώμα γ ή ψυχήν νοσεΐν.
142 νΕΚ8Ε ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
πολλοί μεν ναρθηκοφόροι, παύροι δέ τε Βάκχοι.

χάριν λαβών μεμνησο και δούί έπιλάθου.
6 γραμμάτων άπειρος ου βλέπει, βλέπων.
μακάριος, όστις ουσίαν καί νουν έχει.
απ εχθρών πολλά μανθάνουσιν οι σοφοί.
απανταχού μοί δώμ', ΐν' αν λάβη μ' ύπνος.
μη πάντ ερεύνα" πολλά και λαβείν καλόν.
και ζών ό φαύλος και θανών κολάζεται.
ει δείν' εδρασας, δεινά και παθεΐν σε δίΐ,
εκεΐνος ουκ εγημεν, άλλ' εγηματο.
σοφον παρ ανδρός χρη σοφόν τι μανθάνειν.
η λέγε τι σιγής κρείσσον η σιγην εχε.
τις όρκος εστίν άνδρί φηλητη βαρύς ',
φίλου κακώς πράζαντος, εκποδών φίλοι.
α'ι δεύτεροι πως φροντίδες σοφώτεραι.
ψευδόμενος ουδείς λανθάνει πολύν χρόνον.
υπέρ σεαντοΰ μη φράσης έγκώμιον.
γη πάντα τίκτει και πάλιν κομίζεται.
γελως άκαιρος εν βροτοις δεινόν κακόν.
μακάριος όστις μακαρίοις υπηρετεί.
ω παί, σιώπα, πολλ' έχει σιγή καλά.
Κροίσος "Αλυν διαβάς μεγάλην άρχην καταλύσει.
κωφού συνίημι, κα\ ου φωνονντος ακούω.
των πόνων πωλούσιν ημίν πάντα τάγάσ9 οι θεοί.
ίππος ευγενής, καν τ) γέρων,

εν τοίσι δεινοίς θυμον ούκ άπωλεσεν.
άνηρ γαρ, όστις ηδεται λέγων άεϊ,

λέληθεν αυτόν τοις ξυνούσιν ων βαρύς.
ενεστι γάρ τις κάΊ λόγοισιν ήδονη,

λήθην όταν ποιώσι των όντων κακών.
προς ταύτα κρύπτε μηδέν, ώς 6 πάν& όρων

καί πάντ' ακούων πάντ αναπτύσσει χρόνος.
νΕΚ8Ε ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. 143
τίκτει γάρ ουδέν εσθΧόν ε'ικαία σχοΧη'

θεός δε τυϊς άργοϊσιν ου παρίσταται,
ως τοΐί κακώς πράσσουσιν ήδύ καϊ βραχύν
χρόνον Χαθέσθαι των παρεστώνων κακών.
πάντ έμπέφυκε τω μακρω γήρα κακά,

νους φρούδος, ϊργ' αχρεία, φροντίδα κεναί.
ουκ εστί γήρας των σοφών, εν οις 6 νους

θεία πε'φνκεν ήμερα τεθραμμένος'
προμηθία γαρ κέρδος άνθρώποις μέγα.
χρόνος δίκαιον άνδρα δείκνυσιν μόνος'
κακόν δε, καν εν ήμερα γνοίης μια.
ω παΐ, γένοιο πατρός ευτυχέστερος,
τά δ αλλ όμοιος• κα\ γένοι αν ου κακός.
τά μεν διδακτά μανθάνω, τά δ' εύρετά •
ζήτω, τά δ' εϋκτά παρά θεών ητησάμην.
τις δ' οίκος εν βροτοΊσιν ώΧβίσθη ποτέ
γυναικός έσθΧής χωρ'ις, όγκωθε'ις χλιδί} ;
Α. θιόν δε ποίον, είπε μοι, νοητέον ',
Β. τον πάνθ' όρωντα καύτόν ονχ όρώμενον.
άπαντες εσμεν ες το νουθετειν σοφοί,

αυτοί δ* άμαρτάνοντες οΰ γιγνώσκομεν.
μη τούτο βΧετΙτης, εϊ νεώτερος λ€γω,
αλλ* €ΐ φρονουντων τους Χόγους ανδρών έρώ.
καΧώς πένεσθαι μάΧΧον ή πΧουτε'ιν κακώς'

το μεν γάρ εΧεον, το δ' έπιτίμησιν φέρει,
ευ Ισθ' όταν τις ευσεβών 6ύτ] θεοΐς,

κάν σμικρά θΰΐ], τυγχάνει σωτηρίας.
οπού γάρ οι φνσαντες ήσσώνται τέκνων,
ουκ εστίν αυτή σωφρόνων ανδρών πόΧις.
οΰτ' εκ χερος μεθέντα καρτερόν Χίθον
ράον κατασχεΐν, οΰτ' από γΧώσσης Χόγον.
144 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ3 ΡΚΟΜ ΗΙΕΚ00ΣΒ8.
άπας μεν αήρ αίετω περάσιμος,

απασα δε χθων άνδρϊ γενναία) πατρίς.
όστις δε τον! τεκόντας εν βίω σέβει,
οδ" εστί και ζων και θανών θεο'ις φίλος,
θυγατήρ επίγαμος, κ&ν όλως μηδέν Χαλή,
δια τοί σιωπάν πλείστα περί αυτής λέγει.
ΕΧΤΚ.ΑΟΤ5 ΓΚΟΜ ΗΐΕΚΟ(ΧΕ5.
Σχολαστικά τινί τις άπαντήσας ειπεν, ' Ον έπώλησάς μοι

δούλον, άπέθανεν.' ' Μα τους θεούς,' εφη, ' παρ εμο\ οτε ψ,
ούδεν τοιούτον εποίησεν.'
Σχολαστικός τις καθ* ύπνους ηλον πεπατηκέναι δόξας, τον πόδα

περιεδησεν. ό δε αύτοϋ εταίρος, πυθόμενος την αίτίαν κα\ γνούς
' Λικαίως,' εφη, ' μωρο\ καλούμεθα' δια τι γαρ ανυπόδητος
κοιμά ; '
Έπϊ δεΧπνον κληθείς τις ουκ ήσθιεν. ερωτήσαντος δε τίνος των

κεκλημενων ' Δια τι ούκ έσθίεις • ' '"ΐνα μή,' εφη, ' τού φαγε'ιν
ένεκα δόξω παρε'ιναι'
Αβδηρίτης τις κολυμβών πάρα μικρόν έπνίγη' ωμοσε δε εις

νδωρ μή εϊσιέναι, εαν μη μάθη πρώτον καλώς κολνμβάν.
ΣχοΧαστικώ τινί τις άπαντήσας εφη ' Κύριε σχολαστικέ, καθ"
ύπνους σε Ιδων προσ/]γόρενσα.' Ό δε ' Μα τουρ θεούς* εφι/,
' άσχολος ων ού προσε'ιχον.'
Κυμαΐός τις εν τω κολυμβάν χειμώνος γενομένου δια το μη

βραχήναι εις το βάθος κατέδυ.
Κυμαΐός Τ15 μέλι επωλει' ελθόντος δε τίνος και γευσαμενου
και είπόντος ότι ' Πάνυ καλόν ε'στιν' ' Ει μή γαρ, εφη, ' μυς
ενεπεσεν εις αύτο, ούκ αν επώλουν.
Αβδηρίτης τις κατ όναρ χοιρίδιον έπωλει και εζήτει δραχμας

εκατόν, δίδοντος δε τίνος πεντήκοντα, μή βουΧόμενος λαβείν
ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8 ΡΚΟΜ ΗΙΕΚ00ΖΕ8. 145
διύπνισε. καμμνσας ουν και την χείρα προτείνας, είπε, ' Αός μοι
τάς πεντήκοντα/
Σχολαστικάςτις εθελων ϊδεϊν εΐ πρέπει αυτω κοιμάσθαι, καμμύσας

ενωπτρίζετο.
Σχολαστικός τιγ ίδώκ πολλοϋί στρουθους επ\ δένδρου εστώτας,
άπλώσας τόν κοΚπον έσειε το δενδρον ως υποδεχόμενοι τους
στρουθους.
Ουκ εγνως εκείνον, ω ό εταίρας αποδήμων εγραψεν Ινα βιβλία
αϋτώ άγοράσαι ; ό δε άμελήσας επανελθόντι αυτω άπαντησας
1 Την περί των βιβλίων επιστολην,' εφη, ' ην απέστειλα!, ουκ
εδεξάμην.
Σχολαστικοί δύο όμοϋ έβάδιζον' Ιδων ουν 6 έτερος αυτών

μέλαιναν ορνιν, ' Άδελφε,' φησϊν, ' ΐσως ταύτης ό άλεκτρύων
απεθανεν.'
Σχολαστικός τις άκουσας τινών ειπόντων ότι ' Ό πωγων σου ήδη
ερχεται,' άπηλθεν εις την πΰλην και εζεδε'χετο αυτόν. "Ετερος δε
την πρόφασιν ερωτησας και γνοΰς, ' ΕϊκόΥωί,' εφη, ' μωροί
καλούμεθα' πόθεν γαρ οισθα ει δια τής ετέρας πύλης ουκ
έρχεται ; '
Σχολαστικός τις εθελων τόν όνον αυτού διδάξαι μη τρώγειν, ου

παρέβαλεν αϋτφ χόρτον. αποθανόντος δε του όνου λιμώ έλεγε,
' Μίγάλα εζημιώθην' ότε γαρ έμαθε μη τρώγειν, τότε απεθανεν.'
Δίσκολόν τινά τις εζητει. ό δε άπεκρ'ινατο ' Οΰκ ειμί ωδε.'

Ύοΰ δε γελάσαντος και είπόντος, ' Ψενδΐι* της γαρ 'ρωνης σου
άκοΰω,' εΐπεν, 'ώ κάθαρμα, εΐ μεν ό δοΰλός μου ειπεν, επίστευ-
σας αν αυτω"" εγώ δε σο» οΰ φαίνομαι άξιοπιστότερος εκείνου
είναι ;
Έν Κΰμΐ] επίσημου τίνος κηδευομενου προσελθών τις ηρώτα

' Τις δ ηθνηκ&ι ; ' Κνμαΐος δε τις ΰπεδείκνυε λέγων, ' Εκείνος ό επ\
της κλίνης άνακείμενος.'
Κυμαϊός τις επ όνου παρά κηπον ώχειτο. ίδών δε κλάδοι/ συκης

υπερέχοντα, σύκων ωραίων πεπληρωμενον, επελάβετο του κλάδου.
Τ,
Ι46 ΜΙ80ΕίίΑΝΕ0υ8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
Τοΰ δε όνον ίπεκδραμόντος άπεκρεμάσθη, και τοΰ γειτόνος έρατή-

σαντος τι εκε'ι ποιεί κρεμάμενος, ελεγεν, ' Έκ τον όνου πεπτωκα,'
Σχολαστικοί τις περί κλίμακας τινοί πυθόμενο: Οτι άναβαινόν-

των (χει βάθρα εικοσιν, επίθετο ει κα.1 καταβαινόντων τοσαντά
εστίν.
Σχολαστικοί τις αδελφούς δυο ίδων, θανμαζόντων τίνων την

ομοιότητα αΰτων, ' Οΰχ οντως,' φησιν, ' όμοιας εστίν οίτοϊ ϊκιίνω.
ως εκείνος τούτω.
Σχολαστικός τις, ποταμόν βονλόμενος περάν, επεβη επί τό

πλοΐοκ ί'φ' ΐππον καθήμενος, πυθομενου δε τίνος τήν αΐτίαν, ϊφη
σπουδάζειν.
Μΐ5εΕΙΧΑΝΕθυ3 ΕΧΤΕΑΟΤ5.
Λακεδαιμόνιοι τοις μεν ξενοις εν τοις θεωρίαις υπό Γ# σκιά τα

βάθρα ετ'ιθεσαν αίτοι δε ου ετυχεν ε'καθέζοντο.
Το μεν τοΰ λύχνου φως μέχρις αν σβεσθή φαίνει και τήν
αυγήν ουκ αποβάλλει" ή δε εν σοι αλήθεια και δικαιοσύνη και
σωφροσύνη προαποσβήσεται ;
Μάρκος Άντώνινος ηρετο εαυτόν, ' Πόσοι μεθ ων εισήλθαν εις
τον κόσμον ήδη παρεληλΰθασιν ; '
Ανίκητος είναι δυνήσει, εάν εις μηδένα άγωνα καταβαίνει ον
ουκ εστίν επί σοι νικήσαι.
"Οστις, νέος ων, μουσών αμελεί, τον τε παρελθόντα χρόνον
άπολώλεκε, κα'ι τον μέλλοντα τεθνηκε.
Ανάγκη τον αγαθόν ποιητήν, ει μέλλει περί ων αν ποιτ} καλώς
ποιήσειν, είδότα ποιειν.
Ουκ αν τυραννεΰειν εχθαιρόμενος ελοίμην, εξόν εμοι ΰπό φίλων
άγαπωμένω χρημάτων σπανίζειν.
Έί τό συνεχώς και πολλά και ταχέως λάλεΐν ην τοΰ φρονειν
σημείον, αί χελιδόνες ήσαν άν ήμων σωφρονεστεροι πυλυ.
ΜΙ80ΕΖΙ.ΑΝΕ0υ8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. 147
Εϊ οί άνθρωποι σε ύπολάβοιεν προ: τον: γονεϊ: αχάριστο*

είναι, ονδε\: αν νομισειεν ευ σε ποίησα: χάριν άπολήψεσθαι.
Κρεϊττόν ί'στι ποιοΰντά: τι κα\ αμυνομένου: τελευτησαι τον αιώνα,
η παρέχοντα: ήμά: αυτού: τοϊ: πολέμιοι; αΐσχιστα διαφθαρηναι.
Συμφέρει τοϊ: πολίται: τοϊ» άσθενη παρά του πλουσίου δ'ικην, έάν
άδικηται, δύνασθαι λπβιϊν.
Ήδύ εστί σοι τό των σων κινδύνων μεμνησθαι, άλλ' ούχ ούτω:
ηδύ τοΐ: άλλοι; το περί των σοι συμβεβηκότων άκοΰειν.
Έχθίστη οδύνη των ίν άνθρωποι: έστιν αντη, πολλά φρονοϋντα
μηδενός κρατεϊν.
Ούδενι δτω ουκ αν έπιτιμωη Διογένη:, το δε επιτιμά» ράδιον.
Βοοϊ μεν εχοντε: σώμα, άνθρωπου δε γνώμην, ούκ άν έδυνάμεθα
ποιεϊν α ε'βουλόμεθα.
ΕΪ τι: έθέλοι, άπαντα ποιώι/, κίνδννον άποφεύγειν, ούκ &ν
ευδαίμων γένοιτο.
Μόνη ΐασι: αμαρτία:, εάν τι: ομολογά τε άμαρτάνων, και δήλο:
γΐ μεταγιγνωσκων.
Πω: &ν κάλλιοι» και εύσεβέστερόν τι: θεού: τιμώη, η ω: αύτοϊ
κελεύουσιν, ούτω ποιων ;
ΐίΧείστον γε δοκεϊ άνηρ επαίνου άξιο: είναι, ο: αν φθάντ} τους
πλησίον ευεργετών.
Ό εν Λελφοϊ: θεο:, όταν τιγ αύτον επερωτά, πω: άν τοϊ: θεοϊ:
χαρίζοιτο, αποκρίνεται ' Κάμω πόλεωί.
Οΰκ &ν 6 τω όντι δίκαιο: περιιδοι την δίκην υπό τη: αδικία:
ηττωμένην.
Ούκ ϊφη Αγι: 6 Αρχιδάμου τοΰί Αακεδαιμονίου: έρωτάν
' Πόσοι είσ\ν οι πολέμιοι ;' αλλά, ' Ποΰ εΐσικ ;'
Γάϊοί Καίσαρ των τολμημάτων τα μεγάλα πράττειν εφη δεϊν
αλλά μη βουλευεσθαι.
Άξύνετοι άκούσαντε: κωφοί: ευίκασι' μαρτυρεϊ γαρ ή φάτι:
τταρί»το5 άττίΐΐΌΐ.
Ι- 3
Γ48 ΜΙ80ΕΙ,ΙΑΝΕ0υ8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
Δει στρατηγοί/, ει μέλλει πράξειν τα δεόντα, μι/δε'ποτε παύσασθαι

τοις πολεμίοις κακά έπιφέροντα.
' Ευ ίο-&, 4 φίλε/ ϊψη ό Σωκράτί^ί, ' ότι οίτ ε'ν πολΐμω οϋτ' εν
δίκη οΰδε'να δεί τοίτο μηχανάσθαι όπως άποφεύζεται, πάν ποιων,
θάνατον.
Τις τόν Ηρακλή οϋκ οιδεν, και τούί δώδεκα πόνους, ους, νπ'
Ευρυσθέας κελευσθεϊς, έποίησεν ;
Ώροειλετο μάλλον 6 Σωκράτη; τοις νόμοιι εμμένων άποθανε'ιν, η
παράνομων ζην.
Κόπρω χρυσό: εοικεν, άτε άχρηστος ων εάν μη πανταχού
στορεσθί}.
Γελοΐόν εστί την μεν Ιδίαν κακίαν μη φεύγειν, ο και δυνατόν
έστι' την δε των άλλων φεύγειν, όπερ αδύνατον.
Χαριέν ην το ρηθέν ύπο του Ίπποκόμου ως οΰδεν ούτω πια'ινΐΐ
τον ΐππον ως βασιλέως οφθαλμός.
Όταν άναγκασθη τις δυοΐν κακοιν α'ιρεϊσθαι, ουδείς το μείζον

α'ιρήσεται, έξον α'ιρεϊσθαι. το έλαττον.
Δ<ά παντός του βίου ούτω την δικαιοσΰνην σέβου, ώστε
αληθέστερους είναι τους σους λόγους η τους των άλλων όρκους.
Όξύτερον δάκνει την καρδίαν τά τών φίλων αχάριστα, η ό της

οφεως οδούς το σώμα.
Πρώτος των Ελλήνων Πυθαγόρας ειπεν ότι το μεν σώμα
χεθνήξε'ται, ή δι ψυχή οιχήσεται αθάνατος και άγηρως.
Των προτέρων πόνων ήδέως μεμνήμεθα, των δε ηδονών πολλάκις

λυπηρά έγένετο η μνήμη.
θίόί ούδενϊ εοικε' δίοπ€ρ αυτόν ουδείς έκμαθε'ιν εξ εικόνος
δύναται.
Όσαι εν άνθρώπω άρεταΐ λέγονται, σκοπούμενος εΰρησεις πάσας
μαθήσει τε και μελέττ] αυξανόμενος.
"Ωσπερ δια των οφθαλμών γίγνεται ή όψις τοις άνθρώποις, οΰτα»
κα\ δια λόγου ή μάθησις.
MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. 149
AiaKokov two. Tts ripara. ' Hov peveis ;' 6 Be elirev, ' 'ExeWev
iurafiaiva>.'
'O 2o>KpdrrjS ekeye. ' Tt edekere ; XoyixSiv i/'vâr eBekerc ?x«",
fi dKoytav ; ' ' Aoyutav.' ' Tlvcov Xoyucav ' vyia>v r) (pavXStv ; '
' 'Yyiav.' ' Tt ovv ov {r/Teire ; ' ' "On e\opev.' ' Tt oZv pdêo-de
Koi 8ia<pepeo~6e J
Hdvrutv paXio-ra Set n)» pvr'ipijv tS>i> iraltSav do-icetv. rijs yap
iraibeias Tapietov eoTiv fj M.VTjprj. ware Tqv Mvrjpoa'vvrjv pqTc'pa
rav Movcrcov pvSoXoyovvres iavopaaav.
2coKpaTT]s wpbs tov elirovra ' KaKcos eKetvos o~e Xe'yei, ' KaXwj
, yap,' e(f>tj, '\eyew oiiK epaBev.
'HpdieXeiTor eXeyev on ouSeVoTe ov8ev eo~rr)Kev, dXXd del isdvra
Kivelrai Kai pel.
Kvpatos ns olidav moXaiv, XIBov e'£ avTrjs e'ltfiaXav els detypa
■xepie<f>epev.
'EXeyev 6 'AvrUpdvrjS on ' 2<pu8pa e'anv f/pS>v 6 /3tos olva

Trpoo-rf)epT)S' otov yap rj piKpov to Xoittov, o£ps ytyverai.
Kvpos KaTeo~Tpfyaro isdvra rd edvrj, oaa Svplav eK$dvn olieet

pexP1 epv8pas 8dKaTTi)s.
'Evlois pev rtdw oXiya apxei, eviois 8e Kali irdvv TroXXa ov%
LKavd eaTiv.
'EniSapvds e'ori irdXis ev 8e£i'a elo^rXeovn tov 'lonov koXwov, ol
8e 'Pcopatoi helo-avres 6vopd£ovai Ayppdîov.
rdtos Kataap, <&apvdxr)v tov Hovtikov e'£ ecpoSov vudja-as, jrpdr

Toils <plXovs eypaijtev, '*HX8ov, ciSov, evUrjo-a.'
' Ata ti 6 ovor ditdvBas rjSerai eo-diiov ;' "Oti ovos ire'cpvicev.
Kara tov 'AyrjaiXaov ol ttjv 'Atriav KaroiKovvTes e'Xevdepoi pev

times Kaxol elai, SouXol 8e Sires ayoBoi.
TAv 3p\ovra Tpiav het pvrjpr/v eêiv' npatrov pev, on av8pa>ir6s

eoTi' Sevrepov 8«, ort Kara vopov apx*1' Tpirov, on ovk ae\
SpXet.
Ι50 ΜΙδΟΕΙΖΑΝΕΟϋβ ΕΧΤΚΑΟΤδ.
Έάν τι: σοι κάμνη τών οικετών, δει σε παρακάΚεϊν του: Ιατρού:
Ίνα μη όποθάνη.
Μη συ τη! μητρό: τι παραμελεί μη σε και οι θεοί ούκ-εθελωσιν
ευ ττοιεΐν.
Το θάνατον δεδιέναι ουδέν άλλο εστίν η δοκείν σοφον είναι
μη όντα" δοκείν γάρ ε'ιδέναι εστίν ά ουκ οιδεν.
Οι; μόνον τα μεγάλα, άλλα και τά μικρά πειρώμαι αεί άπο θεών
άρχεσθαι.
Αισχρόν εστίν ελπίζειν μεν πάντα καλώ: εζειν, επικουρείν δε
μηδέν τοΐ: τά άδικα πάσχουσιν.
Άπέφυγον ο'ι βόει φοβούμενοι, φεύγοντε: δε έφόβουν τού:
βατράχονι.
'Ράδιον μεν το άδελφον άδελφώ έπιτιμαν, καλόν δε το και τω
εχθρω συγγνώναι.
Παρεκάλει ό Σωκράτη! τού: νεανία: επιμελεϊσθαι του ω: φρονι-
μωτάτουι είναι και ωφελιμότατου!.
Δήλοι είσιν οι πολλοί προσποιούμενοι μεν είδεναι, είδατε: δε)
οΰδε'ν.
Οί τοιούτοι άνθρωποι χρησιμώτερον τά χρήματα νομίζουσιν η
αδελφού:.
Το μεν τελευτζσαι πάντων ή πεπρωμένη κατεκρινε, το δε καΚως
άποθανεϊν ίδιον το'ΐ! σπουδαίοι! η φύσιι άπενειμεν.
Ει Σωκράτη! ωετο δεϊν άπαντα ποιε'ιν καϊ λέγειν ώστε άποφυγ€ΐν
θάνατον, ραδίωι αν επεισεν τού: δικαστά:.
Έκιν&ύνευσα! αν άποθανεϊν ΰπο των βαρβάρων, ει μη δια της

ιατρική! ην ε'κεκτησο χρήσιμον αύτο'ι: σαυτον παρέσχε:.
Έάν τι: σοι άπαγγείλη ότι 'ό δεινά σε κακώ: λε'γει,' μη άπολογοΰ
προ: τά λεχθέντα, αλλ αποκρινου οτι * Ει μή ηγνόει τά άλλα
προσόντα μοι κακά, ουκ αν ταύτα μόνα ελεγεν.'
Βουλεύσα: ποτέ Σωκράτη:, επιθυμησαντο: τού δήμου πάρα
τού: νόμου: εννέα στρατηγού: μια ψηφώ άποκτε'ιναι πάντα:, ονκ
ηθέλησεν επιψηφίσαι.
ΜΙδΟΕΙΣΑΝΕΟυβ ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. ι^Ι
Βασιλεύς αίρε'ιται, ονχ Ίνα έαντού καλώς επιμελήται, άλλ' Ίνα

και οί ελόμενοι δι αντον εν πράττωσιν.
Οντω τίνες ενπειθεΐς είσΧν ώστε, πριν είδεναι το προσταττόμενον
πρότερον πείθονται.
Τι αν ποιούντες άναλάβοιεν ο'ι τοσούτον ήδη χρόνον δεδονλωμενοι
την των προγόνων άρετήν ;
Μήτε παΐδας περί 7Τ•λίίοι>οί ίτοιοΟ, μήτε το ζην, μήτε άλλο μηδέν
προ τον δίκαιον.

Ονδεϊς πώποτε Σωκράτους ονδεν άσεβες ονδε άνόσιον οΰτε
πράττοντος ειδεν οντε λέγοντος ηκονσεν.
Οί μεν δννατοΧ πόΚΚάκις ύπό των άδννάτων μισοννται' λυπρά
γαρ, ώς Ευριπίδης λέγει, τα κρε'ισσονα.
Σειρήνες τους ανθρώπους επάδουσαι κατείχαν ώστε μη άπιεναι
άπ' αντων.
Ό μεν τ6 σώμα νόσων ιατρού δεΐται, 6 δε την ψυχήν φίλου.
εϋνονς γαρ φίλος λύπην επίσταται θεραπεύειν.
Ονδείς όστις ονκ αν ταύτα κα\ μείζω τούτων ύπερ των παίδων
αυτού εκών ποιησειεν.
Ανταλκίδας προς ΆθηνάΊον εϊπόντα ' Άλλα μήν ημείς άπο τού
Κηφισού πολλάκις υμάς εδιώξαμεν,' ' Ήμεΐς δε,' ΐφη, ' ουδέποτε
υμάς άπο τού Έ,νρώτα.
τΥν Αιγύπτιοι μιαρον ήγηνται θηρίον είναι, καϊ εάν τίί αντων
■γΌνστ) νος, αντοϊς Ίματιοις άπεβαψεν εαυτόν βάς επ\ ποταμόν,
ΐΐάντας νόμους δεΊ θεσθαι προ των αδικημάτων, επ' άδήλοΐί μεν
τοΐί άδικήσονσιν, άδήλοις δε το'ις άδικησομένοις.
Ούκ αν τοις χρηστοΐς οί πονηροί ποτέ φίλοι γενοιντο' πως
γαρ οί τα πονηρά ποιούντες τοΐρ τα τοιαύτα μισούσιν φίλοι
γένοιντ αν ;
' Έν ΐσθι,' εφη ό Σωκράτης, ' οτι το μη καλώς λέγειν οΰ μόνον
εις αυτό τούτο πλημμελές εστίν, άλλα και κακόν τι εμπυιεϊ τοις
^τυχαις.
Αριστοτέλης, ερωτηθε\ς τι ποτ αΰτω πεοιγεγονεν εκ της
152 ΜΙ80ΕίΙΑΝΕ0175 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
σοφία!, εφη, το έκάντα ποιε'ιν α πολλοί δια τον από των νόμων
φόβον ποιοίσιν.
Σωκράτης, Γοργιου ερωτησαντο: αυτόν ην έχει περί του μεγάλου
βασιλέω: ύπόληψιν, και ει νομίζει τούτον εύδαιμονα είναι, ' Ουκ
οιδα,' εφη, ' πως αρετής και παιδείας εχει.'
Είσιν οι χρημάτων μεν κτήσεως πέρι πάσαν ποιούνται σπουδήν,
των δε ν'ιέων, οις ταύτα κατάλείψουσιν, μικρά φροντίζουσιν. Τί
δ" άλλο οί τοιούτοι τά\ όντι ποιούσιν ή τού μεν υποδήματος
φροντίζουσιν, τού δε ποδός ολιγωρώ! εχουσιν '
Διογένης εφη των ανθρώπων ε'νίους τα δέοντα λέγοντα! εαυτών
ουκ άκοΰειν, ώσπερ και τα: λύρα: καλόν φθεγγομένα: ουκ αίσθά-
νεσθαι.
Οί Αϊγυπτίων βασιλεΐ: κατά νόμον εαυτών του! δικαστάι πάλαι
έξώρκιζον, ότι κάν βασίλεΰ: τι προσάξτ] κρϊναι τών μη δικαίων, ου
κρινούσιν.
Διά τούτο ώτα μεν δυο εχομεν, στόμα δε εν, ινα πλείω μεν
άκούωμεν, ηττω δε λέγωμεν.
Δημοσθένη! ερωτηθεί:, ' Ώώ: τη! ρητορική! περιεγένου ;
' Πλέον," εφη, ' ελαιον οίνον δαπανήσα:.'
Αγησίλαο!, κάλαμον περιβά:, ΐππενε μετά τού νίοϋ παιδόϊ
δΊτοί, και προ! τον γελάσαντα είπε, ' Νίν μεν σιώπα* όταν θ«
γένη πατήρ, αυτό: τότε ε'ζ-ερεϊί.'
Έΰριπίδηι ευδοκίμησεν εν θεάτρω ειπών
* Τι δ" αίσχρον, ην μη το'ισι χρωμένοι: δοκί) ;*
και Πλάτων ε'ντυχών αυτά, ' ω Κϋριπίδη' εφη,
' Αίσχρον τό γ' αίσχρον, κάν δοκί), κάν μη δοκή.'
Ιατρό: τι! ερωτηθεί: ΰπό τινο: νοσούντος, ' Τι δει με ποιεΐν ;
ανακείσθαι γάρ ου δυναμαι, ουδέ έστάναι, ουδέ καθήσθαι. ' Ουδέν
σοι," εφη, ' λίίπει ή κρεμασθήναι.'
Κάμηλον ίππος φοβείται και ουκ ανέχεται οΰτε τήν Ιδέαν αΰτΐ):
όρων ούτε τήν όσμήν οσφραινόμενο:.
Οποτε ό Αλκιβιάδη: τφ Σωκράτει συνεγιγνετο, υπέρ ων ήμάρτα-
νεν ελεγχόμενο: ι/χίΈτο.
ΜΙ80ΕΙΙΑΝΕ0υ3 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. 153
'ΕλττίΓ αρετής 6 θεός, ού δειλίας πρόφασις' άλλ' οί Ιουδαίοι,

σαββάτων όντων, εν άγνάπτοις καθεζόμενοι, των πολέμιων κλίμακα
προστιθέντων και τα τείχη καταλαμβανάντων ουκ άνέστησαν, άλλ'
έμειναν ωσπερ εν σαγήνη μια τη δεισιδαιμονία συνδεδεμένοι.
ΎΑγκ ό βασιλεύς, πυνθανομένον τίνος, ' Πο'σοι είσϊν οί Λακε
δαιμόνιοι ;* ' Πολλοί σοι/ εφη, ' δόξουσιν, ε'άν αυτούς ϊδι^Γ μαχό
μενους.
Αγησίλαο! περί ανδρείας και δικαιοσύνης ερωτηθείς, ' ΙΙοτε'ρα
βελτίων,' ' Ουδέν άνδρείας,' εφη, ' χρήζομεν, εάν πάντες ωμεν
δίκαιοι.
Πελοπίδας της γυναικός έξιόντος αϋτοϋ έπ\ μαχην δεομένης
σώζειν εαυτόν, 'ΆλλοίΓ,' εφη, ' δει ταϋτα παρααιειν, άρχοντι δε και
στρατηγώ σώζειν τους πόλίτας.
Καίσαρ 6 πρώτος επικληθε\ς Σεβαστός νέους τινάς θορυβούντας
καταστεΐλαι βουλόμενος, ώς ού προσείχον αλλ έθορυβονν ' Ακου-
σατϊ,' εφη, ' «οι γέροντος ού νέου γέροντες ήκουον.'
Έτερα Ίππου ηδονή και κυνοι και άνθρωπου" καθάπερ Ηρά

κλειτος φησιν ονον άκανθας &ν έλέσθαι μάλλον η χρυσόν' ήδιον
γαρ χρυσού η τροφή ονοις.
'Έν τοις Αράκοντος νόμοις μία απασιν ωριστο το'ις άμαρτάνουσι
ζημία, θάΐΌ,ΤΟί.
Θουκυδίδης Αθηναίος ξυνέγραψε τοχ πόλεμον των ΐίελοποννη-
σίων και Αθηναίων, ώς επολέμησαν προς αλλήλους.
Αρχύτας 6 Ύαραντϊνος, έπανελθών άπο τοϋ π-ολβ'μου, και γήν

καταλαβών κεχερσωμένην, τον έπίτροπον αυτής έκάλεσεν, κα\
' 'Ωμωξας αν,' εφη, ' εί μη λίαν ώργιζόμην.'
"Οποτε Αγησίλαος ο μέγας ψεγόντων ή έπαινούντων τινών

ακουοι, ούχ ήττον ωετο δείν καταμανθάνειν τους των λεγόντων τρό
πους, ή περί ων λέγοιεν. '
Αγησίλαος ερωτηθείς διά τί ατείχιστος εΐη ή Σπάρτη, ' Οΰ λί-
θοις δεϊ και ξυλοις τετειχίσθαι τάς πόλεις^ εφη} ' τοις δε των
ενοικούντων άρεταίς.'
154 ΜΙ80ΕΙΙΑΝΕ0υ8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
Φίλιππο: γενόμενο: κριτή: δυοΐν πονηρόίν ε'κελευε τον μεν

φείιγειν εκ Μακεδονία:, τον δε έτερον διώχαν.
Τά μεν πονηρά ανθρωπιά ουκ αν μάΧΚον ελοι:, η ει οιδοιης τι'
τον: δε κάλου: κάγαθον: άνθρωπου:, προσφιλω: χρωμενο:, μάλιστ
αν κατεργάσαιο.
Έάν μεν τι: τί>ν άδικήσαντα άδικήση, τΐ μείζον η κατά τον
εχθρόν αυτόν εποίησε ; σνγγνον: δε τω άδικήσαντι την άδικιαν,
βασίλικόν τι εποίησε' βασίλεω: γάρ εστί το σνγγνωναι.
Άφνον: εστί σημεϊον, το ενδιατρίβειν τοί: περ\ το σώμα' οίον
ε'πϊ πολύ γνμνάζεσθαι, έπϊ πολύ εσθίειν, επ\ πολύ πίνειν. Άλλα
ταϋτα μεν εν παρεργω ποιητε'ον, περ\ δε την γνωμην ή πάσα έστω
επιμέλεια,
"Οταν τι, διαγνω: ότι ποιητεον εστί, ποιτ}:, μηδέποτε φυγής
όφθήναι ποιων αντό, καν άλλοΐόν τι οί πολλοί μέλλωσι περί αυτόν
νπόλήψεσθαι. Ει μεν γάρ ουκ όρθω: ποιείς, αυτό το έργον φεΰγε'
εί δε ορθωι, τι φοβει του! επιπλήξοντα: οΰκ ορθώς ,
Πάν πράγμα δύο έχει λαβα!, την μεν φορητήν, τήνδ' άφόρητον.
Ό αδελφοί εάν άδικη, εντεύθεν αϋτο μη λάμβανε, οτι άδικεΐ' αντη
γάρ ή λαβή αυτοϋ εστίν οϋ φορητή. Άλλα εκείθεν μάλλον λάμ
βανε, οτι αδελφό: εστίν, ή οτι σΰντροφοί' κα\ λήψει αυτό κα& ο
φορητόν εστίν.
"Οποτε Σωκράτηι τινά ΐδοι επϊ πλοντω μέγα φρονονντα, κα\ νομί-
ζοντα ουδέν προσδε'ισθαι παιδεία:, ε'φρενον αυτόν, λέγων οτι μωρό:
εστίν ει τι: οΐεται, μη μαθών, τά τε ωφέλιμα και τά βλαβερά των
πραγμάτων διαγνώσεσθαι.
Μηδέποτε ε'πϊ μηδενό: εΐπη: οτι, ' Απώλεσα αΰτό,' αλλ' οτι
' Άπεδωκα.' Το παιδίον άπεθανεν ; Άπεδόθη. Το χωρίον άφτ)ρεθη ;
Οΰκουν και τοΰτο άπεδόθη ; Άλλα γάρ κακό: ό άφελόμενο: ; Τί
δε σοι μέλει δίά τίνο: σε ό δον: ο εδωκεν άπητησεν \ μέχρι δε &ν
δίδω, ω: αλλότριου αϋτοΰ. (οντο:) ε'πιμέλον, ώ: τοΟ πανδοκείου οι
παριόντε:.
Σωκράτη:, λακτίσαντο: αυτόν νεανίον τινο: καθ' νβριν, τόνε
άμή> αυτόν όρων άγανακτονντας καί εθελοντα: διώκειν, 'Άρα,'
MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. 155
e(pr), ' Kai et pe &vos eXaKTiarev, dvriXaKrio-ai rovrov fjîao-are av ;'

Ov fir)v fKflvos ye \aLpav dnrpXKaêv, ndvrav Se avrov dvei8i£6v-
riov Kai \aKTMTTt)v dffOKa\ovvT(ov airriyt-aTO.
' Oi pev rpayaSonoioi re km Hivdapos,1 e(f>r) TlXdrav, ' 'AttoX-
\avos pev (pao-iv 'Ao-kXij7ti6j> eivai, vno 8e xPva~°v neio-Brjvat
likoitTiov avbpa, davdaipov rjbr) ovra, laaraaBai, odev 8fj Kai
Kepavva>6!jvai avrov. 'Mpels 8e ov neidopeda avrots dp<p6repa,
aAX' el pev Beov rjv, ovk r/v, (prjo-opev, altrxpoKepSfjS' el 8e al<T)(po-
KepBrjt, ovk r/v 6eov.
'O rvpavvos rats pev nparais rjpepais npoayeXa re Kai aairdêrai
ndvras Ka\ ovre rvpavvos (prjo-iv eivai, vmo'xvelTai re noXXa Ka\
Ibuf Kai Sripoo-la, xpeav re rjkevBepaae, Kai yrpi Sieveipe Si'jfim re
Kai rols nepi eavrov, rat ndo-tv "i\ea>s re Kai npaos eivai npoa-
noie'irai.
"Ear hv o-a^r/rai to <r/ca<£or, Tore xph Ka>' vavrrjv Kai KVf3epvfirt]v
Kai ndvr av8pa e£i}s npoBvpovs eivai' cVetSav 8e rj Bakarra vnep-
Q'XUj pdraios 1} o~nov8i).
QaKrjs 6 <pi\6o-o<pos emev' npecfivrarov rav ovrav 6 Be6s,
dyevvrjTOS yap' raXXioTOV 6 Koo-pos, noirjpa yap Beov' peyiOTov 6
ronos, ndvra yap xaPel' rdxiarov 6 vovs, Sm Trairos yap Tpe\ef
laxyporarov f) avdyKq, Kparei yap ndvra' o-o<pwrarov 6 xP&v°Sj
avevpio~Kei yap ndvra.
Runners in the Race-course.

OJ pev tS>v Spopeav to pev nparov dn-onT/Sfio-i, reXevrtovres 8e
Karayekaaroi yiyvovrai ra atra eVi rcov atp<ov exovres Kai do~re<pd-
varoi dnorpexovres' 01 8e r$ dXrjBeta bpopiKoi els re\os eXBdvres
ra re ad\a Xap(3dvovai Kai arefpavovvrai.
The Palinode.
TS>v oppdrav eareprjBr] Srrjo-ixopos 6 ttoitjtjjs 81a rr\v 'EX«ijr
KaKrfyopiav, dXX' are pova'tKos £>v eyvco rr/v alriav, evOis 8e
156 MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS.
iisoli\<m ' ouk Itrr' Itu|xos \oyos outo?.' Kal iroir)cras 87 itaaav
tiiv KaXovpevrjv i7(t\iv(p5iuv irapa^prjpa dve[$ketyev.
XaXe7ra to. ica\a.

X<apS>pev TJ8rj, wa78es, els to to>v 8eav
8t8ao7caXeia, povffucrjs iraiSevpara.
irpoo-Xapfidveiv 8e Set Kaff r/pepav aei
eats av e£jj pavddveiv f3e\rtova.
jrais 8' &>v KaKov pev ftpav ti irpduc arltnarcu
avros nap' aiirov pavBdvatv avev ttovov.
to ^jijora 8", oiS' r\v rbv hibdvKoKov XffjSp,
tpvijpuvevtTCV, dXXa KeKTTJTCU pdXis.
Physician, heal Thyself.

To pev irapaiveaai paStov, \dK(7rov 8e to avrbv iroielv. otSa
yap tovs larpovs o-<p68pa efi XaXoGj/ras irepl eyKparcias rolt
voaovaiv, eira, orav airroi tiro voaov ^t)(j>8aaiv, avrovs iravra
iroiovvras a Tore owe tuov.
The Two Wallets.

A'trairos eqSi; bio 7rqpas eKaoTox t)pa>v (pepeiv, Ttjv pev enirpoa-
8ev, tt\v hi SniaSev. Kai els pev rrjv epirpoaBev aironBevai quas
ra Ta>v aWwv dpaprtjpaTa, els 8t ttjv omoSev to f/perepa, St 0
oiSe Ka8opa>pev aird.
Economy.
Aioyevrjs 8eao-dpevos irore iraiblov rats XfP<" ^vov efceppitye
rrjs irrfpas ttjv kotuXijv elirav' ' IlaiSiop pe veviKr/Kcv evre\ciq.'
A Greek Pun.
'AvTi<r6evr)S irpbs peipaKwv n, peWov (poirdv aira Kai irvBo-
pevov, Tivav airra 8et, ' Bij3\iapiov, ?<^>7, ' Kaivov ku\ ypaAtiov Kai
vov, Kal irivaKt&iov Kaivov,' top vovv Trapep<paivav.
ΜΙ80ΕΙΙΑΝΕ008 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. 1^
ΜΕϋΙΟΑΕ 501ΕΝΟΕ ΙΝ ΒΑΒΥΕΟΝ.

Ύοΐς θί Βαβυλώνιοι; καθέστηκεν ό νόμοι δδε' τους κάμνοντας ες
την άγοράν εκφοροΰσιν, ου γαρ δη χρώνται Ιατροϊς. προσιόντες
μεν ουν προς τον κάμνοντα συμβουλεύονται περ\ της νόσου, ει τις
και αυτός τοιούτο επαθεν, όποιον έχει ό κάμνων, η ει τίνα άλλοι»
ϊ'8ει» οΰτω παθόντα. συμβουλευσάμενοι δε παραινοΰσιν αττα έκαστος
ποιήσας εζέφυγεν την νόσον η άλλοι/ εγνω εκφυγόντα. σιγϋ δ«
παρεζελθε'ιν τόν κάμνοντα ουδενϊ εξεστιν.
ΤΗΕ ΌΟΟ'δ ϋΕΕΕΝΟΕ.

"Οτί φωνήεντα τ/ν τα ζώα, φασί την οϊν προς τον δεσπάτην
είπε'ιν, ' θαυμαστόν πόμΙε δί ημ'ιν μεν, ταΐς εριά σοι και άρνας κα\
τυρόν παρεχοίσαις, ουδέν δίδω;, ο τι αν μη εκ της γης λάβωμεν'
τω δί κυνϊ, ος ουδέν τοιούτον σοι παρέχει, μεταδίδως ουπερ αυτός
έχεις σίτον*
Ύόν κΰνα ονν άκοΰσαντά φασιν είπεΐν, ' Ναϊ, μα Δια" εγώ
γάρ ειμί ό σώζων υμάς ώστε μήτε ΰπ' ανθρώπων κλέπτεσθαι, μήτε
ΰπο λΰκων άρπάζεσθαι' (πει ΰμεΐς γε, ει μη εγώ φυλάττοιμι υμάς,
οϋδ' αν νέμεσθαι δύναισθε, φοβούμενοι μή άπάλησθε.'
Ούτω δη λέγεται και τά πρόβατα συγχωρήσαι τόν κίνα προτι-
μάσθαι.
ΒΙΚ.ΤΗ ΑΝΌ ϋΕΑΤΗ ΑΜΟΝΟ ΤΗΕ ΤΚΑυδΙ.

Τά μεν άλλα πάντα οί Ύραυσοι τοις άλλοι; θραξιν όμοιοι εϊσιν
κατά δ« τόν γενόμενον και τον άπογενόμενον τοκίδε ποιοϋσιν τον
μεν γενόμενον κύκλω καθιζόμενοι ο'ι προσήκοντες όλοφίρονται,
διηγοΰμενοι πάντα τά ανθρώπεια πάθη, δσα δει αυτόν πάσχειν' τόν
δε άπογενόμενον παίζοντες τε και ήδάμινοι γ!} κρίπτουσιν, λέγοντες
δη μυρίων κακών έζαπαλλαχθε\ς εστίν εν πάση ευδαιμονία.
5ΤΑΚ-ΟΑΖΙΝΟ.
θάλήν, τόν φιλόσοφον, άστρονομοΰντά ποτέ και άνω βλέποντα,
πεσόντα εις φρέαρ, θράττά τις εμμελής και χαρίεσσα θεραπαιν\ι
158 ΜΙ80ΕΙΣΑΝΕ01/8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
άποσκώψαι λέγεται, ώς τά μεν εν ούρανώ προθυμοίτο εϊδεναι, τα δ'

έμπροσθεν αυτού και παρά πόδας λανθάνοι αυτόν, ταύτον δε άρκεΐ
σκώμμα επί πάντα: όσοι ε'ι> φιλοσοφία διάγουσα.
ΤΗΕ ΜΥδΤΕΚΙΟυδ ΟΑ5Κ.

Ανθρωποι τΐί Άμιναίαν έχων (σφράγισαν αυτήν. Τοί δε δοΰλον
κάτωθεν τρησαντος και τον οινον ύφαιρονντος, εθαύμαζεν οτι, των
σήμαντρων σώων όντων, 6 Οίνος αεί ελαττούται. ειπόντος δε έτερου
τίνος των δούλων, '"θρα μη κάτωθεν άφτ)ρίθη,' 'Άμαθίστατε,' εφη,
' ου το κάτωθεν λείπει, άλλα το άνωθεν μέρος.1
ΤΗΕ ΕΑΚΕ Ό\νΕΙ.ΕΕΚ5 ΟΕ ΡΚΑδΙΑδ.

ϊκριαεπϊ σταυρών υψηλών εζευγμενα εν μεσβ εστηκε τί} λιμντ],
εισοδον εκ της ηπείρου στενήν έχοντα μια γέφυρα. το μεν ονν
πρώτον τούί σταυρούς έστησαν κοιντι πάντες οι πολίται, έπειτα δε
καθ1 εκάστην γυναίκα 6 γάμων τρεΊς σταυρούς ΰφίστησιν' γαμεϊ
δε έκαστος συχνάς γυναίκας. οικούντες δε επί των ίκρίων κρατοΰ-
σιν ιδία έκαστος της καλύβης εν γι διαιτάται καϊ θύρας καταρράκτης
διά των ίκρίων κάτω φερούσης ες τήν λίμνην. τά δε νήπια παιδία
δε'ουσι του ποδός σπάρτω δειμαίνοντες μη κατακυλισθ^. τόΐς
δε ΐπποις και τοίς ύπυζυγίοις χόρτον παρεχουσιν Ιχθύας' τοσούτοι
γαρ είσι τω αριθμώ ώστε όταν διά της θύρας της καταρράκτης
καθΊτ) τις σπυρίδα, οΰ πολύν δη χρόνον επισχών, ανασπά πλήρη
ιχθύων.
ΤΗΕ ΟκΟλΥΝ ΟΕ λνίΕϋ ΟυνΕ.

ϊίκόν δε τίνες αυτόμολοι άπ' Αρκαδίας" οι δε Ώέρσαι άγοντες
τούτους ε'ς όψιν βασιλέως επυνθάνοντο περί των Ελλήνων ά ποι-
οϋσιν οί δε ελεγον ώς Όλύμπια άγουσιν καϊ θεωροϋσιν αγώνα
γυμνικον και Ίππικόν. ερωτώντων δε αύθις των ΐίερσών, ο τι βΐη
τύ αθλον προκείμενον περί ου αγωνίζονται, οί Άρκάδιοι ει—οι/
Της ελαίας τον διδόμενον στεφανον.'
Ενταύθα ειπών γνώμην γενναιοτάτην Ύριτανταίχμης 6 Άρταβά
ΜΙ30ΕΙΖΑΝΕ0υ$ ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. 1^
νου, δείλίαν α>φλί προς βασιλέως. Ώυνθανόμενος γαρ το α\θλον

%ν στεφανον, αλλ* ου χρήματα, ουκ ήνεσχετο σιγών, αλλά & πάν-
τας εΐπε τάδε, ' Πάπαί, Μαρδόνιε, ποίους «V άνδρας ήγαγες μα~
χουμενους ημάς, οϊ ου περί χρημάτων τον αγώνα ποιούνται, αλλά
περί αρετής ;*
300ΚΑΤΕ3 ΤΟ ΤΗΕ )υϋΟΕ5.
(Αβ€τ ίΐιβ Υετάκί)

Όράτε μη ου τοντο η χαλεπόν, ω άνδρες, θάνατον εκφυγεΐν, αλλά
πολύ χαλεπώτερον πονηρίαν (εκφνγεϊνΥ θάττον γαρ θανάτου θει.
και νΰν εγώ μεν, άτε βραδύς ων κα\ πρεσβυτης, υπό του βραδύτερου
εάλων' οι δ' εμοι κατήγοροι, άτε δεινοί καϊ όξεις οντες} νπό του
θάττονος, της κακίας, καϊ νΰν εγώ μεν απειμι νφ' νμών θανάτου
δίκην όφλών, ούτοι δ υπό της αλήθειας ώφληκότες μοχθηρίαν κα\
άδικίαν.
Ένελπις μεν ουν εγώ εϊμι προς τόν θάνατον* ει γαρ μηδεμία
αίσθησίς εστίν, οίον νπνος άνευ δνειράτων, θαυμάσιον κέρδος αν
ειη 6 θάνατος, εϊ δε, ως εγώ οιμαι, μεταβολή τις τυγχάνει ούσα κα\
μετοίκησις τη ψυχή του τόπον τονδε εϊς άλλον τόπον, καϊ ει αληθή
εστ\ τα. λεγόμενα, ως άρα εκεί εϊσιν άπαντες οι τεθνηκότες, τι
μείζον αγαθόν τούτον αν ειη '}
"Ωστε και υμάς χρή, ω άνδρες, είιελπιδας είναι προς τον θάνατον
και εντιτοντο διανοεϊσθαι αληθές, οτι ουκ εστίν άνδρΧ άγαθω κακόν
ούδεν οϋτε ζωντι οΰτε τελεντήσαντι, ονδέ άμελεϊται νπό θεών τά
τοιούτον πράγματα, ονδε τά εμά νυν από του αντομάτον γεγονεν,
αλλά μοι δηλόν εστί τοΰτο, οτι ήδη τεθνάναι και άπηλΧάχθαι
πραγμάτων βελτιον ην μοι.
0ΕΕΟΒΪ5 ΑΝΌ ΒίΤΟΝ.
"Κλέοβίς τε καϊ Βίτων, Άρκάδιοι το γένος, ει τις και αλλορ, όλβιοι

ήσαν. βίοτός τε γαρ αυτοϊς ικανός νπήρχεν, και ρώμη σώματος τοι
αύτη ώστε αθλοφόροι αμφότεροι εγενοντο. εορτής δε γενομένης τη
ΐ6θ ΜΙ80ΕΙΣΑΝΕ0υ5 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
Ήρα τοις Άρκαδίοις, πάντως εδεί την μητέρα αυτών ζενγει κομι-
σθηναι εις το Ιερόν, ο'ι δε βόες εκ τον άγρον ού παρεγενοντο εν &ρα,
ώστε οί νεάνιαι, νποδνντες αντοϊ το ζυγόν, εΐλκον την άμαξαν, ή δε
μητηρ αυτών επ\ της άμαξης ώχειτο. σταδίους δε πέντε και τεο~-
σαρακοντα διακομίσαντες, άφίκοντο ες το ιερόν. ταΰτα δε αύτοΐς
ποιησασι και όφθεϊσι νπό της πανηγνρεως τε\εντη τον βιον άριστη
έπεγενετο. οί μ*ν γαρ Άργεωι περιστάντες (μακάριζαν των νεανιων
την ρώμην, α£ δε Άργιϊαι την μητέρα αντων, οίων τίκνων εκνρησε. ή
δε μητηρ περίχαρης ονσα τφ τε έργω και τη φήμη, στάσα εναντίον τον
αγάλματος ενχετο ΚΧεοβί τε και ΒίτωΐΊ, το'ις τέκνοι: έαντης, οι την
μητέρα μεγάΚως έτΐμησαν, δούναι την θεόν ό,τι άνθρώπω τνχείυ
άριστον εστί. μετά δε ταντην την ευχην, ώς εθυσάν τε και ευωχή-
θησαν, κατακοιμηθεντες εν αϋτώ τω Ίερω οι νεάνιαι ουκετι άνεστη-
σαν. Αργεϊοι δε αυτών εικόνας ποιησάμενοι ανέθεσαν ες ΑεΧφονς
ώς ανδρών άριστων γενομένων.
ΤΗΕ 0ΗΟΙ0Ε ΟΡ ΗΕΚΟυΕΕΒ.

Φησϊ Ώράδικος ΉρακΚεα, ε'ττει εκ παίδων ες ηβην ώρματο (έν $
οί κε'οι, ήδη αυτοκράτορες γενόμενοι, δηΧονσιν είτε την δι αρετής
όδόν τρέπονται είτε την δια κακίας), εξελθόντα εις ησνχίαν καθη-
σθαι, άπορονντα όποτεραν των οδών τράπηται. κάϊ φανηναι αϋτώ
δύο γυναίκας προ'ίεναι μεγάλας.
Και την μεν ετεραν ευπρεπή είναι, φύσει κεκοσμημενην το μεν
σώμα καθαρότητι, τά δε όμματα αιδοϊ, το δε σχήμα σωφροσύνη,
ε'σθητα λενκην εχουσαν. την δ0 ετεραν τεθραμμενην μεν εϊς πο\ν-
σαρκίαν, κεκάΚΚωπισμενην δε το μεν χρώμα, ώστε Χευκοτέραν τε
και ερνθροτέραν τον οντος δοκεΐν, το δε σχήμα, ώστε δοκεΐν μεί
ζονα της φύσεως είναι, ε'σθητα δε εχουσαν εξ τ)ς μαΚιστ' αν ή ωρα
διαλάμποι.
Ώς δε έγενοντο πλησιαιτερον τον ΉρακΚεονς, την μεν πρόο-θεν
ρηθεϊσαν Ιέναι κατά τον αυτόν τρόπον, την δ' ετεραν, φθάσαι βον-
"Κομενην, προσδραμεΐν τω Ηρακλεΐ και ειπείν.
' Όρώ σε, ω ΊΐράκΚεις, άπορονντα πο'ιαν όδόν ε'πι τον βΐον
ΜΙ80ΕΣΣΑΝΕ0ϋ8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8. 101
τράπη. εάν ουν εμε φιΧην ποιήση:, επϊ την ηδιστην τε και ραστην
όδόν άίω σε, καϊ των μεν ηδονών ουδεμία: άγευστο: ίση, των δε
πόνων άπειρο: διαβίωσα, πρώτον μϊν γάρ υν ποΧεμων οΰδε
πραγμάτων φροντιεϊ:, άλλα σκοπούμενο: διοίσει πω: αν εσθίων και
πίνων και καθενδων μάΧιστα τερφθείη:.
Και ό ΉρακΧή: άκουσα! ταύτα, ' *Ω γΰναι,' εφη, ' όνομα δε σοι
τί εστίν ; ' Ή δί (φη, ' Οί μϊν εμοϊ φίλοι καΧοϋσί με Ένδαιμονίαν"
ο'ι δί μισοΰντε: όνομάζουσί με Κακίαν.' >
Και (ν τούτω ή έτερα προσεΧθοϋσα ειπεν, ' Και εγώ ηκω πρό:
σε, ω ΉράκΧει:, είδνΐα τον! γεννήσαντά: σι, και την φνσιν την
σην ίν τη παιδεία καταμαθονσα" έξ ων ελπίζω, ει την προ: (με
όδον τράποιο, σφόδρ αν σ€ των καλών και σεμνών έργάτην αγαθόν
γενέσθαι. Ουκ εξαπατήσω δί σι προοιμ'ιοί! ηδονή:, άλλ' ηπερ ο'ι
θεοϊ διέθεσαν, τα οντά διηγήσομαι μετ αληθείας. Ύών γαρ όντων
αγαθών καϊ καλών ονδέν άνευ πόνου κα\ επιμελείας θεο\ διδόασιν
άνθρωποι!" άλλ' είτε τούί θεούί ΐλίωι ίΐκαί σοι βούλει, θεραπευ-
τε'οι/ του: θεού:" είτε νπο φίλων εθέλει: άγαπάσθαι, του! φίλου!
ευεργετητέον" ει δί και τω σώματι /3ούλίΐ δυνατός είναι, τη γνώμη
νπηρετε'ιν εθιστέον το σώμα, και γυμναστέον συν πόνοι: και
ίδρώτι?
Καϊ ή Κακία νποΧαβοϋσα εΐπεν" ' Εννοείς, ω ΉράκΧει:, ώς
χαΧεπην καϊ μακράν όδον επϊ τά: ευφρόσυνα: η γυνή σοι αΰτη
διηγείται • εγώ δε ραδίαν καϊ βραχε'ιαν όδόν ε'πϊ την ευδαιμονίαν
αζω σί.'
Και 17 Αρετή εΐπεν, ' Ω τλήμον, τί δε συ αγαθόν έχεις ; ή τί
ήδν οισθα, μηδέν τούτων ένεκα πράττειν έθέλουσα ', ήτις ονδέ την
των ηδέων έπιθνμίαν αναμένεις, άλλα πρϊν έπιθνμήσαι, έμπίπΧασαι,
πριν μεν πεινήν, έσθιονσα, πρϊν δε διψήν, πινουσα' ονδέ διά τό
πον€Ϊν, άλλα δια το μηδέν εχειν ο τι ποιής, ύπνου επιθυμεί.!.
Αθάνατο: δε ούσα, εκ θεών μεν άπέρριψαι, υπό δε ανθρώπων
αγαθών ατιμάζει" τοΰ δε πάντων ήδίστου ακούσματα:, επαίνου
έαντη:, άνήκοο: ει, καϊ τον πάντων ήδίστου θεάματα: αθέατο:,
ουδέν γάρ πώποτε σαυτή: έργον καλόν τεθίασαι. Ύί: δ αν σοι
Χεγονσχι τι πιστενσειεν, ή τι: αν ευ φρονών τοΰ σου θιάσου
Μ
102 ΜΙ80ΕΣΣΛΝΕ0υ8 ΕΧΤΚΑ0Τ8.
τολμήσειεν είναι • οί, νιοι μεν οντά, τοϊς σώμασιν αδύνατοι «σικ,
πρεσβύτεροι δε -γενόμενοι, ταίς ψυχαΐς ανόητοι* τά μεν ηδέα εν
τη νεότητι διαδραμόντες, τά δε χαλεπά εις το γήρας αποθεμένοι.
Εγώ δε σννειμι μεν θεοΐς, συνειμι δε άνθρωποις τοις άγαθοϊς*
έργον δε καλόν οϋτε θείον οΰτε άνθρώπινον χωρίς εμοΰ γίγνεται'
τιμωμαι δε μάλιστα πάντων κα\ παρά θεοϊς και παρ άνθρώποις.
' Εστί δε το"ις μεν εμοίς φιΚοις ηδεία μεν καϊ άπράγμων σίτων
και ποτών άπόλαυσις' ανέχονται γάρ, εως άν επιθυμησωσιν αυτών.
"Υπνος δ' αντο'ις πάρεστιν ήδίων η τοις άμόχθοις' και οϋτε άπυλι-
πόντει αυτόν αχθονται, οΰτε δια τούτον μεθιάσι τά δέοντα πράττειν.
Και οί μεν νέοι τοις των πρεσβυτέρων επαίνοις χαίρουσιν, οί δε
γεραίτεροι ταϊς των νέων τιμα'ις άγάλλονται, και δι έμέ φίλοι μεν
θεοις είσϊν, αγαπητοί δε φίλοις, τίμιοι δε πατρίσιν όταν δ' ελθτ)
το πεπρωμένον τελοί, ον μετά λήθης άτιμοι κείνται, αλλά μετά
μνήμης τον (ϊει χρόνον ΰμνοΰμενοι θάλλουσι. Τοιαύτα σοι, ω παϊ
τοκέων αγαθών Ηράκλεις, εξεστι διαπονησαμένω την μακαριστοτά-
την ευδαιμονίαν κεκτήσθαι.'
GLOSSARY.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
ace. = accusative fr. = from pf. — perfect

assim. — assimilation gen. = genitive pi. = plural
Att. = Attic form i. e. = id est, that is prob. = probably
circ. = circa, about lit. = literally prop. = properly
comp. = comparative m. = masculine poet. = poetic
contrd . — contracted mid. = middle voice q.v.=quod vide, which
cp. = compare 11. = neuter see
dat. = dative n. b. = nota bene, notice sc. = scire licet, under
dist. = distinguish nom. = nominative stand
esp. = especially obs. = observe sup. = superlative
f. = feminine pass. = passive voice \/ = root of.
+*^. If the tenses of a compound verb are not fully given, look under
the simple verb.
Where the verb is regular its principal parts are not always given
in full.
'AydOcov, ojvos, 6, a proper name.

A. dyaXXw, a\a>, to adorn. Mid. with
a, (n. pi. of 8s, ^, t,) which things. dat. to take delight in.
"ApSTjpa, wv, ra, a town in Thrace, 'A-yauJuvvtov, ovos, 6, king of My
where Democritus and Protagoras cenae, commander-in-chief of the
were born : whence Greeks before Troy.
'ApS-npiTns, ov, o, a man of Abdera, dyav, adv. very, much, too much.
proverb, of a simpleton. fijjdiv ayav = ne quid nimis, not
dyaOos, ?), bv, good, useful, virtuous. too much of anything.
to dyaObv = ' the good.* dyaOov, dyavaKTCco (w), tjo'cu, TjyavattTrjaa
'a good thing,' 'a blessing;' rd {dyav), to be violently irritated,
dyaOd, ■ goods,' ' wealth.' to be indignant.
The comp. and superl. are dYdTrdw (w), -fjffoj, ^y&mjffa, to love,
dfiuvaiv, aptcrros ; 0e\riojv, f3eK- with dat. to be content with.
tmttos ; or tcpeiaacov, KparicTos ; d-yairTjTos, 7), bv (ayawdoj) , beloved
according as the notion of capa by, dear to.
city, moral excellence, or supe dyairwev, 3 pi. opt. pres. dyarrdoj.
riority in strength is brought ayytXkoi, c\a>, ijyytKfca, ijyyttKa,
out. ko'tvv and AaJo'Tos are also to bring tidings.
used ; they contain the idea of dyyeXos, ov, 6, a messenger [angel],
desirableness. The adv. is tv. £y*Y05> ovs> Ti\ a Jar) Pan> Pau<*
M 2
164 GLOSSARY.
ayi\t\, r)s, ■?} (dya), a herd. as opposed to things that need

d-Y€WT)TOS, ov (d, not, and yevvdcu, carrying.
I beget), unbegotten. dy<*>v, wvos, 6 (dyai), a contest, a
ot-'yevtrros, ok (7«uo/tcu), = ov yevatv race.
t\(uv twos, without tasting, with dYQ)vi£ou,ai, lovyuii, TjyavLffafirjv, to
out taste of. contend for a prize.
dyf|pa)5, oiv (contr. fr. 0.-777^005), dSc\<f>"r|, tjs, 7), sister.
not waxing old, undecaying. dSe\<j>6s, ov, 6, brother.
*AyT]0"iXaos, ov, Agesilaus II, per "AlSitjs (o:57?s), ov, d, Hades, or
haps Sparta's greatest king, 397— Pluto, the god of the shades, els
361 B.C. or Iv "Aidov, sc. dSfiov or b"6[Mp,
ayios,a, ov \Hagiology\,ho\y, sacred. into or in the house of Hades.
'Ayvs, iSos, brother of Agesilaus, Probably from d and */ fi$, to
king of Sparta 426-397 B.C. see.
a-yKiJpa., as, t), (anckora), an anchor. dSiiccci) (w), -fjaco, iiditnjffa, r/St/07/fa
d-yvaiTTOS, ov, not cleansed, un- (abttcos), to do wrong. adttceiv
washen, fr. old Att. kvcltttoj, to rbv dde\<pov = ' to wrong one's
comb wool. brother.' dotKft "Sqjkp&ttjs Siaxp-
a7voe'u) (Att. cD), Jjcw, ijyvorjaa, (a 0cipajv tovs vtovs = ' Socrates is
and vTNO, root of yi-yvw-cicw, guilty of corrupting the young.'
i-gno-rare, etc.), not to know, to d8iKT)|xa, aros, to, an injustice, a
be ignorant. wrongdoing.
a-yvoLa, as, 77, ignorance. dSiKLU., as, 7) (aSiKos), injustice.
dyopcL, as, 7) (dyeipu), place ofassem d-SiKos, ov {d, not, and fiifcrj), unjust.
bly, market-place (Lat./orwm). aSitcws, unjustly.
dyopa^co, dffoj, to be in the market d-SwaTOS, ov (a, not, and hvvaîai),
place ; to buy : whence 1. powerless; 2. impossible.
dyopdcrai, I aor. inf. dSvvarov- or dhvvard-kaTL = * it is
dyopeuo}, o*cu, fjyopcvaa, used in impossible.'
compounds for \&ya>, I speak. £8w, aaofiat, yo*a, to sing.
(Prop, to speak in the assembly, del, always. «is del, for ever, 6 del
to harangue). apx<vv = * the archon for the time.'
aypios, ia, iov (prop, living in the deiSco, see aSoo.
fields), wild, fierce. (Comp. savage, deyos, ov, 6, eagle.
fr. silvaJ) d*r|p, epos, o (a'er), air. dfyp is the
dypos, ov, 6 (Lat. ager), a field, thick lower air, opp. to aXQ^p, the
l7r' dypov, in the country. pure upper air, or sky. Homer
dyco, a£aj, )Jxa [<*T^°Xa]» fjyayov says of a tall pine tree, ot depos
(Lat. ago, Fr. agir, Eng. act), to alBep' Zftavev.
lead, drive, bring ; aytiv -qavxiav, d-ddva,TOS, ov (d, not, and Odvaros :
to be quiet ; dyetv kopr^v, to cp. dwfjffica) for Bdv-fftcoj, t&avov),
celebrate a feast ; dye (Lat. age), immortal, undying.
* come ! ' aycuv is frequently trans d-0 euros, ov, (1) not seen, (2) not
latable by ' with.' dycov ittttov seeing, blind to (c. gen.).
fjXOtv, * he came with a horse.* u-0eos. ov, without God, denying the
dyetv feat (pepetv, * to sweep a gods, ungodly.
country of all its plunder1 (agere 'A0T|va£€, orig. 'AOrjvaade, adv. to
et ferre). Both dyetv and agere Athens.
strictly refer to men and cattle, 'AO-qvai, rjvutv, at {Athenae), Athens.
GLOSSARy. 165
*A0T]vaIos, ota, atov, Athenian. taken (more generally aXiaKoûxi) ;

cJGAios. ia, iov, subject to the toils of (2) to be chosen. All 2 aor.
contest, wretched, burdensome. forms, save in indie, begin with k\~.
a6Xov, ov, to, prize (in a contest). aipu>, dpcv, ?jpKa, jjpa, to raise, to
&0Xos, ov, 6, contest. exalt ; begin to march, set sail
dOAo 4>opos, ov, bearing away the (sc. orjfxuov, dyxvpav). Mid. to
prize, victorious. carry off, to undergo, to under
dOiiLLCto (tD), -qaoj, to be dBvfxos, to take.
be disheartened, to despond. aicr0dvop.au. Orjaopxit, yaOrjpiat, rj-
d-Gup-os, ov (Ovfios), without heart, aOo/xtjv (aesthetics), to perceive,
faint-hearted, spiritless. Adv. with gen. or ace. or participle.
dBvfiwt ; aOvfxus *xfty ~ ' l0 De ato-Oijoas, €<us, j), sensation, percep
dispirited.' tion, esp. by the senses.
AiaKCS-rjs, ov, 6 (a patronymic, like aio-601-, 2 aor. opt. alaBdvofxai.
Dardanidae), sprung of Aeacus;
> ,
aicrxiwv, ' f) see alaypSs.
Ar
often of Achilles.
AiaKuS-ns, ov, 6, a son of Aeacus, aicrxpo-KcpS^s, es (see alaxP&* and
generally of Achilles. fcepfios. like Latin ' turpilucricupi-
AiyviTTios, ia, iov, Egyptian. dus,' Mr. Muckrake), loving base
Aiyuirros, ov, i], Egypt, 0 Aty., gain; in N. T. 'greedy of filthy
the Nile. lucre.'
aI5top.au (ovfxat), iaopai, ySio8rjv, aurxpos, d, or, ugly, foul, base ;
to feel alBcjs, bashfulness, respect, comp. aiffxi<uv, superl, aivxtaros.
shame. Hence (1) with ace. to atorx^vrj, rjs, ■?), a disgrace ; shame.
respect a person, (2) with an inf. auaxvvou.au, ovftat, TJarcvfApiai, t}o~x~
to be ashamed to do a thing. tv$T)V, to be ashamed, with ace.
diSuos, ov (said to be from del), or (Ttl with dat., of a thing.
everlasting, etc. alaxvvoixaL votwv tl = * I am
alScus, ovs, j), bashfulness, shame, re ashamed of doing what I do.*
verence. aioxvvofiat irotttv ti = ' I am
alO-rjp, ( 4pos, 6 (atOw, Lat. aether\ ashamed to do a thing,* (and
Eng. ethereal), the sky, the upper therefore do not do it).
air : see drjp. alffx^vofiai riva = ' I feel re
alAoupos. ov, o and jy (aloXos and verence for a person, or shame
ovpd), the wavy-tailed, a cat. before him :' see alhiofiai.
alo\os gives Aeolus, the Change AiorwTTOs, o, the writer of fables;
able. lived in the 6th century b. c.
atp.a, aros, to, blood (haemorrhage, alrcu (w), rjaai, rjr-nKa, rJTqo'a, to
haematite). ask for, with ace. of person and
alvco (oj), kao3, to praise, kitaiviw thing. Mid. to ask for oneself,
is used in prose. claim ; vindicare sibi.
aivi'Yfj.a, aros, to (alvirTopiat, enig at-rCa, as, 17, cause ; blame ; charge.
ma), a dark saying, a riddle. aiTios, a, ovt guilty ; with genitive.
atvos, ov, 6, a tale, saying ; fable. 6 atTtos = reus, the accused.
atpcons, ecus, ij (heresy), (1) a cuxp-dAcoTos, ov (at'x/tj), spear, and
taking; (2) choice; (3) a sect. d\- in dAto7Co/tai), taken by the
alpco) (a)), tjooj, rjprjKa, dkov, to spear, prisoner of war, captive.
take, conquer, convict. Mid. to alb>v, wvos, 6, one*s life-time, life,
choose, elect. Pass. (1) to be Lat. aevum ; an age.
τ 64 0Σ083ΑΚΥ.
άγίλη, η$, ή (άγω), 3 ίιβΓά. 3δ ορροδβα Ιο ίηίη^δ Ιη3ΐ ηβε<1

ά-γίννητοδ, ον (ά, ηοί, 3ηά γεννάω, 03Γτνίη§.
Ι 1>β§βΐ), υιιοε§οΐΐβη. άγων, ώνο$, 6 (άγω), 3 οοηίεδί, 3
α-γ«υστο5, ον (γίνομαι), = οΰ γίΟσιν Γ30β.
«χαιν τί^(ί?, \νίΐηουί ί3δίίη§, νίίη- αγωνίζομαι, ιονμαι, -η^ωνισάμην, Χο
ουί Ι3δίβ οί". οοηΐεηα Γογ 3 ρπζε.
άγήρως. αιν (βοηίΓ. Γγ. ά-γήραοβ)» άδβλφή, ^5, ή, δϊδίεΓ.
ηοί νναχίη^ ο\ά, υη<ϊεε3γίη£. αδελφός, ον, 6, ΙϊΓοίΗεΓ.
Αγησίλαος, ου, Α§;εδί!3υδ II, ρεΓ- "Αιδη$ (οΤδτ/ϊ), ον, ο, Η3^εδ, οτ
Η»ρδ δρϋΠ&'δ §Γε3ίεδΕ 1ίΐη§, 397~ Ρΐηίο, ΐΗε %οά οΓ ίηε δΠ3(1ε5. €Ϊϊ
361 Β. α ογ \ν "Αιδον, δε. δόμον ογ δόμω,
άγιος, α, ον [Ηα^ί'ο/ο&χ], Ηοΐχ, δ30Γβ(1. ίηίο ογ ίη ίΗβ ηουεε οΓ Η3(1εδ.
"Αγΐ5, ίδθ«, ΟΓΟίϊΐβΓ οΓ Α§εδϊΐ311δ, Ργοο3ρ1)τ Γγογπ ά 3ηά */ £ώ, ίο
ΐΐίη§ οΓ8ρ3Γΐα 426-397 Β•°- δββ.
άγκυρα, α», ή, (αηεΑοΓα), ίΐη λποΙιογ. ά8ικ€ω (ώ), ήσω, ιβίκησα, ήδίκηκα
α-γνα-πτοβ, ον, ηοί ο1β3ηδεα, υη- (άδί«οί), ίο άο \νΓοη§. άδικόν
^3δηεη, Γγ. οΐά ΑίΙ. κνάπτω, Ιο τον άδΐλψόν — ' ίο \νΓοη§ οηε'δ
βοηιβ νοοί. ϋΓΟίΠεΓ.* αδικίΐ "Σωκράτης διαφ-
άγνοέω (Αίί. ω), ηο*ω, ήγνόησα, (ά θΐ'ιρων τοίίί ν4ον$ = ' 8θ0Γ3ίεδ ί*5
3ηα ,ν/ΓΝΟ, γοοΙ οΓ γί-γνώ-σκω, ξΐιϊΐΐγ ο/εθΓΓυρΐίη^ ίΗβ γοηη§.*
ί-^ηο-ΓίΐΓί, είο.), ηοΐ Ιο Ιίηον, Ιο αδίκημα, ατοκ, το, ;ιιι ίη]υδίίεβ, 3
1)6 ϊ^ηοΓαπΙ. ννΓοη^ϋοίη^;.
ά-γνοια, α$, ί), ί§ηοΓ3ηεε. αδικία, αδ, ή (άδικο•), ίημίδίίοβ.
αγορά, άϊ, ή (ά-γίίρω), ρΐ3€β οΓλδδβιη- α δικός, ον (ά, ηοί, απά δίκη), ηη]ηδί.
\>\γ, πιαΓίεβί-ρ^ββ (1,31./οπιτη). αδίκως, υη)υδί!γ.
αγοράζω, άσω. Ιο ββ ίη ίηε ΐΏ3ΓΐίεΙ- ά-δύνατοβ, ον (ά, ηοί, 3ηα δνναμαι),
ρΐ3εβ ; ίο \>ηγ : ν/Ηβηββ Ι. ρο\νβΓΐεδδ ; 2. ιηιρο$δίΙ)1β.
άγομάσαι, Ι 30Γ. ίηί*. αδύνατον- ογ άδύνατά-ίστί = ' ίί ίδ
αγορεύω, σω, ή•γόρ(υο~α, ηδεά ίη ίπΊροβδίοΙβ.*
εοπιρουηό'δ Γογ λ^γα>, Ι δρβ3&. άδω, ασομαι,τρσα, ίο δίη^.
(ΡΓορ. Ιο φεαίε ίη Ιηβ 3δδεπιΙ)1ν, α«ι, 3ΐ\ν3γδ. €Ϊ5 ά«ί, Γογ βνεΓ. ό ά^ι
ίο η3Γ3η§ιιε). άρχων = • ίηε 3Γοηοη Γογ ίΚε ΙΪΓηβ.'
άγριος, ία, ιον (ρΓορ. 1ίνίη§ ίη Ιηβ άείδω, δεε αδω.
ββΐάδ), \νί1α, ΗβΓββ. (Οοταρ.$ανα£β, αετός, ον, υ, 63§1ε.
Γγ. είΐνα.) αήρ, ίροδ, ό (αβ>), 3Ϊγ. άή/> ίδ ίηε
αγρός, ου, δ (1>3ί. α^βΓ), & ίϊεΐα, ίΚίοΙε !ο\νετ 3Ϊγ, ορρ. ίο αιθ^ρ, ίηε
έτΓ* άγροΟ, ίη ίηε οοηηίΓγ. ρΠΓε ΟρρβΓ 3ΪΓ, ΟΓ δΐί^. ΗθΠΊβΓ
άγω, &ζω, ^χα [άγήοχα], τ/γαγον 53γδ οΓ 3 ί3ΐ1 ρίηε ίτεε, δί* άίροζ
(ΙαΙ. α^ο, Ργ. ο£ϊγ, Εη§. σί:/), Ιο αϊθίρ' ΐκαν^ν.
1β3υ, (ΐΓΪνε, ρπη§ ; άγίίΐ/ ^σι/χίαν, ά-θάνατος, ον (ά, ηοί, 3ηι1 θάνατοε :
Ιο βε ςιπεί ; άγβιΐ' Ιο/)ττ)ν, Ιο ορ. θνήσκω Γογ θάν~σκω, ίθανον),
0β1εΙ)Γ3ΐε 3 ίε3δί ; άγ« (1*31. α£β), ίηιηΐ0Γΐ3ΐ, υηαγπι§.
* εοηιβ Ι * ά-γων ίδ ή-εαυεηίΐγ ίΓ3ηδ- άθίατος, ον, (ι) ηοί δβεη, (2) ηοί
1αί3ϋ1ε \>γ ' \νϊίη.' άγων ϊννον δβείη§, 1>Ηηά ίο (β. §εη.).
ήλθεν, ' Ηβ 03ηιε νίίΗ α ηοΓδβ.' ά-θ€05, ον, \νίίηοιιΙ Οοά, αεηγ"ίη§ Ιηβ
άγίίμ καϊ φ4ραν, ' Ιο δ\νεβρ 3 εοίΐδ, ηη^οαΐ^.
οοηηΐΓγ οΓ 3.11 ίίδ ρΙυηυεΓ* (αξετε Άσήναζί, ογϊ§. ΆΘήνασδ*, &άν. Ιο
βΐ /δ/-/-*). Βοίη άγίίΓ 3Π(1 α^εΓε ΑίηβΠ5.
δίπείΐγ ΓεΓεΓ Ιο ιηεη 3ηά εαϋΐβ, Αθήναι, ηνων, αί (ΑΐΗεηαε), Αΐηβηδ.
σΐ088ΑΚν. 165
Αθηναίος, αία, αΐον, ΑίηεηΪ3η. ίαΐεεη (ιηοίε ^εηεΓαΙΙ^ άλίσκομαι) ;
άθλιος, ία, ιον, δυο]εοί Ιο ίηε ίοίΐδ οί (2) Ιο βε εηοδεη. ΑΙΙ 2 αοτ*
€011ΐ65ί, \νΓείθΓΐεά, 1)υΓ(ΐ61150Γηβ. /ογ»25, $«υ£ ίη ίηάίε., οεξίη χυΐΐΗ ίλ-.
άθλον, ου, το, ρτίζε (ίη 3. οοηίεδί). αίρω, άρα», ή/)*α, ί^α, Ιο Γ3Ϊδε, Ιο
άθλος, ου, δ, οοηίεδί. εΧ3!ΐ ; ρε^ΐη Ιο ηΐ3Γοη, δεί δ3Ϊ1
άθλο- φόρος, οί', οε«ΐπη§ 3\ν3γ Ιηε (δο. σημ^ΐον, άγκυραν). Μία. ίο
ρπζε, νϊοΐοποιίδ. εβΓΓγ οίΓ, ίο υηιίεΓ§ο, Ιο υηίίεΓ-
άθυμίω (ω), τ}οολ ίο 1η: άθνμο$, ίο Ι3ΐίε.
1>ε οΊ'δΓίεαΓίεηεα, Ιο άεδροηά. αισθάνομαι, θησομαι, γσθημαι, ρ-
α-θυμος, ον (θνμο$), \νίΐηοιιί ηεβτί, σθόμην {αε&ΐΗεΐίε&), Ιο ρεΓεείνε,
ίαϊηΐ - 1ιε3Γΐε<3, δρίπίΐβδδ. Αάν. λνίΐΗ £εη. ογ 3εε. ογ ρ3Γΐϊοίρ]ε.
άθύμω8 ; άθύμωι *Χ*ιν = ' ίο 6β αίσθησις, €αι?, ή, δεηδαΐίοιι, ρεΓοερ-
άίδρίηΐεάν ίιοη, εδρ. \>γ Ιηε δεηβεδ.
Αίακίδης, ον, δ (3 ρΆίτοηγνηΙο, Ιϊΐίε αίσθοι-, 2 λογ. ορί. αισθάνομαι.
ϋ3Γίΐ3ηί(3ίΐε), δρπιη§ οί' Αε3ουδ; αίσχιστος, ) , ,
> /
αισχιων, ^> εεε αίσνραϊ.
ΛΓ
οίΐεπ οί Αοηϋΐεδ.
Αΐακίδης, οΰ, υ, α $οη οί Αε3ουδ, αίο-χρο-κβρδής, ϊ$ (δεε αισχροί 3ηά
£εηεΓ3ΐ1ν οί Ααηίΐΐρδ. κέρδο$, ίίΐίε Ιι3(ίη * ΙηΓρϊΙιιετΊεηρϊ-
Αιγύπτιος, ία, ιον, Ε^νρίίαη. (?«5,' Λ/γ. Μιιείιταΐίε), 1ονίη§ 1)3δε
Αίγυπτος, ον, ή, Ε^νρΐ. 6 ΑΓ7-» §3Ϊ η ; ία Ν. Τ. 'βΓεεά!^ οί βΗΗγ
ΐΗε Νίΐε. ΙαοΓβ.'
αίρομαι {ονμαι), ίσομαι, -ρδίσθην, αισχρός, ά, δν, η%\γ, Γουΐ, 1>3δε ;
Ιο ΓεεΙ αιδώς, 035ηίυ1ηεδδ, Γεδροοί, εοπιρ. αϊσχίων, δυρεΓί. αίσχίστοβ.
δΗαηιε. Ηεηοε (ι) \νίίη 3(χ. Ιο αίσχιίνη, η$, ή, 3 (ϋδ£Γ3€€ ; δΚδίπε.
Γε$ρεοί ζ ρβΓδοιι, (2) \νίίη αη ίηΓ. αίσχΰνομαι. ονμαι, φσκνμμαι, τ}σχ-
ίο 1>ε 3δ1ΐ3Γηε<1 Ιο ίΐο 3 1ηίιΐ£. ίνθην, ίο 1)ε 3δη3πιεα\ \νίΐΗ 300.
άίδιος. ον ($&ίά Ιο σε Γγοπι α«ϊ), ογ ίττί ννΐΐΗ ^3Τ., οΓ 3 ίΗίπ^.
ενεΓΐ3δίίη§, είο. αϊσχννομαι νοιών τι = Ί 3γπ
αιδώς, ον$, ϊ), 03δΚίυ1ηε55, δηαιηε, τε- 3δΠ3Γηεά' οί (1οίπ§ \νη3ί Ι αΌ.*
νεΓεηοε. αίσχΰνομαι ιτοιπν τι = 'ϊ &ηι
αΐθήρ, ( 4ροχ, δ (αίθω, 1,31. αεϊΗεν, 3$η3Γπεα ίο <1ο 3 ίΗίη§,' (3ηα
Εη§. είΗετεαΓ), ίηε δίεγ, /Αί κ/#ίΓ ΙηεΓείοΓε άο ηοί (Ιο ίί).
λ/γ ; δεε αήρ. αϊσχννομαι τίνα — ' Ι ίεεί τε-
αίλουρος, ον, δ ναό ή (αιόλοί 2ΐιά* νεΓεηεε Γογ 3 ρεΓδοη, ογ δΙΐ3Γηε
ουρά), ίηε χνανγ-ΙαϊΙεά, 3 αί. οεΓοΓε Ηίπι :' δεε αΐδίομαι.
αΙόΚοχ £Ϊνοδ -Αδοΐυε, ίηε Οιατιξε- Αίσωπος, δ, ίηε \νπίεΓ οΓ ί3Γ>1εδ;
α(?ίε. Ιίνεά ίη ίηε 6ίΗ εεηίυΓν β. ο.
αΐμα, ατο$, τύ, βίοοά {Ηαεηχοττίιαξε, αίτίω (ώ), ησω, -ητηκα, χίτησα, ίο
Ηαετηαΐΐίε). 3δ1ί ΪΌγ, \νίίΗ 3οε. οί ρεΓδοη 3ηο'
αίν^ω (ω), ίσω, Ιο ρΓ2Ϊ$ε. ίπαινίω ίηίη§. Μία. ίο 3δ1ί ίοΓ οηεδείί,
ϊδ ιΐδεά ίη ρΓΟβε. οΐ3Ϊπι ; ν'ιηάίεατε εϊοί.
αίνιγμα, ατοί, τδ (αϊνίττομαι, εηΐξ- αιτία, α«, ή, οβυδε ; 1)ΐ3πιε ; ο1ΐ3Γ£ε.
τηά), 3 ά^Γΐε δ3)'ίη£, 3 πά'άΊε. αίτιος, α, ον, £ΐιϊ1ίν ; \νίίη ^εηϊίίνε.
αίνος, ον, δ, 3 131ε, δδ^ΐη^ ; ί3ϋ1ε. δ αϊτιο$ = Γεν$, ΐΗε κοουδεα.
αΐρ«σις, €α>$, ή (ΛίΓβδν), (ΐ) 3 αιχμάλωτος, ον (αΙχμή, 5ρε3Γ, άπα
Ι3ΐίΐη§; (2) οηοίοε; (3) » δεοί. αλ- ίη άλίσκομαι), ΐβίεεη \>γ ίηε
αίρέω (ώ), 77σαί» νΡνκα} *ϊλον, Ιο δρεατ, ρτίδΟπεΓ οί νϊζτ, οίρΐίνε.
ί3ΐίε, οοηαηεΓ, οοηνίοΕ. Μία1. Ιο αιών, ώνο$, δ, οηε*δ Ηίε-ίίτηε, Ηίε,
οηοο$ε, εΐεοι. Ρ3δ5. (ι) Ιο υε ΙλΙ. αεναιπ ; 3η 3§ε.
i66 GLOSSARY.
d-Kcupos, ov (d, not, and tempos), of alploj. With gen. [e. g. <p6vov~\
unseasonable. to be convicted of [murder].
dicavOa, rjs, 7) (from v'AK, sharp, dW before a vowel = dAXd, but.
seen in acies, acus, uttcbs, dtcpos, dXX' before a vowel = dkka, other
etc.), a thistle ; a thorn. things : see dkkos.
aicnKoAs, pf. part, from atcovw. uXXd, but, yet : ov fxuvov . , . dkka,
d-KivSvvos, ov (d, not, and /eivbvvos, feat . . . not only—but also: dAAd
danger), without danger. fity, atqui, however ; well, but.
aKOT|, rjs, t) (*/a,KOvai), hearing, the dkkd, yap = enimvero, certainly.
sense of hearing. dXXa, neuter plural of dkkos.
aKoiicra. see d/cuv. Dist. from d- oXXtjXovs, dkkrjkojv, dkkrjkois (re
tcovovaa, and dtcovoas, parts of ciprocal pronoun, only used in
a/covaj. oblique cases), one another (dkkoi
ciKoucrjjitt. Toy, T(5, a thing heard. — dAXoi).
clkovu, aofxai, dterJKoa, fftcovaa, to dXXoios, a, ov (dkkos), of another
hear, rtJ'tfa ti, something from a kind, different.
person, tovto ovtois ex0*'* or aXXop,ai, akovfiai, fjkdfAijv (salio),
OT( TOVTO OVTWS €X€t' to leap.
Used (especially with tv and aXXos, r], o (alius, alia, aliud, the
tcatcws) as the passive of \£ycu, final dental has dropped off the
to be spoken of, to be called. neuter in the Greek), other, dk
dicpij3r)S, cs, accurate, exact (?d/c/)os). koi = others ; ol dkkot = the others,
dicpos, a, ov (acies, acus), the out the rest ; dAXoi — dkkot =some
most, edge of. d/cpai 7ro5cs, the —others, dkkot dkka (kwolovv),
ends of the feet. some (did) one thing, some an
uk'-ov, ateovaa,aKov (d, not, and kteibv), other : cf. Lat. alii alia, etc.
unwilling. dXXoTpios, la, tov (dkkos), belonging
dX"y€co (Att. at), Tjffoj, ■qkyrjo'a, to to another, (alienus), opp. to iSjoj:
grieve, be pained. strange, 7) dXAorpta, sc. 'yi}3='the
dX<Y°s, ovs, to, pain. enemy's country.'
dXeeivds, 7), ov, lying open to the aXXcos, otherwise, dkkcos tc tcat =
sun, warm, hot. not only otherwise, but also =
aXeKTpvwv, ovos, 6, a cock. especially.
'AX«£-avSpos, ov, 6 (defending men), d-Xoyos, ov (koyos), unreasonable,
(i) Paris, the son of Priam; (2) A. irrational.
the Great, son of Philip of Ma- d-Xuiros, ov (d, not, and k^m}} , = ovk
cedon. €X°*V kvinjv tivvs, not having the
dXirjOeux, as, r), truth ; ttj dk. = in pain of, ungrieved by.
reality. aXvais, ecus, 7), a chain.
dXtiO-ris, h (a, not, and </ka$, \r]0 dXwvai, 2 aor. inf. dkiatcofiat.
of kavQdvw), without reserve ; dXtoirr]ij, tfcos, 7), fox. The ' fox' is
true, exact. used proverbially for ' cunning,' as
d\Tj0tvos, t), hvt (1) of persons, &ov$ for * strength.' Ti)v d. 'i\t:u
truthful, trusty; (2) of things, Z£oma0€v, he is a fox in dis
real, genuine. guise, lit. he trails the fox behind
olXtjOlos, adv. truly. (him).
aXis, adv. enough, in abundance. olXidtos, r), ov, verb. adj. of ak'iGKO-
aXto-Koaai, dkwo,Ofj.at,(dkajKa, 2 aor. ytat, to be taken, or caught.
tdkcuv, to be taken, used as pass. ap,a, adv. at the same time, to
GLOSSARV. l6 J
gether (same root as Lat. stmul, dptôpeus, eojs, d (for dp<pt<f>optv$,

sem-el, sim-plex, and Gr. Spov). 'borne on both sides,* i.e. a jar with
a-u.a8-r|s, is, unlearned (d, not, and two handles. For the shortening
-J pdO of ipadov, pavOdvoj) ; hence cp. stipendium for stipi-pendium.
dpaOia, as, f}, ignorance. (1) a jar ; (2) a liquid measure.
afia£a, 77s, 7) (a£wv, our axle, axis, du.4>OT6pos, a, ov (apfpoS), both of
etc.), cart, wagon. two, both : dp<poT(pojv drcoveiv =
au.apTa.vo>, rjaopai, fjpdprrjKa, ijpap- 'audire alteram partem.' (Note the
rov, to miss, with gen. ; to err, sin. comparative suffix -rtpos, indi
au,dpTT)U.a, tos, to, a fault, a sin. cating a relation between two
ap,apTta, ay, 7), a failure, error, sin. things.)
du.dpTiov, ov, T0, = dpdpT7)pa. ajK+ico, dptyotv (ambo), both.
au-Ppocria, as, 77, ambrosia, the food &v, 1. adv. denoting a condition;
of the gods ; strictly an adj. agree vide § 197 sqq. 2. In Relative
ing with €5c£/5?7 : it is derived from clauses it adds to the relative word
d, not, and -J ppo or -J pop seen the same notion as Lat. cunque,
in morior, mortal, (p)&poTos> for Engl, soever. In this sense it often
pporos, etc. The labial j8 has combines with another word, e.g.
slipped in between the labial-nasal OTo.v = ore + &v, tireiSav = limS?)
p. and the p} as in nombre, ptoyp- dV. dv is often repeated more than
jSpia, etc. ; cp. Thompson, etc. once in the same sentence after
We see the same word in the emphatic words.
Skrt. ' amritam * — Southey's * am- dv-, in compds. before vowels, (1)
reeta cup '—without the b. not, (2) for dvd.
du.€ivo>v, ov, see ayaOus. dpttvov dvd, prep, generally with ace. (1)
on p. 93 is a predicate in the of place, along, throughout. (2)
neuter referring to ddttciav. Or distrib. dvd rpcts, by threes. § 92.
sc. -xpTjiJta, (a better) tking. u.va-j3aivu>, to go up (see ftaivat).
du.cX.cto (to), rjaw, rjpekrjaa, to ne dva-(3\*TT<o, ipoj (see @\4ircu), ([) to
glect, with gen. Pass. dptKovpat. look up, (2) to recover sight.
-1-u.erpos. ov (ptrpov), without mea dva-yiY^wcTKOj, yvwaopai (see 717-
sure, excessive, immoderate. vwckcv) , to read, to recognize.
d-p,Tjxavos, ov, {pr)\av^, mackina, dvavKd^d), o~qj, fady/cava, to com
machine), without means, impos pel, force (dvdy/crj).
sible, irresistible, irremediable. dvavKatos, ata, atov (dvdyfer}'), ne
dp.t\X.a, 77s, 77 (apd), a conflict. cessary. Ta dvay/caia, the neces
'Afuvata, as, 77, a cask of Aminaean saries of life. 01 dvayaicatoi —
wine ; see Virg. G. ii. 97 Ami- kinsfolk, Lat. necessarii.
neae vites. dvavKatcos. adv. necessarily. dvay-
d-u.ox6os. ov (poxôs, p6yis), with Kaiws *x€l* ^ tnttst be so.
out toil, shirking from toil, untried. dvdyKT), 7}S, 77, fate, necessity. d>-
duxvo), dpvvai, ripvva (Lat. munio) , dyKT) (etrW) it is necessary, with
to ward off, with ace. ; to aid, inf. Lat. necesse est,
with dat. ; dpvvopai, to defend dva-vvui, 2 aor. subj. dvayiyv&i-
oneself; with ace. to avenge one 0~KOJ.
self on, to punish. dv-dveo, £«, to lead up : mid. to put
djj.^l, prep, with gen., dat., or ace. to sea. •
(see § 118), around, about, con dva-O-fjcrew, fut. inf. dva-TiOrjpi, to
cerning, for the sake of. lay up.
i68 GLOSSARY.
dvatScia, as, 77, shamelessness ; from Zpdttohov, a slave, prob. dvr)p and
cLv-cu8y|s, Is, shameless (ui'~, not, and Jvqq of 7roS<ls), to enslave.
atli&s). dvSpcCa, as, ?}, manliness, courage
dvHXipco) (aS), âa», -yprjica, -ttkov, {dvrjp, dvdpo-).
take away, destroy : of an oracle, dvSpctos, a, ov, manly, brave.
to respond. dv-ep-rj-, see dva-@aivoj.
uv-aCnos, ov {dv-, not, and alria), dv-€pXe\(/c, I aor. dva-j3Xiir(v.
guiltless* with gen. dvcOc-, 2 aor. dvaTt67jfj.t.
dva-tcaXcw (Att. a)), fut. uvtutakw, dv-ciXc, 2 aor. ind. oi' dvaipia.
to call upon, appeal to. dv-€iuicvos, 77, oy, pf. part. pass, from
uva-Ketpai, ffo/xat, (i) to lie down: dvitjfii = unrestrained.
(2) to be dedicated, used as pass. dv- tXirwros, ov {kXm(<u), unex
of dvaTtOrjfAi. pected.
dva-K\da) (Att. to), kXHooj, -ttcXaaa, uvfjios, ov, o {animus, anitna, Fr.
to bend back, to break short ame), wind.
off. dve£-, fut. of dvex:
dva\ap-, see dva-Xapi&dvw (2 aorist). dveo-TTja-, 1 aor. act. Avian)fu.
dva-Xap,(3dva> ( see Xapi&avaj) , t o dvtv, with gen. ' without.'
take up, to take back, to recover; dv-cvpio-Kb), rjaw, -tvprjtca, -zvpov,
to assume. to disclose, discover.
dvdXttTKU), Xwuw, dvtjX- and dvd- dv-txu* dvf£cv, dvacxôj, to hold
Xajfca, dvrjX- and dvdXojaa, to up, support ; mid. to hold oneself
spend, squander. up, to hold out, endure, often with
dva -u.*va>. vw, -tfjeiva. to wait for. participle.
dv-avSpos, ov, {dvty, dvdp-), un dv«pX&T), Pass- * aor- dvoiyvvfju.
manly, dv-T)KOos, or (cLKo-fy), without hearing,
dva£, dvauros, 6, a lord, or master. deaf; with gen.
'Avalayopas, ov, 6, a philosopher dvTjp, dvb'pds, 6, man, husband (vir).
of Clazomenae (500—428 b. c.) dv0\ before rough breathings — dj/rt,
who taught at Athens for thirty , q7'
vears. Among his pupils, before dv6-io"rrj[it, avTi-arriaQ}, dvB-ia-
ne was banished for heresy, were TTjKa, avT-iffTtjaa, dvT-tOTqv, dv$-
Pericles and Euripides. ioTapai, act. to set against, intrans.
dv-d£ios, a, ov, or o$, ov, {dv-, not, to withstand.
and a£tos), unworthy. dvOos, ovs, rb, flower {anthology,
dvd-7r<ruXa, 77s, j), a rest, repose, polyanthus).
relaxation ; from dvOpuircios, a, ov, of or belonging
avo-irouco (see ttovw), to stop, tr. to man, human.
and intr. dvOpumvos, 17, ov (avOpcuiros), per
dva-irTwcw, £ai, dv-iirrvâ, to un taining to man, natural.
fold, bring to light. dvOpumov, ov, to, a vulgar fellow, a
dy-apxta, as, j) {dv-, not, and dpxb)* low man.
want of rule, anarchy. avOponros, ov, 6, man, human being
dva-o-irdu (Att. a>), (o"ird<TOJ, lanaica, {homo).
lairaaa), to draw up. dvtupos. d, ov, {dvia, pang\ painful.
dva-Ti0T]U,i, Orfffoj, dv-€0rjv, to set up, dv-t5pcoTOS, ov, (lb'p6Qj*i$pws), with
to dedicate. out sweating or exercising oneself.
dvSpd, dvopl, etc. see dv-qp. dv-£rjp.i, -tjooj, -c-/ca, -ijim, -Uvat, to
dvSpairo&i£ci>, ia/, TjvSpairdSiffa (dv- let go, slacken.
GLOSSARF, 169
u-viKTfTOS, ov (d, not, and viKdw), from the Cynosarges where he

unconquered ; invincible. taught.
uv-C(m]p.t, avaffTTjaoj, dv-tOT-qaa, dvTi-T<i,TT(o, -Ta\£aj, dvriraâ, to
to set up, to stir up, to set in draw up in battle array against.
readiness for movement : intr. dvTL-T«TaYJi«vos, ijt ov, pf. pass,
av€<TT7]i/, avlar-nica, to stand up. part, of dvTtraTTOJ.
d-voY|TOs, ov, (volar), (1) not thought *Avn4>dvT|s, ov, o, prob. the comic
of, (2) dull, senseless. poet of that name, who lived
dvoia, as, 7) (a, not, and vovs) ; between 40x3 and 330 b.c.
senselessness, folly. avrpov, ov, to, cave (Lat. antrum,
av-oi-yvu^LL (or dvoiyw), £eu, dveco£a, Spenser antre).
av£<pxay IO open. 'Avromvos, ov, 6, M. Aurelius
dvoixOcls, tlaa, \v, 1 aor. part. pass. Antoninus the philosopher, Roman
dvoiyvvfu. emperor a.d. 161-180 (see Far-
dv-oo-Los. ov (oatos), unholy. to rar's ' Seekers after God ').
dvoatov = profanity. 'Avtwvios, ov, 6, Mark Antony the
avT-a8iK«a)(cii), r/<rai, to return wrong triumvir, lived b.c. 83-30.
for wrong; with ace. to retaliate dv-'UTrdS-nTOs, ov (vtrd and S4oj, to
upon. bind ; vnoSijfxa, a sandal), un-
'AvToAiaSas. ov, 6, a Spartan, author sandalled, unshod, barefoot.
of a disgraceful peace between "Awros, ov, 0, Anytus, the chief
Sparta and Persia, by which Greek accuser of Socrates.
cities in Asia Minor were ceded to dvu, adv. above ; avto teal /cdrcw, up
Persia, B.C. 387. and down. 7) dvai Tr6\ts — the cita
ovT-exw, dv04£<u, dvT€OxyKai av~ del, Acropolis.
rkaxov, imp. avrtixov, with dat. dvtoGcv, adv. from above.
to hold out against, to withstand. dv-toXeOpos, ov (okeOpos), indestruc
dvri, prep, with gen. instead of, in tible.
return for ; as good as : dvO1 ov = dv-coc()6XT)S, es (6cp€\os), useless, un
'wherefore:' in compds., against. profitable.
See § 83. d£io*-mo'Tos, ov (iriffTt*), trust
'Avrvyivi), t/s, ij, the heroine of a worthy.
play of Sophocles, whose devotion a£ios, a, ov, worthy, with gen. a£i6v
to her brother leads her to bury tart = tanti est, it is worth while.
his dead body at the cost of her a£tot ex*w, worthy to have.
own life. d£ioa> (a>), wffoj, rj£itoo~a, to think one
dvTL-SiS<o|i,i (see StScu/u), to give in (ace.) worthy of (gen.), to claim,
return, to pay back. think fit. Dist. a£tot and d£tot.
dvn-SoCTjv, 2 aor. opt. dvTi-b'io'ajfU. d£uos, worthily ; tivos, in a manner
avrt,-XaicTt£a>, to kick in return. worthy of some one.
avTL-Xap,(3dvco, take instead of; d-£uv€TOS, ov [Att. for daw.'] (d, not,
mid. to take part in, with gen. and avvirjfjti), unintelligent.
&vtvA^y<>>» to say in opposition, to air', before a vowel, for dird.
reply. aiY-ayyiWia, cAw, airf)yyt\ica, dtr-
dvTi-XTjTTTeov, verb. adj. dvTi-Xap- fiyy€i\a, to take back tidings.
fidvoj, (one) must take part in. dTT-d-yâo-Gai, 1 aor. mid. dndyx^.
'AvTta0€VT|S, ov, o, fl. about 366, a aTT-ayopeva, used as compd. ot
pupil of Socrates, and founder of \iyoj ; fut. dir-epoj, dirtiprjKa, d~
the Cynic school, so called perhaps iiiiuov, to forbid ; renounce; fail.
170 GLOSSARY.
a7r-A*yxa,> 7£<w» dir-f}y£a, t0 strangle: used for the corresponding parts

mid. to hang oneself. of dirtpxofiai.
ati-ayta, d£a>, to lead away. dir-eurov, see dirayopevoj.
a-iraiScvTOS, ov (a, not, and TrtuSevw, dimpta, as, 77 (dnftpos), inexperi
irais), uneducated. ence.
dir-CUT€G> (cD), 7}<JQ}, dir-7)TT)0~a, to d-ircLpos, ov (irupd), = ov trtTpav
ask from. %XWV Ttv6s, inexperienced in, igno
air-aA\aTTCi), £a>, dirfjWax^ dw- rant of.
TjAXaâ, to release from ; mid. to diT-€Kp€p.ao8-, 1 aor. pass, diro-
get rid of, to escape, depart from, Kpepdvwpu.
with gen. aTT-€Kpiv-, see dTro-Kpivcu.
&ir-ap,p\\iv(i), Hvaf, --fipifSXvva, to dir-CKrciv-, see dvo-ifrctvto.
blunt the edge of; in pass, to be direXO-, 2 aor. direpxofxat.
dulled. aTr-eXtiT-, 2 aor. diroXiiiroj.
airavTa, see ottos. dir-€V€ip,-, I aor. diro-v4fico.
diravTaxo-u, gen. adv. of place, every dir-eir€|ii|j-, 1 aor. diro-nifiirca.
where: (anas). dir-eirX-, see d-no-ir\£oi.
diravrdb}, tJuoj, aTTTjVTTjo'a (avTi), to dir-eppuj/ai, 2 sing. pf. ind. pass.
meet, with dat. drrtppt/j/Mi-, from drroppiirrw.
aira£ (for d-natus, semel ; cp. ttoX- dir-€pxop,ai, impf. dirrja or dirrffiv,
KciKts, etc.), once, once for all. fut. annf.ii, 2 aor. dni)\0ov, to go
dir-d£a>v, fut. part, dir-dyoj, away.
o,Tr-apveou.ai (ovfxai), ■fyaofiat, air- dtr-ô-raXKa, -iarctXa, see diro-
rjpvqpat, aTir]pvr)07]V, to deny. CTcWai.
d-iras, anaaa, airav (d= ^/dfxa and diT-€ax6p.T)V, 2 aor. mid. dir4x<v-
iras), all together, every ; a-rravra, dir-6Tpair-, 2 aor. drroTpeiroj.
adv. in all respects, uvras : iras : : dir-efyvy-, -€(pevy-t see diro-<p(vyai.
cunctus : omnis. dir-^xw» d<p&£<jj, 2 aor. direo~xov' m~
diraTdw (Att. cD), 770*0*, jjird-ny/ca, trans, to be distant from, with
1777-0x770*0, deceive : from gen. (Lat. abesse). Mid. with gen.
dird-rn, rjs, ?), a trick. to abstain from.
a.Tr-*f$ai\ie, see diro^diTTO}. dir-Tjyyf-, see dirayyiWa).
dir-iPTjv, 2 aor. diropaiva. air-^YâTO, 1 aor. mid. drr-dyx^
dTr-€SeLX®Tl"» * aor- pass. diro-Beifc- aV-rjei, impf. air-apt, to go away.
Wftl. diTT]X0-, 1 aor. dirtpxofiat.
direStS-, impf. airofitdajfii. air-ijXXa-, see dir-akkdrTai.
dir€8607j-, I aor. pass. airo-diSafii. dirnT-, see diraiTioj.
dir-cSpajjiov, 2 aor. otto-toex0-1- air-ifvai, inf. air-apa, to go away.
direStotc-, oTT/eSo-, aor. dTroSiSaj/j". airurreci) (w), 770*0;, iivioTijaa, to
dir-€0avov, 2 aor. a7ro- 0*77 (new. distrust ; lit, to be
dir-eGvTrjo-K-, impf. diro-Ovrjaica}. a-7uo~TOS, ov (a, not, and marts,
dimXcui (Att. w), 770*0?, 7jirei\7]<rat faith), untrustworthy, faithless.
to threaten : from air-Cco, pres. subj. d-n-upt.
aimAi], rjs, t), a threat. dirXovs, 77, ovv (a —dpLa ; Lat.
diT-tipA, tcrofxai, rp (ei/it), to be simplex, onefold, the^ sim being
away. Inf. diretvat. from root of sj'mul, simplex, and
dir-eipx («fyu), I will go away, used not for sifie) one-fold (so StnAoCs
as fut. of airipxofmt ; impf. 077770, = two-fold), single, simple, plain.
impv. dm$tt inf. attiâi, etc. are to dir\ovvt sincerity, truth.
GLOSSARY. 171
airXocj (Att. a>), wffv, tfwXajaa, to diro-KaAvTrrw, ipa), uncover, reveal

make airkovs, to unfold, spread out. (apocalypse).
otto, prep, always standing with a diTO-KpCULdwUULl, -KpfpW, dir-€Kp4-
genitive, = from; see § 81. 1. of ftaffa, to hang up : pass, and mid.
place ; 2. of time ; 3. generally of to be suspended, to hang oneself.
anything from which one begins, diro-Kpivu, fcptvu), separate. Mid .
denoting origin, descent, cause ; diroKpfvopxxt, aor. dir€Kptvap.r)V, to
diro rov avTOfxdrov, spontane answer.
ously, d. Btwv apxtaOat, to begin diro-KTtCvci), KT€va), direfcrova, arretc-
with the gods. ravov, diretcTuva, to kill, or con
aTTO-ftaivci), to go away from, dis demn to death. diroOvrjo/coj is used
embark : to turn out (Lat. eve- for the passive,
nire). aTro-XajjLpdva), -krjtpopat, to take
diro-pd\Xo), A<D, to throw away, to back ; to intercept, cut off.
lose. diroXavcris, fas, fj, enjoyment, ad
onro-paTTTO), -fiaipai, dirt&aipa, to dip vantage : from
quite or entirely. diro-Xa-uo), -aojAai, -tAaucra, to en-
diTO-pT]cr€o"6ai, fut. inf. anopaivoj. , ']°y'
diro-pAeTrw, if/oj, to look away (from diro-XeiTTTcos, a, ov, from
other things) to one; to look at aTro-X«CTrw, ipco, -\i\otJia, dvckiwov,
intently, (is ti or irpos rt. to leave behind.
airo-yiYvouiai., to depart life; otavo- diro-X-r|<f>0eLev, 3 pi. 1 aor. opt. pass.
yevufifvoi, the dead. diro-Xap&avb).
airo-YiYvwo-KOj, twos (sc. Mktjv), to dir-oXXvfii, dirokeaoj or dirokaj, dvo-
reject the charge against anyone, \oj\€Ka, dirwkco'a (Apollyon, from
to acquit ; to despair of. the form diroWvaj), to destroy, to
diro-S€iKW}i.i, £a>, to display, prove ; lose: mid. with perf. dirukcoka, =
appoint. to be undone, perish.
diroST|u,€Q> (a)), rjffoj, to be away 'AttoXXojv, ojvos, o, Apollo, son of
from home, be abroad (dirob'Tjp.os). Zeus and Leto, god of prophecy
dTr6-ST)jjios, ovt away from one's and of the sun ; also called
home, or country. Less Attic Phoebus.
than eicS-qpos. See Srjfios. dTro-Xo"Y€op,ai (ovpat), --qaopLai, to
d7ro-StSpao"Kw, Spdaofiat, drrtb"pav, speak in defence ; allege as justifi
run away from, cation. Cp. dnokoyia a Defence,
aTro-SiScop.1, hwao), to return, render and note the change to the
(reddo) ; mid. to sell. modern sense of an acknowledg
dird-Socn.$ (diro- and V 80 of Si'Swju), ment of wrong doing,
see § 191. diroXd}-, see diroKXvpt.
dTro-Spdvai, 2 aor. inf. dnoStfip&a/caj. diro-vcuLG), -pS}, -Ivupa, to assign,
d7ro-6av€tv, 2 aor, inf. diro&vrj okco. apportion.
aTro-0€(xevos, 2 aor. part. mid. diro- diro-ircu/rrw, ^cu, -ir4irop.(pa,, to send
Tt&7){J.l. away, or back.
oito-0W|o-kqi, Bavovfxai, dtredavov, dTro-TreiTX-, perf. of drro-7rX€ttJ.
die ; frequently as the pass, of dTro-TT€Trop,(J>-, perf. of drro-TrifXTroj.
diroKTttvoj, to be put to death. diro-irrjSda) (tt>), âw, direirij^ffa,
d-rro-KaXco) (Att. w), iffou, -iftaXcaa, to leap or start away from.
to call back ; to call by a name of diro-irXlo), -tvoopai, -nenktVKa, to
abuse. sail aWay, or back.
173 GLOSSART.
diro-rrruw, v0&, -inrvca, to spit out ; never begins a sentence. Carefully

to abominate, to spurn : cp. spuo, distinguish from
spuma, spue, and pituita. Spa, interrog. particle, like Latin ne.
diropc'ci) (£>), Tjffw, ^voprjaa (airopos), dp* ov — nonnef expecting the
to be at a loss, be at a standstill. answer ' yes.' dpa pi) = surely it
diropia, as, -q {airopos), difficulty, is not? num.
want. 'Apyeios, da, etov, belonging to
a-iropo?, ov (a, not, and iropos), path Argos, Argive.
less, difficult, at a loss, iv diropa) dp-yCa, as, 17 (see dpybs), laziness.
uvat = to be at a loss, in straits. dp-yds, bv (aepyos, a, not, and epyov,
diro-ppcto (peai), to flow off. work), lazy.
diro-ppiiTTO), tpw, -ippvj/a, to throw "Apôs, ovs, to, the capital of
away, cast forth. Argolis, in the Peloponnese.
diro-o'icw'irrw, xf/cv, -tafcaiif/a, to mock dpyupiov, ov, rd, a silver coin ;
at. silver, cash.
diro-trrciXov, I aor. impr. act. from dp-yupos, ov, 6, [a/ARG, whence dp
airo-OTfc'XXw, -areXat, -eoreiXa, -e- ybs, bright, argentum, albus],
<rra\Ka, to send away (hence dir6- silver; money.
crroXos, an ambassador, apostle). dpyvpoijs, a, ouv, of silver.
diro-orepfw (a>), -tjooj, to deprive "Apeios Trdyos, ov, ov, <5, ' Mars*
of. hill' at Athens, where St. Paul
c/iro-OTwo'i, 2 aor. subj. d^-icr-qiii. preached ; the chief court sat
diro-T«p,va>, reput, cut off. there.
a/iro-TL&rjpx, 6-qaoj, put away, put dpcaKO), dpkaojy r\pto~a, to please.
off: mid. to put aside, postpone. dpent), rjs, ^, valour, virtue, excel
diro-Tivw, ffcu, pay back, pay in full. lence (same root as 'Apr}?).
diro-Tpeiro, tpat, to avert. "Aprrs, eojs, 6, Ares, the god of war,
diro-rptx^. -Spafiovfiai, to run away. corresponding to Latin Mars.
airo-cjjfij-yw, £ofxat, escape ; be ac "Aprjv ttvuv or 0\£tt€iv, to breathe
quitted. 2 aor. inf. dno<pvy€tv. or look Mars, or war.
fl-TTpa.Yi-f.wv, -ov, ovos, 6 and f} dpi6u.6s, ov, 6, number {arithmetic).
(irpay/xa, irpdrToj), untroubled, tu 'ApicrmSTjS, ov, 6, the Athenian
d-npayfiov = otium. statesman and general in the time
d-irpocrooKTjTos, ov (d and irpooSo- of the Persian wars, known as
fcaa), unexpected. 'the Just.'
aTTTG), tpai, %(pa, to fasten ; to kindle. 'ApLorTcyeiTcav, ovos, b, see 'Ap-
Mid. with perf. fjftjjuu, to lay hold fiob'tos.
of, touch, with gen. dpiorov, to, breakfast, (a).
diT-o>dca) (Att. a>), -ciktcd or -wBriaWy apio-T©s, 7], ov, see dyaObs ; akin to
-iwoa, to thrust away, or off, "Apyjs. (&).
aTr-w\-, see dwuWvfit. 'Apio-roT^Xirjs, ovs, 6, Aristotle of
aTToicraaOaL, 1 aor. inf. mid. dira$«u. Stageira (hence called the Sta-
diruTcpo (comp. adv. fr. dtrb), geirite), founder of the Peripatetic
further oft. School and tutor of Alexander the
Great, 384-322 B.C.
♦ > -v * r before vowel.
ap, = apa} \ 'ApicaSia, as, 1), a province in the
dpa, conj., then, therefore, after all, centre of the Peloponnese.
contrary to expectation, as it seems. 'ApicdSios, 6, an Arcadian.
tl fiij dpa — nisi forte. This word 'Apicds, dSos, 6, an Arcadian.
GLOSSARV. 173
dpKcu, ifftot rjpxeffa, to suffice, avail, king of Sparta, b.c. 460,—427,
impers. aptcct pot with inf. * I am father of Agis.
content to do it.' 'ApxvTas, ov, 6, Archytas, a Pytha
cipKos. ov, o and 1) (used for dpKros gorean philosopher of Tarentum,
by Aelian), a bear. fl. 400— 365 b. c, statesman,
dpKovvrcoe (contr. fr. apKc6vrojs, general, and astronomer. Fond
adv. pres. part, from apiceaj), of children, — invented an infant's
enough, abundantly. rattle.
upKTEOv (dpxopai), one must begin. *PXa,» £<"> ?pf° (hence our arch
apKTOs, ov, 6 and 1), (1) a bear, (2) angel, arcA-bishop, etc.), to rule ;
the constellation Ursa (whence with gen. to rule over some one ;
arctic). mid. to begin, also with genitive.
'App.6Sio$, ov, 6, an Athenian patriot ot &px6pevot = ' the subjects.*
who, with Aristogeiton, determined dpx«v, ovtos, 6 (the present par
to deliver the city from the tyranny ticiple of &px<*>), a ruler ; in
of the sons of Pisistratus. They Athens, the highest officers of
succeeded in assassinating Hippar- the republic were called the Ar-
chusB.c. 514, and were looked on chons. Hence ol dpxovres, the
as the deliverers of their country. government.
dpfiovta, as, ^ (appofa, to fit to), , da€p€ia, as, 1) (dfff/tys), impietv.
an adjustment, a harmony. dcr€j3«o (cu), ^<rw, to be da€0^s, or
dpV€op.aL (ovpat), iiaop.au, fjpvrjpxu, impious, followed by vepi, els, or
•f|pvf|0T]v, to deny, refuse. irpbs with an accusative.
dpvds, tov or T7js (dpvos is used for d-o-«pT|s, 2s (d, not, and VSEB of
the nom.), a lamb. o~€0opat, aepvbs, etc.), impious.
ap£eiv, see apxca. dcrOcvEia, as, j), strengthlessness,
dpird£u, Aaopai, tfpTratca, ypnaaa weakness (d<r0cvi}s),
{Harpy, rapio), to snatch, to carry do-0€vco> (w), to be daOev^s, weak.
off. d-(T0€VT|S, h (d, not, and eOivos, rb,
dppuo-Tcb) (Att. w), to be apptoffros, strength), strengthless, weakly.
to be weak, or sick. 'Aaia, as, 17, Asia.
a-ppa><rTO$, ov (a and pwvvvpi, to dcrcew (ai), ijffoj, TjaxTjca, to train,
be strong), sickly, weak. practise. (Hence ascetic.)
'ApTupavos, ov, 6, Artabanus, bro do-KTjtrai, I aor. inf. aatcta),
ther of Darius Hystaspis, and do*KT)T«ov, verb. adj. fr. da/ceoj, one
uncle of Xerxes. must practise.
yApT€p.is, tBos, 7), Artemis, daughter 'AcncX-ninos, ov, 6 (Aesculapius ;
of Zeus and Leto, and sister of where, as in other words obtained
Apollo ; goddess of hunting. by oral tradition and not by lite
dpTi, adv. just now. rature (Roby, Lat. Gram. p. 71).
dpxaios, a/a, aiov {apx^J, beginning), the early Latins inserted a u be
from the beginning, ancient (ar tween two consonants, e.g. Her
chaic). cules, Tecumessa, Alcumena), the
dpXT)* ?}s, ^, (1) beginning, (2) rule, god of healing, son of Apollo.
government. l£ apxvs = de novo ao-pevos, 7), ov (orig. a participle of
— from the first, anew ; tt)v apxty ijb'opai =&?>pcvos), glad, pleased.
or dpxV witn a negative = (not) d(ru,evojs. gladly.
at all. d<nrd£ou,ai, aopat, to salute, whether
Apxûpos, ov, u, Archidamus II, at meeting or parting. Hence,
174 GLOSSARY.
to welcome, or to take leave heaven and earth. A picture of

of. him used to preface any collec
do-iris, aairiZos, i), a shield. tion of maps. From Mount Atlas
d-CTT€<|>(iv(0TOS, OV ((TT€<pav6<V, ffTC- comes also our Atlantic.
(pavos), uncrowned; without the a-roiros, ov, outlandish, strange,
wreath awarded to victors. absurd ; (Utopia fr. ov and ruiros).
do*ni\p, epos, o, star (Lat. Stella for *ATp€iJs, (ojs, 6, son of Pelops,
sterula ; Skt. tara ; Germ, stem) : father of Agamemnon and Mene-
prob. initial a was unconsciously laus, who were consequently called
added in Greek to secure ease in Atridae, or sons of Atreus.
pronunciation, as e is added in arret = Tii"i, from ris.
French and Spanish. aTTa = driâ, from oarts.
dcrTos, ov, 6 (acrrv), a citizen. 'Attiktj, 17s, ^ (adj., sc. X<upa, fr.
dcTpairrj, rjs, j), lightning. entry), Attica, the district in Hellas
doTTpdiTTO), ipcu, ijiTTpaipa. to lighten. of which Athens was the capital.
Impers., or rather with Zcvs as the av, again, on the other hand.
unexpressed personal subject. avyfj, i)s, ij, radiance, dawn.
do-rpov, ov, rb, a constellation (as- av6-aipeTOS, ov (avros and alpio-
trum, v. dffTTfp). fiat), self-chosen.
do-Tpovop.«oj (w), -rjaa, to be an civ 0 is, adv. again.
ao~rpo-v6f*os (v4poj), or one who au£dvco, -qaoj, rjv^T]Ka,rjv^7j<Ta (augeo,
classes or arranges the stars ; to augment), increase, exalt : pass,
contemplate the stars. to grow, rise.
dorv, €ojs, t6, a city. avpiov, adv. to-morrow ; i) avpiov,
do-<j)dX(:ia, as, if, firmness, safety ; indecl. the morrow.
from auT-dpKTjs, cs (aire's and apxtaj),
d-<r4>oA.T]S, is, firm (d, not, and sufficient in oneself.
*/atpa\ of a<f>d\kopat, I trip). avnfj, fern, of avros.
dcr<J>a\a>s, adv. securely. auTT), fern, of ovros.
d-c^xoXos, ov (cxoX^), without lei aviTv), =i} avrf), the same.
sure. auTO-KpaT«p, opos (fcpaTeaj), one's
d-TaKTOs, ov (rdrroj, a/ ray), dis own master: free and independent.
orderly. aiiTO-p-aros, rj, ov, acting of one's
are (prop. ace. n. pi. of Bare), own will, and rov avr. sponta
(i) as, (2) inasmuch as, seeing neously, in the ordinary course of
that, Lat. quippe, with parti things (fiato obsolete, to desire).
ciple. auTo- jjloXos, ov ( V ftoK, see @\wo~koS),
d-T€Cxt<rros, ov (tuxK03* T€*Xos)» going of oneself, a deserter.
unwalled, unfortified. airrov, contr. for kavrbv, and that
dVep, prep, with gen., without. for %-avrbv, himself.
d-T€pirf|S, is, joyless (ripnoj). avTos, ?), 0 (autocrat, etc.), I. self,
drip-d^co, ff(v, ■fjTifxao'a (drifios, ov), of oneself, alone, without help ;
to slight, to dishonour. Kal avrbs, etipse, I my-, thou thy-,
d.Tip.Lu, as, 1J, dishonour, outlawry. he himself also, euros in this
d'Tip,os, ov (d, not, and rtfirj)t dis sense goes with any of the per
honoured; disfranchised. sonal pronouns; 2. in all cases
drt|Ao>$, adv. dishonourably. but the nominative, him, her, it =
"ArXas, avros, 6, one of the older is, ea, id; 3. o avros, ij aur^,
gods, who bore up the pillars of to avrb, etc., the same, followed
GLOSSARY. 175
by dat. avrbs nap* avrov = himself foolish : like Latin ametts, comp.
from himself, untaught, clvtos atppoviffTtpos, raros.
kavrov dfieivwu yey&ijrai = he a-$vi[s, «s {<f>vi), (pvais), without
has surpassed himself. natural talent, witless, simple.
outov, (1) see avr6s. d-xdpioros, ov (xaPlC°fiai> X^Pls)t
aviToO, (2) there, on the spot, see ungrateful, irpds riva, to any
one. rd d. = unkindnesses.
avTOv, for tavrov and that for ov ax0op.ai, taopat, Tix^ôBriv, De vexed
avrov, of himself. at, with dat.
avr6-x«p, pos, o, ^, doing with d\0os, ovs, rb, a burden ; care,
one's own hand ; murderous. grief. ^
aiiTu, for lai/ra), ot-avTw, to himself. *AxiXX«iJS, tcvs, 6, Achilles, son of
a$*~aird, before a rough breathing. Peleus and Thetis, leader of the
dcb-Qiptoj (w), "f}(Ta}, atyrfpTjfca, a<pet- Myrmidons against Troy.
kov, with double accus., to take °L-XP€'-0S» ov (XPfia)* °f n0 use> g°°d
away; so too in middle. for nothing.
d<J>avi£a), loj, r)<paviica, tea (a~<pavr)si d-XpTjo-TOS, ov (xpy0'7®5)' not useful,
fr. S<pav, see (paiva)), to conceal, a= dxp«ÔS.
put out of sight, make away with, dxpi (before vowels dxpts), prep,
to abolish. with gen. until, up to. § 85.
dd^-cCXcTO, 2 aor. mid. from a<p-
cupiat. B.
d(|)-6icT€Ov, verb. adj. from dir€X<vf
one must refrain from, with gen. BapuXwv, uvos, -fy, Babylon, one of
d^-cXfjs, 2 aor. subj. from dtpatpitu. the greatest cities of the ancient
d-4>T|pt0T]V, I aor. iud. pass, oupatpio). world, traversed by the. Euphrates.
a-<f>0ovo$, ov (a, not, and tp66vo$, From b. c. 625, when the revolt
envy), without stint, abundant. against Assyria terminated suc
d4>G6vu)s, plentifully. cessfully in the destruction of
dc|)-t€crav, imperf. from &xpir}pu. Nineveh, till it was taken by Cy
d^-iTju-i, atyriooj, atyti/ca, atyrjica, to rus in 539 b.c. it was the capital
set free from, with gen. to send of the Chaldaean empire.
away ; to neglect. BapuXwvios. a, ov, Babylonian, vl
d4>-iKveou.ai (ovp.at),a<pi£ofxai, dtpTy- Ba£. the Babylonians.
fuu, atyttcdfJLTjv, to arrive at, come J3aSt£, tov/iai, fitpdouca, c-padura,
to. to march, to go.
d<}>iKTai, 3rd sing. perf. of fore (3d0os, ovs, to, depth, the bottom :
going. akin to &ev&os, abyss, bottom,
d<J>-ioTn|xi., arroaTrjaoj, anicrTTjo'a, to fundus. Hence bathos.
remove ; mid. with perf. axpeo'Trjica pdOpov. ov, to, a base, foundation :
and 2 aor. diriar^v, to keep away the step of a ladder. */&a of
from, to escape, with gen. paivoi.
d-ôpijTOS, ov (d, not, and <f>op4aj, Stuvw, fMjaofUu, piprjKa, e&rjv, to
<p£pa)), unbearable. go, walk. (Lat. bitere, ar-biter,
d<|>opu/r|, ij$} i), starting-point (airb It. ad-biter).
and opflaw). Bdicxos, ov, 6, Bacchus, the god of
£-<j>povris, tbos, 6, 1), free from care, wine, inspiration, and the drama ;
heedless (Lat. securus). a Bacchanal, one inspired, in opp.
u- 4>pwv, of (a, not, and ^>/>7)v, sense), to a mere attendant worshipper.
176 GLOSSARY.
pdXXco, 0akw, p£i3\7]!ca, e&a\ov, to pL&£ofJiai, ffopat, (Zt&taGfMU, efiicura-

throw; to pelt, to strike; esp. of pijv, to use force, to act violently ;
hitting with a missile. to force one's way.
PavT-, 2 aor. part, fiaivoj. pCatos, a, ov, (j3/a), violent.
pAiTTO), p&\f/a, €0aâ, (baptize), to piauos, adv. violently.
dip ; to dye. piacrdu.€vos, I aor. part. &ia(opm.
pappapiKos, 7), bv, pertaining to PtpXtapiov, ov, to, (j}i&\iov), a
papfcapoi, foreign, like a foreigner, paper, or little book.
opp. to 'EWrjvitcbs, Greek. PipXCov, ov, r6, (whence biblio
pappapos. ov, not Greek, foreign. graphy, biblio-latry), a writing, a
The word first means ' unintelli book. The pi. ra /3i$\ia, fa
gible of speech/ cf. balbus, balbu- miliar on the title-page of the
tire ; and Ovid in exile, ' Barbarus Vulgate as Biblia Sacra, has
hie ego sum, quia non intelligor passed into English as the Bible,
ulhV which word denotes consequently
pap «cos, heavily; $.<p4puv = graviter not the Book but the Books.
ferre, to brook ill : adv. from PiPp&o-KO), fipwoopai, fiefipojtca, to
papijs, €ta, v, (Lat. gravis, Skrt. eat or eat up.
gurus), heavy ; troublesome. Pôs, ov, 6 (same root as vivo,
pds, Qaaa, &q.v, 2 aor. part, paivaj. quick; hence bio-logy, bio-graphy),
pao-tXeia, as, t), queen. life, way of life ; livelihood.
paorXeia, as, 17, kingdom. Bitwv, o, a son of Cydippe, priestess
pacriXciov, ov, to, and in pi., a of Hera at Argos. What is known
palace. of him and his brother Cleobis is
patruXc-us, iws, 6, king; esp. without told by Herodotus, whence the
art. ' the reigning king of Persia ; * extract in the text is taken.
(6asi7-plant = herb-roâ?, K'onigs- pXaP«p6s, d, bv (vÂd>?), hurt
kraut; basilisk, a snake with a ful, noxious.
white spot—suggestive of a crown pXdpT], tjs, 7}, hurt, injury, damage.
—on its head; Basil.) pXAirrw, i£co, ($£&ka<pa, <£(3\a\pa, to
PaaiXctui), ceo, IjSaafXfv o*a, to be hurt, injure.
king, to rule, with gen. § 69. pXcirw, 0\c\pQ3, $£f3\*<pa, ejSXfâ,
PacrtXiKos, r), ov, (whence basilica), I see, look : whence
like a king, kingly, royal. pXc4>apov, ov, to, (mostly plur.),
P<5,Tpax°s, ov, 6, a frog ; (hence eyelid.
Batracho-myo-machia). pXuMTKU, uoXovpai, pcpfiKojfca, tuo-
pav£a>, to bark at. with ace. like \ov, to go, to come.» The root
u\a«Ta). A word formed to imi is seen as poX in the aorist and in
tate a dog's bark, which the Greeks the future poXovpat (contr. fr.
wrote &av, 0av. poX-eoopai ) \ it occurs as pXo in
pcpaios, ov [rarely a, ov], fixed, the present and perfect. For the
firm, sure. metathesis — or transposition of
P€pi)K-, perf. (Saivto. letters—and the parasitic 0, see
pepXi^K-, perf. &aXkw, 0por6s.
pepovXcuK-, perf. $ov\evoj. podco (Att. w), {Ho-ffo-opai, Ptfiorj/ea,
BeXticov, OV, ) 'a/ k&Srjffa (Lat. boo, reboare), to
£,» } see ayados-
pcATun-os, 17, ov, ) ' cry, shout.
pta, as, 7} (Lat. vis), force, violence : pocs, wv, n. pi. j3o0s = Lat. boves,
fiia or npos &iavt perforce. bo(y)um.
GLOSSA RV. 177
po^j, 77s, 7}, a cry, shout. Ppaxcls, ijvai, etc., 2 aor. ppix&>
j3o*f)0cia, as, 77 (&or)0bs), help, rescue. Ppaxiuv, ovos, 6 (brackium), the
fioifi&i* (Att. w\ tjcoj, pf&ofi&rjfca arm.
[/Soijflos], €^07j$7}(ra, to aid, with ppaxvs, «a, v (brevis, for breghvis ;
fiat. cf. levis for leghvis, Grk. lAo-X^s),
poirjdos, ou, o [contr. fr. @otj-06os short, small, few ; comp. and
(jSot), 0ea>), hasting to the battle- superl. regular ; also fipaxi&v,
cry], an assistant, an ally. &paxio~Tos.
Boiurta, as, 77 (povs, from its fat ppc'xw, Ppifco, €&pc£a ; i0pix^Vv>
pastures), Boeotia, a Greek state, €$p&xr)v> P^Ppeyftai (Lat. rigare,
north of Attica, with Thebes for Germ, regen, our rain ; so wain —
its chief town. waggon), to wet, esp. on the sur
Bouotos, ov, 6, a Boeotian. face, opp. to reyyai : pass, to get
pood, as, 77 (vorare, voracity, de wet.
vour ; fUtfipwcncoj, to eat), food. ppovrdco (Att. Si), Tyco;, i(3p6vT7]ffa,
Bopcas, ov, 6 (Att. Boppas, a), to thunder. The suppressed sub
Boreas, the North Wind, irpos ject is Zevs.
Boppav, northwards. Ppovi-fj, 77s, 77, thunder.
S6o-.;a>, rjatu, f&oGterjaa, act. of the PpoTos, ov, 6, a mortal. &{xf3p0T0s
herdsman, pascere, to feed ; pass, and afx&poffia, q.v., show the fjt of
of cattle, pasci, to graze. the root. Between the ja and the
pouXcvcns, cois, ?) (povKevca), de p a j8 has slipped in through a care
liberation. lessness of pronunciation, and in
pouAeuu, tvaoj, pcftovhevtca, IjSou- Pporbs the fx has ultimately been
A«vo*a, to consider ; in past tenses, driven out. ppo is the same root as
to resolve on : to be a member Hop (Lat. morior, mors, mortalis)
of the jSouXt) or council : mid. to and fiopros, mortus, would exactly
deliberate. The fut. mid. is used correspond to ppor6s. So 0\6)G-
as a passive. KCD fr. fl0\i(TIC0J, flXoto'KOJ, fSKlTTQ)
QouXtj, 77s, 7) (fiovKoftat), purpose, fr. fi0Klrrea, /kA/ttoj, nearjfippia
counsel ; the council or senate. fr. fxeatj 7)(X€pa. Note the accent,
PouXtjoxs, €q;s, 77, a willing ; will, which is that of all verbals in -tos :
purpose. f}p6ros (paroxytone) means gore.
j3otiAo|jLai., i\ao\iai, &€{5ov\T}iiat, I- ppoxos. ov, 6, a noose for hanging.
Povkr)9tjv (yolo, vo/unteer), to pvpo-tt, 77$, 77 (hence bursa, purse,
wish : (I (5ov\€t, d o~oi &ov\o- bourse), a hide; leather.
fifvw iari, * if you please.' 6 PcDp.65, ov, 6, altar (Jiaivai).
Povkopevos, anyone that pleases.
poiJs, Pods, 6 and 7) (Lat. fcos, V.
bovis = Pofs, Pofos ; hecatom-fe,
iKarSfipr}^ 1 00 oxen, where the y — ye, before a vowel.
unpronounced 6 is for this whole ■yala., as, 77, poetical for 777.
word), ox, cow, Fa'Cos, ov, 6, Gaius, a Roman prae-
ppaScojs, adv. slowly ; from nomen.
PpaS-us. a'a, 1), slow. ■ydXa, yaXa/CTos, to (for yakafc,
ppaSirrepos, Tepa. repov, comp. of Lat. lac, lactis ; cp. dfi4\yoa,
fipabvs. Other forms are fipadiaiv mulgeo, milk), milk.
(fipaaawv), Pp&otffTos. yauppos, ov, 6 (*/yafi of yaft4a>),
PpaSvnr|s, ttjtos, 77, slowness. any connexion by marriage (Lat.
N
178 GLOSSARY.
affinis), esp. a son-in-law, or eJSi/cos, specific. 1} 7€V(/ff) irriJ-

father-in-law. ffis, the genitive case : see § 56.
yap-to) (jv), yafiai, yeydpujtca, iyqpLa, yfwatos, a, ov (fr. ylvva = yivos),
with ace. — ducere uxorem in suitable to one's birth, noble (in
matrimonium, to marry; yafiov- mind and blood), brave.
tmi, mid. with dat., of the woman, Y€vvaioTr|S, »;tos, r), nobility.
nubere viro, to marry. Y«waCs, adv. nobly,
-yujxos, ov, o (polygamy, gamo- yevvdu (Att. £>), ■qaa, yeyivvrjxa,
petalous), marriage ; yi/ioi, a iyivvnoa (yiwa = yivos), to be
wedding feast, Lat. nuptiae. get, produce.
7&p, conj. for. This word can Y«voi-, 2 aor. opt. ylyvo/mt.
never begin a sentence or clause ; 7«v6(j.€vos, 2 aor. part, yiyvo/uu. o
generally it comes second. In yevbfttvos = the (new)born, inopp.
answers, it must be translated, to o &TToy€v6fi€vos, the dead.
* Yes, for . . ,' or ' No, for . , .' yivos, ous, to (genus, cp. yiyvoyai,
It adds force (1) to questions, tU gigno), race, family, kind.
70/);=: why, who? like quisnam; yepaios, a, ov, (yipaiv), old. Comp.
(2) to wishes, ei •y«i/>, itus yap = and superl. yepaircpos, raros.
would that, utinam. Ycpas, cus, a, to, prize, privilege,
Ya<TTT|p, Tpbs, 17 {gastric), belly, (La prerogative.
tin venter) : note the declension. Y«po>v, oyros, 0, an old man ; plur.
ys, at least, = quidem ; certainly, elders, senators (at Sparta), cp.
surely, in truth, indeed, etc. Often our court of aWcr-men. As adj.
it is best translated by an em =old.
phasis. «7ary€ = I for my part. yvbw, aw, eyevaa, to give to taste.
Kal . . . 7« . . . = ' Yes and . . .' Mid. with gen. to take a taste of.
■y€Y«vT|-, see yiyvofiai, perfect. yt^vpa, as, ij, a bridge.
ycyov-, perf. from yiyvofiai. Y«np.eTpT|S (yeoi- = yt-io- = 717-10-
•yeypad)-, perf. ypatpai. belonging to the earth, and farpito,
yeyAts, cuaa, wsf part. perf. of I measure), lit. a landmeasurer, a
yiyvoimi, contr. for ycyauis, from geometer.
7«7aa, like ycyovajs from yeyova. YcoijiCTpia, as, 17, geometry.
7€iT(ov, ovot, b and 77, a neighbour. Y«opY<a> (£), f7<rai, iyeupynaa, to
■yeXdo-ca, I aor. inf. or opt. act. be a 7ta'p7os or husbandman ;
from with ace. to till.
-yeXuo) (a), aaojuu, iythaaa, to Y«i>pyos, ov, 6 (yij, ipyov, hence
laugh, or laugh at. George, Georgic), a tiller of the
Y«Xoios or yc Xoios. a, ov, laughable, earth, a husbandman.
witty, ridiculous. Ytj, 79s, 17 (contr. for yia), the earth,
yi\as, euros (Att. 7<Xa>), <i, laughter; land : iroD 777s ; = ubi gentium f
matter for laughter. Kara 717V, on land, Kara yrjs, be
yivfi, ilat. sing, yivos. neath the earth. Hence geology,
7€V€cr6-, 2 aor. yiyvopai. geography, etc.
Y«V€CaS, €CDS, 57 (Jytv of yivos, YT|Xo<(>os, ov, o (otherwise yiiiKo-
gi-g(e)no, etc.), origin, source; <pos), a hill, from yij and \6<pos, a
birth. Hence Genesis. crest, neck, or ridge.
Y«vi)-, 2 aor. or fut. of yiyvoimi. YT|paids, d, oV (yijpas), old : (poetic).
-yeviKos, 7), dp, pertaining to the Yfjpas, cus, a, tS (yipwv), old age.
yivos, generic, as opposed to YlYaS> avros, 6 (from */ytv), whence
GLOSSARY. 179
our giant; generally in the pi. summus for supmus), a letter (of
the Giants, sons of Uranus and the alphabet) ; pi. the alphabet, a
Gaia. letter (litterae or epistola) ; letters,
yiyvoyuox, ywfjffofuu, yeyivtjiuu, learning, Hence grammar (by
kyevdft-nv, 2 perf. yiyova, (a the addition of the Latin suffix
verb redupl. like gi-gno, from ~arius), telegram, etc,
*/yev of yevos, genus, seen in 7pa(xp,aTiKos, t}, oV (grammatical),
our words queen and kin), to be skilled in grammar, teaching gram
born, to become, to happen. mar, a scholar.
yiyv^nTK<o,yvw(TOfltai, eyvcutca, tyvojv, ypavs, dos, ^, an old woman.
(redupl. like yiyvofxat, the root is Ypa4>6LOv. ov, to (ypd(pco), a pen, or
yvo-j as in Lat. ignotus, from in stile (stilus).
and (g)notus, (g)no-sco, cp. Ypa<f>6vs, *'ws, 6, a painter.
voi<a and dyvoia, and our words Ypdcjxi), ypaif/oj, yiypatya, typatya
know, ken), to get knowledge of, (grave, engrave), to draw, write ;
to perceive, to know. propose a law. ypa<pca9ai two.
•yXvK-us, eta, v (same root as dulcis), with gen. of the crime, sc. Siktjv,
sweet to taste, delightful, comps. to indict a man for.
yXvitiajv, ottos, or regular. ypai|/-, see ypa<pa>, 1st aor.
•yXwcro-a or yXGnra, rjs, 1) (gloss, Yup,va£u, aw, eyvftvaaa (yvfivos),
glossary and polyglot), the to train naked, to train for athle
tongue, language. tics : mid. to practise, exercise
■yva0os, ov, i} (yivvs, gena), the oneself. (Hence gymnastics, etc.)
jaw, cheek. Yvuvocrrios, a, ov, to be practised ;
■yvTJo-ios, ia, tov (for yevia-10-5, from neut. one must practise.
y4vo$), of the (true) race, genuine, YUfivucds, 7), bv (yvfxvos), pertaining
legitimate, true. to gymnastic exercises ; 7. dyajv,
■yvoi-, 2 aor. opt. yiyvfaaicaj. a gymnastic contest.
yvovs, 2 aor. part. act. of yiyvuffKOj, Yvp,vos, 7), oV, naked ; unarmed ;
having got to know. bare of, with gen.
■yvcojjiT], 7js, f) (yi-yvdj-atcai ; the gno Yvvrj, aifcbs, voc. yvvai (miso-gynist),
mic poets, gnomon, pkysio-gnomy), a woman, wife, lady. The voc.
mind, opinion, temper; resolution, yvvai is a respectful form of
decree; maxim; an idea, a thought. address.
"y vuivai, 2 aor. inf. of yiyv&fffcat.
•yvcopi£o>, iw, tyv&puta, io~at ( */yvo), A.
to investigate, discover, make B*=S£, before a vowel.
known. SaCSaXos, 7], ov, skilfully wrought.
yvoMr-, see yiyv&o'/ea}. o A. = the artist of Crete, who,
*yvwo"i(v), 2 aor. subj. ytyv&CKQ). among other inventions, devised
Yovevs, «<ws, 6, father; 01 yovet$ = wings.
the parents ; (*/yzv of ytvos and 8cup.6viov, ov, t& (prop, neuter of
yiypofMxt). datfx6vtos, divine), a deity, an in
70W, aros, to (genu, and our) ferior divinity.
knee. Saipcov, ovos, 6 and ?), a deity :
I'opyias, ov, 6, a celebrated rhetori aya$os 5., good fortune: (hence
cian of Leontini, B.C. 480-380. demon, demoniac, etc.).
■yoiiv (ye, ovv), at least, for instance. SaKvu), STj£ofmt, bidrjxat ^Sct/cor, to
Ypdu.p.a, tos, to (for yp&pfxa, like bite, sting.
N
i8o GLOSSARY,
SaKpu, vos, t6, a tear, poetic form SeiTTvew (Att. a)), •fjffaj, heoeiirvnKa,
for iHetTrvrjaa, to dine.
Saxpuov, ov, rb (lacruma), our tear. SeiTTvov, ov, rb (pdirToj ; dopes ;
Satcputo, ffa), tbaicpvaa, to shed tears, hairavrf), dinner: ( = Lat. cena).
lament. 8«icr-, I aor. otidai.
S&ktuXos. ou, 6 {dactyl, digitus, 8eiax-8<uu.ovta, as, 7), reverence for
falicvvfju), a finger. the gods ; superstition ; see
SctjACLp, apros, r) (8a/*d£ct>, tame), a Scioa-Saiu.ci>v, ov (8«/8a> and Sai/xosv),
wife. fearing the gods, in good or bad
8avei£a>, ca;, eSaVetcra, to lend : mid. sense ; religious — or — supersti
to get lent to oneself, to borrow. tious. Agplied by St. Paul in no bad
Sairavaco, ^<rcu, fitbairavqKa, 48o- sense to the Athenians, when he
■navnaa, to spend ; to use up. addressed them from Mars' Hill.
Aapetos, ov, 6 (a Persian word, * the Sgltcil, sec (%'w, to lack.
mighty '), 4th king of Persia, B.C. 8eKa, ol, at, to" {decern, decad), ten.
521-485, invader of Scythia and S^kcltos, 77, ov, tenth.
Greece. 8cXtos, ov, t) (from the shape A), a
Bk, in the second place, and, but, writing-tablet.
now (introductive as in our ' Now, AeXtJjol, wv, 01, a town in Phocis, on
Sir,' etc.) ; often preceded by /iiv = Mount Parnassus, famous for its
it is true . . . but still . . . like Lat. oracle and temple of Apollo, and
tamen after quidem. for the Pythian games.
ScSia (oWScu), perf. used for pres. ScvSpov, ov, to, a tree.
ScSoiKa (Sei'Sa)), perf. used for pres. 8«£co-0€, see Seô/Licu.
SeOcoKa, perf. h'ihoJfXi, 8e£ul, as, 7) (sc. xf'P^' tne right hand
Bel, oportet, it behoves, with ace. (or arm) ; 5e£iav SiSovai, to shake
Se? fj.e rroiuv, I ought to do. Hey, hands ; Germ, die Hand geben.
Siot, fetv, €^«j b"€rj(T€t are the Se£ios, ct, bv, on the right hand ; for
subj. opt. inf. impf. and future. tunate; adroit (dexterous).
Seiyu-a, tos, to {fcifcvvfu), a sample. &£op,ai, see biu, to lack.
SclSo), goj, dibta or StSouca, iSetaa, Stov. see 5i, e5a£a {digitus, indico), 8iOVT€S, hiovoat, Beovra, part. hi<o,
to show, explain, prove. used especially in expressing num
SeiXia, as, 77 {5ei\b$), cowardice. bers like 18, 19, 28, etc., e.g.
SciXos, 7), bv (8eo$), cowardly. tiKoatv kvbs Seovra, 20 lacking
8cip.aCvo>, only in pres. and impf., to one = 19.
be afraid of. 8cos, Seovs, rb, fear.
Setva, 6, 7), t6, Sftvos, Seivt, octva, Sco-p-os, ov, 6 (Sew), in plural, ot or
so and so ; such an one ; what's his T<i, a bond.
name. 8€0-U.C«>TT|pLOV, OV, TO {befffJÛTlJs), 2
Scivos, 7), bv (Se'os), 1. terrible, dan prison.
gerous ; 8etva\ TtaOuv, to be ill- Sô-u-wttjs, ov, 6 (Sefffiooj, oefffibs),
used ; Zuvbv irottioOai, aegreferre. (a bondsman, hence) a prisoner, a
2. strange. 3. skilful, with inf. captive.
deivbs \4yeiv, good at speaking. 5eo-n-6£to, aoj, to be master, or lord
Comp. and superl. ouvorepos, over. Usually with gen.
-Srarot. Bwnrorris. ov, & {ir6ais, despot,
&€i£ai, I aor. BcitcvvfU- voTVia), a master, lord, owner.
GLOSSARF. 181
5*-upo, adv. hither. Aia, see Zevs.

ScvT6pos, a, ov (comp. of hvo), se Bid, prep, through; (1) with gen.
cond, to $evT€povf secondly. a. of place, through; b. of time,
Sexou-cu, £oftat, SeStynat, edegajxrjv, during, 8. ypdvov, after an in
receive, entertain. terval ; c. of manner, St* opyijs, in
S«o, Stjco;, StSe/co., tS^ffa, aor. pass, anger. (2) with ace. of the rea
part. Stdels, to bind. son, 5id ravra, for these rea
8e'n>, dfrjaoj, beSerjfca, kSiijaa, to lack. sons; see §§ 95 and 96.
ttoAAoi/ S*cu, * I am far from' with Siapcucv, 2 aor. opt. Sm/WfO).
inf. bit fioi nvos, 'I need some Sia-patvoj, p-qaopai, Hi-I&tjv, to
thing.* ra biovra, what is needed. stride, to cross over.
Seov, ace. abs., like &o£av, etc., Sia-pd\\co, @a\w, pifiXtjita, 8-*j8a-
* there being need ' (see § 150). \ov, (1) to throw over, (2) like
Mid. tio^xai, jjaofiai, BtdiTjfiat, traducere, to libel, slander, mis
edeqdrjv, to need, with gen. ; to represent.
beg, with two genitives, Sta-pds, 2 aor. part, from oia&alvai.
Stj, indeed, then, pray (tandem). Btapx]-, 2 aor. 8ia-f$atvoj.
St), which cannot begin a clause, Sia-{3i.6 (Att. at), faaoftai, $f0iwKa,
generally emphasizes the word it &«0tW,to live through, pass one's
follows. t6t€ St), then and not life.
till then, ah St), you of all men. Sio.Po\t|, t}s, t), slander, or misrepre
fcal St) teal, and more than sentation (Sia&aWa), hence 8«4-
that. QoKos, diabolical, diable, devil).
8-fjXoi, fr. dij\os : 8-qXoi fr. otj\6qj. 5La.poA.os, ov, 0 (b~ia(3aWco), the
SfjXos, rj, ov, manifest. S77A.0S tfv Slanderer, or Misrepresenter, the
Bavpafav, * he betrayed his admi Devil.
ration for/ Sijkov ort, evidently. 8i-a-YY«XX«, to give notice through
StjXooj (Att. w), waojy bebrj\ojKa, eSij- (or by) a messenger, to notify.
Acwca, to make clear, or known. I aor. pass. subj. 5tayytX$uj.
AfjixoKpLTos, ov, o, the famous b~ia-yiyvtixrtcv>, yvajaoftat, hteyvtuKa,
'laughing' philosopher of Ab- SUyvotv, (hence a doctor's dia
dera, lived B.C. 460-357. With gnosis), distinguish, determine.
Leucippus, his master, he ela Si-dyo), a£co, dirjâyov, to take across,
borated the atomic theory, popu to pass : with or without &iovf to
larized afterwards by Epicurus and spend life, to live,
Lucretius. 8ia8paLi-, see hia'-rpix03-
Sfju-os, or, 6, (1) the commons, the Si-atpew (a>), rjaco, dtyprjfca, Sutkov,
people; (2) a township, or local to divide.
subdivision of a tribe. Hence SiaiTa, T}s, 77 (diet), mode of life.
democracy, demagogue. SiaiTaoj (Att. at), 770*01, fcdtrJTTjfca,
Atju.oo"9«vt]S, ovs, u, the greatest (etiirJTijaa,), to diet or feed a per
Athenian orator, and head of the son ; mid. to lead a certain course
opposition to Philip of Macedon, of life. Hence, through low Lat.
385-322 B.C. dieta, our diet, and prob. by con
i5-np.6cri.os, a, ov (Stj/ios), public. fusion with Lat. dies, an assembly
SfjTa (cannot begin a sentence), to be on a stated day, a Diet.
sure, indeed ; ri oi)ra ; why then ? 8i.d-Ktiu.ai, to be in a certain state,
BtjxOcIs, uaa, kv, 1 aor, pass. part, to be disposed, to feel ; used as
from hcLKVoi. pass, of biaTiOrjfu.
i8z GLOSSARK
8lo.kovos, ov, 6 (deacon, diaconate), gen. of person, dat. of thing ;

a servant, (a) mid. to quarrel, with dat.
Statcocrioi, at, a, 200. Sia-4>oryci>, £opai, to escape.
Sia-Kpivco, Xvu), dtctcptva, to separate, Sia-<J>$ap-, 2 aor. pass. part, of Sta-
decide. <p0dpoj.
Sia-KuXiJo, to hinder, hamper. Sia-4>0Eipco, ipBepuj, hti<p9apKa,Zii<p-
Sia-Xdu.irto, if/oj, to shine through, or Oetpa, 2 aor. di4(p9apov, destroy,
forth : to be famous. spoil, ruin : 2 aor. pass. Bt£<p8apr]v,
Sia-Xcyou.u.t, £ofia.L, SuiXtyptat. 5<e Sia~4>t)Xa.TT0>, £oo, guard to the end,
kix^Vv> with dat., to converse maintain ; also in mid.
with {dialogue). SiBoktos. i), ov, to be taught, ra\ 5.,
5ta-\exOf|Vttt, I aor. pass. inf. used things that can be taught : (didac
as mid. of bta-\eyoptai. tic).
Sia-Xvfels, I aor. pass. part, from SiSacncaXcLov, ov, to (5i5aff«aXoj)„
Sia-Xmo, to separate one from a school.
another, break, dissolve, put an 8i8ao-KaXia, as, % (SidaaicaXos),
end to. teaching; education.
Sia-vcfjuo, to distribute, apportion ; SiSdo-KoXos, ov, 6 (SiSaa/caj), a
mid. to divide with one another. teacher, master, Lat. magister.
Sia-votou,cu (Att. ov fiat), r'/aofim, SlSclctkio, didafai, 8e5i5axa, £8t$a£a
SicvorjBnv, to be minded, to pur (disco, doceo, teach), to teach, with
pose. 2 accusatives.
Bidvoia, as, ■$ (cp. ayvoia, ficravota), SiSpdo'KO), only found in compds. :
thought, purpose, mind, meaning; redupl. from VDR-A, seen in Spa-
intellect. fxuv, etc. ; to run away.
Sltt-TTOVifuj (Att. £), ^(TOJ, SttTTOVTJO'a, 8i8cou,i, Swfj'w, dihojKa, t.i)ooica, e5ow
to work out with labour, like ela- (redupl. from root of do, dare,
borare, diligently to accomplish; Skrt. dadami), to give : in pres.
often in the middle, and impf. to offer. SiSovcu S6cnv,
Sia-irpdo-cro) (Att. irpaTTOj), £a>, to to give satisfaction = to be pun
accomplish, effect ; kill. ished ; see Si/erj.
Sia-TdtTTOJ, £cu, to arrange ; especially Other aorists formed by -tea are
to draw up (an army) in battleT fjrca, Tjvfy/ca, eOnxa.
array : Lat. instruere aciem. 8i€pu\-. see Sta-paWa.
Bia-rcXeoj (Si), fut. Starekw, 8ieT€- cV-e0ecrav, 3 pi. 2 aor. of tkarUhf/u.
\€<ra, to accomplish : StaT«X«f Si-CK-TTCpaCvco, avu, hi-t^-tfTipdva ;
Kiytuv, ' he continues speaking.' to bring through and out of; to
6La-TL0T](xt, Orjao), arrange, manage. bring to an end : I aor. pass. subj.
The pass, is Stajcetptai. btctcircpavOw.
8ta-Tp€Xw» Spaptovptai, torunthrough, Si-eXcy-. See dia-\4yopat.
run about. 8i-cvcLu,-, see Stavepta (1 aor.).
5ia-Tpipo>. $oj, to rub away, to con 81-cvooup.cOa (impf.), tia-voiOfxai.
sume ; especially yjpbvov, to spend 8i-e£-cpxou,ai, fut. 5u£ctpt, to go
time, employ oneself. through and out of, to go to the
Sia<|>€p6vT<os, adv. from pres. part, end of, to recount.
of Sta-<p4poj = conspicuously, emi 8i-€|-T]X0-, 2 aor. of b*t-f£-cpxopiai.
nently. Bi-€to.ttov (or Taaaov), impf. 81a-
Sia-<t>cpu>, Sioi(joj,to go through with, rarroj.
endure ; to differ from, to excel, 8l c'4>€pov, impf. 5fa-4>lpa>.
GLOSSARV. 183
Si-e4>0apT]V, 2 aor. pass. b"ia-<pOtipa. Slf (S1J0, bis), twice.
8i-c4>0apK-, or BiecpOap/x-, perf. act. 8Co~KOs, ov, 6 (disc, dish, desk ;
or pass, of dta-tyOdpeo. Germ, tisch; ducetv), a quoit.
8i-e4»9€ip-, impf. 8ia-<f>$ftpa). (Disco-bolus «= quoit-thrower.)
8i-€<f>vy-, 1 aor. of Sta-tpfvyoi. Sur-fjivpioi, at, a, twenty thousand.
hi-r\yio\x.ai (Att. odfiat), riffofjutt, &L-V7m£ci>, 1 aor. St-virvtaa, to awake
rjyrjff&nrjv, to set out in detail, to from sleep.
describe, narrate. Sixa, adv. apart, at two.
5iKd£a>, (Xoj (bifCT)), to judge. Suj/dco (w), ^croj, inf. Siif/rjv (the
Sbcaios, a, ov {bun/), just, right ; other verbs in au that contract to
Sttccuos cLjjtt Toijro irouiv, I have tj being Tretvdtu, £t£<u, and xP^0*)*
a right to do this. to be thirsty, with gen.
to Slkcuov, right ; to. 81x0,10., Siuktcos, a, ov, pass. ; Suoktcov,
just claims. act. ; verb. adj. from
SiKaiocruvT), ijt, 77 (Sitfaios), justice. SiwKcj, £cu, pursue ; prosecute, ace.
Slkoicos. adv. justly. of person, gen. of charge, tpevyuv
SiKao-TT|ptov, ov, to, court of justice. is used as its passive.
8iKao"T-r|s, ov, 0 (5i«a£aj), a judge, 8ia>p\j£, vxos, 7) (St-opvffffoj, to dig
juror, dicast. through), a trench, canal.
Si'kt). t]s, t), justice, right ; a suit at 8ok£o> (w), d6£ai (poet. 80^0*0)),
law ; compensation, punishment. «5o£a, to think, to seem. Sok.
8{kt]V SiSovav, to be punished, KaO' vttvovs, to think or seem in
either with dat., or i»jt<J and gen., one's sleep, to dream. Sokci im-
the construction being assimilated pers. with dat. * it seems to me/
to that of a proper passive. 8(ktvv and 'it seems good to me,' = *I
Xujipaveiv, to exact satisfaction, resolve,' followed by infinitive.
to punish, irapcl with gen. Sok6s, ov, 7), a beam.
8iktuov, ov. to (pttettv, to throw), 86\os, ov, 0, (Lat. dolus), a trick;
a net. cunning.
81' S = wherefore. 86p.os, ov, 6 {84pa),' I b\i\\d* domus,
Au>ycvt}s, ovs, 6 (412-323 b.c), a dome, domestic), a house, or
Cynic philosopher of Sinope, resi household.
dent at Athens in the time of 86£a, rjs, 7) (Sotftcu), expectation,
Alexander the Great. opinion, fame, glory.
8i-oiK€0) (Att. w), r)aoJ, {diocese), to 8o£e-, So£co-, etc.; fut. or 1 aor. of
manage, govern. honioj.
Sloio"-, fut. din-tj'cpco. So pet, as, 7), (pepaj, to skin), a
Si-6AAvpx, oAcii, to destroy utterly. hide.
SiOTrcp = 5*' oirep = wherefore ; on Sopv, otos, to, spear, (8p0s, a tree,
account of which very thing. Druid).
Aids, gen. of Zevs. 86s, 2 aor. impv. biSufxi,
Si-rrXdcrios, ia, ov, double ; twice as SovXcta, as, ?), slavery.
much (or, as many), with ij or 8ovXcuo>, coj, dcSovkcv/ca, fSovXcvaa,
genitive. to be a slave, to serve, c. dat.
SlttXoOs, 77, ovv, double ; see dirXous : 8ovXos, ov, 6, a slave : also adj. 17,
the neuter is used as an adv., ov, slavish.
doubly. SouAoco (Att. w), wa<a, fiedovKcufta,
Siirovs, voSos, 0, 1) ; n. Mitovv, biped, khovXcaaa, to make a slave, en
of two feet. slave.
i84 GLOSSARY.
ooOvai, 2 aor. inf. USojjm. Xijca, to be ovffrv^s, or unfor

8ovs, 2 aor. part. b'ib'cvfit. tunate.
ApaKcuv, ovtos, 6, Draco, archon at 8vo*-tux^s» ^, (tvX*}j CP- cv'TVX^s)t
Athens, and legislator b. c. 624. unfortunate.
His laws ordained for all offences 8iju, Zvott), thvoa ; pf. Seovxa 2 aor.
one penalty, death; hence they tovv ; causal in fut. and 1 aor.,
were said to be written in blood. elsewhere intransitive ; to put
Spdp.a, T05, to, (Spdeu, drama, dra (clothes) on. Of places, to enter ;
matic), an action, a play. to sink, to set.
Spau.civ, etc , 2 aor. rpix^-
c„ . °* f 2 aor. subj. hiocout.
8paXH>r|, ijs, 1), (opdrrofiai, I grasp), Bo) 3 sing. \ .
I. a handful, (hence drachm, BwSckcl, - (tvaj, Ionic for bvo, and
dram). 2.asilvercoin = 6obols — 8«*a, Lat. duodecim), twelve.
^ of a mint = 77^ of a ta|ent- Scouia, tos, rb, (5o/xos, olpua),
about a French franc. a house, often in pi. like aedes.
Spdw [dpijj , Bpdffoj, btdpdica, iftpaca, Stopov, ov, rb, (h'tbojpu, dorium), a.
idpav, to do, act. gift.
5 pop.eus, ecus, 6, a runner. Scoot-, 8co$, subj. or fut. 01 bi/cofn.
8pou,uc6s, y, ov, pertaining to the
Spoftos, fleet. E.
Spofxos, ov, 6, (Spafictv), a course ;
a race, running. IdXco, -v, (contr. 77X0/, -v), 2 aor.
8pou.o>, adv. at full speed. d\\iGKO{xai.
Spiis, Spvos, fj, [ZivhpoVy tree, Druid), «dv, conj. (contracted for d d>), if,
oak. followed always by the subjunc
5po>-, subj. hp&ai, tive. 4dc*a2 = even if; kav /x^ =
5putri(v), dat. pi. pres. part., or 3rd unless.
pi. pres. iud. or subj. of opacu. «ttp, (rarely i^/> in prose), %pos, ?jpi,
5-uvap.aL, -qaop-ai, dtdvvrjfiai, «5wjj- to, (for feaap, cp. Lith. vasara,
0ijvt (dynamics; SwaffTCta = do Lat. i/er, vernal), spring.
minion, dynasty), to be able. tier-, fut. or I aor. Idco.
Svvauxs, ecus, 17, power, force, /card, ?atrov, i aor. impv. ka<».
hvvapav, to the best of one's Iomtov, rjs, ov, (contr. to avrov, etc.,
power. from ov, 01, £, compounded with
Suvaxos. 7), bv, 1. act. able, with the same cases of avros,=sui,
inf. ; powerful ; 2. pass, possible. sibi, se), of himself, herself, etc.
8wno--, fut. Hvvapai. idea (a>), taaa>, ttaaa, (impf. etoiv,
8vo, ovoiv, (duo, two, zwet), two. as, a), I. to allow; ovk kdaj- \
ovotv htovra utcoatv = 1 8. forbid. 2. to let alone.
Avppdxiov, ov, prob. a local name, cf3aSi£-, see fSabtfa.
used as less ominous to Roman «|3acri\€v-, see fSao~i\tvw.
ears than Epidamnus. c|3\a-, see /JXaTrrcu.
Svc-koXos, ov, surly, opp. to ivfcoXos. 4j36a, -tav, see fioaoj.
8uo-u.evr|s, Is, evil-minded, (Jut and *Pcn0-, see @or}0c<».
fitvos, mens, mind), hostile, (cp. ff3ou\-, see (iovkopm.
€VfJ.*vf)S). iPpovT-, see Qpovraa.
Suo--orcf3-r]$, is, (aifioftai, atfivos €Y-YtYvou.ai («y, yiyvojiai), impf.
for o~6&vos, ev-aep-fys), impious. €^-€7-, to be born in, to come to
8u<rrvxfo (Att. to), 7)oo), idvo-Tv- pass.
GLOSSARy. l85
eyyovos, ov, d, a descendant: ( -/y(vy tSe^-, see bexopat, I aor.

cp. yovevs, etc.). «8€ovto, impf. mid. Sew.
«yyv5, adv. compar. lyyvripoj, *St)X-, see SijA-otu.
totcu or rctra; near, of place or eSiSa-, see 5i5a<r«a>.
time. Sometimes it is a prep, gSlSo-, impf. btbtupu.
with a genitive. eSuJi-, see bupdai.
eyetpo), fpw, tfyttpa, to wake up, e8uo-, see Siaweu.
rouse; in pass, with perf. kypi}- c8ou,ai, (Lat. erfo, ea/, edible), fut. of
yopa = I awake. !ct0/cu.
iyeKacr-, l aor. ytKaoj, eSocav, 2 aor. bibwpu. ; 3 pi.
*yev-, see yiyvopm, 2 aor. ?8pa, as, 7), a seat. The root is SED,
iytv-, see 7C1/0. seen in sedeo, sedes, solium, sella
«ynfi.-, see yapla, I aor. (for sed-la) ; and in tbos, %bpa
iyiyv-, see ytyvopai. (for atd-pa ; cp. t£ for sex),
ky\.yv<a-, see yiyvwafcoj. iôpat ; and in seat, settle, saddle,
iy~KaXioi (w),fut. £►, kvttcaXeaa (kv, Germ, si/zen.
/caXiai), to bring a charge against «8pa-, see bpaw,
a man, dat. of person, ace. of «8w-, see bvvapai.
charge : to blame. «;Sw, 2 aor. bva).
<YKpa.T€ia, as, if, (hyKpar^s, from <8o>K-, see bibcopt, 1 aor.
ev and tcparos), continence, self- Qtvyp.-, see favyvvpa, perf. pass.
restraint. «£Tjp,i-, see fyjpiua.
iyKu>\Liov, ov, TtJ, (properly an adj. sc. c£t)t-, impf. or aor. £tjt{co.
tiros,) an encomium, a eulogy. <f£ou,ai, to seat oneself, to sit ; seeeSpa.
The adj. means 'pertaining to a ifwypT]-, see faypia).
xutfios, a festal procession, or eOavu.a-, impf. or aor. Bavpaôi.
merry-making (cp. Milton's Co- c'GcXw, 17(70), yBcXrjoa, (poet. Bekoj,
mus) ; so called, probably, as a form scarcely found in Attic
originating kv K&pats (cp.Kcupxpbla) prose save in the phrase av Ocos
' in the villages.* K&prj is con &i\rj, ' please God/ * if God will '),
nected with tcftftat, whence comes to consent, to will, to desire.
tctiip.ua:. to lull to sleep, and koi- Not so strong as $ovkopat.
fit]TT)piov, our cemetery. The root «0€- or iQo~, see riBrjfii, 2 aor.
of Kttpai is seen in Germ, heim, €0tjk-, see Tt$r)pi, 1 aor.
our home, Aamlet, etc. €0iy-, see 0*7701/0).
iyvta-, see ytyvwatcoj. eOi£o>, ta\ impf. cf0i£by, («[0os), to
«7pa-, see ypiipoj. accustom. Hence
*7PtlY°P"» see *y*ip&* perf. I0lctt€OS, a, ov, meet to be accus
*YX€lP*w (Att. w), 7)<ra>, ivexîprjffa, tomed, and k&ivrtov, one must
to take in hand («;/, x^lP)> to accustom, see §§ 152-154.
undertake. i=9vos, ovs, to, {ethnology), a nation.
€70), e/tov, (tfg'o, egoism), I. «0opvP-, see 0opv(3ta).
lyta-ye, I f°r my Part» ^ (emphatic, <0os, ous, rd, habit, manners.
see 7«). £0ov, 2 sing. 2 aor. mid. of rtSrjfu.
cSavcL-, see bavtifa. €0v-, see fluo;.
eSe-nd-, see Stolen. el, if; in indirect questions, whether,
eSet, impf. 5ef. nal €i = although; <I /it) = unless,
«8fL^-, see btitcvvpi, I aor. except. d be /if) = otherwise.
«8cicr-, see Sft'So), bibia, I aor. el yap = ' would that * in wishes.
1 86 GLOSSARr.
ei = thou art,*2nd sing, from elpti. etvai, 2 aor. inf. inpi.

ctSeiT|v, pf. opt. otSa. eiir- 2 aor. used with Xe'-YOJ. ,/VAK,
elSevcu, inf. of oloa. seen in voc + s = vox, voco, and in
€i8tjt€, pf. subj. otda. feir-osoreiros. e7irov = i-fefetr-ov.
eiSov, 2 aor. used with opaaj. For dpyaa--, see tpyafapai. */ ftpy.
i-ftS-ov, VVID, to see. eipT)K-, or dprjp-, see \iyai, for
eioor-, see tiSws. which these forms supply a perf.
eiSoXov, o«, to, (idol), an image, a elprnnr), r/s, 17, peace; hence eireni
likeness. con.
elStos, via, 6s, perf. part, of otba. cipT|O-0ci>, 3 sing. perf. pass, from
elev, 3rd pi. opt. dpi, q. v. A.C7QJ.
eti|-, opt. of dpi. els, pia, %v (unus), one ; oiSi eTs,
eifle, would that, ( = utinam), with not even one, hence oiiSeis.
opt. of possible, with past indie, els (poet. Is), prep, with ace, into,
of impossible wishes. towards. See § 89.
el6i{-, tlOur-, impf. act., and perf. titr-ayyiWio, -e\S>, to report; to
pass, of eOi£a). accuse by a bill of indictment, to
cucd£, cat, to compare, conjecture ; impeach.
to make like. ti(T-a,yu>, (a), to bring in, introduce.
eiKdios, a, ov, purposeless, random. eto~ei|U, daiivai, supplies fut. impf.
ciKOo-i, (Lat. viginli, vingi), twenty. and moods of pres. to elafpxopat.
cikotus, adv. of tlitws, in all likeli elo--eX8-, 2 aor. from
hood, naturally, el*, ex*'. ■' 's clor-epxop-ai, fut. ftatipi, to enter :
reasonable. irp6s Ttva, to pay a visit to.
cikwv, ovos, 1) (eoi*a), an image, or €to--TjYY«i\-, see eicr-a77eXA(u, 1 aor.
likeness; cp. /conoclast, and the elo-nAfl-, 2 aor. ind. doepxopai.
Eikon Basilike. ticr-f[[Ltv, from curec/xt, impf.
eIkus, via, it, see iotna, perf. part. (uneven, inf. etaupi.
elXe- or dXo-, see aXpia, 2 aor. eurtv, 3 pi. dpi, to be.
«iXi)d>-, see \afiPdva>, perf. etrrtv, 3 sing, etpi, to go.
€i.\k-, see 'i\Kw. elcrtoiev, opt. daeipi, to enter.
eip.1, taopai, fjv, tlvai, (dpi = \apx = etcr-oSos, ov, ij, a way in, an en
(e)sum = am), to be, to exist. trance.
When the main predicate, the eio-o(xat. fut. of o78a.
present tense is accented on the eto*-opdco (Att. a)), -oipopcu, behold,
first syllable ; when merely con look at.
necting the subject with the main elo-od/-, see eiV-op^cu.
predicate, the pres. tense has the eux-irXew, -jrXei/ffo/iot, -eVXeiwra,
grave on the last syllable. t$ sail into.
ovTt, in reality. eort pot, I have. elo-Tia, impf. lffTi(5a;.
eiev and i<m>, be it so. eoriv os, eira (ita), then, thereupon, straight
ot€, etc., = est qui, est ubi, etc. way ; (indignantly) then.
*lv.i, ft, ttoi, (Lat. eo, iter), used as etre . . . eiTe . . ., either . ., or . . ;
future of fpxofuu in the indie., whether . . ; or . . ; corresponding
and as pres. of epxopat in the both to the utrum . ., an . . of
other moods. Imperf. fja used as Latin indirect questions, and to
imperf. of epxojiai ; 161 or 161 ofj = the sive , . sive . ., of coordinates.
come now. «t TVS, ef ti, if any, (si quis), often
clvai, pres. inf. of dpi. = ocms, whoever.
GLOSSARY. 187
etxov, &c, impf. of €Xa> contr. for ckcXcv-, see rceKeva.
€<T€X0V* **X0V-> *SaeX- cKepSav-, see KcpBaivw.
ctw0a, &c, perf. from the non-Attic €Kiv8vv-, see kivBwcvoj.
ZOaj, =1 am accustomed. € KKaiSfKa. indecl. sixteen.
«i'wv, 1 sing, or 3 pi. impf. of e6oj. €K-KaXwirTO), to uncover.
Ik, see l£. cKKX-no-ia, as, ?) (€«*aA€<w, ecclesiastic,
€Ka06^-, impf. of icaOlôuat, aug eglise), prop, a calling out, then
mented as if not a compound. a public assembly; a congregation.
IkoAXvv-, see KaWvvofiai. IkXci-, impf. uKuw.
eicau.-, see Kajivco. €kXt]0tj-, see irnktoj, I aor. pass.
ckocttos, rj, ov (superl. formed from €K~|xa0-, see kxâvBdvoj, 2 aor.
aeas, apart, secus), each ; tcaO' cK-|iav0avo), k£-€jia0ovt to learn
%Ka<XTov = singly, one by one. thoroughly, to search out : in past
Lat. quisque. tenses, to know well.
*Ka.T€pos, a, ov (compar, formed Ikovt-, see ktcajv.
from (kos, see t/cao'Tos), either, Ikouo*-, see kit&y.
each of two. Lat. uterque. fKotJo-LOs. a, ov (iidtiv), voluntary.
(Karov (centum), a hundred: indecl. «kou<ticos, voluntarily.
like the Latin centum. tK-Trt'p.770). \f/oj, k£-tircfiipa, to send
cko-too-tos, 7), bv, the hundredth, out.
Lat. centesimus. iK-iKirXTVYu,-, see €*-7tX^tt(w.
eic-j3alvco, fS-qaoptat, efcPe&Tjica, c£«- €k-tt«o--, see efc-TriirTOj, 3 aor.
p^r, to go out of, depart ; to turn Iic-irct^cv-, see €K-<p€vyat.
out. iK-TriiTTO), 7re<7oC/itu, •nk'XTojKa., l£t-
€K-|3aXXa>, k£if$dkov, to cast forth, ircow, to fall out, to be banished,
to banish. iK-TrCiTTio is used as used as the passive of Ik/UoAXou.
its passive. €K-ttX€Ci>, wktvaoftai, irtirkevKa, k£i-
skPclvt-, 2 aor. part, etc&aiva. irktvffa, to sail out.
CKpcU, orcKpao--, 2 aor. part, eK&aivco. cK-irX^poco, aw<u, to fill up, to man
tKpT]cr-, fut. etcfiuivoj. (ships).
tK-pLpaJco, £i£u>, hfctfiifiao*a, to make 4k-ttXt|tto), feu, k£4ir\rj£ar to strike
to go, or come out ; esp. to dis out, to amaze, astound.
embark. «K-iro8tlv, adv. (Ik irobatv) opp. to
€K-pXir}0^Ta>, 1 aor. impr. pass, of kftirodcbv, away from the feet, out
of the way, aloof.
€K-yovos, ov, o (Vyw of yovevs, €K-irpdTTw, 1. to do completely,
etc.), a descendant. Lat. efficere. 2. to make an end
ck-S^xou-o-l, €£-*df£afjt7]v, to take of, kill, Lat. conficere. 3. to levy,
from ; to succeed to ; to await. exact : so too in mid. nvd ri.
4k-S£Su.i, od)GOj, haxaica, hi-j-oaica, €KpaT-, see Kparioj.
to give up, surrender ; dvyaripa, iK-pCirrti), ipoj, e£-ippl(pa, l£-tppi\pa,
%K$ovvai or enboaOai to give a to cast out.
daughter in marriage. Ikttjct-, see rcrdoftcu, 1 aor.
cicei, adv. there. €Ktos, 1. adv. without, 2. prep.
<K€i06v, adv. from that place. with gen. out of, beyond.
ckeivos, tj, o (poetic tcttvos), that, cktos, rj, ov, sixth, (sextus).
Lat. tile, see § 36. €K-Tplxw» fceo'pa.ftov, to run out
Ik€kcX€i3kci, plpf. tcektvoj. from, to make a sally.
CKCKTYJ-, See KT&OJACU, plpf. €KVpT]0--, See KVp€<ti.
1 88 GLOSSARY
eK-(J>ev-yco, <f>€v£ofiat, f£i<pvyov, to «XtjXv0-, see ep\ofJjat.

escape ; to be acquitted. 4X0-, see €p\opiat.
cK-<t>opco>, r}<TQ)t to carry out, esp. to cXku, £w, fikievaa (impf. tlXtcov),
burial, draw, drag, (Lat. sulcus).
€K-<j)vy-, 2 aor. €K<f>€vycu. "EXXas, a5os, fj, Hellas, the native
ck-x«o>, X€^> €tcic4)(yK<X) *£*Xfa> *° name for Greece.
pour out. "EXXirjv, rjvos, 6, a Greek (Hellenic).
ikuv, outra, ov, willing. eXo-, see aipioj, 2 aor.
eXa.0-, see AayfldVa?, 2 aor. 2Xir££ci>, IXina), ^Xn-ica, to hope; from
IXata (Att. «A.aa), as, 1), the olive- tXirls, /5os, tj (Lat. voluptas), hope;
tree ; an olive. irap1 kXiriba, contrary to expecta
cXaiov, ovy rd (oleum, oil), olive- tion.
oil. «Xv<r-, see XtSco, I aor.
eXaKTi-, see Xeucrifa. €\o>-, see alpioj, 2 aor.
eXaX-, see XaXitu. t'|idO-, see uav6avw.
eXavGav-, impf. Xav6dv<a. cp,aicapi-, see jicucapifo.
eXaTTOW (Att. w), W<T<V, IjXCLTTQJfea, €u,ao"TiY-, see fxaffriyoco.
ÂaTTatra {kkdrrc/jv), to lessen : ep-auxoij, 77s, of myself: pi. -fyfJ-atv
pass, to be worsted. avrwv, etc.
^XciTTtov, ov (for *Aax«w, from cp.ax-< see fiaxoftxu,
iXa\vs, levis, light), less : superl. €|x-(3aiva>, €v-4ftr]V, to enter into.
(KaxtOTOS : otherwise tXaaowv. £u,-pdXXa>, h*i0a\ov, to throw in,
cXauvu, eXa>, IX-fjXaica, ijXaoa, to or against.
drive ; to march. €|i-|3'fjvai, see €ft-&aiva), 2 aor. inf.
€X&XWrT0S» V* 0V (see tX&TTWV), tp,^, ace. sing. €*yct>, me.
least, shortest. cpeiv-, see ixevw, I aor.
«\«Y-, see Xtyoj. cp.€v-, see fi4va}, impf.
eXe-yx0** <5, a test, a refutation. cp.10*-, impf. or aor. fUffSo),
«Xeyx°s, to, a reproach. «p,-u,cXT)S, cs (4r, fi«Xos), sounding
cX«yxwj yi™, V^*f£a> t0 disgrace, in unison, in tune, opp. to irXrjfj.-
refute, reproach, examine. fitXfjs ; fitting, graceful, witty.
cXcco) (a;), 170-0;, ■^Xitjo'a, (whence t|jL-p.t'v(i). i/a), kv4fj.eiva, to abide in,
cKfrj fioavpi], eleemosynary, alms), to be true to, with dat.
to pity. €u,vt}u.ov«vo#-, see fjtvijfiovevcj.
TEXevT], 7js, 77, Helen, the wife of tp-ol, dat. of €701, or nom. pi. of
Menelaus, and cause of the Trojan
war. cp,os, i), hv, my.
eXeos, ov, o, pity, mercy. tuoii, gen. of hyw.
4X«|-, 1 aor. Xiyai. ep/rreipta, as, ?}, experience : from
IXccrdai, 2 aor. inf. mid. alpia. £p.-impos, ov, (kv, iretfa), having
IXeuOepia, as, ^ (kXzv8tpoi), free made trial in, experienced in.
dom, liberty. cjjl-tt^vkc, perf. intr. from hfi-^vaj,
cXcvdcpos, a, ov, (liber), free. Comp. exists naturally in ; see <pvai.
and superl. -wrepos, -arraros. €u,-iri(p,)irXTju.i, irXijoa), tveirXrjffa,
eXfu0€pou> (£>), dV<w, jj\eu0^peuo*a, to fill ; mid. to take one's fill, with
to set free, to release from. gen.
cXcvOcpos, adv. freely. «p,-mTrpT|U,i, TrpijOQ), tv-inpjjoa, to
e\e'4>as, avros, 6, the elephant. set on fire, to burn.
cXt}-, 2 aor. alpia. Iji-irCirrw, irecovfiai, irkirrojica, «W
GLOSSARY. 189
veffov, to fall into, to fall upon, ev-eoTt, see evcifu.
attack. cvOa, adv. where.
cfi-irVECi>, irvfv&OfMtf eviirvevaa, to evOdSe, adv. here, there.
breathe into ; to breathe, to be «v0€v8€, from hence ; thereafter.
alive. tv-9uu.tou.ai (Att. ovfiat), rjaofiat,
*u.-7roi«i>, to engender, produce. lvT(9v^.T)fxai, evt&VfA7)6i}V, {Bubo's),
cp.irpoo'Oev, adv., and prep, with to lay to heart, ponder, consider.
gen., before, of place or time. cvik-, see vitcaw, impf. or I aor.
ev (Lat. and Engl, in), prep, with tviOL, at, a [tvt ( = ev€tat) ot, there
dat. I. of place; in, on, amongst. are who] ; some, (sunt qui). So
2. of a state ; ev aijuiixaTi, in re too
pute. 3. of the instrument ; €v tvLOTe (jivt on), sometimes, (estubi),
64>6a\p.OLS opdv, to see with the Iwca, nine, (novetn).
eyes. 4. of time ; ev tovt<j>, €v-vo€w (a>), tjccu, kv-vtvo-qKa, iv-
meanwhile : see §§ 86, 87. tvorjffa, (kv, vovs), to consider,
?v, see ffs, fiia, tv. %v ti touto, perceive,
this one thing; sometimes adv. tvvuuu, ecroj (for fta-Wfu, see ves-
in this one point. tio), to put clothes on ; the compds.
eva, ace. sing. *T$. are used in prose, ajxcpitvvvfu, etc.
€v-avrCos, a, ov [\v, dvTt), opposite, cvoci-, see voioi.
contrary. «vo.vt(ov, prep, with cv-olkcq) (Att. a)), rjffcv, kvcvicrjaa,
gen., against, in presence of. {lvt oTkos), to inhabit.
tv-8€T|s. <s (Sioj), lacking, deficient, €vojii-, see vo/*i£a).
with gen. see § 63. cvo7rrpt£ou.ai, (tv-oirrpov, a mirror,
■Ev-Seica, of, at, tcL, eleven, (hendeca- */ on of oipofxat, etc.), to look in
syllabic,) eleven ; oi eVfiexa, at a mirror: (impf. tried to look).
Athens, the Commissioners of €VTaii0a, adv. (1) of place, (2) of
Prisons and Police, time. Here, there; at that time,
tv oiarpipu, to spend, consume, in then.
a place, sc. xp6vov; to linger over, tv-TfAXofAcu, cv-TtKovftat, tvereiKa-
with dat. fiTjv, to command ; ivTiraXpuu,
cv-SCSaip.1, to give in, to give up, to usually pass, hence
yield. €VT6TaXp,«va, rd, the commands.
«vSov, (i)adv. within, in doors; (2) €VT€u0cv, hence, thence, thereupon.
prep, with gen. within. €V-tijjlos, ov (ev, rtfi^), in honour,
cv-Suu, ecu (induo), to put on. Mid. honoured, prized : opp. to artfxos
with 2 aor. iv&dw and perf. = in full possession of a citizen's
evoiSvKa, to put on oneself; to rights. Comp. and superl.«rx/*o-
enter. See ovcu. rtpos, -6raTos.
cvScixr-, fut. of kvdiBcofit. €Vtos, (l) adv. within; (2) prep.
tv-eifu, taofiat, ivrjv, {kv, elfu, sum), with gen. within : (Lat. intus).
to be in. cpcoti -or tvi = it is cv-Tv-yxav*0* iy-irvxov, to meet
possible. with, with dat. kvrvxajv, 2 aor.
cvckcl, prep, with gen., often after
its case ; on account of.
. **'
€v-tjttviov, ov, rd (in-somnium) , a
«v€VT|KOVTa, of, at, rd, indecl., ninety. dream : (kv, virvos).
«v-€-ir€o*-, 2 aor. kpL-ninTco. €v-(i>irTptj€TO, impf. fVOTTTpiÔ/Xat.
«v-«ir\T|0-a-, see iftiriirKrjfii. 4J, before consts. 4«, prep, with
ev-trrpTjo--, see (fimirpijfit. gen. from out of. 1. of place;
190 GLOSSA Rr.
2. of time; 3. of any origin; e.g. €£-tjiraT-, see «£ajraTaaj.

Oebv (K Bvrjrov ytvkaBat, from a <£tjs (cx0')! adv., in a row ; in
mortal to become a god : see § order.
82. «£-iovt-, pres. part. e£-€t/w.
!J, indecl. (Aweagon, Lat. sex), six. e£is, «us, ^ (€XW)» a habit.
££-aYop€i>Gj, t£-«pcD, t£-eipT]tcat c£- «f£-oSos, ovt if {exodus), a way out.
uirov, to tell out, utter, announce. €£6v, neut. part. $£tari, = it being
€Jj-at,p6T€0$, a, ovt verb. adj. from lawful.
c£-aipca> (Att. co), ef-erôv, to take «£-6m(r©€v, from the rear, behind.
out, select, remove. c£-opic(£ci), or lôp/iuoj (Att. ai), <txraj,
<£axi$, six times : (sexies). to administer an oath to a man,
e£aKooroi, at, a, six hundred. to swear him. From opxos ; hence
*£-aira\XaTTa>, to set rtva free from exorcise.
twos ; pass, to be set free from. «£o>, adv. outside ; prep, with gen.
^-aira/raw (Att. w), ri<TQJt to deceive. beyond.
€£«PiPacr-, see !/f£ij8a£a>, 1 aor. 4£-a)pK-, see l£-o/w«£cu.
^£-e8€£-, or -Sex-, * aor-> or inipf. » coiKa, as, «, perf. from €t«a), to be
from (K-54xofMi. like, with dat. ; to seem likely,
4£-cSpap.-, 2 aor. I/c-t^x0*- with inf.
<£-etu.L, e£-rJHvt e£-iivai, to go out; copTrj, 77s, 1), a feast, a festival.
march out. «ir* = eirt, before a vowel.
e£-€UT€tv, 2 aor. inf. (gayoptvaj. €1tolSovo-(u, fern. pi. pres. part, from
«£-eX«YXw> 7fa>, «£-i7Ae*v£a, to exa cir-a'Su (Iffi, dciSco), anopai. to sing,
mine, convict. esp. as an incantation, to charm.
«£-e\0€iv, 2 aor. inf. e£-tpxopat. €ira6-, see ■7rao~xoj, 2 aor.
<£€ir€0"-, see ktciriirTcv, 2 aor. cirautvL^-, see ircuavifa.
«£€irAayr|, 2 aor. pass, of k/arXyTTta, €irai6ev-, see iratdeittu.
ij-€Tr\euo7-t see kfarkew, I aor. ciraiveTOSi ^, 01/, to be praised,
6j-6irXT(p-, see k/c-ir\ijp6oj, praiseworthy.
eê-TTpd^ttTO, 1 aor. mid. €Knp6.TT0j. (iraivcu, ia<ut -rfveaa, to praise, re
«'£-€p€is, 2 s. fut. to speak out, pro commend, fcakw «7rpV€(Ta = no,
claim. The pres. in use is «£- thank you ; a polite refusal.
ayop&vw* tEircuvos, ou, <5, praise, approval,
t£eppu|/a, see kKpiirroj, 1 aor. t'lr-aipw, apuj. rjptca, ijpa, to raise,
«£-€px<>p,ai, to go forth : fut. e£up.i. excite, elate.
SfJeoTi, carat, effiv, l£efj/cu, it is «ir-av-e\9-, 2 aor. {not indie), from
allowed, = Lat. licet. Only used €ir-av-cpxou,ai, enweiî, €iravrj\$ov,
impersonally. to return, to go up.
«£€Ta£a>, ffcu, tfyraaa, to examine, €irao"X-, see navx03-
test. 4ira,Ta£-, see irardaaoj, or tvittw,
*£-6vpeiv, 2 aor. inf. from €irau-, see iraiJai.
t£ eupicrKw, i£-€vpov, to find out. lir-«pT|, 2 aor. ind. Imfiaivoj.
i^-etfnfy-, see €/c<pcvyai, 2 aor. €ir-ePoi)-, see kmfiorjBtaj.
«£-«X€a~» see cxx*0** * aoriv-eytv-, see kirtyiyvofiat, 2 aor.
•Ift subj. pres. «f£co"n. «ir-«8vji-, see em$vp,£<u.
£j-T|KOVTa, indecl. sixty : (sexaginta). ciret, conj. (1) of time, when, (2) 0/
c£-ti\«y-, I aor. €£-€\cyx<u. cause, since.
e£T|A0-, see ifcpxofiai, 2 aor. c'ireiS-dv, conj. with subj. (4rct8?) ov),
«|t|v, see ?£€oti, impf. whenever, after that.
GLOSSARY. I9I
mt«i-8t|, conj. (1) of time, since, after tm-7ap.cs, ov (effi, 7a/*os), mar
that, (2) of cause, seeing that, be riageable.
cause. «m-'Yi'yvou.ai) to come after, ensue,
€ir«i9-, impf. irttdaj. fall upon, come to pass.
€tt-€iu,i, impf. cirjjeu', see iTripxoftat. 'ETri8u[xvos, a town on W. coast of
€ireiv-, see TTtivdoj. N. Greece.
«ir«ip-, see iretpAoftat. 4irt€-, see wivat, 2 aor.
«iT€wr-, 1 aor. irtiOoi. «m-0vu,€u> (Att. w), rjcca, knedvfjirjo'a,
firciTa (lm\ crra), adv., thereupon, to set one's heart on, desire nvos ;
then, next ; in answer to irpwrov ($vfios, cp. h0vn4opiai). Hence
fiev = in the second place. iiri-Ovu/rjTeos, a, ov, verb. adj.
iir-tXaP-, em-kafifiavaj, 2 aor. cm6uuia, as, 17, desire.
<ir-€\a0-, see emKavBavofxat, 2 aor. cm-icaXcu (Att. w), effcu, cire/fdXccra,
«tt-cX0-, see €7r4pxofjai. to call on, invoke ; to bring an
€ir-6|JL6\-, see kmfie\4ofMi. accusation against.
«7T€jjtir-, impf. TTCfiiraj. cirucAiiOe-, see foregoing, 1 aor.
pass. part.
Ittcittcok-, see ttitttoj, plpf. cm-Kovpcu (Att. a;), tjo'oj, inc/cov-
cir-£p)fO|JUUf fut. eirufti, kirij\6ovt to prjaa, to succour, remedy rtvi.
approach, attack ; part, tmwv, cTriKOup'qo'is, €wy, if, aid, help.
succeeding, future. TSiriKTir|Tos, ov, 6, Epictetus the philo
cir-epurdu (Att. a),) ycroj, ypairrjca, sopher was a lame slave belonging
to question, enquire. to Epaphroditus himself a freed-
«ir*o'€-, or lir€O"0-, 2 aor. niwrco, man of Nero. The Encheiridion,
tireaGai, inf. Jf-iro/iai. or short manual of his doctrines
4tt-€ot6i|/-, see (irtffri(paj. and sayings, was compiled by
«ir-€CTTT^-, see tyionjfit, aor. I or 2. Arrian, his pupil.
«ir-«crx-, see Mx°°* 2 aor« tm-Xo.9-, see imkavBavofuu, 2 aor.
cir-fx40* fyefw, In-ecxov, to hold out, cm-Xau,J3dv(«>, lir-ekafiov, to seize,
hinder rivd ; intrans. to pause, lay hold of; esp. in mid. with
cease from rtros ; to wait. gen.
€ttq-, see Zirctfu. tTH-XuvGdvGu.ni, Xrjffofxat, kirc\a06-
tirrjXO-, 2 aor. kv-4pxopicu. fxrjv, to forget, rtv6sf or with part.
«irrjv-, impf. or aor. eiraivio). as 6<pfi\o:v ktti\6,$ov, you forgot
firl, prep, upon, see §§ 1 1 2-1 14, and that you owed.
add the following:— £irt 2-aAujuf- tm-p-tXaa, as, 17, care bestowed on
vos, towards Salamis ; cm yfyptus, a thing. From Im/tcAi}?, fr. pi-
in old age ; tnl icaicw rtvbs, for Xopai, to care for.
some one's hurt; eirl /u<r0£, for t7n.-u.tAtop.ui (Att. odftai), rjcofiat,
hire ; \alpuv km Ttvt, to rejoice €irtii€kr]$7jv, to care for, pay heed
at something; eirliroXv, to a great to, nvos.
degree ; eir* oAryop, for a short eiriov, €«, €, see viva), 2 aor.
time ; kirl &ovv Uvai, to go after €iri-'irXT|TT(i), £oj, to rebuke Ttvt.
an ox ; rb kv f/if, as regards me. em-ppt'a), pets, p€t, fut. (Uvaofxat, to
£iri-Pa(v (see £atW), to go upon ; flow against : see filai.
embark, mount. €7n-pp«vvv|ii, to encourage; pass, to
<m-j3oir]0«ci> (ai), ^ffco, tv-€$o^6rjo'a pluck up heart.
to come up to the help of, c. dat. €m-<ri]u;os, ov (aijfia, cp. insignis
<TrL-J3ouAewi>, aft), to plot against. from sigtium), notable, famous.
192 GLOSSARY.
€Tr£<rrap,aL, ijaopai, -^mffT^dTjv, «Tro|xai, eipofxu, ko-jrofirjv, impf.

impf. yTTiGTafx-qv (prob. an old flnSprjv (Lat. sequor, socius,6iraS6s
mid. form itrl and lorrjpt, treated etc.), to go with, follow, rivi.
as an independent word), to know; eiropeu-, see nopevo/xai.
•not (iv Tt, how to do a thing ; itoiarv €iros, ovs, to (whence epic), a word,
ri, that one is doing a thing. a saying ; ( VVAK, Lat. voc, Gr.
€irio~T€u-, impf. or aor. mareua). (f)eir, flnov ; vocs or vox, vocare,
6iri-o'T€4>a>, ôj, €7TfffTt\£>a, to surround etc.).
with, or as with a chaplet ; to 4irpaTT-, see irpaTTQj.
fill to the brim, with gen. Iirpia-, see ojvioptat.
€Tn.-o"rf|u,T|,^s, 7), knowledge, science. €irrd, of, at, tA, indecl. (Anarchy,
em-oToX-rj, 775, 17 (km-artkhcu, to septem), seven.
send to ; epistle, epistolary), a eirvO-, or 4irw0-, see irvvdavofiai.
letter. Latin borrowed the €Tro)X-, see iraj\eu.
word. €paorTT\s, ov, o, a lover twos.
«7rL-o"Xwv, see eirex<v, 2 aor. part. cpci.u (Att. a;), epaaBrjaopat, fjpa-
em-T€pTn\s, «s (rep^-iy, Tipwaj), aO-qv, to love: with gen.
pleasing, delightful. €pY&£op,aL, doopm, etpyafffiai, cip-
€itity|S€los, eia, ov, fit, serviceable : yaaapjjv, to work, make, trade.
01 h-jr. one's friends, necessarii : €p*y<iTTr|S, ov, o, one who works, a
ret err, necessaries. Derived from worker.
€m-TT)8£s, adv. from kirl To.Se, = as «pyov, ov, to (Germ, werh, our
much as will serve the purpose, work, irksome; opyavov, etc.), a
purposely, Lat. consulto, de in- work, a deed, a reality. <P7«p,
dustria. adv. in reality, opp. to Xo7^,
!m-TifActo) (Att. a)), -qaco, eTreTtp.rjo'a, nominally.
I. to lay honour upon. 1. to 4p6i, IpiD, etc., see Xiyoj.
lay the value (or penalty) upon. epeuvdw (Att. <u), ^ffw, ijpevvrjoa,,
3. to censure, with dat. to seek for.
€Tn.-TVu.7|0'Ls, fcos, 1), censure. cpT|u,09, rj, ov (whence eprjpiTqs,
€m-Tp€Tr<0, \pa), eiT€Tpeipa, to entrust eremite, hermit), desolate, solitary;
to tivI : in pass, with perf. Itti- destitute of, with gen.
TiTpafifiai, to be entrusted with Tt. cpC^b) (epts, Lat. rixari), aor. ijpto'a,
«iTi-TpoTros, ov, o, one in charge, to strive with, to rival, rivl,
a steward, bailiff: (kniTptnoj). epiov, ov, to, wool ; pi. fleeces.
eirL-<|>€pb}, to bring upon. ?pis, (Sos, j), ace. tpiv (and eptSa),
€TTt-X€Lp€W (Att. &), TJfftU, fTTtX^- strife.
pij<xa to set one's hand to, to under €pp,T|V€iJs, 4ojs, 6 ('Epfirjs, kermeneu-
take; attack Tin: (xilp)- tics), an interpreter.
«iriX€tpTjT€OV, one must lay one's 'Epu,ijs, ov, 6, son of Zeus and Maia.
hand to, set about, rtvL Trie herald of the gods, or the
cTrL-ij;T]4>Lâ), tuf, 4irt\pr{<pioa, to put god who presided over gymnastics,
to the vote (the office of the eloquence, trade, roads, gain, and
chief president imOTaT-qs in the who led the shades down to the
Athenian eK/cXrjaia) ; mid. of lower world.
the assembly, to confirm or decree fpoi|XT]v. ep4a$at, tpoipat, Ipupn-os.
by vote: (tnl, ^/rj(pos). the only parts of ipofxcu, * to ask,'
€Trviyr|, 2 aor. pass, irviyai. which are used in Attic, See
eiroi-, see irotecu. iparr&u.
GLOSSA RF. 193
cppci, impf. pice. eralpos.ou, o, a comrade, companion j
tpvOpds, d, ov {ruber, rufus), red. mate.
Comp. and sup. -ortpos, -oVaros. crei, dat. tros.
lpXop.ai, «7/u, IX^Xufio, f/XBov, to iriXivT-, see TtAturdw.
come, go : poet. fut. iktiaopcu. «T«|i-, see Tfiiva.
€pwv, w<ra, wv, part. pres. kpaaj. Jrepos, a, ov (alter, other), the
tpojs, cutos, d, love; (erotic), other, one of two ; different, fresh.
f pcoTdoi (Att. Si), ■fjaai, ijpiirqaa, or «Tepir-, see Ttpirw.
very commonly fjpofXTjV (prop. «T«T6ix-, see Tfix<C«, plpf.
impf. of epoptai), to ask riv& Jtt|, see 4Vos.
Tl. in, adv. (et, etiam), still, yet, far
«s found for <ls in Thucydides and ther; of time or degree.
the Tragedians. €Ti8-, see TiOrjfu.
so- . . ., for compds. see under tis-. Ituct-, see tiktoj.
Icrti, 2 sing. fut. ei/u. CTtp.-, see rifuiaj.
io-ti-, impf. otla. 4t\i|-, see tX&oi, tXtjvoi.
«trflr|s, iJtos, i}, (VVES, vestio and ?Toip.o5, 17, ov, or os, ov, ready, pre
ivvvyn), a garment. pared.
(Vfltw, (Sofuu, i&f)$0Ka, aor. itpayov, 6To£euov, impf. To£evaj.
to eat : (Lat. «i/ere and edible). ?tos, ovs, t6, a year: «ot' <?to»,
eaflXos, ^, ok, good. year by year.
coxy-, see <H7aa;. rrpoir-, see rptirai.
€o-p.€v, pres. ind. d/it. cTVfios. ov, poetical word, true,
cao-, see ei/«. sure, real.
«o-imo--, see ffjreVSaj. €Tvpaw-, see Tvpavvevai.
lo-ro-, and iari\-, perf. from lOTrjiu. (tux- or *TVYX"> see "ruyx/h""-
torepiq-, from ffrfpioi. A, adv. well ; (5 <?x€1 "= •* 's we" !
tori, from tfyii, = is, esr. fv iroietv rtva=to benefit a man ;
Io-ti is iar\ made emphatic = is or «5 lrparTfiv = to fare well.
exists, or <s possible. eu-fjou\Ca, as, fj, good counsel :
i<mau> (Att. <D), dffoo, impf. tlarioiv, from
as, a, to receive at one's {ffrio cu-fjov\ot>, ov, of good counsel, pru
(cp. Vesta, vestal), or hearth ; to dent (fiovXij).
feast or regale one (riva) on ci-y«v^s, h, (e5, yivos), well-born,
something (rivds). noble.
lo-rpwp.-, see aropiwvpu or arpiiv- cuSaip.ov«o (Att. Si), Tjcra, to be
vvpu. eiSaifuav, to prosper.
fo-TO), 3 s. imp. €?/*J. fuSaip-ovia, as, 77, happiness, pros
«o-Tiis, korwaa (not lorufa), lo-ro«, perity, generally in a higher sense
intr. perf. part, of XoTt)\u., [later than tvTvxia.
ioTrjKciii, hoT7]Kvia, laTTjicbi], tvSaiu,ovC(ii>, iu>, to call or consider
standing. See KaBtar&x. happy, to congratulate Ttva rtvos.
«rd>af-, see ocpafa. ev-Batfjiwv, ov,gen. opos(e3, oaf/aw),
€cr<pPa*Yl~> see vippaylfo' well-starred, prosperous, happy.
loxaTos, 7, ov (superl. from t£), cv-Soicip.«o> (Att. Si), fiaa, to be euoo-
extreme, last, worst. Ktfios, or in good repute, to be
Io-gj, adv. within; prep, with gen. famous : (n5 and Svaifios, SoKtoi).
i<r<o£-, or «ro>o--, impf. or I aor. cv8, rjaa, to sleep ; in prose, more
o~(v£w. commonly /caOevb'o}.
194 GLOSSARY.
tu-e\ms, iSos, o, t), neut. tvtAm, of tv-riXna, at, 7), cheapness, thrift;
good hope, hopeful. from
*\ifpyerio>, cD, ^ccu, to be a €vepy£~ eA-TcX-^s, is, («! and riKos in the
•njs, or benefactor ; to do good to sense of expense), easily paid for,
nva TI. cheap.
eu-cpYcr-qs, ov, 6, a benefactor €vtux«w (Att. ui), rjaw, to be €vtvxt)s
(eS, tpyov). or prosperous.
tiiOOs, adv. at once, directly. cwrvxima, tos, rb, success.
cvOvs, era, v, adj. straight, direct. «v-tvxt|S, is (tux1?)" successful,
«v-Kcupos, ov, (itcupbs), well-timed, fortunate.
seasonable. eviTuxcct, as, 7), good luck, success.
cu-Koo-p.(a, as, 7) (iwcr/ws), orderly cu-eppocruvrj, rjs, 7) (txHppaw), glad*
behaviour, good conduct. ness, mirth ; pi. festivities.
cvktos, t), by (tixo/uu), wished for ; €u-d>pcov, ov (eS, <ppr}v), well-minded,
Ttx evKTCi, things to be prayed for. cheerful.
€uAdf3ei.a, as, y {ev, J Aa/3 of \a/i- «*X^. VS, 7), prayer.
lilwoj), caution. euxop-ai, foâi, ti£ap.7)v, to pray,
cv-vovs, ow, well-disposed, from vovs. long for ; vow, boast.
cvâvro, see (vxofiai, I aor. eveoxeco, ^crcu, to entertain sump
ei-irei8iip1s, is, obedient, docile: rriiOw. tuously : pass, to fare sumptuously.
cv-iropos, ov, easy to pass through, ccp' for errl before a rough breathing.
easy, rich in (Tiros) ; comp. «u- €<|>aY-, see io~Bicu, 2 aor. from */<pay.
iropcdTCpos. See airopos. tojiaiv-, see (pa'tvo/iai.
cu-irpciTT^s, is, (eu, irpiiroj), well- €<pacr-, see (paffKU or tpTjfil.
looking, comely. ccj>-«irou,ai., impf. i(p€tv6fnjvt to fol
eOpe-, or cvipo-, see tvpioicai. low after. See enofiat.
€iip€Tos, t), bv, discoverable, tcI tvp.t ccbcp-, see <p4pu.
things discoverable. *E<j>£cros, ov, 7), one of the twelve
etipTQLia, tos, to, a windfall, a dis Ionian cities in Asia Minor, seat
covery ; as we say, ifind. of the worship of Artemis: capital
«vpi)VTai, 3rd pi. perf. pass, tvpiaicto. of the Roman province of Asia.
EiipnriS-qs, ov, 6, the Athenian tra ifyevy-, impf. <ptiy<u.
gedian, born b. c. 480 on the day Ecjiir)-, see ipr/iii.
of the battle of Salamis, died B. c. <<|>-T|u,cpos, ov, lasting but a day,
405 ; a pupil of Anaxagoras, and ephemeral ; (i)/*epa).
friend of Socrates. «dvnv-, I aor. tpaiva.
cvpuricci), 7jcra>, evprjxa, tvpov, to find, «<j>6-, see <p0ava.
invent, gain, evptiv, 2 aor. inf. <<j>-uvcu, inf. of iipirj/u.
evpijs, act, if, broad, spacious. e<p-iT||JLi, ^crcu, to send upon, throw at,
Evpucrfciis, ecus, 0, King of Tiryns ; allow: mid. (impf. ((pUpTiv), to en-
a descendant of Perseus, and, join(TU'J); to desire, aim at (riv6s).
through Juno's stratagem, lord ccjnV, see <piXiu),
over Hercules. c'<j>-Ccrn)U.i, im-art]<rcD, iv-ioTnaa,
ECptbras, ov, 6 (Doric gen. a), river to set up, institute.
of Laconia, now Basilpotamo. «d>of)-, see <po/9ccu.
cwrc>3((i> (Att. Si), 7)001, to be tiiot- i<j> oSos, 7), a way to ; an assault :
ftr)s or pious. i£ t(p65ov, at the first onset.
«v-ccf3^|s, is, pious ; see aae07)s. ecj>-opdcu (Att. aj), tTT-uipofmi, tn-
ju-TaicTws, in good order (tottcu). uSov, to oversee, supervise.
GLOSSARY. 1 95
«4>p€v-, see <pp*voai. fine, ace. of person, dat. of penalty:
ifyvy-, 1 aor. (pfvyw. to punish.
t'4>v\a-, See <pv\aTTOJ. Jijv, inf. facu.
<<t>v-, see ^»wu. JirWco (Att. Si), i)oo>, f^tfrrjaa, to
«<|>VY-, 2 aor. <pei>yai. seek, examine: in later Attic, to
tx\ see <?x<". call upon, enquire for.
«XttP~> see x<"P<>>- Jvyov, on, to, (jugum), the yoke of
*X0a£pw, a/jcD, tfxSrjpa, (?x0os), to the harness.
hate. £a>-. see £&oi.
<xOiottos, €xdiwv, sup. and comp. of $G>Yp«o (Att. Si), r/crcu (faos, living,
(\$p6s. and dyptvoi, to catch by hunting),
?x6os, ovs, to, hatred. to take alive.
cx9pa, «s, 17, hatred, Jwq, rjs, 7), life.
t'x^pos, a, 'V, hated, hostile. 0 «x^*» Jt^T), opt. 3rd sing. (Attic form like
an enemy. Tifupt]), from £da>.
«Xpt)-, see XP^03, £wv, &VT-, pres. part. £d<y.
ex<o, ?feu or erx^crcu, laxvleai iaxov, £<pov, ov, to, an animal, a creature
impf. e7xo"> I- to have, hold, possessed of life.
enjoy: x°P"'> to I36 thankful. £tocra, part. pres. fern. £aai.
2. to be able, oti* ex<" fliruv, £&o-iv, 3rd pi. (da.
1 cannot say. 3. intrans. with
adv. to be in a certain state. H.
Mid. to lay hold on Ttv6s. ■r), conj. = or. f) . . i) ; either—or. After
I01, ace. of ecus, dawn. aWos, or a compar. = ' than,' Lat.
«e»p-, see dpaa. quam.
cms, ecu, rj, the dawn, 1\, adv. of a truth, surely : especially
leas, conj., until, while; fait av, with 7) /j^k, in oaths, followed by a
subjunctive. fut. inf.
■Jj = <?c/>!7, aor. 2 of fjui, ' to say ; '
Z.
mostly in the phrase i) 5* os, * said
£au, (Att. (Si), fut. f7<rcu or ff/ero/aii, he ;' cp. jjV 5' iyib, * said I.'
more commonly Haiaofxai, 0e- TJ, 3rd sing. pres. subj.of (tfti, 'to be.'
fiiaiica, iBiaiv, to live. For the ■f|, fem. of article d, j), to, the.
contr. ^f/y, £7), etc. see Supaai. t\, fem. of rel. pro. ts, fj, &, who,
£tvyyv\ix, feu, e£ev£a, (jugum, jungo, which.
yoke), to yoke, to join, wed. •rj, dat. sing. fem. of rel. pro. ts, ij,
{eOyos, ovs, to, a yoke of beasts. 0, who, which.
Zeis, Aids or Zrjvos (Jupiter, ■n, 2 aor. subj. "irjpu.
Diespiter, divus, deus, Jovis), son tJPt), 17$, ij, manhood, the prime of
of Kronos, king of gods and youth. °Hj8i7, daughter of Zeus
men. and Hera, wife of Heracles and
J^j, 3rd sing. pres. indie, ficu. cupbearer to the gods. After
JtjXos, ok, i (zeal, jealous), rivalry, wards goddess of youth.
emulation. TJYa-y-, see dyai, 2 aor.
£t|\ouj (Att. Si), Si, worn, to rival, T^ye-, see 0701, impf.
envy, admire Ttvd twos. •f|Y«tTO, impf. i/yiofiai.
{i)u.(a, at, 7), damage, = Lat. dam T|Ye(iiiv, 6vos, 6, a leader.
num ; a penalty. i)-yeo(iai (Att. ov/tai), t)aopai, ijyt)-
{t||u6(b (Att. Si), warn, ifofucucra, to liai, iiyrjoaiiTiv, I. lead, go before
O %
196 GLOSSARY.
Ttvi. 2. to command tivos, see §69. fjfuavt rod XP0V°V* a* iJ/*fo*€tac

3. to regard, think, = Lat. ducere. top' vtwv, half the time, half the
tjyvo-, see dyvoia). ships, for t& fjfuav tov, twv, etc.
■nyo-, see aya, impf. ijpuiv, gen. pi. iy&i.
tjSc-, and ^Beo-civ, see oTSa. flv, contr. for iav.
TjSe'cus, adv. (from t'/Svs), gladly, fy, impf. of tlfi, to be.
pleasantly. <jv, ace. fem. sing, relat. pron. 8s, j), 8.
tJStj, adv. already. ■fivayKa-, see avayic&fa,
-nSuc-, see aHiictaj. T|vSpairo8-, see av&panoSifa.
fiSio-ros, -rjBCoiv, see ))8iis. j\vtyK-, see ipipoi.
^jSop-ai, fj(j9r\aojuu, fattr/v, to enjoy, ■fjv«OT(-, see aWyo/uu, 2 aor.
take delight, with dat. or with ■qviKa, conj. when.
part. TjSopevw pot ylyvertu., I am tj£i-, see dfioa;.
well pleased at its happening. "Hireipos, ov, ^ (prop, mainland),
■f|8ocrJ, ijs, 1), pleasure, enjoyment. a district, on the west side of
T|Svs, rjSfia, i)8i>, comp. ifilav, ov, northern Greece.
sup. tfSiaroi, r), ov, sweet, pleasant, ^mora-, see tmaraiiai, impf.
friendly ; ( -J SVAD seen by com ■qirop-, see dvopfaj,
paring svavis ( = svadvis),i)8i'S and "Hpa, as, ij, Hera, the Latin Juno,
sweet: for the loss of the initial, queen of the gods, sister and wife
cp. vnvos, Skrt. svapnas, Lat. of Zeus.
som(p)nus) : to i)8v, that which is *HpaKXciST|S, ov, i, a descendant of
sweet, pleasure. Herakles.
^j8«X-, see IBihw. *HpaicXeiTOS, ov, (5, one of the great
riflos, ot/s, to, custom, habit ; pi. like est of the ancient philosophers.
mores, disposition, character. Lived at Ephesus, in the sixth
■fJKio-Ta, superl. adv., least, not at century B. c.
all, minime; the compar. is i$T- "HpaFcX-iis (for 'HpaK\ir)t), iovs,
TOV. 6, son of Zeus and Alcmena, the
■qicov-, see anoia>. ideal of heroic strength and for
rfua, (a, impf. ijiiov, to be come, to titude. The voc. is 'HpaxXus,
have arrived; see § 134, note. for 'Hpi-K\tpfs, from Jic\(f,see
t|Xy-, see a\ye<». k\(os. The Lat. Hercules was
T|\«v0-, see i\tv0ep6oi. identified with him.
fiX0-, see tpxouai, n'pÔr), see alpia, 1 aor. pass.
rjXios, ov, 6, the sun : (Ae/tograph). fjpeo~a, 1 aor. apioicot.
fjXos, ov, o, a nail. TjpeTo, see ip&raoo, of which it is
•fû-apT-, see dpLaprdvaj, used as the aorist.
f\\x(i<i, plur. nom. of iyii. ffpT)p,av, see alpito, pf. pass.
{|v.cpa, at, ii (ephemeral), day; T|pv-, see apviofiai.
tca$' imtoav, day by day. "HpoSoTos, ov, S, of Halicarnassus,
■qfjLCTepos, a, ov, our. -rjixcrtpa (yrj), the historian of the Persian wars ;
our land. lived b. c. 484-407.
5plv, dat. pi. iyi>. TJppcoor-, see appworta.
|xiovs, ua, v (semi), half, to Tjpcos, o)os, 6, a demigod, a hero,
rjiuav, the half. Sometimes the TJpwT-, see tparraat.
noun that follows is put in the f|S (gen. fem. of 8*, f), 8), whose.
gen. but attracts rjfuav to its rjo-av, impf. ilfd to be.
own number and case. Thus 6 TJo-$«v-, see aoBiviw.
GLOSSARY. 197
■no-Ber-, $060-, 2 aor. awSavofUU. Sctvcu, 2 aor. inf. TiBrjiu.
t)<t6t)V, I aor. rjfio/Aai. Oetos, a, ov (Otbs), divine, sacred.
fyr0i-, impf. ta$iw. 8e\u, poetical or colloq. for iSeXa.
f|o-o--, a softened form of j}tt-. 0€P.uttoicXyjs, eovs, 6, Athenian
■qoTpai);-, see aarpairra. statesman and general during the
T|o-uxd£o>, <ro;, f/avxaaa, to keep Persian wars, rival of Aristides,
still. creator of the naval power of
âvxCa, as, ij, silence, quiet. Athens. He fought at Marathon
^nÔ"-, I aor. aWico. B. c. 490, commanded at Salamis
T|TTaO(jiaL (Att. afiai), rjoo^m, rJTTrj- B.C. 480, and fortified the city
fiat : to be inferior to, give way and the harbour; was banished
to, Ttvbs. b.c. 471, and died in exile.
tjTTup.evos, tj, ov, part, of fjTTao/im . Scds, ov, 6 (a-, mono-, poly
IjTrtDV, ov, comp. of kokos (see theism), God, a god.
flMOTa), less, weaker than, tivos. Oepa-rraivis, /80s, r/y a waiting maid,
fynov as adv. =less. a servant girl.
i^<j>av-, see acpavifa. Oepaircia, as, 37, service, worship;
tending; a cure.
©. Ocpaircvo), troi, to worship, court,
Saxos, ov, 6, a seat. care for, (therapeutics).
OaAaTra, 17s, $ (perhaps conn, with 8«pp.6s, r), ov (thermometer : Olpos),
a\s, salt : cp. <fya and Oa/ta), the hot ; hasty.
sea. Also 6aXacro-a. 8<pos, ovs, to (Sipoi, ferveo, fever),
©oXtjs, ®a\(w, ©aAp, §r, 6, of summer.
Miletus, one of the seven wise ©tpoii-ns, ov, b, the most impudent
men of Greece, B.C. 639-546, talker of the Greeks before Troy:
statesman, astronomer and philo see Pope's Homer's Iliad, Bk. II.
sopher. He taught that water is Ocadai, 2 aor. inf. mid. TtOrjut.
the origin of all things. 8tVis, fois, ^ (t^w)' a setting,
daXXco, ijcrai, T€0ij\a, to be luxuriant, or placing, a laying down.
to bloom, to prosper. 8c6>, Otvoofiai, fieopafirjfca, topafiov,
6ava.TOS, ov, 6 (V Oav, SvqOKta, to run : (the root is Off, whence
i$avov), death. also 0orj04a>, atvai, etc.).
davetv, Oavwv, see Ovqait&j 2 aor. Oeopeu (Att. Si), i/fftii, (Ola, a sight),
GaTTOv, adv. quicker. See Taxi*. to behold, contemplate : (hence
6ai3(xa, tos, to, a wonder. theorem).
9avpid5w, aofuu, TtOavfmiia, iOav- 6«op(a, as, ii (theory), seeing; see
fiaca, to wonder at, riva a person, ing with the mind's eye, contem
Tivbt for a thing. plation ; a spectacle, view of
0au|iao-<.os, a, ov, wondrous. games.
Oatifiao-Tos, i), ov, wonderful, strange : ©tjPai, wv, at, Thebes, the capital
comp. and sup. -6repos, -6raTos. of Boeotia.
0*aua, tos, to, a sight, show. 0T)p, Orjpbs, 6 (/era, Thier, deer;
Gedofxai (cu/xac), dffofiat, TfOfajjiai, treacle), wild beast, beast of pre) .
eOfao-A/ajv, to behold : OeaaarrBcu, 0T)o-avpds, ou, b (Ttffrjiu, tresor),
-aafifvos, 1 aor. inf. and partic. a store, treasury.
Ota/rpov, ov, Tb, a theatre (fiea- 0i]o-«-, 8r)ff0-, fut. Ti6r\iu.
ofiai). 6iacros. ov, b, a band of revellers.
9(1, 3rd sing. pres. ind. 9ia>. 6i*yYavo>, Oi£opai, ZOtyov, to touch
198 GLOSSA RY.
(lightly), with gen. : (for root cp. Uvai, inf. ttai, to go.
tetigi, touch; jingo, figura). uvai, inf. 'irjjxi.
9vf|ai«i>, Savovfuu, rk9vr\Ka, iOavov Upcvis, cats, o, a priest.
(jQav, or by metathesis v'flva), iepdv, ov, to, a temple.
to die. In prose airoOvrjoicai is Upds, d, ov, sacred ; (Aiwarchy).
used, except in the perf. and lepo-o-v\ia> (Att. S>), ô-<u, to rob a
plpf. temple, commit sacrilege. From
6vi)tos, >), bv (Oav or 6vr)), mortal. Up6-cri5Xos, ov, robbing temples.
0opu|3«a> (Att. co), rjffa, to make an ti)|U, ^(roi, sf/ca, i5«a, to send, dis
uproar, applaud, interrupt. charge.
86p\j(3os, ov, A, tumult, clamour. iKavds, 7), bv, sufficient, fit, capable,
©oukvSiStjS, ov, <5, Thucydides, the iicavus, adv. sufficiently.
great Athenian historian, died Ik€ttjs, ov, 6, a suppliant ; from root
about 400 B.C. of ixto and licvfOfuu, which may
©p<ji£, axus, 6, a Thracian. be seen in a<p-iicvio}Mi.
Opdo-os, ovs, to, boldness. iicv€Ou,ai, f£o/iai, lyixai, iKOnrjv, to
6pao-us, ua, v, bold, rash. come, reach, come as a suppliant,
0p$TTa, rjs, ii, a Thracian woman. ucpia, av, tii, a sort of deck ; a
6pct|rcD, fut. of Tpi<poi. platform.
0pij, rptxbs, ^> na'r- iXcus, wv, propitious, gracious.
Ovya/rnp, arpbs, 1J (Tochter, Skrt. "IXiov, ov, to, Troy or Ilium, a city
rfw/ii7a = the milk-maid), daugh in Troas, besieged for ten years
ter. by the Greeks.
8vu.6s, oC, 6 (Ova>), the soul, temper, lp,cvn,ov, ov, to, a cloak,
spirit, courage, wrath. tvo, I. conj. in order that, with
8i)pa, as, j) (fores, Thur), a door. subj. after principal, opt. after
flvo), aoi, rl6i)ica, iOvaa, to offer, to historic tenses. 2. Adv. where;
sacrifice : 1 aor. inf. dvaai. iv &v, wherever, with subj.
'Iovios, a, ov, ('Ictf), concerning Io ;
with k6\ttos, or v6pos, the sea
between Epirus and Italy across
iaop.ai, aaofjat, laadfirjv, to heal. which she is said to have swum.
10.0-is, ecus, rj, healing, a mode of lovT-, pres. part, ct/u, to go.
healing, !o-o-T€<pavos, ov, violet crowned, esp.
larpix^j, fi, sc. Tixyy, the medical epith. of Athens : lov, a violet.
art. 'TouSaios, ov, o, a Jew : (Judaeus).
larpos, ov, S, a surgeon, physician. l-irrrcus, ecus, o, a horseman, or rider.
IBeo, as, rj (i/fiS, li(tv), look, form, liMT€vci>, aoi, to ride (on horseback).
species. lirirCas, ov, S, son of Pisistratus,
t8«iv, see bpaa, 2 aor. inf. See oT5a. sole despot of Athens after the
CSios, a, ov, one's own, private, per assassination of- his brother B.C.
sonal : (hence, idiosyncrasy). 514. See 'AppSBios.
iSicoTTjs, ov, b, an individual ; a tiririKoS, r), bv, pertaining to a
private citizen, (opp. to one in horse, equestrian, rb lit. cavalry.
office) : hence, an idiot. itttto-kou-os, ov, 6 (KO/iiai, to take
180O, behold ! 1 aor. imp. mid. of care of), the groom, Lat. equiso.
iotiv, used as a mere interjection. tiriros, ov, 6 (equus), a horse:
I8pu>s, wtos, o (sudor), sweat. 15 wiro*, cavalry.
i&Av, ouna, bv, 1 aor. part. ISuv. 10-61, 2 sing. imp. tl/u, to be.
X
GLOSSARV. 199
lo-9i, 2 sing. imp. olSa, to know. îriffTauijv), to sit down ; to sit

tcros, rj, ov, equal, fair, even. idle : part. KaBri/ievos.
toTT|U,i, aTrjffcu, earijffa (sto, sisto, KaOr|pei, impf. Ka$aipiai.
stand), to set up, erect. Mid. Ka6TJo-6ai, inf. KaBijuai.
with (ffTTj/ca and ârrjv, to stand. KaOUcrav, 3 pi. impf. KaBitjpu.
lorau,€vou Tot) p/nvds, in the first Ka6-C£a>, KaOiSi, ttcaOirra, impf. Iko-
decade of the month. Biôv, (as if the verb were not a
toropCa, as, 7) (larwp, '/piS, ifietv, compd.). I. causal, to set, place.
video), enquiry, information, his 2. intr. to sit : mid. = to sit.
tory. KaO-t-rjui, KaBfjcraj, to let down, to
10-xupos, d, bv, strong. let fall.
Io*X1js, ios, ij, strength, force (Lat. KaO-t<m)U.i, naTaoTqaos, KariaTr/aa,
vis). to set down, etc. : mid. with
10-cos, adv. equally, fairly ; perhaps, KaBtcTtj/ca and Kar4aTrjv, to be
txvos, ovs, rb, pi. iyvrj, a track, appointed, become ; in past tenses,
footstep. Hence ichneumon. to be in a certain state.
!-, from eZ/u, to go. Ka6-opdu (Att. Si), Karbifiofiai, Kar-
(idov, to look down upon, to
observe, to sight.
Ka6-uXaKTca> (Att. Si), ■/jaai, to bark
Kaya,Q- = teal dya9-, see Ka\6s. at rivb. : see § 94, foot note.
Kaff = Kara, before a rough breath Kat, and, even, also ; re—Kal, Kal—
ing. Kal, both—and, not only—but also.
KttO-aipfW (Att. Si), to take down; Kal 8r| Kal, ay, and more than
to destroy. that. 7roAAol Kal aya0ol = many
KaOcupoj, apui, tKiiO-qpa (na&apbs), good men.
to cleanse. kcuvos, r), bv, new, fresh.
KaSdircp (Kara and airtp), just as. Kaiircp, although, always with a par
KaOapu,a, aros, rb (icaOaipai), prop, ticiple.
that which is thrown away in Kaipds, ov, 6, time, season, opportu
cleansing; scum, offscourings; a nity ; the nick of time.
term of abuse. Kato-ap, apos, o, Caesar.
KaSapds, a, bv (castas = cad-tus, Kaia, Haijcrai, tct/cavKa, eicavGa
chaste), pure, clean. (caustic), to set on fire, to burn.
Ka0ap6TT|S, tos, ij, clearness, purity. k&ki), tis, »}, badness, vice.
Ka6-c£ou.ai, or more generally tcdBrj- KaKTjvopia, as, r/, abuse, (jcaicbs,
/mi ; fut. naSfSovitat : impf. i«a- and ayopeioi).
Oetfurjv, as if the verb were not a KUKia, as, 7), badness, vice. KaKia,
compd. See KaOrjiuu. personified, Vice.
KaOetcrav, 3 pi. 2 aor. KaOir)ui. KaKicov, k&kuxtos, comp. and sup.
Ktt8eo-Tcos, rSiaa, tos (see iaruis), of kok6s.
intr. perf. part, from KaffiffTTjui — KaKos, 7), bv, bad, wicked, cowardly.
existing, established, rb. na6e- to KttKov, evil, to KOKa. suf
crSira = existing usages, etc. ferings. Comp. Kaxitov, kokiotos ;
Ka8-evSra, Srjffai, impf. na8-ev$ov, or also r^TTQiv and x«/pcuj/.
IxaBevSov, to sleep, to rest. KaKoCpyos, ov, evil doing, (ipyov).
Ka8 T|U.ai, impf. iKafljJ/tijjâugmented KaKus, adv. ill. k. Xf-yeiv rivd, to
as if it were not compounded with speak ill of. K. aKOvciv, to be
a preposition ; see too iviarauai, ill-spoken of. k. «x*lv> t0 De m
zoo GLOSSARV.
evil plight, k. iroieiv nvi., to KapTtpds, a, ov, strong, mighty;

injure one. from jjKapT or xpar : see Kparos.
KdXauos, ov, i (calamus, Engl. Kara, prep. down. See §§ 93, 94,
haulm, Fr. chaume), a cane ; used and add the following : vdtup Kara
by children as a ' horse.' X*ip6s otbovai, to pour water over
xaXeu) (Att. Si), fut. Si, hikXijuo, the hand : opvvvai /rard rivos, to
tK&keaa, to name, call, invite. swear by, strictly, on the head of,
6 KaXouu.evos, the so-called. some one : Kao" 'EAAdSa through
KdXXio-Tos, rj, ov, sup. of KaX6t. out Greece : kot dv0panrov, hu
koXXuov, ov, comp. of KaXus. manly, as a man should : Kar
icaXXos, out, to, beauty. dipOaX/iovs, face to face.
KoXAvvo) (/caXos), to beautify; mid. Kcrra-Paivw, tcaT-eP-qv, to go down.
to pride oneselfon, give oneself airs. Ka-Ta-J3dXXci>, Xw, Kar-i&aXov, to
KaXAo)ir(£ci>, lam (utfi, prop, to make throw down.
theface beautiful, then) to beau KaTa-yt'Xao-ros, ov, ridiculous.
tify, embellish: mid. to adorn KaTu-ycXda, -aaoyuu, with gen. to
oneself, make a display of, take laugh at, with ace. to deride.
pride in. KaTa-ytyvwo-Kco, to condemn, with
KaXos, t/, <V, beautiful, fair, noble, gen. of person, ace. of penalty :
good: tcaXos tcavaOos, fair and 2 aor. ind. Kar-kyvtav ; 2 aor. subj.
good, noble and virtuous, realising opt. etc., tcara-yv-.
the ideal of a free-born, high-bred KaTa-oiicd£a>, kaoi, to condemn
man. Comp. KaXXiav, k&XXiotos. Tiv6s Tl.
KaXiJp-r), 17s, fi (jtaXvirrai), a hut, KaTa-8uou.ai, ffofuu, Karedvv, to
cabin, cell. sink; xaraSiaa, xariSvoa, to
koAvittu, \pu, inaXvifia (occulo, cause to sink.
clam, K\imat ; another form of tcaTa-0edou.au (Att. Si/uu), to survey,
Kpvirroi), to cover, hide. Poetic. inspect.
koX&s, adv. well : k. ixtiv, to be in KaTa-flvnf|o-K,KaT(a)6a>'oC/iai, xari-
a good state; k. irpdTTeiv, to Oavuv, to die.
fare well : k. Xcyeiv two., to speak Kaxa-Kaiw (see tcaiw), to burn up.
well of: k. dKOueiv, to be well KaTa-Kavo--, I aor. Karaimiai.
spoken of. Kara-KXCvii), tvdi, ckXlvo, to lay
Kap.puo-i)S, ov, S, father of Cyrus. down : mid. to lie down ; 1 aor.
k&ut)Xos, ov, r) (generally), a camel : pass. inf. HaraKXiOijvai.
an oriental word. KaTa-Koi}ida>, -ijffd), to lull to sleep.
Kauawas, a colloquial form for KaTa-Kpfadvwai,, Kpffiiom, expi-
Kara/ivaas, I aor. part. KO.Tap.vw, ftatra, to hang up, suspend : xpt-
to close the eyes. fJLaoBrjvai, 1 aor. inf. pass.
Ka(xvo>, Kafwvficu, iceicprjKa, ftcafiov, xara-KpCvu, to give judgment
to work oneselfweary, to be weary, against, with gen. or ace.
to be ill : Kapys, 2 aor. subj. Kara-KvXivSw, totv, KariKvXiaa, to
K&v = Kal iv. roll down ; pass, to tumble.
K&v (1) =«aj av, (2) =koJ iiv. KaTa-XanPivw, nar-tXafiov, to seize,
■ca-rrvds, ov, 0, smoke. overtake.
icap8£a, at, 7) (Lat. cor, cordis; Ka.TO-Xdu.Tni>, ipoi, Kar-iXa/iâ, to
Herz), the heart. shine down upon.
Kapiros, ou, 6 (Herbst, harvest), fruit ; koto XcCttcj, \pa, to leave behind,
produce. to bequeath.
GLOSSARY. 20 1
KaTa-Xvto, to undo, dissolve, destroy. KaTcXapV, or ka/ili-, see «ara-Xa/i-

Kcrra-jiavOavu, to learn thoroughly. &avai.
KaTa-(xapTvptco,r;,Tcu,to bear witness ■carcXO-, 2 aor. no* ind. KaT-ipxoiuu.
against nv6s ri. icai-eXiir-, 2 aor. of KOTa-Xeiircu.
Ka/fti-p.tJa>, vau, icari/woa, to shut KaT-cpyaJop-ai, oopxit, to achieve,
the eyes. gain.
KaTa-rrXa-yeis, fi'ffa, iv, 2 aor. part. KarWpxou.ai, tcareifu, to go down ;
pass, from to return.
KaTa-Tr\^fTTW, (prop, to strike down, KaT-c<r6ta>, aor. tcarefpayov, to de
then) to astound : Kart-iikay-, vour.
2 aor. pass. KaT-t<rrr|, see KaOioTr/pu.
KaTappaK-rq, i]$. ij, sc. Ovpa, a trap KaT€0"Tp€ij/-, see KaTaarpitpoi.
door : (KdTappfiyvvju, to break Ka.Te<t>aY-, 2 aor. KarfoSia.
down, whence, through Lat. cata- KaT-€4>UT€VO*-, 1 aor. KaTacpvrevai.
racta, cataract, a broken fall of kot-^xu> Ka6i£ai, K&Ttoxov, to hold
water). back, control, seize : intr. to pre
KaTO-o-p€Wuu,i, ofiiaai, KaTeo&taa, vail.
to quench, put out. KaT-i]Yop&D (Att. Si), i\a<o (kot6\,
KaTa-o-Kci|;a<T0ai, I aor. inf. mid. of dyopevoi), to accuse a man of
KaTa-o-KoiTfco (Att. Si), GKtyopai, something tiv6s t».
ttarfffitepa/xriv, to view closely, Ka.Tr\yopT)\ia, to*, t<5, a charge,
spy out. accusation.
Kaxa-o-TsWci), artkai, ioTtiXa, to ■ca-nrvopCa, as, 7), an accusation : in
arrange, to quiet : KaraaTttXat, logic, ' a predicament or class,'
I aor. infin. (hence category).
Kaxo-o-TpfiJju, ifm, (to turn down, Karfj'yopos, ov, 0, an accuser.
hence) to overthrow: mid. to KaT-TjX6-, 2 aor. ind. Karcpxopiai.
subdue: (catastrophe). KOT0OV-, see KaTaSrqaicw.
KaTO-ffxeiv, 2 aor. inf. Kar^xa, t0 KaT-oLKtu (Att. Si), rjaai, to colo
hold back, to stop. nize, inhabit.
KaTO-duiVTJs, is ( j<pav of (paivoi), KOT-oirrpov, ov, to, mirror : (oipofiai,
clearly seen, discovered. optics).
KaT<i-<J)pov£ci) (Si), fjaai, Karttppovrjoa, kot opGoco (Att. w), iiau, I. to
to despise, see § 94, foot-note. set upright. 2. intr. to succeed.
Kara-t^VTCvco, ffai, to plant. kcltu, downwards, below; under,
KaTa-vffT)4>iôu.at, KaTfip7]<pia&iinv,to with gen.
vote against one twos. Kdruve, from beneath.
KaTefJaX-, 2 aor. KaraPaWoi. KoruSev, to, sc. ftpot, the lower
KortyeX-, see xaTa-yekaoi, to laugh at. part.
noTeîy- or Kareyv-, see /raTeryi-y- KEipai, inf. KttoOai, to lie, to be
VWOKCO. laid; used as perf. pass, of ti-
KaretS-, see itaOopata.
KaT-«C\T||i)iat, pf. pass. Kara-\afi- kcivos, poet, for krcuvos.
fiavai. iccicXr|p>, perf. pass. Kak4ai.
KaT€i\ov, «, t, impf. Karixii. KeKoo-p-T] . see KOffpiiai, perf.
KaTtKauo--, see KaraJcaia, 1 aor. KCKpaTrjK-, perf. of icpartaj.
KaTtKpiv-, see naTa-npiva. kcktt|-, see Krao/iai.
kotckvXvo-O-, 1 aor. pass, koto- kcX«v6os, ov, ^, a path.
KvXivbw. kcXcvu, ito), Kticiktrica, ixiktvaa,
202 GLOSSARY.
to recommend, to command: I aor. KXcof3is, d, see Bircov.

impr. ni\tveov. (Lat. cello.) kXcos, ovs, to, fame, repute : from
Kevds, r), ov, (cenotaph), empty ; •/ K\tp or kKv, whence Lat. duo,
often with gen. see § 63. inclutus, gloria, etc.
icIvTpov, ov, to, an ox-goad, a spur, icXeirrns, ov, 6, a thief; (shop'-li/i-
a sting ; a point, a centre. ing, cleptomanh).
Kepas, aros, tut, to (Lat. cervus, kXcittu, i/'oj, nticXo<pa, exKeipa, to
cornu), a horn. steal.
Kepaw6a> (Att. w), ojffoj, to strike kXtjOc-, I aor. pass. part. imXiai.
with a xepawos or thunderbolt: KXfjpos, ov, 6 (clergy, clerical), a
(the Acroceraunian mountains, or lot.
Headlands of Thunder). kXiu.o£, atcos, 7/ (ic\ivai), a ladder;
KcpSatvw, a>a», exepodva, to gain. in Rhetoric, a climax.
KepSos, ovs, t6, gain, profit. kXivt], r/s, t) (clinical), a couch, bed.
koj0co, aai, KfKfvOa, ImOov (Germ. kXivu, icXTvoi, ocXTva. (incline, clivus),
huten), to hide, conceal. to bend, lay down : mid. to lie
K«t>a\T|, rjs, 7), the head; (Lat. down.
caput, Germ. Haupt). KXimunvijo-Tpa, as, 7), wife and
■cexcpco-, see ^fpcroiu, perf. murderess of Agamemnon.
Kt'xpnrcu, perf. XP0^ Xt^0/*0'- kXvu, ixKvov (Lat. inclutus, aus-
icnSevu, <toj, to attend to, to attend culio), to hear Tivbs : to be called.
to a corpse, to bury : pass, to be KvT|pTj, t]S, 7), the leg from knee to
buried. ankle, the shin.
■cf|Sou,ai, to be troubled or concerned KOiXaXvu, aval, tKoiXava, to hollow
for, with gen. out; from
Ktjiros, ov, 6, a garden. koiXos, 7), ov (hole), hollow.
icfjpu£, vrcos, 6, a herald. KOip.au (Att. Si), t)aoi, to lull to
K7]4>lo-6s, ov, 6, name of several sleep; mid. to go to bed, to fall
rivers, the best known being the asleep : see tcetfjuu.
small stream west of Athens. koivos, i), ov, common, public : to
KifSuTOS, ov. 0, a box, "or chest. koivov, the commonwealth, the
Ki6apC£ci>, iow, to play the cithara state: (c<sno-bite).
(whence guitar) or lyre. KOivcjvto) (Att. Si), 7)001, to share,
Kiv8uvcvb>, aai, to run a risk. with gen. of thing and dat. of
KivSwos, ov, 0, danger, risk. pers.
■civeu (Att. 00), 1)001, Ktnivr/na, («i- Koivuvia, as, i), communion, fellow
vrjaa, to move, to rouse. ship.
Kivno-Ls, eois, 1), any movement ; a KoXd£, aai, KtxSXaKa, tnuXaaa, to
political movement. chasten, punish.
kCxXtj, t/s, 7), a thrush. • KoXcucevu, aai, to flatter ; from
icXdSos, ov, 6 (icXaa.\ to break), such Ko\a£, alios, o, a flatterer.
a twig as is broken off for graft koXoo-tcos, a, ov, verb. adj. Kok&fa.
ing ; then a branch. koXttos, ov, d (gulf), bosom, fold
kA&u, or Kka'ua, KXavao/Mi, in\avoa, of a garment, pocket ; bag. An
to weep. swers to all meanings of Lat. sinus.
kXcIs, icXeioos, 7), a key, a bolt; KoXupfJaco (Att. £), Tjaoi, to dive.
(clavis, claudo). Att. ace. k\uv. K0uX£u>, iSl, KfKi'ifUKa, inouwa, to
icXcfu, aai, iicXaoa, to shut, to bring, lead, recover ; bury : 1 aor.
enclose ; (close). inf. pass. KoiuaSijvai.
GLOSSARY. 203
kottos, ov, 6 (jroWai), weariness, c&fiijv, to acquire, get; perf. = I

trouble. have got, I possess.
Koirpos, ov, #, dung; hence St. Cy kt«£vw, KT€VW, titTOva, Z/cTttva,
prian was nicknamed Coprian. and tieravov, to kill, airo/cr. is gen.
kotttu), i//cu, to beat; mid. to beat used in prose.
oneself for sorrow. KTrjcrao-Ooi, 1 aor. inf. fcrdofmt.
KopT]. t;s, ?), a girl, a maiden. lerqcns, cats, 1), an acquiring.
KopivOios, a, oy, of, or pertaining Kvp€pvao> (Att. w), -qao), to steer;
to • (guberno, govern).
K6piv0os, ov, ij, Corinth, the chief KVpeprfj-rns, ou, 6, a pilot ; from
commercial city of Greece : note kvkXos, ov, 6 (cycle, enfyclic), a
its advantageous position. circle, or round.
KO0-|i€a> (Att. a>), rjaoj, K€tc6<TfiT}i£a, KtjkX(dv|/, wttos, 6 (*tS«Aos, &nf>), one-
etcoapTjffa, to adorn, honour : (cos eyed giants who dwelt in Sicily and
metic). forged thunderbolts for Jove.
koo*u,os, ov, 6 (microcosm, cosmic k-ukvos, ov, 6 (cycnus), a swan.
forces), order, ornament ; the Kvpalos, ov, 6, a man of
world, so first named by Pytha Kiip,Tj, ijs, 1), Cym£, in Aeolis, said
goras. to be over-stocked with fools.
KoruA-n, rjs, %, a cup, a liquid mea kvv«s, etc., dogs, KVOJV.
sure of about half a pint. Kvpita (Att. a;), -qooj, to possess.
KpaTcto (Att. w), ijaojy KfKpdrrjKa, K-upios, ov, 0, lord, master.
l/fpar^ffa, (lepdros), to rule tiôs; Kvpos, ov, 6, B.C. 594-529, founder
to defeat rivd. of the Persian empire, captured
KpaT-rjp. rjpos, o (/ccpavvvfiif to mix; Babylon and released the Jews
crater), a mixing bowl, like a B.C. 538.
punch bowl. Kvtov, fcvvbs, 6, and j), a dog.
Kpa.TLO*TOs, see aya$6$. koj\ut€os, a, ov, needing to be pre
Kpdros, ovs, rd, strength, might. vented ; verbal adj. from
Kpavy^, ijs, ^, a crying, shrieking. kcoXvu, a<a, k€k6)\vko., €Kw\vaa, to
KpeiTTtov or Kpciffffcav, compar. of hinder, prevent.
dya96s. ku)(xi), ijs, ^, a village ; the tewfios
Kpep.au.evos, 7. ov, pres. part, from is the festivity of the Kaifiat ;
icpliiaLiai a shortened passive for see tyfc&fuov.
Kpffidvvvfii, hanging, suspended. KCi><f>os, 7), &y (tcdirraj, cp. Lat. tusus),
Kpcp,dwup,i, /cpffiuj, €/cp4fiaca7 to blunted ; deaf.
hang ; pass, to be hanged, or
hung ; so Kpfftao'Oijvai.
Kp^vT), 77*, 17, a fountain, spring ; Xap-, 2 aor. Xap&avoj.
(Hippocrewe). \apT), r}st 17 (Aa£«V), the part for
Kptvcd, kdTvGj, ZfcpTva (cerno, cribrurri) , grasping ; the handle.
to separate; judge, accuse.
KpiT-r^s, ov, 6 (critic), a judge. to get by lot.
Kpotcros, ov, 6, Croesus, last king Xa*yd)s, cEj, 0 (lepus, leveret), a hare.
of Lydia, reigned B.C. 560-546, Xadciv, 2 aor. inf. act. \av0dvaj.
dethroned by Cyrus. XaOcVdai, 2 aor. inf. mid. XavOdvco.
KpoTcw (Att. at), j^ffw, to clap. Xd0pa, adv. (XavBavoa), secretly ;
KpVTTTtd, \f/oj, eKpinpa, to hide, cover. often with gen. = clam with abl.
KTttop.CH, TJffOfMU, KtKTrjLUll. €KT1J- AglkcScujjliSvios, ov, 0, a Lacedaemcr
204 GLOSSARY.
nian, i. e. an inhabitant of Sparta X«Xt|8-, see \av$a\v<u.

or Laconia. XcXoiir-, see Xciirar.
Xokt(£u, iw, (KaKTiaa, to kick. X(£iS, (as, ij (Xiyoi ; Affixos per
XaKTtaxTjs, ov, 6, a kicker. taining to words, hence to Xc|i-
\aXia (Att. Si), tjow, (Lat. lallare ; k6v Pi0\iov), diction, style : later,
Germ, lallen; our lull, lullaby), a phrase, a word.
to talk, to chatter. Xcvkos, 7), ov (luceo), white.
AaXiCTTaTos, rj, ov, superl. of XdXos, Xcvkot-, comp. or sup. \fvx6s.
of, talkative. \*x9-, see Ktya, I aor. pass.
Xap.pdvco, \fyofUU, fi\rj<pa, (ka&ov, Xtuv, oftos, 6 (leo), a lion.
to talfe, seize ; Aaj8. Kiktjv, to take Xfis, <u, 6, a people.
satisfaction wapa twos, to punish, Xrj£op.ai, Xrjuopai, iKrjffifirjy, to
= sumere poenas. Mid. to lay seize as booty, to plunder..
hold of, with gen. Xt|6t), 17s, t), forgetfulness. The
Xau-iids, Ados, 7) (\apmoi, lamp), a river Lethe.
torch. Xtjott|S, ov, 6, a robber, pirate.
Xdp/irpos, a, tiv (\dfiira), bright, XfjOTiKds, i), ov, pertaining to
clear, illustrious. pirates; to X., the pirate (vessels).
Xa(xirp6rr|s, r/ros, i), brilliancy, Xt|4>8-, see KanPivai, 1 aor. pass.
splendour. XtpJ;-, fut. of \ap0avai.
Xdp-Trw, \apupcv, \4\afiira, iXapapa, XCav, adv. exceedingly (I'd, or 10).
to give light, shine. XiOos, ov, 0 (a monolith, topograph ;
Xavfldvw, Afiow, \i\rj0a, f\aSov oolite), a stone ; 17 \l9os is poetic,
(lateo), to escape notice, see § and mostly of some special stone,
145 (a) ; mid. to forget. e. g. r) Mayvr)Tis X. the magnet.
Xe-yiD, \t£a, <i\(£a ; and Kiya, ipSi, Xiu.t|v, ivos, o, a harbour, refuge.
(tprjica, clvov, (Lat. lego), I. to XCp.vi), tjs, r), a lake.
choose. 2. to say, speak, mean ; Xip.os, ov, 6, hunger, famine.
(v \ey. Tivo\ = to speak well of, (cS Xo-yi£op.cu, lovpai, iXoyiff&pnjv, to
Axoiiuv is the passive) ; in com reckon, consider, infer.
pounds ayoptva) is generally used. XoyiKos, t), ov, possessed of X070*
tcL Myvptva = current sayings, or reason, rational ; (hence logic,
Tcfc dpijpiva = what has been r) Ac-71/cr), sc. Tixvrj).
said. Xoyos, ov, 6, (theology, logomachy,
Xeip-uv, Swot, 6, meadow. analogous, decalogue), a word, a
XfLirw, ifw, \4\oiira, i\rnov, to leave, saying ; a speech ; an argument ;
desert ; intr. to fail : (hence !«- speech, reason, esteem, account.
Xfimi, eclipse). XoiSopcu (Att. Si), tj<tqj, tKoiSopnaa,
X&TOvpyta, at, ij (liturgy, fr. X«to«, to abuse, with ace. ; mid. with
or XiXros, an old adj. formed dat. to quarrel with, to wrangle.
fr. Xea>*,= public, and Ipyov), a Xoiirds, t}> ov (Xtiirtu), remaining :
burdensome public office or duly, to Xoiirov, the future.
which the richer citizens discharged Xovco or Xocd, kovaa, ikovaa (law,
at their own expense, usually in ro diluo), to wash ; mid. to bathe.
tation, often voluntarily. One was Esp. of washing the body, vifa
the rptrjpapxui, or furnishing a being used of the hands and feet,
man-of-war in case of need to the and nkvvai of clothes.
state, as our merchants did in the X6<)>os, ov, o, the neck ; the ridge of
time of Elizabeth. a hill.
GLOSSARY. 205
AuSia, as, r), a district on the west Mala, as, r), daughter of Atlas and
coast of Asia Minor; its capital Pleione, eldest of the Pleiades, and
was Sardis. mother of Hermes,
Xukos, ov, b (lupus), a wolf: (hence pcuvopai, fiavov/iat, piuqva, Iftavrjv
\vKav6pamos, the were-wolf, or (fjtavia, maniac), to be mad.
man-wolf; and-la,ri,lycantkropy, paKapi£w, ia), I jjuucapiaa, to call
a disease, like Nebuchadnezzar's, happy, to bless, rivd twos.
where the patient imagines him paicdpios, ia, ov, happy, blessed.
self a beast). paKapLo-Tos, f), bv, blessed, enviable,
AuKovpyos, ov, 0, Lycurgus, the happy : sup. [mxapiarbraios.
Spartan legislator. MaKtSovCa, as, 17, a territory of
\vtt«i> (Att. Si), i]Ou, to grieve, to Greece, W. of Thrace, N. of
distress ; mid. to be sad. Thessaly, E. of Illyricum.
\vin), rjs, r), pain, grief; hence paicpds, a, bv (p.rjicos, length, and
Xvirrjpds, or Xinrpos, d, bv, dis macrocosm), long, of time, or
tressing, painful. space; far, large, fuvcpw with com-
Xvpa, as, 7}, a lyre. The word was par. = by far.
transliterated into Latin, and the paXa, adv. very; comp. paXXov
Greek T borrowed, as Latin had more ; superl. pdXio-Ta, most.
no symbol exactly answering to paXaKos, 7), bv (mollis, mulceo), soft,
the sound of Greek v. Hence, weak, effeminate, ra /i. luxuries.
lyra is correct, but words like paXOaKos, 7/, bv, = fiaXanos, mostly
silva, Sulla, etc., which are pure poetic.
Latin words, should not be spelt pdXiara,!
r„»» ,
with a y. paXAov, 'VseeuaAa.
J r
XOcrcu, I aor. inf. act. from \vw. pavOdvu, uafM]O0iuu, ixe/xaOijica.
Xvoxs, tais, y, a loosing, a setting euaOov, to learn, understand.
free. pdvTis, ecus, b (aaivofiat), a prophet
Xvxvos, ov, b, pi. 01 or a, a lamp ; or seer : hence necro-mancy.
(lychnus). MapaScov, aivos, b, a village on the
Xvw, aoi, KtkvKa, t\vaa, to loose, E. coast of Attica, N. E. of Athens,
unyoke, set free; destroy; atone famous for defeat of Persians under
for : (akin are Lat. so/utus, solvo ; Datis and Artaphernes by the
Goth, laus ; our loose). Athenians and 1000 Plataeans
Xwo-ros, rj, ov, best ; see dyaSbs. under Miltiades, B.C. 490. The
sepulchral mounds are still trace
able.
M.
MapSovtos, ow, 6, Persian general,
pd, asseverative particle ; vat piA Aia, son-in-law of Darius Hystaspis,
yea, by Zeus. slain in the battle of Plataea, b. c.
pd£a, 7}, barley-bread, opp. to dpros 479-
wheaten-bread. MapKos 'Avtcovivos, see 'Avtojvivos.
p.a0T)- or 01-, see uavBava. pap-ruptco (Att. w),-qirw, hpiaprvpqoa,
pdOrjpa, ros, to (mathematics), a to be a fiiipTUS, or witness, to bear
lesson, learning, science. witness.
pd9-no-is, cois, 1}, learning, education. papTvpCa, as, 7}, testimony, deposi
paOTyrqs, bv, b, a learner, a pupil. tion.
u.a0ovT-, (lafloua-, paflcov, 2 aor. pdpTus, vpos, b and r) (martyr), a
part. jiavOavw. witness.
3o6 GLOSSARY.
IMurTvy&o (Att. Si), wool, inaarl- M«At)tos, ov, &, a feeble tragic
yaiaa, to whip, to flog. poet, and one of the accusers of
|i&oti£, 170s, 7), a whip. Socrates.
u,o/raios, a, ov, or os, ok, vain, idle, u,{\i, tos-, to {met, mulsum), honey.
wanton, piXiTTa, 77s, 7) (piiki), the honey bee.
pai-nv, adv. in vain, at random, ptAAw, rjfjw, to be about to do, fol
falsely. lowed by future, pres. or aorist
I^X1!' Vs> ^ (logomachy), a battle. inf. : to be destined, to' fitWov,
pdxopai, ovfiat, /xc/iax^/uu, tpvx- the future.
foapajv, to fight, (macto, macel- u,<Xos, ovs, to, song, melody, strain.
lurri). u,€u.a0rjK-, perf. fjavBavai.
jievaXcos, adv. from u-tp-VT]-, perf. of lunvqOKoi.
pt-yas, /i€ya\rj, plya (mickle, mighty, Mt'u.vo>v, ovo», i, son of Tithonus
magnus, maAarajah),great,mighty; and Eos (Aurora).
compar. u,el£uv ( = /ity-iaiv) superl. p.cu.<f>ou.ai, iftopiai, cpKfitf/afirjv, to
lltyitTTOS. blame rod.
p.&yurTos, q, o^/see foregoing. p-Jv, a suspensive conjunction, see
u,«9'— litre*, before a rough breath § § 2 7 and 28 : generally followed
ing. by 54. Sometimes fiiv . . . 8e, =
p.e8' uv, with whom. quidem . . . tamen, it is true,-—but
jieOcls, eiira, Iv, 2 aor. part. fi€6iijpu. still; as well, as also : 6 /iiv . . .
|i«8evT-, see foregoing. 6 Si = the one—the other. Some
u.e0taox, 3 pi. pres. of times ftlv is untranslateable.
(icQ-iirjp.L, ijffo:, tiKa, f}/ca, to let loose, pcvTOi, (êi' and Tot), still ; to be sure.
drop ; forgive ; mid. to let go p-tvw, fi£vui, [*cp:tvT]!ca, (fitiva
one's hold of tiv6s. (maneo), to remain, await, abide.
(ic9-Co-Ti]|j.t, lieraaTâa, ptrioTqaa, u,cpos, ous, Td, a part, share, turn :
to transpose, remove ; mid. with dvd ptpos, or e'v p-cpei, by turns;
perf. and 2 aor. ptBiaTTjita. and Kara pepos, severally.
IMtIottiv, to change one's place u.€OT|u|3pCa, as, 7) (piai) r)p.ipa:
or state. for the parasitic 0, cp. chambre,
(lei?-, see /ilyat. nombre, fr. camera and numerus),
|Ie(£oijs, contr. for /ififrves, or fiei- I. midday, Lat. meridies (for
£ovas, comp. of fttyas. medidies). 2. the south.
|i€ipaKiov, ov, to, a stripling. pecros, 17, ov (Meso-potamia, medius,
peuov, ov, see fUKpbs, comp. mid), middle, in the midst, of
u,cAa8pov, ov, i, a house, mostly in place, time, or state; t6 p. the
plur. Said to be from fi€\as like mean.
atrium from ater. IMo-orrjS, r/ros, 7), a mean, (medio-
pcAds, atva, fiiXav, black, dark ; critas).
comp. and superl. fitKdvT epos, U.6OT0S, t), OV, full Tiv6s.
raros. \ut = /itTo). before a vowel.
\ii\d, iii\Ji<xei, it is a care to, with perd, prep, with gen. among, with ;
dat. of pers. tovto" poi /*&.« = with ace. after: see §§ 116 and
this is a care to me. 1 1 7, and add oi perd twos, one's
[itAcTaw, rjaw, to care for, with companions. Note its meaning of
gen. : to study, practise. change in compounds.
(icXeri), tjj, t), care, attention, prac |MTa-f3a(vii>, to pass from one place
tice. to another, change one's position.
GLOSSARV. 207
pe-ra-fidMw, \Si, to change, to turn particle, used in conditional and
about ; mid. to exchange. final clauses, with imperative, with
p-era-fioXTi, rjs, ^, change. subj. in prohibitions; and generally
p.€Ta-'Yi'Yvu>o*Kw, fi€T-eyvtuv, to re with infinitive. (I /*t) = unless.
pent. tva /xij. ujs fit/, onus /i^=:lest, see
|i«Ta-8i8<Du,i, Rihaoj, to give a share, §§ 315-227.
Tivi TLVOS. p.TjSap.us, adv., in no way.
(jLeT-aXXiTTW, /«T-j}\Aa£a, to ex p.i)8i, but not, and not, nor yet, not
change, to take in exchange. even = Lzt. ne—quidetn.
u.ETa-u,c\ci, fteri/xeKc, /icra/teX^cret, p/qoels, firjSfitia, fujtiv; ^rjSfvos,
it repents, dat. of pers., gen. of etc., (pijfii eh), no one ; u/qSev,
thing. nothing, not at all.
|xeTa-u,('\cia, as, 7}, change of mind, y.-rfiiirorc, adv. not even ever,
repentance. never.
(A€-ra voiu, at, j), after-thought, re p.TJK0S, ovs, to, length, size.
pentance. u.t)kvvcd, vvai, ifijjiivva, to lengthen,
u.fTo£ii, adv. (/«Td), meanwhile, extend, protract.
fi(Ta£v Xiywv, while speaking, cp. p.^v, in asseverations, surely, of a
§ M3- truth. dXXd \ff\v, atqui, how
u-eT-eyvu-, 2 aor. /leTaytyvaaxai. ever ; well, but. ■?) v.i\v, used in
u.ct-cx«>, pe0i£M, liireaxov, to share oaths, of a surety, ical u/qv, and
a thing nvds with some one Tivi ; yet, moreover ; why (intro-
or else ri tivi. ductive) ; well. Lo !
u,€t-oikcci> (Att. w), riffoi, to change u,-qv, fir/vos, o (Lat. mensis ; moon,
one's abode ; to be a nhoiKos or month; iu]vrf, the moon), a
settler. month ; ioTapivov, or apxofitvov
u-CTobrrjO-is, (as, 1), a change of or eiaiovTos tov fnjvds, = in the
abode, migration. first decade of the month (Att.
u,«tov, neut. part, of fUTfari fu>i calendar) ; fieffovvros t. fx. = in
tivos, I have a share in a thing ; the middle, i.e. the second decade ;
see § 150. amovTos or <p&ivovTos, in the last
p.«TpTjTif]s, ov, o, = ap<popevs, at decade.
Athens, the common liquid mea v.ip/vu>, aw, iifqvvaa, to reveal,
sure, of 1 2 x<5f,> or M4 "orv\ai betray.
= about 9 English gallons. The p-TjiroTe, adv. never, /iîrore : ovvoTt
Roman amphora held about | of : : /it) : ov, see § 215, sqq.
a fjUTpTjTqs. (jL-qTra). adv., not yet. See § 215, sqq.
ficTpios, ia, ov, within measure, mo (it|t« . . . p.'rJTe, neither—nor, see
derate, tolerable. § "5 sqq-
p.cTpov, ov, to {metre, Lat. metior), p.T|Tr|p, rpos, Tpl, Wpa, pr/Tcp, fj,
a measure. a mother; cp. Skrt. mala; Lat.
p.£r-(oirov, on, Tb, the part between mater; Germ. Mutter.
the eyes, the forehead or face : [rqxivaop.cn, (cfytat), rjaufiai, eV'/Xa"
(peTa, wif). vrjtrdptijv, to construct, devise,
p.cxpt, and before a vowel pixpls* plan; from—
{fifJKok), I. prep, with gen. until. u,T|xavr|, Vs' 4> a contrivance, device,
2. conj. until. f*^XPiS av with engine ; hence Lat. machina, and
subj. until, so long as. machine.
U.T), not, lest; a dependent negative pia, see eis, ilia, iv, one.
208 GLOSSA RY.
(ii.apos, a, ov, stained, defiled: comp., |xop4>T|, ijs, 1} (anthropomor/iAiV,

etc., niapwT<po5, etc. amorphous), form, kind, appear
u.iyvvp.i./H'f'u, «/ufa,(mj's«o), to mix. ance.
(UKpos, d, <V (microscope), small, Movo-a, rjs, ■/) (Musa, Museum),
petty. Comp. and superl. regular one of the nine daughters of Zeus
Or fiUOJV, (XaTTOJV, (X&xiotos. and Mnemosyne, who presided
Mi\ti&8i)S, ov, i, the Athenian over poetry and song, and all the
commander at Marathon, B.C. 490. arts and all learning.
liAp.top.cii. (Att. odfuu), riaofuu, Mouo--t)y«ttjs, ov, 6 (rjyeopiai),
(mimic, pantomime), to imitate, Apollo, the leader of the Muses.
to act. (Akin to imitor, imago.) u,ouo-ixt\, ^j, ij (sc. rtxyy), music
p-ijiv^crKco, fivqaaj, ip.vr)o~a,\o remind: and song, education : the fern, of—
mid. to remember, esp. perf. /ilp- u,ovo-ikos, 7), tiv, scholarlike, ac
vtjfiai rivos, cp. memini. complished; well-bred.
Mlvws, gen. tHivoios or MtVco, dat. poxêw (Si), i\aa, to be weary with
MiVa>, ace. Mtva, ft, Minos, King toil ; to toil at. From piox&os.
of Crete, one of the judges in the p-oxOrjpia, as, 1) (ptoxOrjpos, putx&os),
world below. wretchedness.
fiuria (Att. S>), r/aai, i\uoi)oa, to tiox&npds.d, uv, in distress, wretched.
hate : (misogynist, misanthrope) : u.6x8os, ov, 0, toil, hardship, dis
fut. mid. is used as passive. tress, opp. to itovos as aerumna
u.io-9os, oS, 0, pay, reward. to labor.
\iur96a (Att. S>), iiaw, to let = u,v8o-\oy&i> (Att. £), i\aoi, (my
locare : mid. to hire = conducere. thology), to tell or invent legends;
p-vd, as, jj, (Lat. mina), «■ 100 to recount.
drachmae = about 4/. 60 penal - p.08os, ov, 6 (myth, mythical), a
a talent. speech, story, legend.
u,v7]u.elov, ov, to, a memorial, or uAiptos, a, ov (myriad, more),
monument ; from— numberless, infinite.
p.vr|p.T|, ijs, j), a remembrance ; u,vs, puios, b, a mouse ; Lat. mus.
memory. u.vo>, aw. in.tfi.vKa, ipvoa, to shut
u,VT]tiovcvci>, aoj, ip.vrifjiovtvoa, to the eyes.
mention, to remember: {mne jjuiv (fti) oxiv), interrogative particle,
monics). expecting answer No I = Latin
Mvi)u.oown, rjs, ij, Mnemosyne, or num.
Memory, mother of the Muses ; pupia, at, 1), folly.
because, before writing was in fiupos, a, ov (Lat. morus, morio),
vented, memory was the poet's dull, foolish.
excellence.
|i6yis, adv. with toil, hardly, N.
(loipa, as, 4, a portion; one's lot, val, adv. (Lat. ne .'), yea, verily :
destiny. Personified, the goddess vat p.d A (a, yes, by Zeus!
of Doom. vdpBni;, t/kos, 6 fennel-giant, Lat.
|io\-, 2 aor. of the Epic PKi/aita. ferula. In the tinder-like pith of
p-oAis, adv. hardly, scarcely, its stalks fire is still carried about
(tovos. n, ov, alone, single : u.6vov, by the Greeks. Prometheus was
adv. only: |iovov ov = tantum said to have brought the first
non: ov povov . . . dXAd Kal = spark of fire from heaven to earth
non solum—sed etiam. in this plant. Its stalk furnished
GLOSSARF. 209
the Bacchanalian wand (9vpoos) ; vrjes, nom. pi. of va!is.

hence— wit, 1l.1t. sing, of vavs.
Tap0T)Ko-<t>6poL. 01, bearers of the vqmos, a, ov, (vv- liros), infant;
vip$ij(, i. e. those who only fol childish, foolish.
lowed in the procession of Bacchus, vfjo-os, ov, 7) (Peloponn*se, Cher
opposed to Ba«xoi, those who sonese), an island.
were under his inspiration. vt£<o, vtya>, tviif/a, to wash, especially
vai5-pc\-r)pos, ov, 6, a ship-owner, of hands or feet.
shipmaster : the skipper. viKttto (Att. Si), 7)Oo>, vtvin-qita,
vav-p.axia, as, 7) (paxi)- a sea-fight. (v'tKt]oa, to conquer, to win:
vavs, vtois, vrji, 1) (navis, navy, '0\6uirta v., to be conqueror in
Slat, /lavas), a ship. the Olympic games.
vavs p.aKpd. a long ship built for vikt), ij», 7), victory.
speed ; hence a ship of war. vhct|0-, 1 aor. pass, vixiai.
vavTTjs, ov, b (nauta, navita, nauti NiKias, ov, b, an Athenian com
cal), a sailor. mander and aristocratic leader in
vo.uti.k6s. 7), &v, nautical, naval : the Peloponnesian war : sur
to vavTUcov, the fleet. rendered in the luckless Sicilian
vcavias, ov, i, a young man : (ytos). expedition, B.C. 413.
vcikos, out, to, a quarrel, strife. Niop-n, tjs, 7), daughter of Tantalus ;
NeiXos, ov, 6, the river Nile. because she boasted of the number
vcxpos, oC, 6 (iVecropolis), a corpse. of her children, they were slain
veuco-is, tais, 7) (vijua), resentment, by Apollo and Artemis, and she
vengeance: Nemesis. was herself turned into stone.
vep-co, Vf/iSl, Vfviinpca, Zixi/ia, to vCirro, a later form for vifa.
distribute, to hold, possess ; to drive voia (Att. Si), tjooi, hotjoa, to
to pasture, pascere : mid. to graze, perceive, intend, conceive.
pasci. voi)t4ov, verb. adj. one must con
vios, a, ov (for vifos, like Skrt. ceive.
navas, ndvus), young, new. vop.(£ci>, 1S1, vcvufwta, (v6puaa
v«6tt)s, tijtos, t), youthfulness, youth. (v6ixos), to use customarily : to
vc<t>cXr|, tjs, 1) (nebula, Germ. NebeT), regard or think.
a cloud. vop.i|i.os. 17, ov, customary, lawful :
vewv, gen. pi. of vavs. rd v6p.ip.a, usages.
viani, gen. pi. of v4os. vop.Co-cie(v), 3rd sing. I aor. opt.
vecis, gen. sing, of vavs. act. vo/i'ifa.
vc-okt-oikos, ov, 0 (vavs, oTkos), a v6|Uo-|Ui, otos, to (voulfa, numis-
dock. matics), currency, coin.
v«cikttl, adv. for vitus from v4os=* vopos, ov, b (vi/nai; Deuteronomy),
lately. law, custom.
vc-cuTc-pifco, icu, ivctoriptoa, to make voccco (Att. Si), 7)001, iv6arjOa, to
changes; especially of political be ill, diseased.
movements, to innovate, to make voorjua, ros, to, a sickness, disease.
a revolution : Lat. res novas voo-os, ov, 7), disease.
tentare. voros, ov, 0 (Nolus), the south wind.
vc-cixepos, a, Of, comp. from vios, vov-$«t&d (Att. Si), 7)001, ivovOi-
younger. Tijtra, (vovs, Ti0r)fu), properly to
viq, a particle of asseveration ; vnfj put in mind ; then to warn, advise,
ACa, by Zeus 1 admonish.
2IO GLOSSARy.
vovu/nyta, as, ?) (contr. from 6Sos, ov, ij (exodus, method), a

veo-finvia), the new moon, or the way, road, journey.
beginning of the old lunar month. oSoiis, bboVTos, 6 (Lat. dens, dentis ;
votis, vov, 6, mind, intellect : €v vm Germ. Zahn; Engl.) tooth.
«X61vj *° nave 'n mind, vovt is oSvvt), 77s, 17, pain, grief.
contr. for v6oi. KarcL vovv = ex o£u>, oôa*, ooai&a (odor, olere), to
senteniiaîs (I) could wish. have or emit a smell, to smell of
VUKT-, see vv£. a thing TUros.
viju.(j>T|, 17 s, 7) (nubo, nupta), a 88ev, = Lat. unde, from whence ;
nymph, a bride. wherefore.
vvv (temporal), now, at this moment, oSevirsp, more emphatic than o6cv,
Lat. nunc, to be distinguished from from which place ; wherefore.
vw (illative), now, then, accord ol, nom. pi. masc. of the article
ingly. 6, 1), T<5.
vuj, vvktos, 7) (pox), night : wktos, ot, nom. pi. masc. of the rel. pron.
by night. os, r), S.
vutov, ov, to, the back; surface, 01, adv. (originally a dat. from os),
ridge. whither.
B. otSa, tjB«i/ (plpf.), tlBivai (inf.), to
know: from ^VID, /aS, or «8,
£cvos, ov, o, a guest-friend, a guest,
seen in our wit, Lat. vid-eo, etc.
host, stranger, foreigner.
Xapiv ei8t'vai., = to be grateful.
£<vos, 77, of, foreign. (Perhaps ef-
oTSa OvrjTot Sn>, I know that I am
€VOS.)
mortal, ouk otSo Sons, = nescio
£i]pos, d, ov (xtpaos, seresco, se-
renus, Engl, sere), dry. quis.
OIBCttous, oSos, or ov, o, Oedipus,
£i<j>os, ovs, to, a sword.
of Thebes; solved the riddle of
|ti-, or £uv-, see av-, or ffw-.
the Sphinx. His subsequent mis
|v\\-, &c, see ovW-, etc.
fortunes were the theme of many
£u\ov, ov, to, wood, timber, a piece
tragedians.
of wood.
oucaSe, adv. home, homewards.
Jwtix-, &c, see avvtix-, etc.
oIkco (Att. w), tjooi, tpKnoa, to
|w-«<£uy-, 2 aor. ovp-tytiyu, to flee
inhabit, settle in ; to manage.
with : see ffvv.
oucla, as, 7), a dwelling-house, a
household.
O.
oikC{&>, iS>, wKioa, to found, to colo
i, 77, to, the dennite article, the: nize, to settle.
6 \ikv . . 6 8 1 Aic—«7Ze, the one — oIko-Sou.c(d (Att. Si), ■fjoa, $Koh&-
the other ; ol |i«v . . ot Se = some prjoa, (o^jua;), properly to build a
—others. house ; and then, like aedificare,
6-ySoos, 17, ov (oxraiy, eighth. generally, to build.
oyKoio (Att. Si), oktoj. aytcaaa ; oiKO-vouia, as, 7} (oiko-i/o/ios, vifuu),
I aor. pass. part. vyituQtls; to the management of house and
enlarge in bulk: pass, to be family, the frugal use, as opp. to
puffed up. the getting, of money. Hence
5o€, ij8e, ToSf, = A*c, haec, hoc, this. economy.
Often to be translated by Aere, o'iko-v6u.os, ov, o, one who manages
iipui Kpiovra T^vde, I see Creon a household ; a house-steward.
Aere. oIkos, ov, i (Lat. vicus, Engl.
GLOSSARF. 311
-wick, in Berw/ci, Norwich, etc., destroy, ruin. Mid. with oAcuAa,

Viking), a house. to be ruined.
oIkodu.€vtt|, 17 (sc. 71} ; the pres. 6Xoivto. 2 aor. mid. opt. oAAu/u.
part. pass, of oixiw), the inha oXos, 17, or (Lat. soZ-lus, for sol-vus
bited world : (hence oecumenical). = totus ; so/-idus, whence soldier),
OLKTCtpW, TtpSl, WHTttpa. tO pity. whole.
OLKTpos, d, ov, pitiable, piteous. oXodiupopai, povfxai, di\o<pvpdpLrjv ,
otp-ai, contr. from oio/xat, to sup to lament.
pose, think. 'OXvp.iritt, as, 17, a plain in Elis.
oiu,ol, alas = hei mihi 1 'OAvu/iria, ew, rd (sc. hpa), the
olp.(ijto, £opxu, wficofa, to cry otplot, Olympic games held in the plain
to lament. of Olympia every 4th year in
otvos, on, 6 (vimim. Germ. Wein, the honour of the Olympian Zeus.
v or f being lost in the Greek, 'OA. vikov, to conquer in the Olym
as in oTxot for vicus), wine. pic games.
oiofuu (Att. otpat), 4tlrlv! oUiaofuu, 'OAup.mds, &8os, 17, the space of 4
tprj67jv, to think. years between two celebrations of
otos, a, op, such as, = Lat. qualis : the Olympic games. The first
in indirect questions, what kind Olympiad began 77^ B.C., the
of. 016s t«, with inf. such as \to, 293rd and last 391 a.d.
able to ; hence oT6s r' dpii = ovva- oXcdX-, intr. ) r ,,„
,» «
oAcoAck-, ,
trans. )} rperf. of oWvui.
r
/mu ; ol6v t€ ktxrl = it is possible.
our-, fut. of <pcpw. SXois, adv. wholly, in general.
ots, olds, oil, otv, 0 and 17, ( = bfis, ou.|3pos, ov, 0 {imber), a shower, rain.
Lat. ovis, Skrt. aWs, Engl, ewe), a ojuXcu (Att. Si), ifCai, uipuknoa,
sheep. (6/u\ot, an assembled crowd), to
ots, masc. dat. pi. of bs, j}, b. associate with nvi.
oiCT©a, 2 sing, of o?Sa. 6p.iX(a, as, 17, intercourse, society,
01'xop.aL, olxfooficu, impf. <^x°/i77*'» instruction, (hence homily, homi-
to have gone, to be no more. letics).
OKveco (Att. Si), 4jffw, aiKvrjOa, to oppa, tos, to (for oir-pta, cp. oipopuu,
shrink from, with inf. oiroiva ; and for the assimilation,
oXJ3t£u>, ifl, wXfiiaa, to make happy ; cp. Ttrv/ipuu for TCTuir-/iat), an
especially to deem happy = evtiat- eye.
povifa. op.vup.1, opovpiai, bii&ipmta, wptoaa,
oA(3ios, a, or, happy, blest, especially to swear, to swear by.
with worldly goods ; cp. beatus, opoios (also oftoTos), a, ov, or os,
oXpos, ov, o, happiness, wealth. ov, (b/ibs: Aomosopathy), like,
oXtSpos, ov, 0 (oAAu/«), destruction. the same, common, with dat.
oAlyos, 1, ov, few, little, small. opoio-rns, TtjTos, )), similarity, like
ko.t' oXCyov, by little and little, ness,
irap' 6XC-yov= within a little. op-otou (Att. Si), ccirw, wpioiaiaa to
o\iytop«o (Att. w), rjcroj, &\ty6iprjaa, make like ; pass, to be made like,
to be oArytupos, to think little to conform.
of, with gen. 6p.ovu9-rjvai, 1 aor. inf. pass,
AXty-wpos, ov (&pa, care), little- opoicos, adv. in like manner, alike.
caring, scornful. 6\ry&pajs %xilv opo-Ao-yc'co (Att. ttl), 7}Ow, wpoKo-
« to be careless, heedless. ynica, iifio\6yrjoa, {homologous;
oXXvp-i, 6A5, uAiiXe/ta, cuAeua, to 6/ibs, \6yos), to agree with, to
P a
%l% GLOSSARY.
admit, allow. With dat. ; and with Situs (prop. abl. from obsolete
inf. ottos), 1. rel. adv. as, like as.
b\i.ov, adv. (prop. gen. of 6/t$$t cp. 2. conj. in order that, followed by
ov), in the same place; at once, subj. with or without b\v, and by
together with tivL future indie, after principal tenses ;
Sjjlus, adv. (prop. abl. of Spos, cp. and by opt. after past tenses.
d>s)t still, nevertheless ; like our opdto (Att. w), uipofAat, kaipana,
all the same: often answers to ttSov; 1 aor. pass. &p$T}v; ( Vfop
teal f (, etc. as in vereor ; V ok or 6tt, as in
ovap, t«, a dream ; used in ace. as oculus, (m-fia = oftfta ; </ ft8 or
an adv. = in a dream, in sleep, opp. IS, as in video), to see, behold.
to virap. Spa y.i\ = vide ne = take heed lest.
ovei&t£ci), Tu>, ajvtidttra, to reproach SiirAovv 6pfi.v = to see double.
rtvi n. Fut. mid. used as pass. 6pyr\, 17$, 7), temper, anger.
ovcl8os, ovs, t6, reproach, abuse. dp"yi£ojJUH, iovp.ai and 6pyiff$rjaofxcu,
oveipov, aros, to, a dream. wpyta/xat, ajpytadrjv, to be angry,
6vt]o-ls, ccos, ?), use, benefit. tivX, with some one.
ovivnp-i, ojrfjffcu, wvrjffa, to profit, help. dpc-yopai, £ofj.at, oip€â/irjv, and
ovop.a, tos, tS (yiyvojaKco, nomen, &pex8ijvt to seek after, desire :
onomatopoeia), a name. (prop, to reach after, being akin
ovou,d£u>, ffoi, ajvufAivra (Jovoua), to to rego, our reach, Goth. raihts,
name, give a name to nva\. Pass, our right ; from it comes op yuid,
to be called, a fathom, the length of the out
ovos, ov, 5, an ass. stretched arms).
6vt-, from Sjv, part. pres. of dpi. tfpi), tcL, see opos.
6vtlv-, see Sorts or oariaovv. dp06s, t), ov, upright, straight, true.
(H-os, ovs, to, some wine, or vinegar, dpOoco (Att. a;), ojgoj, wpOa/ea, wp-
(see b£vs). Ooiaa, to set upright, build, raise
6û-6u(jlos, ov, quick-tempered. up : pass, to succeed.
o|vs, «fa, u (o#y-gen, acid begetter; dpd&s, adv. rightly.
wtevs, Sucpos, acer), sharp, quick, opt£o>, to), wpiaa (opos ; 6 dpi£oj*
nimble. o^v-rtpos, -raros. kvkKos, the horizon), to divide,
SirwrOcv, adv. behind ; after. mark out, appoint.
oirXiTTjs, ov, 6 (5tr\ov), a heavy- 6pKi£a>, to make one swear = &pfc6a).
armed soldier, a hoplite. opKos, ov, o, an oath ; prop, that
SttXov, ov, to, armour, esp. the which restrains.
large shield of the heavy infantry. opKoco (Att. w), waoj, wpaaxra, to
ottoi, adv. (prop, loc. of obsolete make one swear, bind by an
ottos), whither. oath.
oiroios, a, ov, of what sort, = Lat. opu-dw (Att. w), t/o*<w, wppr)Q-at to
gualis, in dept. questions. spring forward, start: mid. and
iTroTav, rel. adv. whensoever; al aor. pass, to set out.
ways with subj. 6puco> (cD), to lie at anchor : only
oTTore, rel. adv. whenever ; with op pres. and impf. used.
tative of past time. 6p(XT). 77s, 7), an assault, onset.
6ir6T€pos, 4pa, ov, which of two, 6p|it£o>, lovftat, wpfitaa, to bring to
dependent interrog. anchor, to moor. Mid. = dpptlcv.
ottou, adv. (prop. gen. of place from 6p|xLo-T€os, a, ov, verb. adj. dpfufa.
obsolete oiros), where, when. opveov, ov, to, a bird.
GLOSSARr. 313
opvts, iSos, 6 or oftener ij, ace. 18a lows it), is the direct negative =
or ir (orni'Mo-logy), a bird, omen. non, not. ov ûX — nego. ou
opos, ovi, to, a mountain. kcXcvu = I forbid. For ov u.i\
opos, ov, 6 (sors : opifa) a bound and (iT| ou see §§ 215-227. ov
ary, a rule. yjr^v ■y€ = not however, ov "y^-P
'Opditvs, iois, 6, son of Calliope, &v = for, had it been otherwise,
whose music drew animals and (I) would not —. ov p.6vov and
trees after him, and procured the ov\ on = non solum, and are both
release of his wife Eurydice from followed by dXKct, na\ = verum
Hades. etiam, but also.
6pci)T], &c, see dpiai, opt. pres. ov, adv. (orig. gen. of bs), where ;
opwp.-, or opcov-, see bpaai. ov yffl = ubi, terrarum, or ubi
os, ?}, 0, rel. pron. who, which : used gentium, where in the world,
demonstratively in the phrases Hal ov ?tvx«v = anywhere, where it
ot, and he, 7) 5' 8s, said Ae. chanced.
oonruupai = oaai Jju-ipai = as many oii8au-u»s, adv. in no way, by no
days as (are) = daily: Lat. quo- means.
tidie. So ootrn = quotannis. ouSe, nor yet, not even, = ne—quidem,
oo-ios, a, ov, holy, sacred. see § 32.
oo-u,tj, §», 17 (oftu), smell, odour. ovSels, ovbepla, ovdev, not even one,
ocros, 17, ov, (quantus), as great, as no one, nothing, no : — Lat. nullus
much, as many as. ocrov ov = {ne-ullus, n-one).
tantum non — 2.\\ but. ouSeis Sons ov, ovbwos ovrivos (or
ocrirep, îr€p, 07T€p, rel. pron. more otgv) oil, etc., lit. (there is) no
definite than hs, just the one that. one who . . . not . . . = everyone.
oo-rts, >7Tis, on, rel. pron., whoever, Then when the relative became
whatever : in indirect questions = an oblique case the antecedent
who, what. For ouScls 80ns ov was attracted into it and oiibels
see under otiStis. (tOTiv) oinivos ovk d/covci became
oorurovv, ^noovVy otiovv, whoso oblevbs otov ovk dieovci, he listens
ever, any one whatever. to everyone.
oo~4>pa£vo|iai, uaipprjaofiai, wa<ppo- ovStiroT«, adv. never:
p.r\v, (akin to o£a), to perceive a ovSciru, adv. not yet.
smell, to scent, or track, with gen. oi8' onovv, adv. not even at all.
orav (ore ov), conj. with subj., ov9', = ovrt before an aspirate, nor.
whenever. ovk, see oil.
St€, when, ianv fire = est ubi, some oiiK*Ti, adv. no longer.
times. ovkow, adv., 1 . in direct statements
Sri, neut. of oam. -non ergo, itaque non, and so
oTi, conj. = that, or because; esp. not. 2. in questions = nonne ergo,
after verbs of saying. It never (is it) not then, expecting answer
means so that, or in order that, yes.
like the Latin ut. on raxiara = ovkovv, adv., has lost all the force
as fast as possible. of ovk, and become simply itaque,
orioOv.neut. of doTtoevv, see oiS' ir. and so, then, therefore.
Stov, gen. of oam. ovv, so, then ; carefully dist. fr. t<5t€,
OTO), dat. Of UIJTIS. at that time.
ov, ovk, o«x. (°*xO> (according as ovirore, adv. never.
consonant, vowel, or aspirate fol ovirco, adv. not yet.
2T4 GLOSSARY.
ovmWore, adv. never yet at any oxXos, ov, 6 (ochlocracy), a crowd,

time. the populace ; trouble.
ovpavtos, a, ovt heavenly, of heaven; 6\|/€, adv. late, otpe rrjs -fypiepas, late
from in the day.
oupavos, ov, 6, heaven, the sky; o4/L-|Aa0T[S, €s ( t/fmO of fiavOdvto),
never pi. in classic writers, late in learning.
ovs, ojt&s, to* (aaWs), the ear. otyov, ov, to (c^w, to boil), prop.
ovs, masc. ace. pi. of 69, ^, o. boiled meat ; anything eaten as a
©vera-, or ovarj-, or ouo*a>-, fem. of relish with bread; seasoning, sauce,
wv. fish.
ovcria. as, y (aw), property, wealth,
one's being.
n.
owr« . . ovre, neither—nor : before a Tra0lr|U.a, aros, to, a suffering, mis
vowel out*. fortune : (*/itaQ, see mic^cf).
ovtos, avrrj, tovto, this. HaiTovra, ttolGos, ow, to (pathos, antipathy,
and that too. (jlcto. TavTa, after sympathy, Lat. patior, patient), a
this, ovroffl, emphatic form by misfortune ; passion.
the addition of a demonstrative iraGuv, ovaa, ov, 2 aor. part. tfclo-x&-
suffix. See §§36 sqq. iraiav, avos, 6, a choral song of
cruToai, airnji, tovtI, this one here : thanksgiving for deliverance from
cp. celui-ci. evil, addressed to Apollo as the
ovtws, before a const, ovtoj, adv. god of healing.
thus, so, so greatly. 7raiavC£u, aoi, to chant the paean, to
ov\, owX^» see ov- sing triumphantly.
64>€L\-rj|xa, tos, to, that which is iraiScia, as, y (irais), training for
owed, a debt. children, education. From ey/cv-
64>ei\co, Tjffoj, uj<pu\i]tca, w<peikr}o~a ; tckios 7T., the round of education
2 aor. w<pckov, to owe, be in debt, as opposed to the business of life,
be bound, = debeo. et$* wfpekov, comes the erroneous formation
would that, = utinam, of past encyclopaedia.
wishes, followed by inf. pres. or iraC5eu|ia, aros, to, a lesson.
aor. iraiBcTjo), oa>, irvtraiotvKa, inaiotvaa,
o(J>cAo<;, ovs, to", advantage, help : to train a boy, teach, chastise.
(connected with ocpekkw, to iraiSCov, ov, to, a little child.
strengthen, not d<ptikta and akin Trat£o>, irai£o{Mxij Treiraitca, erraiaa,
to opus). to be like a child, to play. *«(f£iur,
6<{>0-, 1 aor. pass. 6paa>: 6<p$f}s, etc., &c, playfully.
part.; 6(p6fjvat, inf.; wpQw, etc., irais, Tratbds, 6, a child, boy, slave,
subj. ; dtpOurfV, opt. lad ;$**., a girl, ix Ttatb'bs, or
d<t>6a\pos, ov, d (otf/oftai; ophthal l« iraiSan', a pueris, from child
mia), the eye. hood. Hence (with dyco) comes
o(f>is, fas, 6, a serpent, snake. iratS-ay<vybs, the origin of both
64>Xio-fca.vci>, Arjcfti, axpkrj-ica, Sxpkov, pedagogue and page, the latter
to be adjudged to pay, to incur, of which is nearer the old mean
to bring on oneself, e.g. y4kwra. ing of a servant in charge than
6<(>\(H-, 2 aor. o^kiffuavw. the former. From watdayaryds,
dx«» (Att. w), f}<ra>, to uphold, to also, through a late Latin form,
carry : mid. to ride, to drive ; comes pedant.
like vehi. irdXat, adv. long ago. irdXai cx»
GLOSSARr. 315
=jampridem habeo = I have long TrapaSsi.-yu.a, otoj, to (paradigm

had. oi -irdXai, the ancients. in gram.), a pattern, an example,
irdAiv, adv. back ; again. from
TctXiv-uSia, as, j), a recantation ; irapa-8ciKvi»u.t, to shew by the side,
the name was first given ta an to exhibit.
ode by Stesichorus in which he irapd.SctO'OS, ov, 6 (Paradise, a
recanted his attack upon Helen. Semitic word, Hebr. pardh), a
tt&v iroiciv, to be unscrupulous ; park.
■naif see iras. irapa-S(Suu.i, to hand over to an
irav-dSXtos, a, ov, all-wretched. other, as a torch in the race
ttov-St|(j.€1, adv. (SrjiMs), in a body, course, a kingdom, &c, rtvi ti.
en mass: irap-awiu (Art. Si), iaw, irapijvtoa,
irav-8oKetov, ovt to (5V\;o/*at), an to advise, rat.
inn. irapa-KoXcu (Att. Si), fut. Si, rrap-
imv-^YuPls> €aw» 4 (ayopct ; hence cKa\tora, to summon, invite, en
also panegyric), an assembly of courage.
the whole nation, a public festival. irapa-KcXevou,ai, eopiat, Trap-tK€\ev~
wivO', or irovT-, see 7ras. aa/tijv, to exhort, order, en
iravraxoC, adv., see § 70, every courage.
where. irapa-Xau.j3&vci), hrjifo/iai, to receive
irav-T€\rjs, J? (ri\os, end), all com from tivos Tt.
plete, perfect. Trap-apeXew (Att. Si), i\oa, vap-
iravrcXus, adv. (fr. irav-rc\fis, all- T]fil\r]oa, to slight, Tiv6s.
complete), entirely, completely. irapa-voptco (Att. &), ■fiaai, irap-
irdvrcos, adv. (prop. abl. from iras), €v6fj.rjaa, (irapavoftos), to break
altogether, at any rate, by all the laws, transgress.
means. irapd-vopos, ov, contrary to law,
irdw, adv. (fr. iras), altogether ; illegal : irapavofw. ypcupeiv, to pro
very. pose unconstitutional measures :
nairat, exclamation of suffering or Trapav6piwu ypdxpeo$ai Tiva, to in
surprise. dict a man for proposing uncon
vdinros, ov, 6 (papa), a grand stitutional measures. (The gen.
father. depends on ypatpty, understood.)
trap', before vowels, for irapa-o,K«;&£u, aa, to prepare, to
irapa, prep, beside, see §§ 100-109. provide : mid. to procure.
According as it stands with gen., irapa-OT&TTis, ov, d (irapiOTafiat),
dat., or ace, it means (roughly) one who stands by or near, a
from, at, or to, alongside of. Obs. comrade.
■napa vo\ii, by far ; irapa puapuv, Trapa-Tiflnpi, Bjjaa, to set before,
almost. serve up, (of dishes at table) ; to
7rapa-PaCva), fSôoimi, ■nap-i^rjv, to propose, vapaxeifiai is used as
transgress, to omit. pass.
irapa-fjdAAb), a\Si, TtapkfioXov, to irapaxptju.a, adv. (irapct. to XPVP1)'
throw to; to compare; to ap lit. alongside of the thing, on the
proach. spot, forthwith.
irapapT|o--, fut. of irapa$aivw. Trap-eâX-, see iiapa-fSakkaj.
irapa-yi'yvou.ai, irap-ey(v6ftrjv, to irap6y«v-, 2 aor. napa-yiyyofuu.
be present at, to come to aid, irap-cSo>K-, 1 aor. irapa-otSai/xt.
irdp-ei.pl, kaopai, to be present, to
2x6 GLOSSARy.
aid : rd irap6vra, the present irap-iT]pi, to admit, allow.

state of things. Inf. iraptivai. irap-iovT-, pres. part, of irapilvai.
•n-dp-eiux, (f'i)u), used in indie, as Ildpis, iSos, 6, son of Priam, caused
fut., in the moods as pres. and the Trojan war by carrying off
impf., of irapipxo/iat, to pass Helen, the wife of his host Mene-
by ; to come forward. Inf. vap- laus.
iivai. irap-iori](ii, irapa-OTf)oa>, irap-io-
irapcivai, see it p-fipu, to be present. rrjaa, to place beside, to present
irap-eicaA-, see vapa-Ka\4ca. to the mind : pass, with pf. irapt-
irap-eKeAtv-, inipf. or I aor. irapo- 07r)Ka and 2 aor. irap-eo'TTjv, to
tceXevopat. stand by, to defend. Td vapt-
irap-c\a|3-, 2 aor. ■napaXaptâvoi. arSrra — present circumstances.
irape\T]X-, perf. irap-epxopai. irap-oiK&n (Att. Si), r\aoi, to dwell
iraptAO-, 2 aor. nap-epxopxu. 6 beside, live near,
irapeKOuiv XP^V0S, ine time that irapdv, neut. ace. part, of irapeori,
has passed by. it being allowed one, see § 150.
irap-cXKu, to lead by one's side, as •irapovr-, or irapovcr-, from
one leads a horse. irapwv, ovoa, ov, pres. part, of
irap-c|i-d>aivo), <pavw, to shew by ■napfipu, adesse.
the side, give a side view of, to iras, iraaa, trav (pantheism, panoply),
glance or hint at. all, every, whole.
irap-e£-«pxou,ai, to go out beside, irdo-xco, Tretaopxu, -niirovBa, liraBov
to go beyond : 2 aor. irap^(\9Hv. , (Lat. potior, see irdflos), to suffer,
irdp-cpyov, ov, to, a bye-work : tv to be done to : with <B or nanus
irap€p*ycp, as a secondary thing, vnd, to be well or badly treated
Lat. obiter. by.
irap-cpxop.at, ir&p-ctpu, Trap-c\y\v0a, Tra/rdo-cro), fat, C7rdra£a, to beat, to
irap-TJ\6ov, to pass by, pass away ; strike: used mostly in the aor.,
to come forward. other tenses being supplied by
irap-€<Teo-0ai, fut. inf. iraptipi (i). Tvirrco, mia, VfTr\r/ya, imrXiry-
irap-€aK€ua-, see wapaatcevafa. /mi, inX-qyrjV, nXijyrjarofiai.
irop-OTTi, with dat., it is in one's TfaT€<o. ijffw, ncir&Trjtca, eiraTrjaa, to
power. tread, walk, trample on.
Trap-eo-rojs, wffa, ds, pf. part. intr. iranrjp, Tpos, rpl, ripa, 6 (Skit, pita;
(see IffTciis) of Trap-iffTTjpu, = Lat. Lat. pater ; Germ. Vater ; Goth.
praesens. rd tt. present circum fadar), father. Hence patristic,
stances. patriarch.
irapexov, neut. ace. part, of naplxa, iroTpls, iSos, 4 (sc- yv)< a country,
there being a chance, it being in fatherland.
one's power, •trarpujos, a, ov, or os, ov, descending
irapt'xw, (a, to furnish, to offer. from father to son, hereditary,
iriptaxf Toiis IxpOakpwvs iKx6ir- native, family.
reiv, he offered his eyes to be iravpos, ov (paucus, pauper, parvus),
gouged =praebuit oculos ejfodien- little; plur. few. Poetic,
dos. irpd.-ypa.Ta it. tivi, to cause iravaai, 1 aor. opt. act. mva.
trouble to ; mid. to produce. iraCo~ai, I aor. inf. act. or imp.
irapTJv, impf. wAptipu (adesse). mid. from
irap-vcvai, inf. of iraptini, to pass iravoi, ooj, -nl-navica, t-navaa, to
by : and also, of check, to stop ra/6. tivos or nvi
GLOSSARr. 217
•noiovvrd T( : mid. to cease, leave ircvOos, ovs, to (v4irov$a), sadness,

off, tivos or voton* Ti. mourning,
iraxvs, tfa, u (pachyderm), thick, ircvia, at, r) (it4vtjs, penury), poverty.
fat ; dull, crass. ircvofiai, pres. and impf. only, to
iregos, i), bv, (1) adj. on foot, (2) work for one's living ; to be in
with omission of arparus = foot- need ; to need tiv6s.
soldiery. it€vt€, ol, al, tcL (quinque, Junf;
irctOu, aor, vtwurca, cnfiffa, to per Welsh pump ; cp. irifiirros = fifth),
suade, with ace. : mid. with perf. Jive.
■nlirotOa, to obey, believe, trust in, irtvri\KOVTa, of, al, rd (quinqua-
with dat. Ttinu.ap.at, I am con ginta), fifty : (hence TWnjKOOTOS,
vinced. I aor. pass. kirciadrjv. fiftieth, and Pentecost).
ircivou (Att. a>), ijacv, l-ntivrjoa : inf. itcitcuScv-, see naibevat.
itfivijv, (see Siipaai); to suffer irciraTijK-, pf. irar&u.
hunger ; to crave for tivos. ir€7T€io*-, see TrtiQoi.
ireipa, at, 7) (peritus, periculum; Tr«irXt)p-, pf. Ttknp6o>.
peril, expert), a trial, proof. •nîrXos, ov, &, a robe.
•tr6ipu.ou.eu (Att. uifMii), aaouai, (less ir€iroi0-, perf. intr. irrfBa.
commonly in the active), to try, irerroyQ-, see vAax"'-
attempt. Treirpa-, see wp&rra).
ircLpaTcov, verb, adj., one must at ireTrpcou,cvos, 77, ov, fated. t| ire-
tempt. irpp.<vr|, destiny. Said to be from
ireio-fl-, I aor. pass, irtiflu. obsolete wupai akin to pars,portio,
imoTiOS, a, ov, verb, adjective ttcl- and parare.
6m. irtirrcoKa, pf. ind. mirrai.
■nikiKvs, tout, 6, (pelican) an axe. ircpaCvto, avw, k-nkpava (nkpas), to
IleXoirtSas, ov, general and states bring to an end.
man of Thebes, friend of Epami- ircpds, Bros, to, an end.
nondas, fl. 400-364 B. c. "irepa.crip.os, ov, that may be crossed,
II«\oirovW|o-i.os, ov, 6, a Pelopon- passable, from
nesian : adj. from irepaco, affcu, to drive right through,
HeXoirov-vncros, ov, r) (by assim. for to pass over, to cross.
IIf'Ao7ros v.), the isle of Pelops, ITepSiKKas, ov, o.Perdiccas, the name
now the Morea. of several Macedonian monarchs
IfcXod/, ottos, 0, son of Tantalus, known to history,
who migrated from Lydia and ircpl, prep., around, about, concern
gave his name to the Pelopon- ing: see §§ 119, 121. The only
nese: (ttcKos or TtcWbs — Lat. prep, that retains its final vowel
pullus—and bi//, hence the Dark- before another vowel in compds.
faced; cp. HfKaaryol). irepl-f(a(vu>, 0Tjaoaai, jrept-kfiriv, to
irtLuro, '/">>> Tttiroiupa, ivfyifia, to bestride.
send. irepiY«70-, perf. irepiyiyvouat.
•nivtaQax, inf. of nevopai. •trepi-ylyvovjii, to overcome* to
TT€Vf CTTtpOS, COmp. Of master, to conquer, with gen.:
ir«vr)s, ijtos, 6 (irtvoiuu, penuria), to result ; to survive.
prop, one who works for his ircpi-cUco, bqaai, to bind, or tie
daily bread, a labourer, a poor around.
man, Lat. pauper: above the ir«pi-«Y*v"> 2 aor. mpi-yiyvouat.
vtoixoi. irepi-tcrrjo--, I aor. vept-Skai.
3l8 GLOSSARF.
ircp{-6ip.i, irept-7/p, («t/*i). to be iriu,irXû,i, irXf/aai, firXr/aa, inf. m/i-

around, to be superior, to out irXavai (-pleo, plebes ; folk), to fill
live. nv6s.
rrepi-€u.€V-, see wfpi-fitvoj, irCu.irpT|u.i, itpriooi, iirpijffa, inf. mpt-
irfpi<d»cp€v, impf. of irtpupepcu. ■npavai, to set on fire. The root
irepi-fio-av, impf. nfpi-GifU. nVH is seen in irprficu, Germ.
TT€pi-i5oL-, 2 aor. opt. irepi-opaaj. brennen, burn, brand, etc.
irepi-CcTT|U,i, with flit., impf. and TrivaKiSiov, ov, to (ft. mvaxls, a
1st aor. to bring round : in mid. tablet, fr. irrraf, a board, plank,
with 2 aor. and perf. =to stand tablet), a little tablet.
round. IltvSapos, ov, i, of Thebes, lyric
riepiK\TJs, iovs, u, t'a, voc. Tlfpl- poet; B.C. 522-442.
tcXets (ir«pi as in vfpixap^s and irivw, moaai, irenwfca, iitiov (potus,
xXios for xKepot) the great states bibo, wineoi'66«r), to drink.
man of Athens b. c. 461-429. TTiTrrci), TT€o~ovfxai, vtirraiiea, tntoov,
-repipetvai, I aor. inf. ntptfiiixv. to fall. For tti-Wt-oi.
TTEpi-u.cvu, vol, Ttepi-ififiva, to wait, -nxo-T€ua>, era), TreniOTtvica, kmffrevaa,
await. to trust or believe in Ttvl ; to en
ir«pi-op&u (Att. S>), to overlook, to trust : pass, to be believed.
look on without regarding. irCo-ns, ecus, 1}, faith. See mo-i-os
ir«pi-OTO.VT-, 2 aor. part, of nepi- and vti6a>.
iriords, r), ov, trusty, sure. -vAn0 in
irtptTTOS, rj, ov (and -ntpiaaos, from irel9w, Lzt.jid-es, G. bitten.
■n€pl), beyond the regular number irC-ira, r]S, 1), pitch.
or size, remarkable, unusual, su IlXcmual, £>v, ai, a city of Boeotia,
perfluous. dptS/ios ir. — an odd between Helicon and Cithaeron,
number, opp. to dpnos. famous for the defeat of the Per
7T€pi 4>epo), -otcrw, to carry abont. sians, B.C. 479.
ir«pi-x<»piqs, is (xapa), exceeding II\aTai&o-t(v), at Plataea.
glad. HXdTcucus, ecus, 6, a Plataean.
II<po-r|S, ov, o. a Persian. irXATavos, ov, i] (lrXaTvs), the plane*
Hcpo-iKOS, f), uv, Persian, ra II., tree, so called from its broad, flat
the Persian affairs, and so to a leaf.
Greek the Persian wars. TfXa-rvs, fia, v, flat, broad. Akin
ireo"-, 2 aor. or fut. ■uiirra. to Lat. planus, flat, plate, etc.
trirpa, as, 1), a rock ; sharply dist. nXdi-cuv, twos, 6, the great disciple
from of Socrates, and founder of the
ircTpos, ov, o, a piece of rock, a stone. Academic school of philosophers ;
ttcijki], 771-, 77, a fir ; a torch. b.c. 429-348.
ir«4>VKa, intr. perf. of cpva>=I am -rrXeiovs for vXtlovts, see irXeicuv.
naturally, see § 135. TrXeta-Tos, 17, ov, superl. of tioKvs,
irnyf^, iy«, r), a spring, well, source. most.
irfju,a, aros, to, woe, suffering. YrXcCb) for irXciova, n. pi. of
irr|pa, as, 1) (Lat. pera), a wallet; irXctcov, itXfwv, 0 and ff, neut. nXuov,
translated scrip in N. T. rrXeov, or irXtiv, comp. of 770X1)5,
Tiauvw, aval, tTridva, to fatten. more, ntpl irXtiovos noKtoSai.
iriOavos, 7^, ov (V -t-0 of vci&v, to reckon of greater value.
etridov), permissive, plausible ; adv. irXeov, see nXeicuv.
mOavuis. irXcco, ir\ei!o*ojuaf, or TrXtvoovftai,
GLOSSARV. 319
TritrXfvKa, iirXevaa (Jluito, float), iroSairdf, r), oV, from what coun
to sail. try ?==Lat. eujas.
irXeuv, see TtXdmi or ir\ia>. iroBas, tt6S(s, etc., see rrovs.
v\-r\yi\, tjs, r) (tt\^tto>, plaga, iroScv, adv., = whence ? wherefore?
plague), a blow, a stroke. iro6«v, enclitic adverb, from some
ir\fj0os, ovs, to (ttIhtt\tiiu), a multi place or other.
tude, crowd, mass. iroOcu (Att. Si), i)oai, and nofiiaopuu,
TrXir|U,-|i€XTJsr is (nXijv, ue'\os), out en6$rjtrar to long for, to miss =
of tune, discordant, wrong. desidero ; with inf.
irXi^v (prop, for TtXfov), prep, with iroi, adv. whither?
gen., and adv. more than, beyond ; wot, enclit. adv. somewhither.
except, than. initio (Att. Si), t)ou, ■nnroirjna, ewet-
irX^|pT|S, es, full of Tiv6s. rfffa, to make, compose, celebrate :
tr\t\p6 (Att. Si), iiaai, T(ir\r)paiKa, mid. to make for oneself, con
4iT\ripajaa, to fill full. sider, think.
ttXt] cr lov, adv. (iriXas), near, two's: TroiT)u,a, otos, to, anything made, a
6 lrXrjoiov, a neighbour: comp. work ; a poem,
■nXrjtriaiTtpov, TrKrjfficuraTa. ironrri\s, ov, 6 (Lat. poeta), a poet.
ir\T(crp.ovnq, tjs, r), a filling, satiety, iroucCXos, 17, ov (pittgo), many-
surfeit. (See rrifzirKrjfu ) coloured, manifold.
irX^JTTW, only used in Attic in perf. irotos, o, ov, of what kind ? = qualk.
vtvKriya and in the passive, e. g. iroX«u.«o (Att. Si),r)aa, iTToKifLTjoa,
wtirtoyy/jiai, ev\f)yTjv, w\iiyfiGo- to be at war, to fight; aor. to
Itat : (plaga, plango). make war, Ttvl or np6s riva, upon
irXoiov, ov, to (wAcw), prop, any one, fierd nvos or avv tivl, in
thing that floats; then a merchant conjunction with one.
ship, or transport, as opp. to vavs, iroX«u,T|T€OV, verb, adj., one must
a man-of-war. make war.
irXovs, ov, o (contr. for rrXofos, fr. iroXfîos, a, ov, hostile. 6 w. an
TrXew), a voyage. enemy.
ivXouo-ios, a, ov, rich ; from iroXeuos, ov, & (polemic), war.
irXooiTOS, ov, d, wealth, riches. The iroXis, ecus, r), a city, the state.
root is seen in vifirrXrifu. Hence Constantinople, Naples (via
UXovtwv, euros, 6 (irAouTos), a woXis), Sebsstopol, and Stumboul
euphemistic name for "AiSrjs, god (I s tt)v tf6\iv).
of the nether world, son of Kronos TroXtrns, ov, & (tt6\is), a citizen.
and Rhea, and husband of Perse ttoXltikos, t), cV (politics), belong
phone. The name is derived from ing to citizens, political, public. .
his wealth in corn and mines. iroXX-, see ttoAiJs.
Similar euphemisms are the Eu- iroXXdKis, adv. many times, often.
menides, Euxine, Euphron^, etc. iroXv-evKTOS, ov, much prayed for,
irvEvjJia, aros, rd (irvtw, pneu~ much desired. See evxoftai.
matics), wind, breath, spirit. iroXv-Koipavia, as, r), the rule of
irveoi, 7rv€vaofiai, t-avtvaa, to blow, many; (woipcu/os = a king).
to breathe. IIoXv-KpaTT|S, ous, 6, tyrant of
irvi-yco, vvi(<u, iirvi£a, to choke, suf Samos, 530-523 B.C., famous for
focate ; pass. Trvlyf)<TOjjiat, inviyrjv, his long train of successes (witness
to be drowned. the story of his ring), followed by
if6a, as, r), grass. signal reverses.
aao GLOSSARY.
iroXv-|ia9r|S, is (JfiaO of /lav- ttoO, enclitic adv. somewhere; per

Bava)), knowing much. haps ; I suppose.
TroXv-u,a6ia, as, r), much learning. irovs, vodds, 6 {pes, octopus, anti-
iroXus, ttoAA^, iroXii (plus, pleri- podes), a foot.
que, vliiir\rjiu), many, great, ol Trpdyp-a, utos, to (pragmatical), an
ttoXXol, the multitude. iroXv, act, a thing: pi. affairs. Often
or ttoKKSi, pLufav = far, or by omitted with rd . . .
far, greater. Comp. irXcCuv, or Trpo|-, &c, see vpaTTw.
irX«ov, more, greater : superl. Trpd£as, acra, av, I aor. part. Trparra.
irAcfffTos, 17, ov, most, irepi iroA.- irpd|is> ecus, fj ( y/irpay of Ttparrai),
Kov irofiaffcu, to set a high value a doing, an act.
on. npa£iTeXi]s, ovs, b, a famous sculp
iroXu-aupicCa, as, ij (aap(), fleshi tor of Athens, 400-350 b. c.
ness, plumpness, embonpoint. Trpaos, ov, in fem. npaaa, mild,
iroXu-TtX^s, is, expensive, extrava gentle.
gant, sumptuous. irpdrro), irp6\£w, ir€irpaxa (tr.), wf-
irovcco (Att. w), r)cre;, nenovijKa, iitb- irpaya (intr.), errpafa; pf. pass.
vtjoa, to toil, to suffer. irewpaypiai, 1 aor. cirpax&ijv; i.to
irovrjpta, as, ij, worthlessness, accomplish, be busy with. 2. with
wickedness. fv, KaKais, etc., seemingly intransi
irovnpds, d, bv, wicked, cowardly. tive, to fare well, ill, etc., but
irovos, ov, 6, toil, labour, trouble, really with an ellipse of rd Iuvtov.
pain. From the same root as nk- 3. to exact, esp. in mid. with two
V7js, the poor matCs lot. accusatives.
iropeuco, aw, t-noptvaa, to make to Trpeirei, verb impers. gen. with dat.,
go, to carry. Mid. to go, walk, it suits, is becoming.
march, I aor. knopev07]V. irpeo-/36tiTT]S, ov, 6, an ambassador :
TToctclSwv, uivos, b, son of Kronos pi. npia&HS, (rarely vpiafiiv-
and Rhea, god of the sea. Toi).
•nwiv, ace. of irbats. irp«r|3uTepos, -totos, comp. and
irooiv, dat. pi. of tiovs. sup. of irp«rl3vs (or irpfff/JvVr/s in
iroo-is, ews, b (irbrvta, SeoTrorris, prose), older, oldest.
potestas), a husband. irp«o-pvTi)S, ov, b, an old man
•nwos, 77, ov (quot, quotus), how (poet. irpialivs), pi. Trpiofttts,
much ? how great ? how many ? elders, princes.
irorap-os, ov. A, a river; (hippo- irpun-, see wvionai.
potamus, a bad compel., for it ITptapCS-ns, ov, o, a son of Priam ;
. ought to mean horse river). (cp. Dardanidae).
tt6t€, adv. when ? irplv, adv. before : of irplv avdpei-
iroxi, enclitic adv. at some time, iroi, the men of old : conj. see
ever, once, tis ttot€ ; — who in § 209 sqq.
the world ? whoever t irpd (pro, prae, fore), prep, with
irorepov, neut. pron. as adv. whe gen., before : see § 84.
ther ? = utrum 1 Often only a sign "7rpo-a.1peou.a1 (Att. ov/xai), ■qaofim,
of a question. Trpo^pijfiat, irpo-u\6fiijv, tochoose
ttotov, ov, to (prop. n. of ttotos), deliberately, to resolve.
what is drunk ; drink. Trpo-a(p«ns, ecus, 9), a preferring,
irov, adv. (prop. gen. of n-ds), where a purpose, resolution.
vov -fit ; = ubi terrarum ? irpo-a.TTO-o-pevvuu.ai., afSâopun, irpo
GLOSSARV. 221
an-iaBriv, to be extinguished first, Trpo-voia, as, ij, forethought, pro

to go out first. vidence.
irpoPaTa, wv, rd, sheep. (Fr. npo- irpo-oipiov (Att. tppolpiov), ov, rd,
fiaivoj and prop, things that walk (ojfios, a path), an opening to a
forward, opp. to such as fly, swim, thing, a prelude, a preface. (For
etc.) the contr. see <ppov8os).
irpo,y«,Y«vi)-, perf. of irpo-irc'p.irco, ipai, vpovirefufrti, to send
irpo^tTvop-ai, to be before, to live in front.
or happen before. irpos, prep, from, at, or towards,
irpd-Yovos, ov, d ( </ytv, of yi-y(*)v- according as it is followed by
OfMi, yovtvs, etc.), an ancestor. gen., dat.,oracc. See§§ 1 10-111.
irpoSeSwic-. perf. of irpoo--aYOp€voi, irpoo-tpGi, irpoff-
irpo-8£5o)|xi, Saaai, 1 aor. -tfiwua and atrov, to address, to call. Used
TTpovSaj/ca, to betray, forsake. as compd. of \iyta.
ITpoSiKos. ov, 0, of Ceos, a sophist, irpoo- d-yw, (a, riyayov, rare I aor.
contemporary with Socrates, best itpooijga, to bring to or upon :
known as the author of the I aor. pass. ■npao-'qyQ'qv . Subj.
allegory of the Choice of Her I aor. irpoaa£aj.
cules, told by Xenophon. irpoo-'yeXao) (Att. Si), aaofiai, to
irpo-Borns, ou, & (irpo-Bioiviu), a smile upon one riva ; laugh at
betrayer, traitor. one Tivi.
irpo-c8(0K-, I aor. irpo-otb'aifii. irpoor-Siopai, Seqnnptai, (icqBriv,
irpo-€iX-, 2 aor. ind. irpoatp4ofiai. inf. vpoa-8ttaBai : to need besides.
irpo-eX-, 2 aor. irpo-aipioimi ; see irpocr-Soxdu (Att. Si), r/aoi, to
alpia. expect.
irpo-eirc-p., from irpo-Treiimi. irpocr-Spap.-, fut. or 2 aor. irpocr-
■n-p6-8«cn.s, fas, jj, a placing before ; rptxoi.
a purpose. irp6cr-fi.pl (ei/A), to be near, belong
irpo6vp.cop.ai (Att. ovpm), fao/uu, to.
irpoii6v/jirj9ijv,to be •jrp60Vfiost eager -rrpocr €ipi, inf. irpoo-Uvai, part.
to do a thing. irpoo-iaiv, used in ind. as fut.,
irpo Bupos, ov (Ov/ibs), eager, and in other moods as pres. of
zealous. npoff-fpxopxu. From etjii, to go.
irpo6vp.us, adv. readily. irpoo--tX9-, 2 aor., not indicative,
irpo-icvai, inf. of irpo'tTjfu. npoffepXOfitu.
irpo-ti)p.i, i/<ra>, to send forward, irpacr-epxopcu, irp6ffftfu, Trpo<T7]\0ov,
give up. to go to, approach, attack.
irpouca, adv. (ace. of vpo\(, a gift), irpocr-fxco, (ai, to bring to ; with or
freely, gratis. without rdv vovv, to pay attention
irp6-Keip.<u, Kfliro/mi, to be laid out, to ; impf. Trpoa-uxov.
set forth: used as a pass, of irpoo-nYoptvo*-, 1 aor. irpoa-ayO'
irpoTi07iiu. pcvoi.
Hpopifltvs, iws, S (forethought), irpoo---f|Ko), to belong, to be related
who was punished for giving men to; impers. irpoo-fati, it belongs,
fire by being chained on Caucasus, it is fit. ot irpocW|KoVT€S, re
with an eagle gnawing at his lations. Ta iTpocrr)KOVTa, one's
liver, till Hercules freed him. duties.
itpop.T|0ia, as, 1), forethought, far irpoo-Scv, prep, with gen. before :
sightedness. adv. in front.
%%% GLOSSARY.
■frpoc-O-, 2 aor. irpoff-Tifhjfu. Abdera (q. v.), living in the fifth

irpocr-iovT-, part, irpdff-etpu. century ».c. Banished from Athens
irpoa-KWccd (Att. St), %o-opai, to for stating his ignorance as to the
worship, make obeisance to. existence of gods. His was the
Trpoo--AajApdvu), kfyfrofjuu, to take saying ttclvtoov fxerpov avOpcairos.
beside, take to oneself. Trpuros, tj, ov (superl. from Trpd,
■irpocr-ovT-, part. pres. irpvffti+ii to be cp. irp6rcpos), first.
near. to. npoo*6vTa kavT<p, one's tttwcw, £<y, eiTTv£a, to fold. Hence
own property. Slittvxos (diptych), two-folded.
Tvpocr-iroitco (Att. w), Tjooj, to make TTTworu;, ea», 7} ( */ir€T, seen in
over to : mid. to claim, pretend, irt-ir(e)T-<u, mT-vca, to fall), a
irpoo'-TaTTGi, £w, irpoatraga, to falling; in gram, a case,
enjoin, command. irTti>xos, j), dv, beggarly. 6 ir. a
TTpocr-TL0T)î, Orjaoj, I aor. sing. beggar.
TTpoatOrjica, 2 aor. pi. vpoffiOe/xev; iruO-, TruGol-, etc., see irvv&avofiau.
to put to, add ; to bestow. JlvBayopas, ov, 6, of Samos, a
•jrpoo,-rpex.0>> 2 aor* irpo<T-4§pa[A.ovt famous philosopher of the sixth
to run towards. century B.C. Evidently one of the
7rpocr-<{>EpTJs, « (<pipco), approaching, most remarkable men of antiquity,
hence like, but one about whom few unim
ttpoct-4>lXt|S, £s- (<pt\4<u), dear, be peachable traditions exist.
loved, pleasing Ttvi. IlvOia, as, 17 (sc. Upfta, priestess),
7rpocr4>tXios, dearly, adv. from the Pythia, the priestess of Apollo
irpo&<pt\f}t, dear, at Delphi.
irpoo-wirov, ov, t6 (anf/), the face, the tti!X.t|, tjs, ^, a gate, a door; a pass,
front. (hence Thermo-^yZoe).
irpOTCuns, 17, in grammar, see § 190 iruv9dvou,ai, invaofiat, ircTrvapai,
from cirv$6f*7}v, to learn by enquiry,
7rpo-T€ivco, (vqj, vpovTetva, to stretch to enquire ; (Buddha).
out. irup, irvpbs, rb (pyrotechnics), fire,
irp6repov, adv., followed by gen. heat.
or fj, before, oi tr. <pikot, one's trupyos, ov, 6 (-burgh, -bury, Burg,
former friends. Tlipyafios), a tower.
irpoTCpos, a, ov (comp, from irpb, TTVpyom (Att. a)), 6j<toj (vvpyos), to
1 ike prior from prae\ former , gird with towers.
previous. irwp-yto(xa, aros, T(i, that which is
irpo-Tt0T)fu, &t}(Tqj, vpovfrqita, to set furnished with towers, a fenced
before (especially of meals), to city : fenced walls.
lay out, publish, propose. Trupow (Att. Si), cacraj, to burn with
Trpo-Ti|xda> (Att.w), 'fjffojy to prefer, fire.
honour above, Ttv6. rtvos. iruyov, ojvos, 6, the beard.
irpo-rpcxw* 2 aor. ■npovBpap.ov iroiXccD (Att. w), Tjaco, airodaiffoptat,
(irpoiopaiiov)y to run before, out Trenpaxa, dnfdofirjv, (monopoly),
strip, TOVfSs. to sell : in pass. imrpa/TKOfuu,
TTpOU-, See TTpO'f: irerrpdaofiaL, irivpa/aut iirpd$i]v
irp6<f>actts, *aw, 17 (<pt)px), that which supply the tenses.
is alleged as the cause whether it ircoiroTe, adv. ever yet.
beieally soornot; reason, pretext. ■mas, interrog. adv. how ?
UptoTCLYopas, ov, 6, philosopher of irus, enclitic adv. somehow.
GLOSSARY. 323
piv6-Kcpd>s, (btos, 6, the rhinoceros

P. e= Nose-horn. Fr. Kcpas and ^ts.
pdj3Sos, o«, 17, a rod, or switch. piirro), \j/ai, eppitba, ippufa, to throw,
paSios, a, ov, or os, ov, easy, ready : hurl,
comp. paaiv, superl. fiqoros. pis, pwus, if, the nose.
puSiws, adv. easily. Ywu-aios, ov, o, a Roman : not
^garros, ij, ov, superl .of paSws, most connected with fiwuri, strength.
easy, ws fiqara, as easily as we pcop/ij, tjs, 17, strength, force,
can, sc. Svvarov ion. pcovwux, fiwffaj, tppwffa, to
pao>v, /5aoi% comp. of {idSios, more strengthen : gen. in pass. 1 aor.
easy. /5<jov, adv. more easily. ipp6io6rjV, pf. tppcxipai, plpf.
oil fifov = it is not so easy. kppdjfirjv, impr. tppojffo, (be strong,
pet, 3rd sing, ol'/k'u;. i. e.) farewell ; «p. uafe in Latin.
p«oj, pivao/J-ai or pvi'/aopai, tppvrjfca,
4ppvnv ; impf. eppeov, (pptts, &c. ;
to flow, to run, to stream. From cr&PPaTa, raw, Tct, the Hebrew
■v/SRU, the a having been assi Sabbath.
milated to the p when preceded trayifrn, rjs, ij, a large drag net for
by the augment, and having taking fish, a net: hence Ital.
weakened down to a mere as sagena, Fr. seine.
pirate when initial. Hence come 2aXap.is, fvos, 1}, an island, city,
rheum, czi&rrk (for Kara-ppovs) ; and harbour, opposite to Athens,
akin are mo, ruin, etc. Observe famous for the defeat of Xerxes
that dissyllabic verbs in «o only B.C. 480, a battle in which
contract when the result of con Aeschylus fought, and of which
traction is «: thus pktu (never he gives an account in his Persae.
j>S>), but fxl. See Byron's ' Isles of Greece.'
p'frywu.v, frq£ai, tppr)(a, scarcely used SnXajuw, loc. adv., at Salamis.
in good Att. prose save in the 5dp.os, ov, ^, now Samo, one of
pass., 2 aor. kppaytfv, and intr. the largest islands in the Aegean
perf. eppayya. To break, to archipelago.
burst. From the same root are Sdpoeis, «w, at, the capital of
fra(n)go,fregi, our break, wreck; Lydia.
Germ, brechen. o-dpjj, oapKos, ij, flesh. Hence trapfco-
pT)9cls, 1 aor. pass. part. tpSt, to say. ipayos, sc. XiSot, a limestone rock,
to prj$iv, that which has been which would consume the flesh of
said, an utterance, a saying. corpses laid in it, and was ac
fr)TopiK^, t}s, 17 (sc. re'xv)), from cordingly much used for coffins ;
fr/lTiop, the art of speaking, rhe a sarcophagus.
toric. o-orpAirns, ov, 6, a satrap, title of a
pT)T<Dp, opos, 6 (c/w), an orator: Persian viceroy.
transliterated into Latin as rhetor, aavr-, contr. for aeavr-, reflexive
hence rhetoric. pron. J see oil avrbt, § 45.
piyoto (Att. w), waa, inf. fjiyior, o-adnjs, *« (ffo<pds, sapio), plain,
by an irreg. contraction, which also clear, certain.
gives /5i7a) for piyoT in subj., to be o-ad>us, adv. clearly, certainly.
cold, to shiver. o-pevvuuA, o0foo), tofieoa; X aor.
pi£a, 77s, $, a root; (liquorice = pass. lol$ioBr)v, to put out,
yTw/caa pife). quench, extinguish.
324 GLOSSARr.
<r{, ace. of ov. OKeua£, aai, iaxeiaaa (okcvos), to

2e[3a.o-"ros, ov, o, Greek translation prepare, make ready.
of Augustus; hence SebastopoL o-kt|W|, tjs, 7), a tent j a stage, (Lat.
o-c'Pco, or cePofiai, to honour, reve scewi).
rence : hence ire/trot (for at tivos), <nrfjirrpov, ov, to (sceptre), a staff,
cioePiji, etc. a sceptre: from oTfr/Trrcu, to prop,
2cipr|v, r)Vos, r), plur. the Sirens, with which are connected Lat.
maidens, who, by the cords scipio, scapus, and Eng. shaft.
(aupal) of their song, drew <TKid, as, 7), a shadow.
voyagers to the land, till they o-KidSciov, on, to (oKia), an um
were shipwrecked. brella.
o-clu, aa>, aiaeuta, locioa, to shake. ctk\t|p6s, d, by, hard, rough, stub
<tcXt|VT], tjs, t), (piKat, brightness), born, rd 07cXr/pd = hardships.
the moon. crKOTrecD (Att. ai), aniif/opai, io-
<rcu.vos, 7), bv (for oefivos, from Ktppai, (a«e\pdpijv, (micro-, tele-,
(jtfiufHu ; cp. somnus, from sop- horo-, stetho- scope), to behold;
nus), revered, august, holy. to consider.
o"i\, ot]v, o-rjs, see ao?. (tkottos, ov, 6, that on which one
<rf]u,a, aTos, to (sema-phore), a sign, looks, a mark ; the root in Latin
a signal, a mark. is spec, seen in specto, etc.
o-nuxuvw, aVfl, aea^/iayKa, iat\pnva, ctkotos, ov, o, or -ovs, to, darkness.
to give the signal, indicate, order. o-Kiippa, otos, to (for atcatr-pa,
Hence from root of ok^tt-toj), a jest, a
0"f||iavTpov, ov, to, a seal. joke.
o*Tjp.tiov, ov, to, a sign, a signal ; O-KWTTTG), (XlCCUlpOfltU, {17/COXpa, tO
a seal, a proof. mock, make fun of; be in fun.
o"f)p.epov = Att. Tt)fupov, adv. to o-p/rjvos, ovs, to, a beehive.
day. The T-, or a-, is a pronom. o-p.iKp6s, d, bv, see fuxpos.
suffix, and rfipepov : f/nipa : : rij- o-ol, dat. of <rtr or nom. of <r<5s.
Tts : «TOS. 26\wv, euros, 0, the great Athenian
<rf\v, ace. fern. sing. obs. statesman and legislator, b. c.
oQivos, our, to, strength. 638-560.
o-i-ydw (Si), tjow, iaiyqaa (atyi)), to o-os, ffr), abv, thine, thy.
be silent. o~o<f>ia, as, 7), wisdom ; fr. aotp6s.
o*ty^, 77s, [17, silence. <rtYli» a<^Vg aodtioTT^s, ou, 6 (oo(f>i£opai, and
in silence. that from o*oi/>us), 1. a wise man,
o-iyr|9«v, I aor. part. pass, aiyaai, to a sage. 2. a sophist, a quibbler.
otyqBhf = what has been kept 3. a rhetorician,
unsaid. o-oipds, 7), or (sapiens, philosoÂy),
SiKcXCa, as, 7), Sicily. 1. wise. 2. clever, cunning.
o-itos, ov, 0, plur. to ovra, (parasite, o"irav££o>, tw, eairdvioa, to be in
one who lives at another's ex need of twos.
pense), corn, bread, food. Sirdpn), 17s, 7), the capital of Laconia
onuirdco (w), r/o*a;, <7ftnumr//ra, co*«v- in the Peloponnese.
irrjaa (o-iajTri)), to keep silence. Sirapndrrts, ov, 6, a Spartan.
o-Koirr^, t)*, r), silence. cirdpTov, ov, to, a rope.
crxad'os, ovs, to, the hull, a ship ; cnrfio*-, I aor. OTrivfioo.
from o"«dirrai, to dig, hence any 0"ir«vSci>, airflow, ia-ntiaa, to pour
thing hollowed out. a drink-offering : mid., aor. iann
GLOSSARr. 335
cr&ftrjv, inf. tmt'njaoBat, to make (OTipriea,, to deprive, rob of tivA
a treaty at which libations were a tivos. Pass, to be deprived of
necessary ceremony. Ttv6s.
enrcvSw, era, eoittvua, tawevffa, to ortpvov, ov, to, the breast.
hasten ; strive after: in mid. to o-rcdiavos, ov, i (Stephen), a crown.
press onward, to be eager. crcd>av6ci> (Att. Si), iiaoi, to crown.
<rir(|Xaiov, ov, to (borrowed by the ot€(J>u>, }f/o}, ioT&frtt, to put round,
Latins as spelaeum ; cp. ainj\vf(, to crown. Prob. fr. VSTA.
spelunca), a cave. o-rrjOos, ovs, to, the breast ; (hence
o-rrovS-f^, ijs, ij (airiviai), a libation : srernoscope).
plur. a treaty. From the slow ctttjo--, fut. or I aor. \oTn\u.
ness and solemnity of the metres S-rntrixopos, ov, b, of Himera, a
used as o-novhaX comes the name lyric poet, 650-550 B.C.
spondee, for a foot of two long CTTod, as, ij, a piazza, or cloister :
syllables. especially the 0*. voaclKij, (see
<nrov8d£u, oouat, kairovba/ca, e <77roiS- iroiKi\os), in which Zeno and his
oaaa (ffirevStu), to be eager ; to followers, thence called Stoics, or
be in earnest ; to be busy upon. the school of 'the Porch,' taught.
crirovSatos, a, ov, good, excellent, ot6\os, ov, b (arcWa), an ex
in earnest. pedition.
<riro«S"r|, ijs, fi (airrfSai), eagerness, 0-rdp.a, arot, to, the mouth.
haste, earnestness. o-rop«vvu(u, aropioa, hrroptaa
<nrupls, iSos, i/, a round plaited (Lat. sterno, strew), to spread, be
basket. strew.
2Ta-y«piTT|s, ov, o, a man of OTopto-0-, 1 aor. pass, aroptwvyx.
Stageira, in Macedonia. Esp. o-TpaT€ijp.a, aTos, to, 1. an ex
Aristotle. pedition. 2. an army.
cmry&v, 6vos, f/ (or&fa), a drop, OTpaTrjYUCOS, 1), ov (strategic),
oraoiov, ov, to, plur. ol ardotoi, belonging to a general; T(i o*Tp.
and TcL ffrdSia, a measure of generalship, tactics.
length, about a furlong, 6o6| ft. OTpaTT|7d$, ov, 6 (arparbs and
From VSTA, and so poss. what ■ijyiofiat, to lead), a general. Ten
stands fast, a standard of length. were elected yearly at Athens to
o-raors, fas, r), a standing, a po superintend army and navy.
sition, a state ; a faction. crpaTioL, as, J), an army.
crravpos, ov, 6 (i-o-Trj-ui), a stake, o-TpaTuiTr|S, ov, b, a soldier.
a cross. o-rpoTOS, oO, 0, an army, host.
orftxw (ye-stig-ium, Germ, sleigen), o-Tpcdiu, ifiai, iorpoipa, larpofia, to
to go : (poetic). turn or twist. Orig. the same
crTt\\w, OTf\Si, (otoXko, ioru\a, word as rpiirai. Der. cm-strophe.
to arrange, despatch ; mid. with o-Tpou66s, ov, b, a small bird, a
2 aor. pass. iaTa\rjv, to set out. sparrow,
oreva'Yp.os, ov, i, a sigh, a groan, o-u, aov, aot, ol, (tu, Germ, du,
o-revdjo), (a, iorivafca, to groan our) thou. PI. v/ius, etc. With
much or deeply, prop, a freq. fr. avrbs, you yourself, gen. aavrov
OTtvoi, to groan. for afavrov, etc.
<jt«vos, r), bv, narrow, close: (hence <rvY-7tYvOrl<u, cw-fyfvburjv, to
stenography), consort with, be with, as a pupil
<TT«p4ii> (Att. Si), faa, lOTtpnua, with a master.
226 GLOSSARV.
o-vy-yiyviio-Kto, aw-iyvav, to par crw-«Ypa-, 2 aor. avy-ypatpa.

don Tivl. truv-«iu.i (fl/ii), to be with; to
trvy-yvo-bs, 2 aor. part. Gvyyiyvfaaicai. attend, as a pupil, Tivi.
(t«yyv<o|jii], tj>, ij, pardon. crvv«Lxou.iiv, impf. pass. avvexw-
truy-yv&vai, 2 aor. inf. avyyiyv&a/cai. crvveTds, r), bv (ovy-tr/pi), 1. intel
truy-yp6.$<o, o~vv-typaifia, to com ligent. 2. intelligible.
pose ; write a history. trw-f'xu, to hold together : pass, to
o-vy-icpvirrco, ipu, avv-iicpvipa, to be distressed by.
join a person (tivi) in hiding crw-ex&s> adv. of avvtxfy (avv*Xw)>
something (ri). keeping together, continuously.
<rvy-x<opiu (Att. u>), i\aa, crvve- trw-Ct)u,i, to perceive, to understand ;
X&prioa, to meet, give way, agree (see i7jpi).
to, rati. cruv-oiSa, ffvy-tiaofiai, owffSeiv, to
<rvftjv, inf. ft. crti-£d\w, to live with, be privy to. o\ S€iv' c-ipYacr-
Tivl. p.cvos, I am conscious of having
ouKTJ, i}», ij, the fig-tree. committed fearful deeds. o\
<tukov, ov, rb, a fig. tu.aura dvTiXcyav ov 8wau,lvtj>,
trvX-XauP&vto, ow-l\a$ov, to seize; I am conscious of my inability to
to collect ; to help, Tivl : mid. to answer : vide § 147.
take part in, Tivbi. crw-ovT-, pres. part, of <njv-eifu.
o-vp.-pWvei, impers., it turns out. o-w-ovo-Ca, as, f/ (otiv-ttfti), a friendly
o-vu,-P«Bt|IC-, perf. cruu-j8aiVa>. meeting, a party, conversation.
o~uu.p«pi)Kos, rb, what has happened, crvv^rpo<|>os, ov (Tpitjxa), bred to
n. pi. gen. <n/u0e#j;tfo'Ta;»'. gether, living with.
o-V|x-pouAevci), ow-tfiov\tvoa, to 2vpai<6oios, a, ov, Syracusan, oi 2.
advise tipi : mid. to consult with, the people of
to deliberate. 5upaK0vom, Siv, at, Syracuse, the
o-iu.-(3ou\os, ov, 6 (|8ouXi)), an ad chief city of Sicily, a Dorian
viser. colony, founded b. c. 735.
trvu.-u.axCa, as, 77, an alliance. o-vpCTTCi), to hiss : akin are susurrus,
o-vu.-v.axiKov, t&, (prop. n. of adj.), absurdus (cp. absonus).
the confederacy, the allied forces. crvs, ovbs, 6 and r) (sus, sow, swine),
crvu.-u.axos, on, 6 (lidxt), an ally. a boar, or sow.
crvu.<{>epei, impers. verb, mostly crv-crrrovSa^w, era;, to make haste
with inf. or dat., it is of use, ex together with tivi.
pedient. <ruxvds, 17, bv, long, frequent, much.
o-vu,-<j>opa, as, 17, a misfortune, an a<f>d£w, (cu, (io<pa(a, to slaughter,
accident. sacrifice : 2 aor. pass, ictpayqv.
<ruu.-c|>(i>v£ci> (Att. Si), ijaa, to be in o-<f>d\X(i>, SKai, to<pa\ica, ta<p-q\a
accord with, Tivl ; symphony. (/alio, fail, fall, fell), to trip up :
criv, or (iiy (Lat. cum), prep, with pass. esp. tatpaXnat and €ff<pd\i]v,
dat., with, together with, see to be tripped up, to fall.
§88. o~<f>2, <T<pets, ocpwv, a<pial, etc., him,
trvv-airrxo, fm, to join together : them, they, &c.
mid. to lay hold of. o-<j>T]£, 77KOS, o, (Lat. vespa, wasp,
o-vv-8«oe-u,-, perf. pass, of guepe), a wasp.
crw-Sô), Sr/aw, to bind together. 2<J>lyJ;, tyybs, 1}, a monster, with
crw-e-Y**-* 2 aor. ovy-o/iyvopai. the body of a lion and a woman's
o-uv-tyvio-, 2 aor. avy-yiyviiaieiu. head, which destroyed all Thebans
GLOSSARV. 227
who could not solve her riddle;
when Oedipus solved it, she threw
herself headlong from her rock. t' before vowels = t«.
cr<}>6Spa, adv. exceedingly. TdYa8d = ra ayaSa.
o-<j>paVyt£, 1S1, io<ppayioa, to seal, rd8« = these things, see oSe.
from ToXavrov, ov, rb, a talent = 60 minae
o-<|>pa-yls, TSoj, 1}, a seal, signet = 6000 drachmae = £243 15s.
ring. TdXos, aiva, ov (t\tjvcu), wretched.
0-dvfjU.a, aros, t6 (txu) scheme), TaXÔ-ri = rd d\ij$rf.
figure, form, kind. rdXXa, the other things, = rd
o"XT]0--, fut. ix<»- &\\a.
o-xo\a{w, ffai, ia\6kaaa (axo\f)), to rapia?, ov, 6 (rl/ivia), a steward.
be at leisure, to have leisure for rau.ictov, ov, rb {ra.ju.as, rifivto), 1
rivl, vacare ret. magazine, a storehouse.
O'X'Aa.o-nKos, oO, i (scholastic), a TdvraXos, ov, 6, father of Pelops
pedant, a dreamer. and Niobe ; for some sin, variously
or\o\-f\, ijs, f/, (1) leisure ; (2) that in described, he was condemned to
which leisure is employed, learned eternal thirst, while a river ran
discussion, a lecture ; (3) the place at his feet, and to eternal hunger,
of such lectures, a school. (Schola, while delicious fruits swung above
school.) his head. Another account makes
ctuj£co. era}, fftffwrca, taaitra, to save, him threatened by a tottering
preserve: pass. (io6i6t]v, rrcoBds, rock. Hence, to tantalize.
etc.), to be escaped. rdijis, ecus, 1), order, one's post in
o"«0-, fut. or 1 aor. pass, of crcw^cc. battle. Hence syntax.
SioKparns, ovs, &, the great Athenian Taimvos, r), bv, low, mean, down
philosopher, born B.C. 469, con cast, base.
demned to death b.c. 399. His Tapavrlvos, 17, ov, of Tdpas, or
unwritten words were his sole Tarenlum. S T. a Tarentine.
legacy ; but to his influence were Topdirci), feu, irapaâ, to trouble,
due all the later schools of Greek disturb.
philosophy. Tapax'T), ?s, 1}, confusion, trouble.
cru>p.a, aros, rb, the body. TapTTJcro'ios, a, ov, of Tartessus, a
oru>s, b, t), ouiv, rb (contr. fr. ffwos), district in Spain near Cadiz ;
defect, adj. safe and sound; en identified by some with Tarshish
tire. of the O. T.
<r*)Tr|p£a, as, 1}, safety, deliver rdTTW, Tdfw, ira£a (tactics), to ar
ance. range, order : esp. in pf. and 1 aor.
o-wif>povtG> (Att. Si), i\aa, to be pass. TtTafpuu and irdxBijv.
ffduppaiv, or sound-minded. TaOpoi, cuv, ol, inhabitants of the
SucppovCcvKos, ov, 6, an Athenian Tauric Chersonese, (Crimea).
sculptor, father of Socrates. raOr', or ravra, (ovtos), these
o-u<f>pocr<SvT), 17s, ij, prudence, tem things.
perance, from tout', or raird, =rd aira, the same
o-<u4>pfi>v, ov (ows, tppfjv), sound- things.
minded, prudent, temperate, wise, Taurd = to airb, the same thing.
ctocov, a non-Attic gen. pi. of aais, 6, Td()>pos, ov, ij, a trench, or ditch.
17, oan>, rb (contr. for aaios, etc.), Tdxioros, 17, ov, quickest. t6.\ioto,
safe and sound ; entire. adv., with in — as soon as possible.
Q3
328 GLOSSARY.
t))v rayiuTrpi so £8^= by the T«roYp.e-, perf. totto;.

quickest way, i. e. most quickly. TfTapxaios, a, ov, adj., on the fourth
rax°s> ovs, T0» quickness, speed. day.
Taxvs, «a, ti, quick; Tax", adv. Ttrapros, r), ov (quartus), the fourth.
speedily : comp. Bdrruv, Siaacov, tct«ixwt-, perf. pass. t«x'C<u-
superl. T&xtffTos. TCTpdicis, adv. four times.
Tf, enclitic particle, and, Lat. que. T€Tpap^, perf. pass, rpeiroj.
re ... re .., or . . . re . . , Kal T«Tpd-Tro«s, iroSos, four footed;
=both—and. quadruped is the same word.
TeYYo), Tiy(a, lrey(a, to wet, T€TT&p«s, a (Ze/rarch, quattuor,
moisten. {Tingo, tinge.) Welsh pedwar, Aeolic niavpts,
T«8ca-, perf. Btaofim. Goth, fidvor, O. H. G. fior,
TcOvdvai, pf. inf. act. Ovrjaicai : also whence vier, and our) four.
T(6vf)K(Vttl. T£Xv<iop.ai (Att. Sifiat), 7/cro/rai,
TeflvrjK-, perf. M\aKa, is dead. €Texv7]ff&riyv' T0 devise. From
T«0pau.u,-, perf. rpicpa. T€XVT|, ijs, i) (tiktoj, technical), an
Tflvu, Tfvw, rirdxa, eruva, (tendo, art, a trade ; skill, cunning.
tension, tone, thin), to stretch, Ti8r|)ii, Otjooi, Tfffeixa, i&nica, 2 aor.
extend. (Srjv {theme, thesis, do, did, doom,
TCIX&", ®f TfTfixtKa, (Tflxtoa, to deem ; Lat. do in con-rfo, etc.),
make t«cx>J, or walls; hence to to set, place, appoint. nOivai
fortify, with ace. vhpjov, to lay down, or impose, a
t<?x°s, ovs, rd, a wall. law, of the legislator. ri9fa$ai
t«kvov, ov, to (tiktiu), a child. v., to give oneself a law ; of the
t€ku)v, oVtos, 6, 2 aor. part, of tiktw. people, to pass a law.
oi Tf*., the parents. tIktco, Ti£opai, (TfKov, to beget,
tcX«vto«i> (Att. S>), Tjaa, irtXti- bear, produce.
rqaa, to finish; with or without Tip-dm (Att. Si), ■qoa, Tertpifxa,
fiiov, to die: TcXevruv, etc., in (Tiiirjaa, to honour; to value,
agreement with the subject of the rtvds, at a price, rifidv Tivl
sentence, = at last. From Bavdrov, to give sentence of death
TfXevrrJ, ijs, iJ, an end ; death. against. rifmaOai nvi Oavdrov,
tcXos, ovs, to, an end, aim ; full of the accuser, to accuse on a
power; ol cv tcXei, those in capital charge. Fut. mid. has
office, or power. Hence Td. TtXi), pass, sense.
as we say, the powers, = the magis np/i\, ijs, t), honour, rank ; price.
trates, the government. Tlpios, a, ov (also -os, ov), (ripr)),
tcXos, ace. of foregoing, used as held in honour, prized rtvi.
adv. = at last. Tiu,OKpa>Tns, ov, o, a name borne by
Tcp,v<o, rtfuxi, TCTfttjica, erajjov several distinguished men in Athens,
(arom, ana/omy; a tome = piece Sparta, Syracuse, etc. Fr. ripi) and
cut off horn a large work), to cut; Kpdros.
to lay waste. Ttp.co , opt. TlfJLCLU.
TeJ-, see riiera. tiv-, see rts.
Tepirvds, r), ov, delightful, pleasant. tCvco, riffoj, T^ri/ca, iriaa, to pay,
Tcpiru, ipaj, iT<{rJ.a, to delight : mid. either a price or a penalty.
to take delight in. tis, rl, gen. Tiros (Att. toO), dat.
i-fpijns, (us, fi, delight, gladness. rivi (Att. Taj), (oWs),s= who T
T«rodp«s, a, see TirrSpts. what? Ti = why?
\
GLOSSARY. 229
tIs, rl, enclitic pronoun, one, a, TOo-aiiTa, n. pi. too*oCtos.

someone, anyone. too-os, rj, ov, dem. pron. — tantus,
Turo,a<t>^pvi]s, ov, 6, a famous Per and in pI. = /of, so great, so many.
sian satrap, murdered B.C. 395. In prose this word is replaced by
xXdw, an unfound present from TOffoVSe or rocovros.
a/TLA or TAL, its place being roo'6crS€, -qUe, 6vbe = tantus, so great ;
supplied by ToXu.d<o or dvexou-ca, usually of what follows.
TK-fjaofxat, TtTk-qfca, frAT^totake toctovtos, cuJtt;, ovto(v), so great,
upon oneself, to bear, (but never so much, {tantus) ; usually of
literally, like <p€pcu), to dare to what goes before.
suffer, or to dare to do. t6t€, = turn, at that time, then.
rXfyuov, ovos, 6 and i) (r\Tjvat), tov pi), for the sake of not, in order
wretched, miserable. not, with inf.
tXtjvoi, Tk-fjaofiai, €t\ijv (To\fidoj, tout-, see ov"ros,
rdkas, tolero, tuli, tollo), to bear, Tpfi"yos, ov, 6, a he-goat : from rpa-
to suffer ; to dare, to have the •yttVt rp6rfoj} to gnaw.
heart to do. xpa^wSta, as, ij, tragedy; through
toBc, neuter of oSe. Tpay-<uS6s fr. rpdyos, a goat, and
toi, an enclitic particle of assevera aotfids, <pdb$, a singer (see de/oV),
tion, in truth, verily, mark me. prob. because in the early begin
The word generally denotes some nings of the drama, a band of men
tone of superiority on the part of in goat-skins danced around the
the speaker. altar in honour of Dionysus.
TOtavr-, see toiovtos. Tpa*ytp8o-iroi6s, ov, 6 (Tpayylios,
toios, Tota, toiov, dem. pron. = talis, Troteco), a tragedy-maker, a tragic
of such a kind. In prose this poet.
word is replaced by toioVSc or Tpay-oSds, ov, 6, a goat-singer, a
TOIOVTOS. tragic poet. In pi. = tragedy.
Totoo-Se, d5f, oVSe, dem. pron. = talis, Tpair-, 2 aor. pass, rpina.
of such a kind, such ; usually re Tpdirc£a, ijs, ^ (for TtT/>a-7re£a, fr.
ferring to what follows. Ae-yet Vir«S or iroB ; hence trapezium),
TOidSe, he speaks as follows. a table, a dining table.
toiovtos, avrrj, ovto(v), such ; TpavX(£o>, TcD, to be rpavKds, and
usually, of what has gone before. lisp a letter, as Alcibiades did, who
TOK6US, iojs, 6 (tIkto)), a father : turned r into /, = Lat. balbutire.
plur. parents. Tpavtrol, wv, 01, a Thracian tribe,
t6Xu.&, rjs, if, courage, hardihood. mentioned by Herodotus and
See rXaai. Livy.
ToXu.dw (Att. w), ^ff», T€T6\ftT}Ka, rp€ts, Tpi&, rpiojv, rpial (tres, drei,
iT6\fir)<ra,to venture, to have the Skrt. trayas, our) three.
heart to do. From toA/«i. rpitta, }pai, Tirpo<f>a, erpef/a (rpo-
ToX^-np-a, aTo*, to (ToA/idai), an ttos, torqueo, /ormentum), to turn,
enterprise, or deed of daring. change, rout : mid. to turn one
Tojjcvo), ecu, kr6îv<xa (ro£ov)f to self, go ; to face.
shoot with the bow. Tp€(f>o>, dphpoj, TtTpo<pa, tdp&pa (cp.
t6Jov, ovt rb (Tvyxdvoj), a bow : $pl£, Tptx<*s), to rear, feed, nou
in pi. bow and arrows. rish.
tottos, ov, 6 (topic ; Utopia, ov and rp€X°>> dpafiovjxat, deBp&ftTjtca, itpa-
t.), a place, room ; space. fiov, to run.
Q3
230 GLOSSARr.
Tpcoi, tea), trptaa, to tremble, run TtJtTTd), Tr)aai, irt-nkyya, lirarafca ;

away, to fear : cp. pew, for law of ir£ir\r]y[iai, Trenkrj£opuii, v\rjyr]-
contraction. Akin are tremo, ffofiai, tirX-qyrjv; irKijyas (viruva,
trepidus, terreo. uArjipa, oidaiiea, to hit, to strike,
TpT|o-avT€S, I aor. part, from obso to flog.
lete rpdai, Tpjjaai, to bore, pierce. Tupawco) (Att. w), r)ffa>, and rvpav-
rpia, see rptts. vtvai, ffaif to be a
Tpi&KovTil, ot, at, to\ (triginta), Tiipavvos, ov, 6 (Doric form for
thirty, ol t. the Thirty tyrants Koipavos fr. Kvpos, uipws), a
who for a few months held the master, lord, tyrant.
chief power at Athens, after the TCpos, ov, 5, cheese.
capture of the city by Lysander, Tu<£Ads, 7i, ov, blind ; dark.
B.C. 404. tvxt|, 7/s, r) (rvyxavai), luck, chance,
TpidKocioi, at, a, three hundred. fortune : often personified.
01 rp., the Three Hundred Spar TVXoi", 2 aor- °pt« Tvyxavai.
tans of Thermopylae, b. c. 400. Tea-, see b, i), rb, the article.
Tpi'fipTis, otis, 6 (rpis and a/ of
iptaaai, to row), always as noun ;
a triply furnished vavs, a trireme. iPpi?co, Xa, v@ptKa, v0pioa, to insult,
Tptirovs, ttoSos, n. rpiirovv, three outrage, riva or us Tiva, from
footed : hence tripod. v(3pis, ecus, 7) iyvip) vppishness, in
TpU, adv. thrice. solence, violence. Cp. superbus. (v)
TpiTavTaixp.Tjs, ov, 6, a cousin of SPpicrT^s, ov, o (yfipifa), a violent,
Xerxes, in command of some overbearing, insolent man.
Persian infantry, in the invasion ti-yiaivw, aval, vyidva, to be in
of Greece b. c. 480. health. From vyir)s.
TpiTOs, 77, ov, third, Lat. tertius. vyina, as, r) (iytfjs), health, sound
Tpix-, see 9pi£. ness : hence the city of Hygeia
Tptcov, gen. of rpus. (prop. Hygieia), and Hygeiopolis.
Tpoia, as, 7), Troy, city and region, uyieivos, r), bv (hygiene), sound,
in N.W. of Asia Minor. Also'IAiov. healthy, wholesome.
Tp4traiov, or Tpoiralov, ov, to uYiirjs, is (vegeo, vigeo, vigor),
(Tpiirai), that which marked the whole, sound.
rout, a trophy. Latin borrowed ijBara, n. pi. from
the word tropaeum or trophaeum. v8o>p, vSaros, rb [vat, aqua, unda ;
Tpiiros, ov, 0 {rpiira, a trope), hydrdnt; (hy)dropsy], water.
manner, way, temper. ves, pi. of vs.
Tpotjrrj, ijs, r) (rp4(pai), food ; bring- , vUwv, gen. pi. vi6s.
ing up. vtds, ov, or f'os, 6, a son.
rpw-yoj. {opai, irpayov, to gnaw, vXuktsw (Att. Si), only used in pres.
nibble, esp. of herbivorous animals, and impf. to bark, yelp ; to bark
e. g the goat (rpayos). at riva.
Tvyxavto, T€v£opai, TtT&xqKa, ctv- vXtj, tjs, 7) (silva; hylozoic), a wood;
\ov, I. to hit a mark, to meet, wood, material.
to win, with gen. 2. to happen, iiXo-tou,os, ov, 6 (VA77 and V °f
to come to pass, with participle. Tffivai), a wood-cutter.
Tvu.f3os, ov, 0, the place where a viu,cis, Siv, iv, as, plural of ail, thou,
dead body is burnt, a barrow, a = you, ye.
tomb. (Hence tumba, tomb.) vu,<Tcpos, a, ov (ipcis), your.
GLOSSARr. 23 r
vjjlvcco (Att. w), r'jrrai, vfivrjaa, vrr-T|pen|f, ov, 6 (iptTrjs, a rower),
{vfivos), to sing, to praise. an assistant, a servant.
ujivos. ov, o, a Ayrnn or ode. uir-urxv«ou,at (Att. ov/xai), vtto-
vv, tios, ace. and gen. of us. 0"XÔ"OMCU» VTT-icxVf^h VTT-€CX^-
uir', before a vowel, = vit6. fiTjv, to hold oneself under, hence
uirap, to, indecl., a waking vision to take on oneself, to undertake,
(see ucap) ; esp. in ace. as adv. = to promise ; with fut. inf. A col
awake. lateral form of vtt€x<o.
uirdpx<*>, £a>, to begin, rtvus : to be; vttvos, ov, 6 (Skrt. swapnas, Lat.
to belong to, nvl : to\ bnapxovra, somnus, for sopnus-, and sopor),
one's existing means. sleep.
uir-eStiKV-, vwo-b'eiKvvfU. vnri, prep, (sub), under ; with gen.,
uir-cucu, fa), virHfa, to retire from dat., and ace. See § 115, p. 57.
Ttvos : to yield rtvi ti : to obey, viro-Scdcvvfii, or vuo>, £o>, impf.
Ttvl. -fhtiicvvv or -eScltcvvov, to show
uTT-CK-Tpcxw, Spanovftat, vnf£t8pa- secretly, give a glimpse of.
fwv : 2 aor. inf. vntK$pafA€tv, to tiiro-Scôp.cvos, fut. part, of
run out from under, to run be u-ro-Sexop-ai, £ofiai, prop, to receive
yond, to escape. beneath ; receive kindly ; to ad
uirip, prep, (super, Germ, iiber, mit ; abide the attack of.
over, up) ; I. with gen. above, viro-Scu, 170*0), 5e5f/ca, eBijo'a, to tie
across ; in defence of, for. 2. with under ; mid. to put one's shoes
ace. over, beyond : see §§ 97, 98. on.
vnrep-poAXw, \w, virtp-t&aKov, to iiTro-5T|u.a, cltos, to4 (uiro-Sô)), a
exceed, overpass. sandal, a shoe.
virep-tx^ *£w» to have or hold V7ro-8uo|j.ai, bv'jofim, with perf.
above : intr. to be above, rise viroStb'vfca, and aor. vwiSw : part.
above : of a branch, to stretch virob'vs : to go under ; to put on.
over. uiro-£€u*yvu|jLi, £<u, virefcvfa, to put
inr€p-urxiJo>, o*o) (laxvs, strength), under the yoke.
to be exceeding strong, to prevail ; \nTO-£vyiovt ov, to" (C&yov), a beast
with gen. to prevail over, pre for the yoke, a beast of draught or
dominate. burden.
ip-irep-7n]8dcD (Att. a)), 170*0;, to leap uTro-Xau.pdva), vTr-£\a@oi/, 2 aor.
over, or beyond. opt. vwo-X6fioifut to take up, to
farcp-oxiji 2 aor. subj. of virepix01- reply ; to suppose ; understand.
ijirepwov, ov, to, the upper part of a iiir6-\T)t|/is, «&)*, 17, a taking up, an
house, an upper room. Prop, a assumption, a notion.
n. adj. agreeing with ot/crjfMi (a viro-Xvta, to loose beneath, unyoke ;
dwelling), from v-nepwos which is mid. to unfasten oneself, to take
formed from inrip as irarpôs fr. off one's own shoes.
iraTTjp. v-iro-iriu/irw, i/ir-iirtfupa, to send
itir-eo-x6p,Tiv, xov> etc-» 2 aor« m^- secretly, Lat. submittere and sub-
vTT-io-xyeoftai. ornare.
vtT-i<T\ov, \fs, etc., 2 aor. vir-ix03- uiro-Tt0T)|xi, (iw-fthjica, to place un
6tt-€X«, vtf>4£at, or u7ro-o"X"70"a>, inr- der; mid. to suggest, advise; to
€0~Xovi to h°ld under, undergo. assume as evident. Hypothesis.
v>irr|p€T«i> (Att. w), i}o*a;, vmjpeTijaa, us, vos, 0 and j) (ffvs, sus, sow, etc.),
to do a service rtW ; lit. to be a swine, a pig.
a3a GLOSSARK
SerraTos, 17, ov, last. cJkItis, r) (<prifd), a report, a saying ;

tioTCpatos, a, op, on the day after, fame.
i) baTtpala, sc. fj/itpa, the next (JjaOXos, rj, ov, bad, worthless, poor,
day. From cowardly, slight. 4>ati\ius, adv. ill.
tjo-r«pos, a, op, latter ; adv. vartpov, 4>cpo>, oioa>, (vfjvo\a, jjvtyica and
afterwards. fjveyKov, (fero, Engl, bear, Skrt.
vd>-aipc'a> (Att. a>), ^<r<ut UpuKov, to bharami), to bear, carry, endure :
take away secretly, or from under with adv. e. g. xaê1r®st etc*» to
neath. I aor. pass. V(p-ypi6riv. take ill. iynv Kal <p. to plunder,
4<t>Cim)u.i, bvo-OTqaa, vittOTnaa, to see ayfiv. Of a road, to lead.
put under, to plant ; intr. with (|>ev, exclamation of grief, anger, or
2 aor. inriarnv, and pf. v<p4ffT7]Ka, surprise.
to undertake, promise; to yield 4>eti-Yu>, <ptv£ofiai, necptvya, itpvyov,
to. to flee, to avoid ; to be banished
id/T]\os, r), ov (wfios, height, cp. (used as pass, of tic0a\\oj) ; to
vvip), high. be accused, with gen. of charge
(used as pass, of 8«£/k<m).
djXVKTcas, a, ov, verb. adj. <pfvyai.
<j>i)Yos, oC, fi, an oak, with an escu
4>a-yeiv, 2 aor. inf. koBitv. lent acorn : not the Lat. fagus,
<j>ai8pos, 'i, or (</>aos, (paivto), beech, though the names are the
bright, beaming; joyous, of glad same, for the fruit is different.
countenance. Our booh is the same word.
<j>aivu, <p&vu>, !<pi)va, to bring to <t>T)\if|Tr|S, ov, or <pr)\rjTt)t, ov, 6, a
light, to shew, to give light ; pass., knave, cheat, thief. Prob. akin to
with intr. perf. iri(pt]va, to appear. a<pa\Ktv,fallo.
(paivcrat flvtu = seems to be. (p. <bT]fjLT|. i/», fi (<pT)fd,fama), a report,
iiv = manifestly is. Hence pheno saying, utterance ; fame.
menon. dnjpl, <p-qow, impf. i<pt]v, used as
4>avcpds, o\, bv (jpalvw), open, mani aor. (for, fori, fatna, fate, pro-
fest. />Aetic), iipaaitov used as impf.
$avcp6s cip.i = (paivofxai and is fol to say, to speak, to assert. In
lowed by a participle. So too Sij- serted, like inquit, etc., after an
\6s dfu. See § 145 a. important word.
(jtav^vai, 2 aor. inf. pass, tpaivaj. 4>8dva>, (pSqaofUu, i(pBaoa, !<p6rjv,
(jxipuAKov, ov, to (hence pharmacy, to be beforehand with, to antici
etc.), a drug ; a remedy, rtvus, for pate. $<p6?)V atpttcdpfvos, I came
some ill. up first : <pQduast quickly : see
$apvaicns, ovs, 0, son of Mithri- § 145 (»)•
dates the Great, King of Pontus, <|>6€YYOu,ai, (o/mi, cipBey/jai, i<p9(-
whom he drove to kill himself, y£a/ir)v, to shout, cry, of animals :
B.C. 63. His own lease of power to utter.
was ended by Caesar at Zela, B.C. 4>8etpn>, tpai, i(p6apxa, t<pO(tpa, to
47- corrupt, spoil, destroy.
4>oo-l(v), 3rd pi. (ptipi- 4>6ovcp6s, a, 6v, envious, jealous ;
4>do-Kw, fipatTicov = <p7]tii, to say, as from <p66vos.
sert, often with a notion of saying <j)0ov€a> (Att. w), 7/fra). etp&6vrjaa,
falsely. The root is */<pa of</»iiu, to envy, tiv! a man, with or with
fori, etc. out Tiro* something. ■
GLOSSARY. 233
<p06vos, ov, 6, envy, spite : prob. <}>p^v, (ppfvbs, 7), the heart, the
akin to <p0ivai, to diminish. mind, good sense : often in pi.
<f>i\-av9pci>ir£a, as, 7), (philanthropy), 4>povco> (Att. w), i)aa}, k(pp6v7)ffa, to
benevolence. think, be wise. «5 or nanus <p.,
<J>i\«u (Att. a)), Tjffoj, h<pl\rj<ja) 1. to to be well or ill-disposed towards
love, to kiss. 2. like amo, to be one. jtiya (f>., to be high-minded,
wont to, in the habit of. proud. Distinguish tf>p6vti and
4>iXlcl, as, r), friendship ; fr. <pl\os. <ppovtt.
«î\-nnros, ov, 0. I. King of Mace- <\>po v-n/ns, tas, 7), prudence, discretion.
don, B.C. 359-337, the conqueror 4>p6vLp,os, ov, prudent.
of Greece, and father of Alex 4>povii£u>, (oi, i<pp6vrioa, to think,
ander. give heed, consider ; to care for,
4>lXos, rj, ov, dear : 6 <p., & friend. mind, twos.
Comps. and superls. <pt\aiTtpos} 4>povTLs. (80s, 7) (<ppr)v), care, thought,
totos ; <pi\Tcpos, raros. consideration.
<t>i\6-o-o<)>os, ov, b, a philosopher. 4>poi'ipiov, ov, rb, a fort, a guard :
Pythagoras first used the word of from (fypovpbs, contr. for vpo-opos,
himself, modestly preferring to be VWAR of bpaw, vereor, ware,
called a lover of wisdom rather wary, ward, etc.
than ocxpbs a sage. 4>vyf), i)s, 7) (<ptvyoj, fuga, fugitive),
<f>iXo-Ti|i,{a, as, 7), love of honour, flight, escape ; exile.
ambition, emulation : from 4>v\aKTj. ijs, 7), guarding, watching,
4>iA6-tiu,os, ov, ambitious : <pi\os watch.
and rifit). <|>vXa£, a/cos, 6, a watcher, guard,
îXraros, rj, ov, superl. of <pi\os. <|>v\(1tto), £cu, k(pv\a£a, to watch,
4>X6£, 070s, 7), flame ; a blaze. guard, defend : hence phylactery,
4>op€p6s, a, bv, fearful ; timid ; act. an amulet, or charm.
and pass, like formidohsus, gnarus, <j>vXXov, ov, rb (folium, flos, <p\vaj,
caecus, etc. bloom), a leaf. Hence chlorophyl.
4>op(to (Att. eu), rjaet), e<p6(37)aa, to <|>vo-avT€S, 1 aor. part. fr. <pvaj.
frighten : <po(3fia$at, to fear. 4>i.")(Tts, ecus, 7) (<pvoj), nature, cha
4>6j3o$, ov, 6, fear ; hence hydro- racter : <pvG€i, by nature : hence
phob\z, Russq/>Ao&ist, etc. physical, etc.
4>OtTdu (Att. Of), 7)003, €<pOlT7](Ta, tO 4>iJT6VLo, aa (<pvrbv, a plant), to
resort to ; esp. of pupils going to plant.
school. $vu>, ecu, t<pvaa, to bring forth,
$ov€v$, 4ws, 6, a murderer : from beget : mid. with perf. iri<pvica
4>cvos, ov, 6, murder; bloodshed. and 2nd aor. *<pw, to come into
<|>op€(o (Att. cu), t)<joj, TretyoprfKOy being, to be born, be by nature.
k<p6pr](Ta (<p£poj), to bear, to wear. 4>u, subj. of 4>T)px.
(fiop-rjTcs, t), bv (<pop£oj), to be (Jkovcco (Att. Si), rjffoj (<poJvr)), to
borne, bearable, endurable. produce a sound, to speak.
4>pa£a>, aoj, £<ppao~a {phrase), to say, <j>cov^, 7)$, 7) (te\epho?ie), a voice.
to tell, to speak. <j>b)VT|€is, 6o"ffa, €v, vocal, possessed
4>pcap, aros, to, prop, an artificial of voice : ra\ <poivr)evTa, vowels, as
well, dist. from Rpr\vy\, a tank. opp. to rcL a<pojva, consonants.
Akin are burn, bourn (a stream). 4>tip, pbs, 6 (fur), a thief.
4>pcv6a> (Att. a>), i'c a'o, to make (j>ci>pda> (Att. Si), daco, to search,
wise, instruct, teach. detect, take in the act.
234 GLOSSARY.
<j)u!S, ^hvtos, to (contr. fr. </>aos), X<Cp<ov, ov, worse, inferior ; used as
light: hence />Ao/ograph, ^>Aos- comp. of nanus.
phorus, etc. X«Xv8cbv, 6vo$, ij (hirundo), the
swallow. Hence ckelidonium and
X. by insertion of n, celandine, swal
Xaipco, 4\a<x, to rejoice ; with dat. to low-wort.
rejoice at; with partic. to rejoice Xfpcrooj (Att. (£), to make into dry
in doing : 2 aor. pass, kxdprjv in land : pass. 777 Kix(Pâ^v'n< 'and
same sense as act. x<"Pe "■ solve, left dry and uncultivated : hence
or vale, hail or farewell. CAcrsonese. Akin to (rjpbs, dry.
Xatpcov, pres. part, of xa'/>a'i l0 re~ X«<0, X€®> Kex$Ka, <(xca» to Pour i
joice; = with impunity. the root is x(F or Xeu-
XaXapos, d, bv, slackened, loosened. x9Js, adv. yesterday : (Skrt. hyas,
XaXau (Att. S>), daw, ix&k&aa, to Lat. hesi, then heri, hesternus.
loosen, slacken. Germ, gestern, our yesterday).
Xa\eir6s, ij, bv, hard, morose, cruel ; x6i£os, f/, bv (xês), of yesterday.
adv. xaKiirai), with difficulty. X8iiv, ovbs, the earth, ground.
XaXxos, ou, b, copper ; bronze. Per XiXioi, at, a, a thousand.
haps conn, with xaXd<w, getting XtTaW, aVos, 6, a tunic, shirt, coat.
its name from its ductility. XîS-rJ, ijs, ■q, softness, delicacy,
Xuu.ai., adv. (Jiutni, humble), on the luxury, luxuries.
ground. Old locative. XOipCSiov, ov, to, dim. fr. x°'Pos> a
Xapcl, as, j), joy ; \/ of x^P01- little pig.
XapaKT-rJp, rjpos, o (xapaTTw), stamp, x6pros, ov, b, 1. an enclosed place,
impress, character. esp. for cattle. 2. a feeding place.
XdpaTTio, feu, lxipa£a, to sharpen, 3. fodder. Akin are hortus, cohors,
. to engrave, stamp. garden, garth, yard.
Xapieis. taaa, ck (xapis), graceful, XoOs, x^m> declined like 0ovs, a
accomplished. liquid measure, 5-76 pints. See
Xapi£ou.ai, tov/jat, KGxapiapai, lxa~ lieTpr)TJis.
piadptTjv, to gratify, to indulge, Xpaopai (Att. tu/uii), xP*?cro/ia<-
with dat., to give freely, with ace. rc{xpVlmt, %XPyff6-P-Vv* wrtn dat.,
and dat. to use, employ : of persons, to be
X&piv elScvtti, with dat., to thank ; intimate with, = Lat. uti. Note
inf. from ofSa. that in this verb, as in biip&aj,
Xapis, itos, fi, grace, kindness, a irttvaw, fdcu, the Attic dialect con
favour ; thanks. x&P'v w'tn gen- tracts to Tj instead of a. Thus we
= on account of, for the sake have in pres. ind. XPP> XP17T<"'
of. and inf. XPV0"**0"-
X«ip.wv, avos, & (Lat. hiems), win Xpau (Att. ai), ^<r<w, ixPVa' °£ *
ter ; a storm : x^P&vos, in winter god, or his oracle, to declare, to
time. pronounce.
X«ip, x€tP&si %> tne hand ; forces : Xpta, Tci, plur. of XPô*, xpl°v*, fit
hence comes x€lP0vP7°'s (tpyov), a debt.
whence Engl, chirurgeon, and later Xpcia, as, ij, use ; need, like opus.
surgeon. Xptwv, to, indecl., fate : esp. it is
X«tpio-ros, i), ov, worst; used as fitting, with inf., with or without
superl. of tea/eds. iffrl. Prop. xP*wy *s a neuter
X«pov, adv. = worse: from part, of XP^Mt •• e- XptLOV> changed
GLOSSARy. 235
in Attic, as Xabs was changed to ipsvc-nqs, ov, 6, a liar.
Xfa>s, etc. i|'t]c|> -Ju, ja), iifnjfixa, i\fii<ptaa, to
XP^, impers., conj. XP?J, opt. XPe^1"< count with ifirjcpot or pebbles: more
inf. XPVva'< impf. lxP"7" or XPW> freq. mid. 10 vote.
it should be : like oportet, it is right. <|rf|<)>os, ov, )J ((Ma), to rub, whence
XPT1?U> (xp«'a> need), to need, with also if/dial), a small worn stone ;
gen. ; to desire. a stone used for voting : a vote.
XP>TJpa, aTot, rb (xpdoimt), a thing; tuiAds, ij, bv Qfiia, to rub), bare,
plur. money, goods. bald, with gen.: in pi. 01 ik. =
Xpt|croi-, see xpaofmi, I aor. light-armed troops.
XpT|o-ip.os, 17, ov, or os, ov (xpaofuu), d/ux«i.vos, ^, ov, cool, chill; fr.
useful. ipvx0*'
XPIorîpiov, ov, rb, an oracle. tyvXy\< V>> % (Psyche, metempsycho
XpT]<rr6s, 7), bv (xpc4o/«xi), good, sis, psychology ; cp. animus, anima ;
useful, honest, rb xP- what is ghost and gust; and the double
useful. sense of irvcvfia as breath and
XpiJTai, pres. ind. XP<W«"- spirit), life, the soul.
Xpovtos, ov, after a long time, for a d/Oxos, ovs, rb, coolness.
long while, lasting ; from ij/vxpds, a, by, cold ; from (Wx°s.
Xpovos, ov, 6 {chronic, chronicle,
chronology), time : XP^V- at
length.
Xpuo-ds, ov, 6 (Chryso-stora, Golden- w, interj. before a vocative.
mouth), gold. S>, subj. ei/ij, to be.
Xpucous, $, ovv, golden. S>, 2 aor. subj. of Bj/tt, to send,
Xpuu,a, aros, to, colour ; hence w, dat. of os.
cAromatrope, etc. u8e. Adv. (1) of place; (2) of man
Xpuvrai, see xpao/xai. ner. Here, hither; thus, in the
X« = nal 6. manner following.
X<&pa, as, i), place, room : the cpcTO, impf. olofjtai or oijxai.
country = Lat. rus. ukow, wKiis, etc., impf. oIk4u.
Xcopeco (Att. £), i\a<a, «x<W"7<"«. to ojkus, da, ii (cp. dfiii), quick, fleet.
move, advance; to contain = ca- Poetic.
pere. <oXfii.o-8-, I aor. pass. oXPifa.
X<»pU, I. adv. apart. 2. prep, with iufv, Siai, subj. tl/ii, to be.
gen. without, beside. wpoXoy-, impf. or I aor. 6/ioXoy{w.
wp-os, ou, o (umerus or humerus),
the shoulder : t<1 o/tA Itrl ra)y «S/i.
«Xa,y. crestfallen.
dmijw, ata, iipavaa, to touch, with wu.ds, ^, dp, raw, unripe ; cruel : (cp.
gen. Poetic. crudus and crudelis),
i|/£yo>, (01, i\f/e£a, to blame. cou,oo*-, 1 aor. ofivv/u.
«|kvotjs, is, lying, false : from wulu>£-, 1 aor. olpajfa.
i|/€C8os, ovs, to, a lie. wv, pres. part, of eipu, to be.
U/eiiSu), 001, tipcvaa (hence pseudo, wv, gen. pi. of 8s, r), 8, who, which.
as a prefix, ^sewrfo-philanthropy, coveou,ai (Att. ovjiai), rjaopiai, €<ovtj-
etc.), to deceive : pass, with gen. p.ai, t-irpLap.Trjv, (yenum, veneo,
to be cheated of: mid. as depo vendo, venal), to buy.
nent, to lie. uvou.a-, impf. or I aor. bvojiafa.
*36 GLOSSARY.
a>v6[Aao"ro, 3 s. plpf. pass, dvofiasco. order that. 4. since, when. 5. with

wov, ov, rb (ovum), an egg: hence persons, as if a prep., but really
oolite. with ellipse of a preposition, after
Spa, as, 1) (hora), a season ; the a verb of motion — to, into the
right time ; wpa dmevai, it is time presence of.
to go away. Horoscope. 3>o"i(v), subj. dpi, to be.
<5pa, as, ij, care, heed. From -/fop, tocrrrcp, adv. just as.
in vpaa), vereor, etc. : ripxvpbs wo*T€, conj. with inf., so that, for to,
( = rtp.r}-opo$)s irvXapds, dXiytapos, like Fr. pour: with ind., to ex
contain the root, meaning respec press the actual result with em
tively honour-ward, gate-ward, and phasis, so that; wherefore.
little-heedful. wto. and cotos, see ovs, an ear : 7x1
wpaios, a, ov (<&pa), timely, mature, ojrcL cm rSiv &pjav ex*"'* crest~
ripe. fallen.
«p*Yi-, impf. or 1 aor. dpyifopuu. <o4>f\.€ia, as, y, help, profit, gain.
upcy-, impf. dpeyopxu. (0(|>e\&i> (Att. w), r'jaaj, dxpeXyaa,
Spur-, I aor. opinio. (6<p€\os), to help, aid, rtvd.
wpio-ro, plpf. pass, bpifa, was laid «4>€Xt|t4ov, verb. adj. one must
down, was ordained. assist.
bipKcoc-, I aor. dpxSot. u<t>€\ip,os, ov, useful, advantageous :
wp]xa.TO, impf. bpp.aap.tu. to &<p.t the useful, Lat. utilitas.
wpp-io--, 1 aor. dpptifa. w<J>e\ov, 2 aor. of a<pci\<o, often
&s, I. adv. as, esp. with superl. as with infin. pres. or aor. to express
ws ra.yj.ara, sc. kovvaro = as (he a wish no longer capable of fulfil
could) most quickly: as quickly ment, Lat. utinam with plpf. subj.
as possible. 2. conj. after verbs
, T\ \ 2nd aor. wpXtatcavoj.
of saying and the like, with indie.
— thai, how that, where ace. and a>4>XT|K-, perf. otyXicncavaj.
inf. might be substituted. 3. in «X«-, or ^X°"> see oixoftcu.
final clauses, with subj. or opt. — m wxetTO, impf. dxôpai.
ADDENDA.
d8-n\os, ov (d, not, and BrjKos), not oliccrns, ov, 6 (ol/ctoj, oTkos), prop.
apparent, uncertain. one who dwells in the house, a
aUros, ov, 0, poet, for aer6s. domestic.
Plotos, ov, 6 (i3i6aj), life, means of d£o5, ovs, rbr for some read sour.
life, livelihood. irAo-UTew, •fjaaj, iirkovrrjo'a, to have
Sia-Kop,(£co, tu>, to bring through, ir\ovros, to be wealthy.
carry over. ■ir6T€pos, ipa, ov (titer), which of
KaTaAa|Apdvco (p. 200), add to dis two. v6r(pa, n. pi. used, like
cover. iroTfpov, to denote a question.
Ktafyos, 7), bv (p. 203), add dumb. Tax«ws, adv. from rayvs = quickly.
u4T-«<rn(v), impers. there is a share X^pos, poet for xftP0S-
in something to some one. per. XoipLov, ov, rb (x^P0S ana* X&P0)' a
kpoi rwos, I have a share in. particular piece of land, an estate.
yanuary, 1883.
BOOKS
FEINTED AT
-rfJVZ) PUBLISHED FOR THB UNIVERSITY BY
HENRY FEOWDE,
AT THE OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE,
7 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON.
LEXICONS, GBAMMABS, &o.

A Greek-English Lexicon, by Henry George Liddell,
D.D., and Robert Scott, D.D. Seventh Edition. 1883. 4to. ctoth, 1/, i6j.
A Greek-English Lexicon, abridged from the above,
chiefly for the use of Schools. 1883 square nmo. cloth, 7s. 6d.
A copious Greek-English Vocabulary, compiled from the
best authorities. 1850. 241110. bound. 3*.
Graecae Grammaticae Rudimenta in usum Scholarum.
AuctoreCarolo Wordsworth, D.C.I- Twentieth Edition, ifcSa. iamo. cloth 4s.
Soheller's Lexicon of the Latin Tongue, with the German
explanations translated into English by J. K Kiddle, M.A. lol. cloth, it. is.
A Latin Dictionary, founded on Andrews* Edition of
Freund's Latin Dictionary. Revised, enlarged, and in great part re-written,
by Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D., and Charles Short, LL.D. 4to. cloth, it, y.
A Practical Grammar of the Sanskrit Language, ar
ranged with reference to the Classical Languages of Europe, for the use of
English Students. By Monier Williams, M.A. Fourth Edition. 8vo, cloth. \%s
A Sanskrit English Dictionary, Etymologically and
Phtlologically arranged. By Monier Williams. M.A. ib;2. 410. cloth, 41. 14s. bd.
An Icelandic - English Dictionary based on the MS.
collections of the late R. Cleasby. Enlarged and completed by G. Vigfusson.
4to cloth, 3/. ?j.
An Anglo-Saxon Dictionary, based on the MS. collections
of the late Joseph Boswrrth, D. D. Edited and enlarged by Professor T. N.
Toller, M.A., Owens College, Manchester. Parts I and II, each ijt. To be
completed in four Parts.
An Etymological Dictionary of the English Language,
arranged on an Historical basis. By W. W. Skeat, M.A. 4to. cloth, si. 4s.
A Concise Etymological Dictionary of the English
Language. By W. W. Skeat, M.A. Crown 8ro. cloth, 5*. 6d.
Books lately printed at the
GREEK CLASSICS.
Aeschylus: Tragoediae et Fragmenta, ex recensione Guil.
Dindorfii Second Edition, 1851. 8vo. doth, $s. ftd.
Sophocles : Tragoediae et Fragmenta, ex recensione et cum
commentarils Guil. Dindorfii Third Haition. a vols fcap. Svo. cloth, xi. is.
Each Play separately, limp, as. 6d.
The Text alone, printed on writing paper, with large
margin, royal i6mo. cloth, 8s.
The Text alone, square i6mo. cloth, 3s. 6rf.
Each Play separately, limp, 6d. (See also page nj
Sophooles : Tragoediae et Fragmenta, cum Annotatt. Guil.
Dindorfii. Tomi II. 1849. 8va cloth, ioj.
The Text, VoL I. $r. 6d. The Notes, Vol. II. 4*. 6d.
Euripides : Tragoediae et Fragmenta, ex recensione Guil.
Dindorfii Tomi II. 1834. 8vo. cloth, ioj.
Aristophanes: Comoediae et Fragmenta, ex recensione
Guil. Dindorfii. Tomi II. 1833. 8vo. cloth, its.
Aristoteles ; ex recensione Immanuelis Bekkeri. Accedunt
Indices Sylburgiani. Tomi XI. 1837. 8vo. cloth, a/. 10s.
The volumes may be had separately (except Vol. IX.), $s. 6d. each.
Aristotelis Ethica Micomachea, ex recensione Immanuelis
Bekkeri. Crown 8vo. cloth, 5J.
Demosthenes : ex recensione Guil. Dindorfii. Tomi IV.
1846. 8vo. cloth, iA is.
Homerus : Ilias, ex rec. Guil. Dindorfii. 8vo. cloth, 5s. 6d,
Homerus: Odyssea, ex rec. Guil. Dindorfii. 1855. 8vo.
cloth, $s.6d.
Plato: The Apology, with a revised Text and English
Notes, and a Digest of Platonic Idioms, by James Riddell, M.A. 187a. 8vo.
cloth, 8s. 6d.
Plato : Philebus, with a revised Text and English Notes,
by Edward Poste. M.A. i860. 8vo. cloth, 7X. 6d.
Plato : Sophistes and Politicus, with a revised Text and
English Notes, by L. Campbell, M.A. t866. 8vo. cloth, 18s.
Plato : Theaetetus, with a revised Text and English Notes,
by L. Campbell, M.A. 1861. 8vo. cloth.gs.
Plato : The Dialogues, translated into English, with Ana
lyses and Introductions. By B. Jowett.M.A. A new hdition inJive volumes.
1875. Medium 8vo. cloth, 3/. iox-
Plato : The Republic, translated into English, with an
Analysis and Introduction By B. Jowett, M.A. Medium 8vo cloth, 12s. dd.
Thucydides : translated into English, with Introduction,
Marginal Analysis, Notes and Indices. By the same, a vols. «881. Medium
8vo. cloth, it. i8J.
Clarendon Press, Oxford,
THE HOLY SCRIPTURES.

The Holy Bible in the Earliest English Versions, made from
the Latin Vulgate by John Wycliffe and his followers : edited by the Rev. J.
Forshall and Sir F. Madden. 4 vols. 1850. royal 4to. cloth, 3/. 3*.
A Iso reprinted from the above, with Introduction and Glossary
by W. W. Skeat, M.A.
(1) The New Testament in English, according to the Ver
sion by John Wycliffe, about A. D. 1380, and Revised by John Purvey, about
A.D. 1388. 1879. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 6s.
(2) The Book of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes,
and Solomon's Song, according to the Version by John Wycliffe. Revised by
John Purvey. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, ys. 6d.
The Holy Bible : an exact reprint, page for page, of the
Authorized Version published in the year 1611. Demy 4to. half bound, il. is.
Novum Testamentum Graece. Edidit Carolus Lloyd,
S.T.P.R., necnon Episcopus Oxoniensis. i8mo. cloth, 3s.
The same on writing paper, small 4to. cloth, ios. 6rf.
Novum Testamentum Graece juxta Exemplar Millianum.
i8mo. cloth, ar. 6d.
The same on writing paper, small 4to. cloth, 9s.
The Greek Testament, with the Readings adopted by the
Revisers of the Authorised Version :—
(1) Pica type. Second Edition, -with Marginal References. Demy 8vo.
cloth, ios. 6d.
( 2 ) Long Primer type. Fcap. 8vo. cloth, 4s. 6d.
(3) The same, on writing paper, with wide margin, cloth, z$s.
Evangelia Sacra Graece. fcap. 8vo. limp, is. 6<f.

Vetus Testamentum ex Versione Septuaginta Interpretum
secundum exemplar Vaticanum Romae editum. Accedn potior varietas Codicis
Alexandrini. Editio Altera. Tomi 111. 1875. i8mo. cloth, i8x.
ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY, &o.

Baedae Historia Ecclesiastica. Edited, with English
Notes, by G. H. Moberly, M.A. Crown 8vo. cloth, ios. 6rf.
Chapters of Early English Church History. By William
Bright, D.D. 8vo. cloth, iaj.
Eusebius* Ecclesiastical History, according to the Text of
Burton. With an Introduction by William Bright, D.D. Crown 8vo. cloth, 8s. bd.
Socrates' Ecclesiastical History, according to the Text of
Hussey. With an Introduction by William Bright, D.D. Crown 8vo. cloth,
7X. 6d.
Clarendon Press, Oxford.
ENGLISH THEOLOGY.
Butler's Analogy, with an Index. 8vo. cloth, $s. 6d.
Butler's Sermons. 8vo. cloth, 5s. 6d.
Hooker's "Works, with his Life by Walton, arranged by
John Keble, M.A. Sixth Edition, 3 vols. 1874. Svo. cloth, U. us. 6rf.
Hooker's Works ; the text as arranged by John Keble, M.A.
a vols. 1875. 8vo. cloth, lis,
Pearson's Exposition of the Creed. Revised and corrected
by E. Burton, D.D. Sixth Edition, 1877. 8vo. cloth, 10J. 6rf.
Waterland's Review of the Doctrine of the Eucharist, with
a Preface by the present Bishop of London. 1868. crown 8vo. cloth, 6r. 6d,
ENGLISH HISTOKT.
A History of England. Principally in the Seventeenth
Century. By Leopold Von Ranke. 6 vols. 8vo. cloth, 3/. 3*.
Clarendon's (Edw. Earl of) History of the Rebellion and
Civil "Wars in England. To which are subjoined the Notes of Bishop War-
burton. 7 vols. 1849. medium Svo. cloth, a/, toy.
Clarendon's (Edw. Earl of) History of the Rebellion and
Civil Wars in England. 7 vols. 1839- i8mo. cloth, il. is.
Freeman's (E. A.) History of the Norman Conquest of
England: its Causes and Results. In Six Volumes. 8vo. cloth, 5/. $s. 6d.
Vol. Land II. together, Third Edition, 1877. iL 16J.
Vol. III. Second Edition, 1874. it. is.
Vol. IV, Second Edition, 1875. it. is.
Vol. V. 1876. U. is.
Vol. VI. Index, 1879. iox. 6d.
Bogers's History of Agriculture and Prices in England, a.d.
1259—1793. Vols. I. and II. (1259—1,100). Svo cloth, -U. as.
Vols. III. and IV. (1401-15^2) Svo. cloth, 2'. ioj.
MISCELLANEOUS.
An Introduction to the Principles of Morals and
Legislation. By Jeremy Bentham. Crown Svo. cloth, 6s. 6d.
Bacon's Novum Organum, edited, with English Notes, by
G. W. Kitchin. M.A. 1855. Svo. cloth, gs. 6d. See also page 15.
Bacon's Novum Organum, translated by G. W. Kitchin,
M.A. 1855. Svo. Cloth, qs\ 6d.
Smith's "Wealth of Nations. A new Edition, with Notes,
by J. E, Thorold Rogers, JM.A. 9 vols. Svo. cloth, ais.
The Student's Handbook to the University and Col
leges of Oxford. Sixth Edition. Extra fcap. Svo. cloth, %s. 6d.
Clar*n&0tt fuss $tx'ut.
The Delegates of the Clarendon Press having undertaken
the publication of a series of works, chiefly educational, and
entitled the Clarniflon ^DrcSS Series, have published, or have
in preparation, the following.
Thote to which prices are attached are already published; the others are in
preparation.
I. ENGLISH.
A First Beading Book. By Marie Eichens of Berlin ; and
edited by Anne J. Clough. Ext. fcap. 8vo. stiffcovers, t\d.
Oxford Beading Book, Part I. For little Children.
Ext. fcap. 8vo, stiffcovers, 6d.
Oxford Reading Book, Part II. For Junior Classes.
Ext. fcap. 8vo. stiffcovers, 6d.
An Elementary English Grammar and Exercise Book.
By O. W. Tancock, M.A. Second Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. is. 6d.
An English Grammar and Beading Book, for Lower
Forms in Classical Schools, By the same Author. Third Edition. Ext. fcap.
8vo. cloth, 3J. 6d.
Typical Selections from the best English Writers, with
Introductory Notices. In Two Volumes. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 3s. 6d. each.
The Philology of the English Tongue. By J. Earle,
M.A., formerly Fellow of Oriel College, and Professor of Anglo-Saxon, Oxford.
Third Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, js. 6d.
A Book for Beginners in Anglosaxon. By John Earle,
M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. td.
An Anglo-Saxon Primer, with Grammar, Notes, and Glos
sary. By Henry Sweet, M.A. Second Edition, Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 2s, 6d.
An Anglo-Saxon Header, in Prose and Verse, with Gram
matical Introduction, Notes, and Glossary. By Henry Sweet, M.A. Third
Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 8s. bd.
The Ormulum ; with the Notes and Glossary of Dr. R. M.
White. Edited by R. Holt, M.A. 2 vols. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, au.
Specimens of Early English. A New and Revised Edi
tion. With Introduction, Notes, and Glossarial Index. By R. Morris, LL.D.,
and W. W. Skeat M.A
Part I. From Old Eng-lish Homilies to King Horn {A,D. 1150 to a.d. 1300}.
Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 91.
Part II. From Robert of Gloucester to Gower (A. D. 1298 to A. D. 1293), Extra
fcap. 8vo. cloth, 7*. 6d.
Specimens of English Literature, from the ' Ploughmans
Crede' to the 'Shepheardes Calender* (A.D. 1394 to a.d. 1579K With Intro
duction, Notes, andGlossariaHndex. By W. W. Skeat, M.A. Third Edition.
Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth. 7s. 6d. .
Clarendon Press Series,
The Vision of William concerning Piers the Plowman,

by William Langland. Edited, with Notes, by W. W. Skeat, M.A. Third
Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 4s. 6d.
Chaucer. The Prioresses Tale ; Sire Thopas ; The
Monkes Tale ; The Clerkes Tale ; The Squieres Tale, &c. Edited by W. W.
Skeat, M.A. Second Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. doth, 4s. 6d.
Chaucer. The Tale of the Man of Lawe; The Par-
doneres Tale; The Second Nonnes Tale; The Chanouns Yemannes Tale.
By the same Editor. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 4s. 6d.
Old English Drama. Marlowe's Tragical History of Doctor
Faustus, and Greene's Honourable History of Friar Bacon and Friar Bungay.
Edited by A. W. Ward, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, $s. 6d.
Marlowe. Edward II. With Notes, &c. By O. W.
Tancock, M.A., Head Master of Norwich School. Extra fcap. 8vo, cloth, 3X.
Shakespeare. Hamlet. Edited by W. G. Clark, M.A., and
W. Aldis Wright, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff'covet•s,as.
Shakespeare. Select Plays. Edited by W. Aldis Wright,
M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. stiff covers.
The Tempest, is. 6d. King Lear, is. 6d.
As You Like It, is. Cd. A Midsummer Night's Dream, u. 6d,
Julius Caesar, as. Coriolanus, as. 6d.
Richard the Third, as. 6d. Henry the Fifth, as.
(For other Plays, see p. 7.)
Milton. Areopagitica. With Introduction and Notes. By
J. W. Hales, M.A. Second Edition. Extra fcap.Svo. cloth, 3s.
Bunyan. Holy War. Edited by E. Venables, M.A. In
Preparation. (See also p. 7.)
Addison. Selections from Papers in the Spectator. With
Notes. By T. Arnold, M.A., University College. Extra fcap. Svo. cloth, +r. 6d,
Burke. Four Letters on the Proposals for Peace with
the Regicide Directory of France. Edited, with introduction
and Notes, by E. J. Payne, M.A, Extra fcap. Bvo. cloth, $s. See alsopage 7.
A ho t/te following in paper covers.
Goldsmith. Deserted Village. 2d.
Gray. Elegy, and Ode on Eton College. 2d.
Johnson. Vanity of Human Wishes. With Notes by E. J.
Payne, M.A. Ad.
Keats. Hyperion, Book I. With Notes by W. T. Arnold,
B.A. id.
Milton. With Notes by R. C. Browne, M.A.
Lycidas, yL L'Allegro, yL II Penseroso, id.
Coinus, 6d. Samson Agonistes, 6d.
ParneU. The Hermit. 2d.
Scott. Lay of the Last Minstrel. Introduction and Canto I.
With Notes by W. Minto, M.A. 6d.
A SERIES OF ENGLISH CLASSICS

Designed to meet the wants of Students in English Literature ; by the
late J. S. Brewer, M.A., Professor of English Literature at King's
College, London,
1. Chaucer. The Prologue to the Canterbury Tales; The
Knightes Tale; The Nonne Prestes Tale. Edited by R. Morris, LL.D.
Sixth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. 6d. See also p. 6.
2. Spenser's Faery Queene. Books I and II. By G. W.
Kitchin, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. doth, as. 6d. each.
3. Hooker. Ecclesiastical Polity, Book I. Edited by R. W.
Church, M.A., Dean of St. Paul's. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, as.
4. Shakespeare. Select Plays. Edited by W. G. Clark,
M.A., and W. Aldis Wright, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. stiffcovers.
I. The Merchant of Venice, is. II. Richard the Second, is. bd.
III. Macbeth, xs. 6d. (For other Plays, see p. 6.)
5. Bacon.
I. Advancement of Learning. Edited by W. Aldis Wright, M.A. Second
Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 4s. 6d.
II. The Essays. With Introduction and Notes. By J. R. Thursfield, M.A.
6. Milton. Poems. Edited by R. C. Browne, M.A. In
Two Volumes, Fourth Edition. Ext fcap. 8vo. cloth, 6s. 6d.
Sold separately, Vol, I. 4s., Vol. II. 3J.
7. Dryden. Stanzas on the Death of Oliver Cromwell ;
Astraea Redux; Annus Mirabilis; Absalom and Achitophel ; Rehgio Laici j
The Hind and the Panther. Edited by AW. D. Christie,
... M. A., Trinity College,
Cambridge. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo, cloth, 3*. 6d,'
8. Bunyan. The Pilgrim's Progress, Grace Abounding, and
A Relation of his Imprisonment. Edited, with Biographical Introduction and
Notes, byE. Venables, M.A., Precentor of Lincoln. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 5s.
9. Pope. With Introduction and Notes. By Mark Pattison,
B.D., Rector of Lincoln College, Oxford.
I. Essay on Man. Sixth Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. stiffcovers, is. 6d.
II. Satires and Epistles. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. stiffcovers, as.
10. Johnson. Select Works. Lives of Dryden and Pope,
and Rasselas. Edited by Alfred Mimes, B.A. (Lond.),late Scholar of Lincoln
College, Oxford. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 4s. 6d.
11. Burke. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by E. J.
Payne, M.A., Fellow of University College, Oxford.
I. Thoughts on the Present Discontents ; the Two Speeches on America,
etc. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 4s. 6d.
II. Reflections on the French Revolution. Second Edition. Extra fcap.
8vo. cloth, 5-r. See also p. 6.
12. Oowper. Edited, with Life, Introductions, and Notes,
by H. T. Griffith, B.A., formerly Scholar of Pembroke College, Oxford.
I. The Didactic Poems of 1782, with Selections from the Minor Pieces,
A.D. 1779-1783. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 3J.
II. The Task, with Tirocinium, and Selections from the Minor Poems,
A.D. 1784-1799. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 3.1.
^
Clarendon Press Series.
II. LATIN.
An Elementary Latin Grammar. By John B. Allen, M.A.,
Head Master of Perse Grammar School, Cambridge. Third Edition. Extra
fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. 6d.
A First Latin Exercise Book. By the same Author.
Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. 6d.
Anglice Reddenda, or Easy Extracts, Latin and Greek,
for Unseen Translation. By C. S. Jerram, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. 6d.
Passages for Translation into Latin. For the use of
Passmen and others. Selected by J. Y. Sargent, M.A. Fifth Edition. Ext.
fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. 6d.
First Latin Reader. By T. J. Nunns, M.A. Third
Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, as.
Second Latin Header. In Preparation.
Caesar. The Commentaries (for Schools). With Notes
and Maps, &c. By C. E. Moberly, M. A., Assistant Master in Rugby School.
The Gallic War. Extra fcap. 8va cloth, 4s. 6d.
The Civil War. Extra fcap.Svo. cloth. -$s. 6d.
The Civil War. Book I. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, as.
Cicero. Selection of interesting and descriptive passages.
With Notes. By Henry Walford, M.A. In Three Parts. Third Edition.
Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 4s. 6d.
Each Part separately, in limp cloth, is. 6d.
Cicero. Select Letters (for Schools). With Notes. By the
late C. E. Prichard. M.A., and E. R. Bernard, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 3s.
Cicero. Select Orations (for Schools). With Notes. By
J. R. King, M.A. Ext fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. 6d.
Cornelius Nepos. With Notes, by Oscar Browning, M.A.
Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, zs. 6d.
Livy. Selections (for Schools). With Notes and Maps.
By H. Lee Warner, M. A. In Three Parts. Ext, fcap. 8vo. cloth, is. 6d. each.
Livy. Books V—VII. By A. R. Cluer, B.A. Extra fcap.
8vo. cloth, 3X. 6d.
Ovid. Selections for the use of Schools. With Introduc
tions and Notes, etc. By \V. Ramsay, M.A. Edited by G. G. Ramsay, M.A.
Second Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 5r. 6d.
Pliny. Select Letters (for Schools). With Notes. By the
late C E. Prichard, M.A., and E. R. Bernard, M.A. Second Edition. Extra
fcap. 8vo. cloth, 3J.
Catulli Veronensis Liber. Iterum recognovit, apparatum
criticum prolegomena appendices addidit, Robinson Ellis, A.M. 8vo. cloth, i6>.
Catullus. A Commentary on Catullus. By Robinson
Ellis, M.A. Demy 8vo. cloth, i6j.
Catulli Veronensis Carmina Seleota, secundum recog-
nitionem Robinson Ellis, A.M. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 3s. 6d.
Cicero de Oratore. With Introduction and Notes. By

A- S. Wilkios. M.A., Professor of Latin, Owens College. Manchester.
Book I. Demy 8vo. cloth, 6s. Book II. Demy 8vo. cloth, 5s.
Cicero's Philippic Orations. With Notes. By J. K. King,
M.A. Second Edition. Demy 8vo, cloth, 10s. 6d.
Cicero. Select Letters. With English Introductions,
Notes, and Appendices. By Albert Watson, MA., Fellow and Lecturer of
Brasenose College, Oxford. Third Edition. Demy 8vo. cloth, \%s.
Cicero. Select Letters (Text). By the same Editor.
Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 4s.
Cicero pro Cluentio. With Introduction and Notes. By
W. Ramsay, M.A. Edited by G. G. Ramsay. M.A.. Professor of Humaniiy,
Glasgow. Second Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. doth, $s. 6d.
Livy, Book I. By J. R. Seeley, M.A., Regius Professor
of Modern History, Cambridge. Third Edition. Demy 8vo. cloth, 6s.
Horace. WTith Introductions and Notes. By Edward C.
Wickham. M. A., Head Master of Wellington College.
Vol. I. The Odes, Carmen Seculare, and Epodes. Second Edition. Demy
8vo. cloth, 12J.
Horace. A reprint of the above, in a size suitable for the
use of Schools. Extra fcap, 8vy. cloth, jr. orf.
Persius. The Satires. With a Translation and Com
mentary. By John Conington, M.A. Edited by H. Nettleshtp, M.A. Second
Edition. 8vo. cloth, 7*. 6d.
Selections from the less known Latin Foets. By North
Pinder, M.A. Demy 8vo. cloth. 151.
Fragments and Specimens of Early Latin. With Intro
duction and Notes. By John Wordsworth, M.A. Demy 8vo. cloth, i8j.
Tacitus. The Annals. With Essays and Notes. Preparing.
Virgil. With Introduction and Notes. By T. L. Papillon,
M.A , Fellow of New College. 2 vo's. Crown 8vr». cloth, 10s. 6d.
The Text may be had separately, cloth, 4s. td.
A Manual of Comparative Philology, as applied to the
Illustration of Greek and Latin Inflections. By T. L. Papillon, M.A., Fellow
of New College. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth, 6s,
The Eoman Poets of the Augustan Age. Virgil. By
William Young Sellar, M.A, 8vo. cloth, 14J.
The Roman Poets of the Bepublio. By the same
Author. Extra fcap.Svo. cloth, i+r.
III. GREEK.
A Greek Primer, for the use of beginners in that Language.
By the Right Rev. Charles Wordsworth. D.C.L., Bishop of St. Andrews. Sixth
Edition- Revised and Enlarged. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, is. 6d.
Greek Verbs, Irregular and Defective; their forms,
meaning1, and quantity ; embracing all the Tenses used by Greek writers, with
references to the passages in which they are found. By W. Veitch. Fourth
Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth, 10s. 6d.
IO Clarendon Press Series.
The Elements of Greek Accentuation (for Schools) :

abridged from his larger work by H. W. Chandler, M. A., Waynflete Professor
of Moral and Metaphysical Philosophy, Oxford. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. td.
A Series of Graduated Greek Readers :
First Greek Header. By W. G. Rushbrooke, M.L.,
formerly Fellow of St. John s College, Cambridge, Second Classical Master
at the City of London School. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. 6d.
Second Greek Header. By A. J. M. Bell, M.A.
Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, y. 6d.
Third Greek Header. In Preparation.
Fourth Greek Header ; being Specimens of Greek
Dialects. By W. W. Merry, M.A. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, is. 6J.
Fifth Greek Header. Parti, Selections from Greek Epic
and Dramatic Poetry. By E. Abbott, M.A. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth. is. 6d.
The Golden Treasury of Ancient Greek Poetry ; with Intro
ductory Notices and Notes. ByR. S. Wright, M.A. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth,8s. 6d.
A Golden Treasury of Greek Prose; with Introductory
Notices and Notes. By R. S. Wright, M.A., and J% E. L. Shadwell, M.A.
Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, is. 6d.
Aeschylus. Prometheus Bound (for Schools). With Notes.
By A. O. Prickard, M.A. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 2S.
Aeschylus. Agamemnon. With Introduction and Notes.
By Arthur Sidgwick. M.A., late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, and
Assistant Master of Rugby School. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 3s.
Aristophanes. In Single Plays, edited with English Notes,
Introductions, &c. By W. W. Merry, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo.
The Clouds, as. The Acharn;ans, ss.
Otherplays "willfollow.
Arrian. Selections (for Schools). With Notes. By J. S.
Phillpotts, B.C.L., Head Master of Bedford School.
Cebetis Tabula. With Introduction and Notes by C. S.
Jerram, M.A, Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. (td.
Euripides. Alcestis (for Schools). By C. S. Jerram, M.A.
Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. dd.
Euripides. Helena. Edited with Introduction, Notes, and
Critical Appendix, for Upper and Middle Forms. By the same Editor. Extra
fcap. 8vo. cloth, 3J.
Herodotus. Selections. With Introduction, Notes, and
Map. By W. W. Merry, M.A. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. td.
Homer. Odyssey, Books I-XII (for Schools). By W. W.
Merry, M.A. Twenty-fourth Thousand. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 4s. (td.
Book II, separately, is. 6d.
Homer. Odyssey, Books XIII-XXIV (for Schools). By
the same Editor. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, ss.
Homer. Iliad. Book I (for Schools). By D.B. Monro, M.A.,
Vice-Provost of Oriel College, Oxford. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, ar.
\
Clarendon Press Series, 11
Homer. Iliad. Books VI and XXI. With Introduction

and Notes. By Herbert Hailstone, M.A., late Scholar of St, Peter's College,
Cambridge. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, is. 6d. each.
Lucian. Vera Historia (for Schools). By C. S. Jerram,
M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, is. 6d.
Plato. Selections (for Schools). Edited, with Notes, by
J. Purves.M.A., Fellow and late Lecturer ol Balliol College, Oxford. Extra
fcap. 8vo. cloth, 6s. 6d. Just Published.
Sophocles. In Single Plays, with English Notes, &c. By
Lewis Campbell, M.A., and Evelyn Abbott. M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo.
Oedipus Rex, Oedipus Coloneus, Antigone, if. gd. each.
Ajax, Electra, Trachiniae, Philoctetes, as. each.
Sophocles. Oedipus Rex : Dindorfs Text, with Notes by
the present Bishop of St. David's. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, is. bd.
Theocritus (for Schools). With Notes. By H. Kynaston
(late Snow}, M.A. Third Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 4s. 6d.
Xenophon. Easy Selections (for Junior Classes). With a
Vocabulary, Notes, and Map. By J. S. Phillpotts, B.C.L., and C. S. Jerram,
M.A. Third Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 3s. 6d,
Xenophon. Selections (for Schools). With Notes and
Maps. By J. S. Phillpotts, B.C.L., Head Master of Bedford School. Fourth
Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth. -$s.6d.
Xenophon. Anabasis, Book II. With Notes and Map.
By C. S. Jerram, M.A. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, as.
Aristotle's Politics. By W. L. Newman, M.A., Fellow

of Balliol College, Oxford.
Demosthenes and Aeschines. The Orations on the
Crown. With Introductory Essays and Notes. By G. A. Simcox, M.A., and
W. H. Simcox. M.A. Demy 8vo. cloth, i-2S.
Homer. Odyssey, Books I-XII. Edited with English
Notes, Appendices, &c. By W. W. Merry, M.A., and the late James Riddell,
M.A. Demy 8vo. cloth. i6i\
Homer. Iliad. With Introduction and Notes. By D. B.
Monro, M. A., Vice-Provost of Oriel College, Oxford. Preparing.
A Grammar of the Homeric Dialect. By D. B. Monro,
M.A. DemySvo. cloth, ioj. 6d.
Sophocles. With English Notes and Introductions. By
Lewis Campbell, M. A., Professor of Greek, St. Andrews. In Two Volumes.
8vo. each 16s.
Vol.I. Oedipus Tyrannus- Oedipus Coloneus. Antigone. Second Edition.
Vol. II. Ajax Electra. Trachiniae. Philoctetes. Fragments.
Sophocles. The Text ol the Seven Plays. By the same
Editor. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, \s. 6d.
A Manual of Greek Historical Inscriptions. By E. L.
Hicks, M.A., formerly Fellow and Tutor of Corpus Christi College. Demy
8vo. cloth, 10s. 6d.
12 Clarendon Press Series.
IV. FRENCH.
An Etymological Dictionary of the French Language, with
a Preface on the Principles of French Etymology. By A. Brachet. Translated
by G. \V. Kitchin. M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. r/oth, -js. 6d.
Brachet's Historical Grammar of the French Language.
Translated by G.W. Kitchin, M.A. Fifth Edition. Ext.fcap.8vo.rf0M. is. 6d.
A Short History of French Literature. By George
Saintsbury, Crown 8vo. cloth, icx. 6d.
A Primer of French Literature. By George Saintsbury.
Second Edition, w'th Index. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, is.
Corneille's Horace. Edited, with Introduction and Notes,
by George Saintsbury. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 2s.6d.
French Classics, Edited by Gustave Masson, B.A. Univ. Gallic.
Extra fcap. Svo. cloth, zs. 6d. each.
Corneille's China, and Moliere's Les Femmes Savantes.
Racine's Andromaque, and Corneille's Le Menteur. With
Louis Racine's Life of his Father.
Moliere's Les Fourberies de Scapin, and Racine's Athalie.
With Voltaire's Life of Moliere.
Regnard's Le Joueur, and Brueys and Palaprat's Le
Grondeur.
A Selection of Tales by Modern "Writers.
Selections from the Correspondence of Madame de SeVigne*
and her chief Contemporaries. Intended more especially for Girls' Schools.
By the same Editor. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, -\s.
Louis XIV and his Contemporaries; as described in
Extracts from the best Memoirs of the Seventeenth Century. With Notes,
Genealogical Tables, etc. By the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo.cloth, »r. id.
V. GERMAN.
German Classics, Edited by C. A. Buchheim, Phil. Doc, Professor
in Kin^s College, London.
Goethe's Egmont. With a Life of Goethe, &c. Third
Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 3s.
Schiller's Wilhelm Tell. With a Life of Schiller; an histo
rical and critical Introduction, Arguments, and a complete Commentary.
Fifth Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth. ■&• &*•
Lessing's Minna von Barnhelm. A Comedy. With a Life
of Leasing, Critical Analysis, Complete Commentary, &c. Fourth Edition.
Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, is. 6d.
Schiller's Historische Skizzen : Egmonts Leben und Tod,
a?id Bclagerung von Antwerpen. Second Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. 6d.
Goethe's Iphigenie auf Tauris. A Drama. With a Critical
Introduction and Notes. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth. $s.
Modern German Reader. A Graduated Collection of Prose
Extracts from Modern German Writers .—
Part I With English Notes, a Grammatical Appendix, and a complete Voca*
biliary. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, ss. 6d.
Lessing's Nathan der Weise. With Introduction, Notes, etc.
Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, +r. 6d.
\
Clarendon Press Series, 13
Lange's German Course.

The Germans at Home ; a Practical Introduction to
German Conversation, with an Appendix containing the Essentials of German
Grammar. Second Edition. 8vo. clothe ss. 6d.
The German Manual ; a German Grammar, a Reading
Book, and a Handbook of German Conversation. 8vo. cloth, -js. 6d.
A Grammar of the German Language. Svo- cloth, 3s. 6d.
This ' Grammar* is a reprint ofthe Grammar contained in * The German
Manual,' and, in this separate form, is intended for the use of students
•who wish to make themselves acquainted with German Grammar chiefly
for the purpose of being able to read German books.
German Composition ; Extracts from English and American
writers for Translation into German, with Hints for Translation in foot-notes.
In t/te Press.
Lessing's Laokoon. With Introduction, English Notes, &c.

By A. Hamann, Phil. Doc, M.A. Ext. fcap. Svo. cloth, 4s. 6d.
Wilhelm Tell. By Schiller. Translated into English Verse
by Edward Massie, M.A. Ext. fcap- Svo. cloth, $s.
VI. MATHEMATICS, &o.

Figures made Easy: a first Arithmetic Book. (Intro
ductory to 'The Scholar's Arithmetic.*) By Lewis Hensley. M.A., formerly
Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Crown Svo. cloth, 6d.
Answers to the Examples in Figures made Easy.
By the same Author. Crown Svo. cloth, is.
The Scholar's Arithmetic. By the same Author. Crown
Svo. cloth, 4J. 6d.
The Scholar's Algebra. By the same Author. Crown 8vo.
cloth, i,s. 6d.
Book-keeping. By R. G. C. Hamilton and John Ball.
New and enlarged Edition. Ext. fcap. Svo. limp cloth, ss.
Acoustics. By W. F. Donkin, M.A., F.R.S., Savilian Pro-
fessorof Astronomy, Oxford. Crown Svo. clothes. 6d.
A Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism. By J. Clerk
Maxwell, M.A , F.R.S. A New Edition, edited by W.D. Niven, M.A. 2 vols.
Demy Svo. cloth, 1/ tis.6d.
An Elementary Treatise on Electricity. By James Clerk
Maxwell, M.A. Edited by William Garnett, M.A. Demy Svo. cloth, 7s. 6d.
A Treatise on Statics. By G. M. Minchin, M.A. Second
Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Demy Svo. cloth, 14J.
TTniplanar Kinematics of Solids and Fluids. By G. M.
Minchin, M.A., Crown 8vo. cloth, -js. 6d.
Geodesy. By Colonel Alexander Ross Clarke, R.E. Demy
8vo. cloth, las, 6d.
VII. PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

A Handbook of Descriptive Astronomy. By G. F.
Chambers, F.R.A.S. Third Edition. Demy 8vo. cloth, 28s.
Chemistry for Students. By A. W. Williamson, Phil.
Doc, F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry, University College, London. A new
Edition, with Solutions, 1873. Ext fcap. 8vo. cloth, 8s. 6d.
A Treatise on Heat, with numerous Woodcuts and Dia
grams. By Balfour Stewart, LL.D.. F.R.S., Professor of Physics, Owens
College, Manchester. Fourth Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, -js. 6d.
Lessons on Thermodynamics. By R. E. Baynes, M.A.
Crown 8vo. cloth, js. 6d.
Forms of Animal Life. By G. Rolleston, M.D.. F.R.S.,
Linacre Professor of Physiology, Oxford. A New Edition in the Press.
Exercises in Practical Chemistry. Vol. I. Elementary
Exercises. By A. G Vernon Harcourt, M.A., and H. G. Madan, M.A. Third
Edition. Revised by H. G. Madan, M.A. Crown 8vo. cloth, gs.
Tables of Qualitative Analysis. Arranged by H. G.
Madan, M.A, Large 4to. stijfco-vers, +r. 6d.
Geology of Oxford and the Valley of the Thames,
By John Phillips, M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Geology, Oxford. Svo. cloth,\l. is .
Crystallography. By M. H. N. Story-Maskelyne, M.A.,
Professor of Mineralogy, Oxford. In the Press.
VIII. HISTOBY.
A Constitutional HistoryofEngland. ByW. Stubbs, D.D.,
Regius Professor of Modern History, Oxford. Library Edition. Three vols,
demy Svo. doth, 2/. 8s.
Also in Three Volumes, Crown 8vo., price 12s. each.
Select Charters and other Illustrations of English
Constitutional History from the Earliest Times to the reign of Edward I.
By the same Author. Third Edition. Crown Svo. cloth, 8s. 6d.
A Short History of the Norman Conquest. By E. A.
Freeman, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, as. 6d.
Genealogical Tables illustrative of Modern History.
By H. B. George, M.A. Small 4to. cloth 12s.
A History of Prance, down to the year 1793. With
numerous Maps, Plans, and Tables. By G. W. Kitchin, M.A. In 3 toIs.
Crown Svo. cloth, price \os. 6d. each.
Selections from the Despatches, Treaties, and other
Papers of the Marquess Wellesley, K.G., during his Government of India.
Edited by S. J. Owen, M.A. Svo. cloth, 1/. +r.
Selections from the "Wellington Despatches. By the
same Editor. 8vo. cloth, 24J.
A History of the United States of America. By E. J.
Payne, M.A., Fellow of University College, Oxford. In the Press.
A Manual of Ancient History. By George Rawlinson,
M. A., Camden Professor of Ancient History, Oxford. Demy Svo. cloth, 14*.
Clarendon Press Series. 15
A History of Greece. By E. A. Freeman, MA.., formerly

Fellow of Trinity College, Oxford.
Italy and her Invaders, a.d. 376-476. By T. Hodgkin,
Fellow of University College, London. Illustrated with Plates and Maps, s vols,
demy 8vo. cloth, if. ias.
IX. LAW.
The Elements of Jurisprudence. By Thomas Erskine
Holland, D.C.L. Second Edition. Demy 8vo. cloth, ioj. 6d.
The Institutes of Justinian, edited as a Recension of the
Institutes of Gaius. By the same Editor. Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo.
cloth, ss.
Gaii Institutionum Juris Civilis Commentarii Quatuor ;
or, Elements of Roman Law by Gaius. With a Translation and Commentary,
By Edward Poste. M.A.,Barrister-at-Law. Second Edition. 8vo. cloth, iSj.
Select Titles from the Digest of Justinian. By T. E.
Holland, D.C.L., and C. L, Shadwell, B.C.L. Demy 8vo. cloth, 14J.
Also in separate parts :—
Part I. Introductory Titles. 2s. f>d. Part II. Family Law. i*.
Part III. Property Law. 2s. 6d.
Part IV. Law of Obligations (No. i). 3*. 6d. (No. 2). 4*. 6d.
Elements of Law considered with reference to Principles
of General Jurisprudence. By William Markby, M.A. Second -Edition, -with
Supplement. Crown 8vo. cloth, is. 6d.
International Law. By W. E. Hall, MA., Barrister-at-Law.
Demy 8vo , cloth. »;.
An Introduction to the History of the Law of Heal
Property, with Original Authorities. By Kenelm E. Digby, M. A. Second
Edition, Crown 8vo. cloth, ■js. 6d.
Principles of the English Law of Contract, etc. By Sir

William R. Anson, Bart., D.C. L, Second Edition. Demy 8va cloth, 10s, 6d.
X. MENTAL AND MORAL PHILOSOPHY.

Bacon. Novum Organum. Edited, with Introduction,
Notes, etc., by T. Fowler, M.A. 187S. 8vo. cloth, 14s.
Locke's Conduct of the Understanding. Edited, with
Introduction, Notes, etc., byT. Fowler, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 2s.
Selections from Berkeley. With an Introduction and
Notes. By A, C. Fraser. LL.D. Second Edition, Crown 8vo cloth, 7s. 6d,
The Elements of Deductive Logic, designed mainly for
the use of Junior Students in the Universities. By T. Fowler, M.A. Seventh
Edition, with a Collection of Examples. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 3J. id.
The Elements of Inductive Logic, designed mainly for
the use of Students in the Universities. By the same Author, Third Edition,
Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 6s.
A Manual of Political Economy, for the use of Schools.
By J. E. Thorold Rogers, M.A. Third Edition. Ext. fcap. 8vo. cloth, 4s.6d,
XI. ABT, &o.

A Handbook of Pictorial Art. By R. St. J. Tyrwhitt,
M.A. Second Edition. 8vo. half morocco, i8j.
A Treatise on Harmony. By Sir F. A. Gore Ouseley,
Bart., M. A., Mus. Doc. Second Edition. 4to. cloth, jos,
A Treatise on Counterpoint, Canon, and Fugue, based
upon that of Cherubini. By the same Author. Second Edition. 4to. cloth, i6t.
A Treatise on Musical Form, and General Compo
sition. By the same Author. 4to. cloth, tot:
A Music Primer for Schools. By J. Troutbeck, M.A.,
and R. F. Dale, M. A., B. Mus. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth, is. 6d.
The Cultivation of the Speaking Voice. By John Hullah.
Second Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, is. 6d.
XII. MISCELLANEOUS.
Text-Book of Botany, Morphological and Physio-
logical By Or Julius Sachs, Professor of Botany in the University of Wurzburjr.
Second Edition. Edited, with an Appendix, by Sydney H. Vines, M.A.
Royal 8vo. half morocco, I/, iij. f>d.
A System of Physical Education : Theoretical and Prac
tical. By Archibald Maclaren, The Gymnasium, Oxford. Extra fcap. 8vo.
cloth. 7*. 6d.
An Icelandic Prose Header, with Notes, Grammar, and
Glossary. By Dr. Gudbrand Vigfusson and F. York Powell, M.A. Extra fcap.
8vo. cloth, 10s. 6d.
Dante. Selections from the Inferno. With Introduction
and Notes. By H. B. Cotterill, B.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, is.Cirf.
Tasso. La Gerusalemme Liberata. Cantos I, II. By
the same Editor. Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, is. 6d.
A Treatise on the Use of the Tenses in Hebrew. By
S. R. Driver, M.A., Fellow of New College. New and Enlarged Edition.
Extra fcap. 8vo. cloth, 7s. 6d.
Outlines of Textual Criticism applied to the New Testa
ment. By C. E. Hammond, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Exeter College,
Oxford. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8Y0. cloth, 3*. 6rf.
A Handbook of Phonetics, including a Popular Exposition
of the Principles of Spelling Reform. By Henry Sweet, M.A. Extra fcap.
8vo. cloth, 4*. 6d.
The Delegates of the Press invite suggestions and advice

from all persons interested in education ; and mill be thankful
for hints, Sr>c, addressed to the Secretary to the Delecates,
Clarendon Press, Oxford.
HMMMMH

A First Greek Reader

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

A First Greek Reader

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

FIRST GREEK READER

OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE

FIRST GREEK READER

AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

[All rights reserved]

The object of this little book is to familiarize a pupil, as

earlier parts of the book, it should be possible for him to

City of London School, Cheafside,

A Second Edition having been called for, the oppor

Very great assistance has been rendered in the work of

City of London School, Thames Embankment,

Miscellaneous Extracts. Hints for Translation 127

FIRST GREEK READER.

2. In the Teutonic languages, as well as in Latin

is good,' we call the two words ZvtIv ayadbs, 'is

(li.) Article put with Subject to

1 It may be well to state here that if ioriv is written with the

though brief, is not confusing : for in such sen

6. If the Article is not used in such sentences,

7. The order is no guide. It does not matter

(iii.) Predicative Adjective in Oblique

10. It is equally easy to show that for the

11. Exactly similar is the French 'II a les yeux

■ ocyv tov ireXeKvv e^et 6 vKoTOfXOf,

Of these (1) 6 ayaObs Hvdpcoiios is the ordinary un-

are alike in having the Adjective immediately pre

(ii.) Adjectival Phrases.

magistrates of the city,' ' the city magistrates,' or

(iii.) Omission of words meaning 'Man,'

So too at vuv, ot irdXoi, etc., 'the women of to-day,'

19. The neuter of the Adjective is often found

(iv.) Omission of words meaning 'Son,'

1 If it be observed that in English we say also ' One ought to

Set rbv (TTpanwrriv rov apyovTa <po/3eta6ai.

1 See § 39, Pronouns, p. 34.

twi/ TroKtTobv tous e^aKoalovs Set e/c Ttjs iroXeoos

TerapTaios acpiKTCu 6 lepevs.

kcucovs Kaica SiWKei.

32. Observe (t)that while oSre = nec, 'nor,' ofiSe

ttoAAoJ (*ev 01 afppovei, iravpoi Se oi (ppovifiol eicriv.

6 fiev crTpaTiwTijs fiovXerai a.TroSt]fxetv, f\ Se yvvt] ov

34. When a Personal Pronoun stands first in its

ifxeis fjLev eare /J. oiKetv ivOaSe, iydo Se v/jliv %apiv

(ii.) Demonstrative Pronouns.

37. When a Demonstrative Pronoun has a Noun

38. touto and xoiauTa usually refer to what has

Thus :—TauTa (lirev 6 K?jpv£, ' that was what the

the words themselves are the same in both cases.

42. Frequently, also, if the Antecedent imply a

(iv.) Other Pronominal Words.

46. Note the phrases, Tpii-os, WTapros outos, etc.,

to avra avQrj ifiail eoWef, a irapa <rov eiXycpet.

Thus :—tvtttc* <re, ' I strike you,' i. e. a blow passes

that have an Accusative of the object, as peydXa

55. (6) Another usage of the Accusative in Greek

toi5t»|i', ' he shared in this flight ; ' Tpls iritt^vev

The word Genitive, * Genitivus casus,' is a mistranslation of the

Very many of its usages are still clearly trace

fell out of common use ; and so it was that the

(ii.) cpyov npoJirAous, 'a work made by Praxi

SftwcpaToi/? aKOveiv 01 A.6t]vaioi ocrrjfiepai iSvvavTO.

meaning of the Generic Genitive. Take any word